summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--38124-8.txt10539
-rw-r--r--38124-8.zipbin0 -> 102884 bytes
-rw-r--r--38124-h.zipbin0 -> 190692 bytes
-rw-r--r--38124-h/38124-h.htm10475
-rw-r--r--38124-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 71951 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
8 files changed, 21030 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/38124-8.txt b/38124-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf34195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10539 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Spanish Composition
+
+Author: Edith J. Broomhall
+
+Release Date: November 28, 2011 [EBook #38124]
+
+Language: Spanish
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Accents in Spanish have changed since this work was written.
+The original orthography has been preserved in making this etext.
+(note of the etext transcriber)
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH COMPOSITION
+
+BY
+
+EDITH J. BROOMHALL
+CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, MINNEAPOLIS
+MINNESOTA
+
+ALLYN AND BACON
+BOSTON NEW YORK CHICAGO
+ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO
+
+COPYRIGHT, 1921,
+BY EDITH J. BROOMHALL.
+
+Norwood Press
+J. S. Cushing Co.--Berwick & Smith Co.
+Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+This book aims to teach Spanish idiom. The greatest hindrance to the use
+of idiomatic Spanish lies in the failure to realize that common English
+words have various Spanish meanings.
+
+To meet this difficulty, the notes and exercises of _Spanish
+Composition_ are focused on the errors beginners most frequently make.
+For instance, attention is drawn to the fact that words like _up_,
+_down_, _out_, _in_, _away_ are usually included in the Spanish verb,
+which is often entirely different from the English expression. Thus,
+while "to get" is _obtener_, "to get up" is _levantarse_.
+
+Of course the treatment cannot be exhaustive, but enough examples are
+given to show the pupil the necessity of _thinking_ before translating
+even the commonest words and phrases. The aim has been to give a simple
+and specific discussion of everyday expressions rather than to try to
+cover the entire field of Spanish idiom.
+
+About two hundred and fifty quotations from famous Spanish authors
+illustrate the various idioms and acquaint the learner with the great
+names of Spanish literature.
+
+I wish to express my hearty thanks to Dr. Harry Kurz of Carleton
+College, and to my colleagues in the Minneapolis High Schools, Señor
+Fernando García and Señor Julius Arrieta, who have read the work either
+in manuscript or in proof.
+
+EDITH J. BROOMHALL.
+
+CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL,
+MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA.
+January, 1921.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ PAGE
+
+LESSON I. English _to be_ 1
+
+LESSON II. The verb _to ask_ 4
+ English _for_ 5
+
+LESSON III. The verb _to have_ 7
+ English _to be to_ 8
+
+LESSON IV. English _since_ 10
+ The verb _to go_ 10
+
+LESSON V. English _long_ 13
+ The word _before_ 14
+ The verb _to know_ 14
+
+LESSON VI. English _to get_ 16
+
+LESSON VII. Review exercises 19
+
+LESSON VIII. The verb _to look_ or _look at_ 20
+ English _little_ 20
+ English _there_ 21
+
+LESSON IX. The verb _to grow_ 23
+ The word _just_ 23
+
+LESSON X. English _after_ 26
+ The verb _to help_ 27
+
+LESSON XI. English _here_ 29
+ English _well_ 29
+ The verb _to hold_ 30
+
+LESSON XII. The adverb _so_ 32
+ English _to keep_ 33
+
+LESSON XIII. Review exercises 35
+
+LESSON XIV. English _to leave_ 37
+ _To let_ 38
+
+LESSON XV. English _now_ 40
+ English _about_ 41
+ _To be about to_ 41
+ The verb _to feel_ 41
+
+LESSON XVI. English _will_ 43
+ The word _all_ 43
+
+LESSON XVII. The word _way_ 46
+ The adjective _hard_ 47
+ The verb _to give_ 47
+
+LESSON XVIII. The verb _to think_ 49
+ The verb _to make_ 49
+
+LESSON XIX. The verb _to miss_ 52
+ Emphasis in Spanish 52
+
+LESSON XX. Review exercises 55
+
+LESSON XXI. English _time_ 57
+ The verb _to like_ 58
+
+LESSON XXII. _Very_ as an adverb 60
+ The verb _to play_ 61
+ The verb _to need_ 61
+
+LESSON XXIII. The verb _to please_ 63
+ The verb _to mean_ 64
+ _Without_ 64
+
+LESSON XXIV. The word _only_ 66
+ _Alone, single_ 67
+ The verb _to hear_ 67
+
+LESSON XXV. English _right_ 69
+ English _must_ 70
+
+LESSON XXVI. The verb _to appear_ 72
+ The verb _to succeed_ 72
+ The word _even_ 73
+ _Toward_ 73
+
+LESSON XXVII. Review exercises 75
+
+LESSON XXVIII. The verb _to sit_ 77
+ _To stand_ 77
+ English _corner_ 78
+
+LESSON XXIX. English _self_ 80
+ _Last_ 80
+ The verb _to tell_ 81
+
+LESSON XXX. _To save_ 83
+ _To see_ 83
+ _Half_ 84
+
+LESSON XXXI. The word _as_ 86
+
+LESSON XXXII. The verb _to want_ 89
+ _Either, or_ 89
+ _Neither_ 90
+ _Because_ 90
+
+LESSON XXXIII. The verb _to wonder_ 92
+ _The one_ 93
+
+LESSON XXXIV. Review exercises 95
+
+LESSON XXXV. The verb _to take_ 97
+
+LESSON XXXVI. The word _ever_ 100
+ The verb _to pass_ 100
+ The verb _to pay_ or _pay for_ 101
+
+LESSON XXXVII. The verb _to turn_ 103
+
+LESSON XXXVIII. English _can_ and _could_ 106
+ _To ring_ 107
+ English _but_ 107
+
+LESSON XXXIX. The verb _to put_ 109
+
+LESSON XL. _To strike_ 112
+ Spanish vez meaning _time_ 112
+ The verb _to start_ 113
+
+LESSON XLI. The verb _to do_ 115
+ Adverbial expressions 115
+
+LESSON XLII. Review exercises 118
+
+APPENDIX 121
+
+SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 1
+
+ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY 19
+
+
+
+
+AUTHORS QUOTED
+
+
+CERVANTES _Don Quijote_
+
+ECHEGARAY _El Poder de la Impotencia_, _Siemore en Ridículo_,
+ _El Hijo de Don Juan_
+
+GIL Y ZÁRATE _Guzmán el Bueno_
+
+CAMPOAMOR _Poems_
+
+CASTELAR _Recuerdos y Esperanzas_
+
+ALARCÓN _El Capitán Veneno_, Short Stories
+
+PÉREZ GALDÓS _Electra_, _Celia en los Infiernos_
+
+PARDO BAZÁN _La Piedra Angular_, Short Stories
+
+VALERA _Pepita Jiménez_
+
+BENAVENTE _La Princesa Bebé_, _La Malquerida_, _El Collar
+ de Estrellas_
+
+PALACIO VALDÉS _José_, _La Hermana San Sulpicio_
+
+EDUARDO MARQUINA _El Rey Trovador_
+
+MARTÍNEZ SIERRA _Teatro de Ensueño_
+
+LOS QUINTERO _Malvaloca_, _Doña Clarines_, _Manana de Sol_,
+ _Los Galeotes_
+
+ESCRICH _Fortuna_
+
+DE LARRA _Partir a Tiempo_
+
+BLASCO IBAÑEZ _Los Cuatro Jinetes del Apocalipse_
+
+JOSÉ MÁRMOL _Amalia_
+
+RAMOS CARRIÓN _Zaragüeta_, _La Muela del Juicio_
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH COMPOSITION
+
+
+
+
+LESSON I
+
+_El trabajo es buen compañero de la esperanza._[1]
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=1.= English _to be_ is generally translated into Spanish by =ser= or
+=estar=, the former with the general idea of permanency, the latter
+indicating temporary state. Location is _always_ expressed by =estar=.
+
+_I, who was white, am also brown, because the sun has kissed me._
+
+=Yo, que era blanca, estoy también morena, porque el sol me ha
+besado.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+(_a_) In expressions referring to the weather _to be_ is rendered
+by =hacer=, _to make_, the descriptive adjective becoming in Spanish
+a noun of corresponding meaning.
+
+_It was suffocatingly hot._
+
+=Hacía un calor sofocante.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_It was very cold in the city to-day._
+
+=Hacía mucho frío hoy en la ciudad.=
+
+_Note._--In all such expressions _very_ must be translated =mucho=,
+since =calor=, =frío=, etc., are nouns.
+
+(_b_) When used with a predicate adjective indicating mental or
+physical state, _to be_ is translated by =tener=, the adjective
+changing to a noun of corresponding meaning.
+
+The commonest of these expressions are _to be hungry_, _thirsty_,
+_hot_, _cold_, _sleepy_, _afraid_, _right_, _careful_, _jealous_,
+which are rendered =tener hambre=, =sed=, =calor=, =frío=, =sueño=, =miedo=,
+=razón=, =cuidado=, =celos=.
+
+_Uncle is right. That can't hurt him._
+
+=Tiene razón el tío. Eso no puede hacerle mal.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_While I am so cold I don't want to go out._
+
+=Mientras tengo tanto frío no quiero salir.=
+
+_I wasn't hungry but I was very sleepy._
+
+=No tenía hambre pero tenía mucho sueño.=
+
+_Note._--In all similar expressions _so_ is rendered =tanto=. Cf.
+note to (_a_) above.
+
+(_c_) Many phrases consisting of the verb _to be_ and an adjective
+denoting age or dimension are translated by =tener= and a noun. Such
+are _to be old_, _wide_, _long_, _high_, etc., rendered =tener edad=,
+=anchura=, =longitud=, =altitud=. Note also _to be to blame_, _one's
+fault_, =tener la culpa=; _to be successful_, =tener éxito=.
+
+_How old are these children?_
+
+=¿Qué edad tienen estos niños?=
+
+_The ribbon is two inches wide._
+
+=La cinta tiene dos pulgadas de anchura.=
+
+(_d_) _To be at_ meaning _to attend_ is translated =asistir a=.
+
+_There were not many at the meeting last night._
+
+=No asistían muchos a la reunión de anoche.=
+
+(_e_) _To be worth_ is translated =valer=. _To be worth while_ is
+=valer la pena=.
+
+_I don't know how much it is and it isn't worth while to ask._
+
+=No sé cuanto vale y no vale la pena de preguntar.=
+
+
+=2.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Hacía tanto calor que no podíamos dormir aunque teníamos mucho
+sueño. 2. Ya no tenemos miedo de nada. 3. Dice que tiene mucho frío. 4.
+Nos preguntaron si teníamos hambre. 5. Usted cree que este hombre tiene
+razón. Pues yo creo que no la tiene. 6. La mesa tiene cuatro pies de
+longitud y tres de anchura. 7. Yo no tengo la culpa de que no asistieron
+al teatro anoche. 8. Dígale que tendré mucho gusto en aceptar su amable
+invitación y asistir al concierto. 9. Ha hecho tanto frío hoy como si
+fuéramos en el mes de diciembre. 10. Estoy seguro de que usted tendrá
+mucho éxito.
+
+(_b_) 1. Don't be afraid of the dog. He will not bite you. 2. How wide
+is this river? 3. If you are so hungry, why don't you eat? 4. Is it my
+fault that they are not here yet? 5. It is too cold in this room. Close
+the door. 6. The living-room is longer than the dining-room, but it is
+not so wide. 7. I don't feel like (_am not desirous of_) studying
+to-night. 8. I wasn't at school the day that the President visited it.
+9. I gave him the money although I knew that the thing wasn't worth it.
+10. It is cool to-day. It was so warm yesterday.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON II
+
+
+_El día es para trabajar, por eso hay luz._[2]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+3. The verb _to ask_ has five common translations. Meaning _to question_
+or _to inquire_ it is rendered =preguntar=.
+
+_"Are you asleep, Captain?" the widow asked, greatly alarmed._
+
+=¿Duerme Vd., Capitán?--le preguntó muy alarmada la viuda.=--PEDRO DE
+ALARCÓN.
+
+_A girl came to the door asking for him._
+
+=Vino a la puerta una muchacha preguntando por él.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_a_) _To ask for_, _beg_, is translated =pedir a=.
+
+_He had slipped into the kitchen to ask the cook for something to
+eat._
+
+=Se había deslizado en la cocina para pedir algo que comer a la
+cocinera.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Note._--With =pedir= the thing asked for is the direct object, the
+person of whom it is asked is the indirect, and is introduced by =a=.
+Cf. English, "We begged a dollar from father."
+
+(_b_) _To ask_ in the sense of _to request_ is rendered by =pedir= or
+=rogar=, the latter being the more formal. Both verbs require the
+subjunctive in the dependent verb.
+
+_I asked the children not to make so much noise._
+
+=Pedí a los niños que no hiciesen tanto ruido.=
+
+_I asked Mr. Blanco to come and see me._
+
+=Le rogué al señor Blanco que me viniese a ver (a visitar).=
+
+(_c_) _To ask_, _invite_ is rendered =convidar= or =invitar=.
+
+_They have asked us to dinner._
+
+=Nos han convidado (invitado) a comer con ellos.=
+
+(_d_) _To ask questions_ is rendered =hacer preguntas=.
+
+_And finally he asked himself the same question, wondering that it
+had not occurred to him before._
+
+=Y por fin se hizo la misma pregunta, extrañando que no se le
+hubiera ocurrido antes la idea.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+=4.= English _for_ as a preposition is rendered by =para= or =por=. It is
+omitted before a non-emphatic personal pronoun object and after many
+verbs.
+
+_He bought it for me yesterday._
+
+=Me lo compró ayer.=
+
+_He bought it for me_ (for my sake).
+
+=Lo compró por mí.===
+
+_Wait for me._
+
+=Espéreme.=
+
+_Ask for it._
+
+=Pídalo.=
+
+_Look for them._
+
+=Búsquelos.=
+
+(_a_) _For_ is rendered =para= when it expresses destination,
+purpose, use, future time, and to introduce a qualifying phrase.
+
+_This is the train for Madrid._
+
+=Este es el tren para Madrid.=
+
+_She has enough money for her clothes._
+
+=Tiene bastante dinero para sus vestidos (prendas de vestir).=
+
+_This is a machine for cutting leather._
+
+=Ésta es una máquina para cortar cuero.=
+
+_I have an appointment for to-morrow._
+
+=Tengo cita para mañana.=
+
+_She plays the piano well for her age._
+
+=Toca el piano bien para su edad.=
+
+(_b_) Expressing exchange, cause, motive, or duration of time,
+_for_ is rendered =por=.
+
+_I gave him twenty-five dollars for his bicycle._
+
+=Le dí veinticinco duros por su bicicleta.=
+
+_For months at a time we did not see him._
+
+=Por meses enteros no le habíamos visto.=
+
+_They set fire to the house for fun._
+
+=Por burla pegaron fuego a la casa.=
+
+_We could not see the house for the smoke._
+
+=No podíamos ver la casa por el humo.=
+
+
+=5.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La señora pregunta por la señorita. 2. Ruéguele que me lo
+mande. 3. Pídame Vd. todo lo que quiera. 4. ¿Cuándo parte Vd. para
+Europa? 5. Para su edad es un muchacho muy intelligente. 6. No sé
+contestar a todas las preguntas que me hacen estos chicos. 7. Le dí mi
+gramática española por su libro de lectura. 8. Para el almuerzo he
+comprado tocino. 9. Lo hace todo por sus hermanos y no saben
+agradecérselo. 10. Murió por la patria como yo muriera por ella.
+
+(_b_) 1. I shall ask them to come and see me in the country. 2. I
+promised my mother that I would ask you for some of your beautiful
+roses. 3. Ask the children if they are hungry. 4. I will ask his mother
+to ask him for it. 5. Shall we ask them to dinner for the day after
+to-morrow? 6. Will you wait for me while I look for it? (For _will you_
+say =Quiere Vd.=) 7. This is the book father bought for me in London. 8.
+It is a beautiful book for the price. 9. If it wasn't for the dust, we
+could see the horses. 10. Some friends have asked me to go to the
+theater with them this evening. 11. In Spanish they call a typewriter a
+"machine for writing." 12. They will sing for joy when they receive this
+news.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON III
+
+_Cada uno es como Dios le ha criado._[3]
+
+--PEDRO DE ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=6.= The verb _to have_ denoting possession is rendered =tener=. With
+auxiliary force it is =haber=.
+
+_I used to have it, but I have it no longer._
+
+=Lo tenía sí, pero ya no lo tengo más.=
+
+_He says he has sold it, but I don't know who has bought it._
+
+=Dice que lo ha vendido, pero no sé quien lo ha comprado.=
+
+(_a_) _To have_ meaning _to cause to be done_ or _made_, _let_, is
+rendered by =hacer= followed (1) by a direct infinitive, or (2) by
+=que= with the subjunctive of indirect command.
+
+_Have them get the trunks down at once._
+
+=Hágales bajar los baúles en seguida= or =Haga Vd. que bajen los
+baúles.=
+
+_I like this book very much. I will have the children read it._
+
+=Me gusta mucho este libro. Haré que lo lean los niños.=
+
+_He has had a new house built for his newly married daughter._
+
+=Ha hecho construir una nueva casa para su hija recién casada.=
+
+(_b_) _To have to_ denoting necessity or compulsion is translated
+=tener que=, which is followed by the infinitive.
+
+_It is raining torrents. We shall have to stay here till it stops._
+
+=Llueve a cántaros. Tendremos que quedarnos aquí hasta que deje de
+llover.=
+
+_I can't go with you because I have to study some lessons._
+
+=No puedo acompañarle porque tengo que estudiar unas lecciones.=
+
+(_c_) _To have on_, _be wearing_, is rendered =tener puesto=, or by
+=llevar= or =vestir=. =Puesto= is an adjective and agrees in gender and
+number with the thing worn.
+
+_She has on a simple dress and over her shoulders a wide black lace
+scarf._
+
+=Viste un traje sencillo y trae sobre los hombros un amplio velo
+negro de encaje.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_They all had their hats on when they came out._
+
+=Al salir todos tenían puestos los sombreros.=
+
+
+=7.= English _to be to_ expressing futurity coupled with a vague necessity
+is rendered =haber de= followed by the infinitive.
+
+_I have read in the papers that the president is to visit the city._
+
+=He leído en los diarios que el presidente ha de visitar la ciudad.=
+
+_The teacher told us that we were to finish that lesson._
+
+=El maestro nos dijo que hubiéramos de acabar aquella lección.=
+
+
+=8.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Aquel día había de ser glorioso para el país. 2. Yo quiero que
+nadie tenga noticia de nuestra conferencia. 3. Quien lo haya quebrado
+tendrá que remendarlo. 4. Me había ido, pero he vuelto porque tengo que
+hablarle a Vd. 5. Pues ya no has de ver más a Paquita. Ella se casa. 6.
+Lo compré esta mañana y han de entregármelo mañana. 7. Tengo que subir
+al palomar para dar de comer a mis palomitas. 8. Ha mandado hacer un
+vestido nuevo para su hijita. 9. Celebro tener el gusto de conocer a Vd.
+10. Tengo una viva satisfacción en haber conocido a Vd. 11. Dígales Vd.
+que me traigan pronto lo que les he pedido. 12. Tendrán que acostarse en
+cuanto lleguen.
+
+(_b_) 1. This strap is good for nothing (_worth nothing_). I had it in
+my hand and it broke. 2. The trunks will have to be at the station at
+three o'clock. 3. What dress are you going to wear on the train? The one
+that I have on. 4. Have a new strap made when you return. 5. We are to
+wait for them here. They have gone to look for the others. 6. The
+teacher had the pupil read the lesson aloud. 7. You will have to go with
+us because we don't know the way. 8. She had on a pair of white gloves
+that I had given her. 9. I am to tell her that he has broken the whip
+that she had made for him for his birthday. 10. I will have the letter
+written at once.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON IV
+
+_Puesto que todo pasa, gocémoslo todo mientras vive._[4]
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=9.= The English _since_ as a preposition is translated =desde=; as an
+adverb it is rendered =desde entonces= or =desde aquel tiempo=, literally,
+_since then_ and _since that time_. As a conjunction of time it is =desde
+que=, and as a conjunction of cause it is =ya que=, =puesto que=, or =visto
+que= (cf. English _seeing that_).
+
+_I have not seen him since yesterday._
+
+=No le he visto desde ayer.=
+
+_He left the city last year and I have not seen him since._
+
+=Partió de la ciudad el año pasado y no le he visto desde entonces.=
+
+_I have not seen him since he left the city._
+
+=No le he visto desde que partió de la ciudad.=
+
+_I will speak to him once more since you desire it._
+
+=Le hablaré una vez más ya que Vd. lo desea.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=10.= The verb _to go_ is =ir= or =irse=, the reflexive form being used when
+_to be_ is not followed by a complementary infinitive or by a
+prepositional phrase denoting direction. _To go away_ may be translated
+=irse=, =marcharse=, or =partir=.
+
+_Now I am going to explain it to you._
+
+=Ya se lo voy a explicar.=
+
+_I am going now. Do you want to go with me?_
+
+=Ya me voy. ¿Quiere Vd. acompañarme?=
+
+_We are going to the country to spend a few days._
+
+=Vamos al campo a pasar unos pocos días.=
+
+(_a_) _To go in_ or _into_, _up_, _down_, _through_, are translated
+=entrar= (=en=), =subir=, =bajar=, =pasar por=, the preposition being
+included in the meaning of the verb except that =en= and =por= are used
+with =entrar= and =pasar= when the object of the verb is expressed.
+
+_Did you go into the house? Yes, we went in. We also went upstairs
+and went through all the rooms._
+
+=¿Entraron Vds. en la casa? Sí, entramos. También subimos la
+escalera y pasamos por todas las habitaciones.=
+
+(_b_) _To go out_ has two translations, =salir=, _to leave_, and
+=apagarse=, _to be extinguished_.
+
+_They have all gone out to take a walk._
+
+=Todos han salido a dar un paseo.=
+
+_All of a sudden all the lights in the house went out._
+
+=De repente se apagaron todas las luces en la casa.=
+
+(_c_) _To go on_, _continue_, is rendered =continuar= or =seguir=.
+
+_He went on talking as if he had not seen me._
+
+=Siguió= (=continuó=) =hablando como si no me hubiera visto.=
+
+(_d_) _To go to bed_ is rendered =acostarse=; _to go to sleep_,
+=dormirse=.
+
+_I can't go to sleep when I go to bed so early._
+
+=No puedo dormirme cuando me acuesto tan temprano.=
+
+Many other translations of _to go_ may be obtained by paraphrasing. So,
+_to go back_, _return_, =volver=; _to go into_, _investigate_, =investigar=;
+_to go by_, _judge by_, =juzgar por=, etc.
+
+
+=11.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Me voy un rato con este amigo. 2. Ya se apagó el fuego. 3.
+Todos quedaron menos él, que se fué en seguida. 4. Puesto que llueve a
+cántaros no salimos esta mañana. 5. Ya es hora de volver, ¿no? 6. Nos
+iremos mañana si hace buen tiempo. 7. No hemos recibido noticias de
+ellos desde que se fueron. 8. Entonces vimos que los niños se habían
+dormido. 9. Siguen riendo y charlando mientras esperan la llegada de los
+otros. 10. Tráeme acá un fósforo. Se me ha apagado la lámpara.
+
+(_b_) 1. Since I can't come to see you, I ask you to come to see me. 2.
+I lent him my fountain pen last week and I have not seen it since. 3. I
+am sleepy, but I can't go to sleep. 4. Go back at once! The others have
+all gone. 5. Don't go out until you see them go in. 6. It is very cold
+in this room since the fire went out. 7. I shall go on making
+preparations for their visit. 8. It was so warm in the room that we
+almost went to sleep. 9. He is ill and has had to go to bed. He hasn't
+been well since he came home. 10. Are you going now? Well, I will go
+with you.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON V
+
+_Mientras uno es joven, siempre hay esperanza de mejorar la
+fortuna._[5]--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=12.= English _long_ is usually rendered =largo=, but in expressions of time
+it is often translated =mucho=.
+
+_This is the longest street in the city. We lived here for a long time._
+
+=Esta es la calle más larga de la ciudad. Vivimos aquí por mucho tiempo.=
+
+_I have not seen them for a long time._
+
+=No los he visto desde hace mucho tiempo.=
+
+_Note._--When a phrase expressing duration of time introduced by
+_for_ is equivalent to _since ... ago_, _for_ is translated =desde
+hace=.
+
+(_a_) The phrase _to be long_ (_in_), followed by a verbal in
+_-ing_, expressed or understood, is rendered =tardar= (=en=), followed
+by an infinitive expressed or understood.
+
+_Have patience! You will not be long in learning how to do it._
+
+=¡Ten paciencia! No tardarás en aprender a hacerlo.=
+
+_You go now. I will follow.--All right, but don't be long._
+
+=Vete ahora. Yo te seguiré.--Bueno, pero no tardes.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) =Tardar en= may also be used to translate the expression _before
+long_.
+
+_They will be back before long._
+
+=No tardarán en volver.=
+
+(_c_) The adverbial phrases _no longer_, _any longer_ are translated =ya
+no=.
+
+_I wonder why they are so long. I can't wait any longer._
+
+=¿Por qué tardarán tanto? Ya no puedo esperar más.=
+
+(_d_) The conjunctive phrase _as long as is_ rendered =mientras=.
+
+_As long as it was raining we could not go out._
+
+=Mientras llovía no podíamos salir.=
+
+
+=13.= The word _before_ as an adverb is rendered =antes=; as a conjunction,
+=antes que=; as a preposition of time, =antes de=; as a preposition of
+place, it is rendered =delante de= or =ante=, the latter being used
+especially with the meaning of _in the presence of_.
+
+_I had never done that before._
+
+=No había hecho eso antes.=
+
+_Before he went away he said that he would be back before long._
+
+=Antes que se fué me dijo que no tardaría en volver.=
+
+_Before taking it you ought to have spoken to me._
+
+=Antes de cogerla debió usted hablar conmigo.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_He wanted to appear before them as a millionaire._
+
+=Quería presentarse delante de ellos como millonario=.
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_They look at the gypsy who stops before them._
+
+=Miran al húngaro que se para ante ellos.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_Note._--=Antes= also translates English _formerly_.
+
+
+=14.= The verb _to know_, meaning _to be acquainted with_, is =conocer=;
+otherwise _to know_ and _to know how_ are rendered =saber=.
+
+_I know the family, but I don't know where they live._
+
+=Conozco a la familia, pero no sé donde viven.=
+
+_I know how to sew, I know how to cook, I know how to wash clothes._
+
+=Yo sé coser, yo sé guisar, yo sé lavar la ropa.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note_.--=Conocer= also translates English _to make the acquaintance
+of_.
+
+
+=15.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No sé como he vivido tanto tiempo con ellos. 2. ¡Bien ha
+tardado Vd. esta noche! 3. ¿Cuánto tiempo espera Vd. pasar aquí? 4.
+Dígales que yo quiero verlas antes que salgan. 5. No sé leer el español
+pero conozco las obras de Benavente en traducción. 6. No tardamos en
+saber lo que había hecho. 7. Antes de escribir los ejercicios tenemos
+que estudiar las reglas. 8. Antes era rico, ya no lo es. 9. En el
+abecedario viene la _a_ ante la _be_. 10. Puesto que no puedo quedarme
+más tiempo, tendrá Vd. que acabarlo solo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Do you know the works of Blasco Ibáñez? 2. How long have you
+been here? 3. I don't know how to describe it to you. 4. I don't know
+how long he has been ill. 5. Before I speak I want to know how much you
+know. 6. Do you know this song? Yes, but I don't know how to sing it. 7.
+Before buying the house he told me that he had known the owner for a
+long time. 8. Ask him if he knows who has lived in it since. 9. I knew
+him before he went to live there. 10. I'm sure I shall see him before
+long.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VI
+
+
+_Ya ves que no hay que fiar de sueños._[6]
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=16.= The English _to get_ has so many different translations in Spanish
+that it is always advisable to paraphrase it before translating. So: _I
+am going to get_ (buy) _some bread. We are going to get_ (fetch _or_
+bring) _our books. He gets_ (receives) _his money here. The lion got
+out_ (escaped). _We got back_ (arrived, returned) _this morning. It
+gets_ (grows, becomes) _dark early._ In such examples as the last,
+however, the alternatives are also verbs that present some difficulty in
+translations: and many of the compounds of _get_ and a preposition must
+be learned literally.
+
+_He got_ (obtained) _what he wanted._
+
+=Obtuvo lo que quería.=
+
+_There is no more sugar. I shall have to go and get some._
+
+=No hay más azúcar. Tendré que ir a comprar más.=
+
+_Have you sent the boy to get the car?_
+
+=¿Ha mandado usted al mozo a traer el automóvil?=
+
+_I get a letter from home every Tuesday._
+
+=Recibo carta de casa todos los martes=.
+
+_There was a fire at the Zoölogical Gardens yesterday and a lion got
+out_ (away).
+
+=Hubo incendio en los jardines zoológicos ayer y se escapó un león.=
+
+(_a_) _To get_ meaning _to grow_ or _become_ is translated =ponerse=
+or =hacerse=, the former indicating a temporary change of state, the
+latter a more permanent one.
+
+_She gets very cross if she has to wait for us._
+
+=Se pone muy enojada= (=enfadada=) =si tiene que esperarnos.=
+
+_He got rich quickly, but his methods couldn't be admired._
+
+=Se hizo rico pronto, pero sus métodos no podían admirarse.=
+
+(_b_) _To get along with_, speaking of persons, may be rendered
+=entenderse con=, or =congeniar con=: when the object is a thing, the
+translation is =servirse de=. _To get along without_ is translated
+=pasarse sin=.
+
+_He doesn't get along very well with his oldest brother._
+
+=No se entiende muy bien con su hermano mayor.=
+
+_I shall have to get along with this knife since there is no
+other._
+
+=Tendré que servirme de este cuchillo puesto que no hay otro.=
+
+_I get along without a laundress now that my daughter is at home._
+
+=Yo me paso sin lavandera ya que está en casa mi hija.=
+
+(_c_) _To get into_ and _out of_ vehicles are rendered =subir a= and
+=bajar de=.
+
+_They get out of one automobile and into another._
+
+=Bajaron de un automóvil y subieron a otro.=
+
+(_d_) _To get out of the way_ may be rendered =apartarse del camino=
+or =quitarse de en medio=.
+
+_You know that to me she is always at home. Get out of the way!_
+
+=Sabe Vd. que para mí siempre está. ¡Quítese de en medio!=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+(_e_) _To get up_, _rise_, is rendered =levantárse= or =ponerse de pie=.
+
+_I got up very, very early this morning._
+
+=Esta mañana me levanté muy de madrugada.=
+
+_When the teacher spoke to the pupil the latter got up._
+
+=Cuando habló el maestro al discípulo se puso de pie éste.=
+
+
+=17.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. El coche se detuvo delante de la puerta y bajaron dos señores.
+2. Primero tenemos que apartar del camino este montón de piedras. 3. Se
+levantó Vd. tarde hoy. 4. Queremos deshacernos de nuestro viejo
+automóvil. 5. Los tejados se ponen blancos. 6. Las abejas sacan la miel
+de las flores. 7. No se sabe como han logrado entrar en la casa los
+ladrones. 8. Aunque cerramos la puerta con llave lograron salir. 9. Le
+he mandado a traerme otro cuchillo, porque éste no corta. 10. Baja de
+este muro en seguida si no quieres caer.
+
+(_b_) 1. The fruit is getting ripe now. 2. You ought to get rid of the
+old house before you buy a new one. 3. We shall have to get up early to
+catch that train. 4. Mother is in the kitchen getting dinner. 5. How
+dark the sky is getting. I think there will be a storm. 6. As I was
+getting up this morning my mother called to me and said, "Hurry up,
+John, I want you to go and get some milk for breakfast." 7. Since there
+is no ink we shall have to get along with pencils. 8. My parents do not
+like to get letters written in pencil. 9. That company gets out
+beautiful illustrated books. 10. He has been ill and has not been able
+to get out for a long time.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VII
+
+_Vale más una sola cosa buena que muchas medianas._[7]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=18.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. We must not remain longer in this house. 2. I must go and I
+will go. But, where? Who knows? 3. If you want to know, ask her. 4. He
+is here again and he knows that we are in this house. 5. Man, you are
+right. You must be right sometimes. 6. I am not to blame because he is
+not here. 7. These are for me, but I will give you these for those. 8.
+You don't know what you are asking for. 9. He is hungry and cold, but
+not ashamed. 10. Send the maid to get some vegetables.
+
+(_b_) 1. Do you know how old he is? 2. How deep is this well? 3. It is
+not his fault that he has not been successful. 4. Ask them if they are
+hungry? 5. Father has gone out for a lamp because all the electric
+lights have gone out. 6. We shall get there before long. 7. Have you
+ever been here before? Yes, but not for a long time. 8. Mother's going
+to get me a new hat. 9. This store always closes for an hour at noon.
+10. It's a pity this young man does not get along better with his
+parents. 11. Before you go, go and ask John if he got the tickets for
+to-night.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON VIII
+
+_¡Mira las estrellas! Cuentan cuentos dulces las estrellas y hacen
+compañía._[8]--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=19.= The verb _to look_ or _look at_ is rendered =mirar=, the _at_
+remaining untranslated.
+
+_Looking through the window, I saw that my friend was looking at the
+flowers._
+
+=Mirando por la ventana, vi que mi amiga miraba las flores.=
+
+(_a_) _To look_ (_as if_) is rendered =parecer=. The impersonal _it
+looks as if_ may be translated =según parece=, or =por lo visto=.
+
+_You look very tired. It looks as if you had been working too
+hard._
+
+=Parece Vd. muy cansada. Ha trabajado Vd. demasiado según parece.=
+
+_It looks as if he had determined to stop our talking._
+
+=Parece que se ha propuesto impedirnos hablar.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_b_) _To look for_ or _look up_ is translated =buscar=.
+
+_I don't know where they went. For my part I'm not looking for
+them._
+
+=Yo no sé a donde iban. Por mi parte no los busco.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+
+=20.= English _little_ as an adjective of size is rendered =pequeño=,
+=chico=, or =menudo=.
+
+_We have just rented that little house across the street._
+
+=Acabamos de alquilar esa casa pequeña al otro lado de la calle.=
+
+_Are the little folks coming too?_
+
+=¿Vienen también la gente menuda?=
+
+(_a_) Denoting quantity _little_ is rendered =poco=.
+
+_Why, you went to bed a little after ten!_
+
+=¡Si te acostaste a poco más de las diez!=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_It is a matter of little importance._
+
+=Es asunto de poca importancia.=
+
+(_b_) As an adverb of degree _little_ is rendered =poco=, =algo=, or =un
+tanto=.
+
+_The price is a little high, isn't it? A little, yes._
+
+=Es algo subido el precio, ¿no? Un tanto, si.=
+
+
+=21.= English _there_ as an adverb is translated =ahí=, =allí=, or
+=allá=, the last being the form used with verbs of motion. Used with a
+verb that doesn't express motion, =allá= indicates approximate situation
+while =allí= always indicates definite situation.
+
+_I wonder where my hat can be. I left it there on the table._
+
+=¿Dónde estará mi sombrero? Lo dejé allí en la mesa.=
+
+_I don't know where he has gone, but he went over there._
+
+=No se adónde habrá ido, pero se fué por allá.=
+
+(_a_) _There is_, _there was_, _there will be_, etc., are
+translated by the various tenses of =haber=, the verb always being in
+the singular.
+
+_There is one here now. There were two before._
+
+=Hay uno aquí ahora. Antes había dos.=
+
+_There are absurdities in the spiritual life as in the natural._
+
+=Hay absurdos en la vida del espíritu como en la naturaleza.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) _There_ as an exclamatory word has many renderings which can best
+be learned by observation. Note the following examples.
+
+_There, there, don't cry! You'll wake mother._
+
+=¡Vamos, vamos, no llores! Despertarás a la madre.=
+
+_There! I told you you would break it._
+
+=¡Ya se ve! Te dije que ibas a quebrarlo.=
+
+_There's a beautiful house!_
+
+=¡Vaya una casa hermosa!=
+
+
+=22.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Dígale que yo voy allá en seguida. 2. ¡Vaya una muchacha guapa!
+¿Quién es? 3. Parece que nunca van a terminar. 4. Habrá reunión allí
+mañana por la mañana. 5. Es muy chico. Me gustaría más si fuese un
+tantito más grande. 6. Parece que va a llover. Tal vez habrá tempestad.
+7. Los chicos quieren ir a la playa, pero ya es un poco tarde para eso.
+8. He perdido un guante. ¿Quieres volver a buscármelo? 9. ¡Mire Vd.
+cuánta gente hay en la calle! 10. Parece más joven, pero la verdad es
+que tiene algo más edad que yo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Were you there when the accident occurred? 2. There were ten
+boys in the class. How many are there in your class? 3. Oh, look! There
+goes a deer. There's a pretty little animal! 4. We shall be there for an
+hour. We went there last year, too. 5. How does it look to you? I
+haven't looked at it well yet. 6. I need a little more milk. Who will go
+and get me some? 7. The little money that I had was not sufficient. 8.
+There had been a terrible storm and the little city had suffered not a
+little damage. 9. Look up these words in the dictionary. 10. Look out!
+(=¡Cuidado!=) There comes an automobile. _There's_ a reckless driver (for
+you)!
+
+
+
+
+LESSON IX
+
+_Las frutas se comen. Las flores se huelen, nada más._[9]
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=23.= The verb _to grow,_ meaning _to cultivate_ or _be cultivated_, is
+translated =cultivar= or =cultivarse=; meaning _to increase in size_ it is
+=crecer= or =aumentarse=; meaning _to become_ it is rendered =ponerse= or
+=hacerse=, the first expressing temporary, the second approximately
+permanent, change. _To grow up_ is translated =criarse=.
+
+_In the Argentine Republic they grow much wheat._
+
+=En la República Argentina cultivan= (=se cultiva=) =mucho trigo.=
+
+_Why! How this child has grown!_
+
+=¡Vaya, que ha crecido este niño!=
+
+_The number grows year by year._
+
+=El número se aumenta de año en año.=
+
+_She must be ill. She is growing thinner day by day._
+
+=Debe estar mala. Se pone más delgada de día en día.=
+
+_By means of gymnastic exercises he has grown very strong._
+
+=Por medio de ejercicios gimnásticos se ha hecho muy fuerte.=
+
+_This child grew up with her mother until she was five years old._
+
+=Esta niña se crió junto a su madre hasta tener cinco años.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=24.= The word _just_ has numerous renderings in Spanish. As an adjective
+it is =justo=.
+
+_Since our cause is just, we shall win._
+
+=Puesto que es justa nuestra causa, venceremos.=
+
+(_a_) Meaning _only_ it may be translated by the adverb =sólo=, or by
+the phrases =nada más= or =no ... más que= (=de= before numerals). =Nada
+más= is placed at the end of the sentence.
+
+_There were just twenty persons present._
+
+=Asistieron sólo veinte personas= (=no más de veinte personas=; =veinte
+personas nada más=).
+
+_How much do you want? I have just a pound._
+
+=¿Cuánto quiere usted? No tengo más que una libra.=
+
+_Note._--If this sentence meant _exactly_ a pound, the translation
+would be =una libra justa=; so always when _just_ equals _exactly_.
+
+_We just came to look for a pencil and paper for Patros._
+
+=No venimos más que a buscar lápiz y papel para Patros.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_For you must know, my son, that the dreaming of the old is just
+remembering._
+
+=Porque has de saber, hijo mío, que el soñar de los viejos es sólo
+recordar.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_It was just the door closing._
+
+=Era la puerta que se cerraba, nada más.=
+
+(_b_) Meaning _at this or that moment_, _just_ is translated =en este= or
+=ese mismo momento=; or it may be implied in the present or imperfect
+tenses.
+
+_The door is just closing._
+
+=Se cierra la puerta.=
+
+_The door was just closing._
+
+=Se cerraba la puerta.=
+
+The phrase =en este mismo momento= makes the _just_ more emphatic.
+
+(_c_) In expressions of time of day _just_ is rendered =en punto=; _just
+now_ is =hace poco= or =hace un ratito=, referring to past time, =ahora=
+or =al momento= when present time is understood; _just yet_ is rendered
+=todavía=.
+
+_What time is it? It is just eight o'clock._
+
+=¿Qué hora es? Son las ocho en punto.=
+
+_I saw them just now and they said they were coming._
+
+=Los vi hace poco y dijeron que iban a venir.=
+
+_I'm sorry I can't go with you, but I'm very busy just now._
+
+=Siento no poder acompañarle, pero al momento estoy muy ocupado.=
+
+_It isn't ready just yet. I will call you as soon as it is._
+
+=No está listo todavía. Le llamaré en cuanto lo esté.=
+
+(_d_) _Have just_ and _had just_ with a past participle are translated
+by the present and imperfect of the verb =acabar= followed by =de= and the
+infinitive of the verb that in English is in the participle.
+
+_He has just arrived._
+
+=Acaba de llegar.=
+
+_He had just gone._
+
+=Acababa de marcharse.=
+
+
+=25.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Hacemos este viaje sólo por placer. 2. El sol acababa de
+ponerse. 3. No podía soportar que su única hija se criase como un
+muchacho. 4. Hablábamos de la posibilidad de su llegada, nada más. 5.
+¡Ya se ve! Crióse sin madre casi sin nodriza. 6. Esto ocurrió hace un
+año. No, hace tres meses justos. 7. Un momento nada más y sales
+diciéndoles que tienes que hacer en la casa. 8. El tabaco no se cultiva
+en este estado. 9. Estos niños crecen como la mala hierba. 10. Son las
+ocho en punto y dicen que acaban de llegar las distinguidas visitas.
+
+(_b_) 1. I am just going. Do you want to go with me? 2. We grow just
+flowers in our garden. 3. What are you doing? I'm just reading. 4. They
+have just come in and they say it is just beginning to rain. 5. When we
+got there he had just begun to speak. 6. That is just what I was going
+to say. 7. It was growing darker and we could only just see. 8. This is
+just for the little girls. 9. How you have grown! The other day you were
+just a little boy. 10. He is growing weaker every day.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON X
+
+_En Dios confía quien adora la verdad._[10]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=26.= English _after_ as a preposition of time is rendered =después de=; as
+a preposition of place or direction it is =tras= or =en pos de=; as a
+conjunction it is =después que=.
+
+_And so the boats kept on appearing one after the other._
+
+=Y así fueron apareciendo unas tras otras las lanchas.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_The boats were disappearing one after the other behind the cape._
+
+=Las lanchas se fueron ocultando una en pos de otra detrás del
+cabo.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_We will help you after dinner._
+
+=Le ayudaremos después de la comida.=
+
+_After we have finished, we will go._
+
+=Después que hayamos acabado, nos iremos.=
+
+(_a_) _Afterwards_ is =después=. _The day after to-morrow_ is =pasado
+mañana=.
+
+_Afterwards I found out that he was earning his living as a public
+letter writer._
+
+=Después supe que ganaba la vida trabajando de memorialista.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I have to see them the day after to-morrow._
+
+=Tengo que verlos pasado mañana.=
+
+
+=27.= The verb _to help_ meaning _to assist_, _aid_, is rendered =ayudar= or
+=asistir=.
+
+_I have so much to do and nobody wants to help me._
+
+=Tengo tanto que hacer y nadie quiere ayudarme.=
+
+(_a_) _To help_ in the sense of _to prevent_, _avoid_, is rendered
+=evitar=.
+
+_I couldn't help his doing it, but he couldn't help it either._
+
+=Yo no podía evitar que él lo hiciese, pero él no podía evitarlo
+tampoco.=
+
+(_b_) _Can't help_ and _couldn't help_, followed by an unmodified
+present participle, are rendered by the present and the imperfect
+of the verb =poder= and the phrase =menos de= with the infinitive.
+Otherwise, _I can't help_, _couldn't help_, etc., may be rendered
+=Yo no tengo= (=tenía=) =la culpa de que=.
+
+_I can't help confessing that I am sorry._
+
+=No puedo menos de confesar que lo siento.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I couldn't help knowing that you were talking of us._
+
+=No podía menos de saber que Vd. hablaba de nosotros.=
+
+_Note._--When the verbal in _-ing_ is modified by a possessive,
+translate as in (_a_).
+
+(_c_) _It can't be helped_ is translated =no hay remedio=.
+
+_I thought it could be avoided, but now it can't be helped._
+
+=Creí que podría evitarse, pero ya no hay remedio.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+=28.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Vaya a buscarla después de comer. 2. No querría hacerlo, pero
+no había otro remedio. 3. Quisiera dejarlo para después que oscurezca.
+4. Después de acabar Vd. con ese libro démelo a mí. 5. La ayudaba, sí,
+pero no podía menos de creer que lo hacía sin querer. 6. No me gusta
+dejarlo hacer por manos ajenas, pero no hay remedio. 7. Después que
+habíamos caminado dos horas, los alcanzamos. 8. No puedo menos de querer
+que vengan. 9. Estaba todavía muy débil y teníamos que asistirle cuando
+querría andar. 10. Los niños llegan pasado mañana y los padres unos días
+después.
+
+(_b_) 1. It isn't ready yet, but I can't help it. 2. Do you want me to
+help you? 3. I can't help feeling sorry that they have done that. 4. We
+knew that it couldn't be helped. 5. I have just seen him, and I can't
+help thinking that he must be ill. 6. She couldn't help hoping that she
+would get what she wanted. 7. After a short time he could walk without
+our help. 8. The dog ran after his master after he succeeded in getting
+out of the house. 9. After the rain had ceased they went out and we did
+not see them afterwards. 10. He knows it is not well done, but he says
+he can't help it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XI
+
+_Cuando uno no quiere, dos no riñen._[11]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=29.= English _here_ is rendered =aquí= denoting _place where_ and =acá= with
+a verb of motion.
+
+_Here lived a member of my husband's family._
+
+=Aquí habitaba un individuo de la familia de mi esposo.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Go and tell him to please come here._
+
+=Ve y dile que tenga la bondad de venir acá.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note._--=Aquí= is sometimes found with verbs of motion, but =acá= is
+the commoner form.
+
+(_a_) _Here_ accompanying the offer of something may be rendered by
+the imperative of =tomar=, _to take_, or by =aquí= with the verb =tener=.
+
+_Haven't you a pencil? Well, here. I have two._
+
+=¿No tiene usted lápiz? Pues, tome. Yo tengo dos.=
+
+_Here's the money they gave me for you._
+
+=Aquí tiene usted el dinero que me dieron para usted.=
+
+(_b_) _To be here_ in the sense of _to arrive_ is translated
+=llegar=.
+
+_They will be here in time according to what they write me._
+
+=Llegarán a tiempo según me escriben.=
+
+
+=30.= English _well_ as an adverb is translated =bien=; as an adjective it
+is =bueno=. As an introductory word having no grammatical connection with
+the rest of the sentence it is rendered =bien=, =bueno=, or =pues=. With
+exclamatory force it may be rendered =¡vaya!= or =¡toma!=
+
+_It is very well made, isn't it?_
+
+=Está muy bien hecho, ¿no?=
+
+_He must stay here until he gets well._
+
+=Debe quedar aquí hasta que se ponga bueno.=
+
+_Well, that's done. And now what else is there to do?_
+
+=Bueno= (=bien=), =ya está hecho eso. Y ahora, ¿qué más hay que hacer?=
+
+_Well, I feel ill, very ill._
+
+=Pues yo me siento mal, muy mal.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Well! Here am I to get everybody out of difficulties._
+
+=¡Vaya! Aquí estoy yo para sacar de apuros a todo el mundo.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+=31.= The verb _to hold_ as a synonym of _to have_ is translated =tener=;
+meaning _to contain_ it is =contener=. When it indicates that a thing has
+a certain capacity it is translated =caber en=. In this last sense the
+English subject becomes in Spanish the object of the preposition =en=,
+while the English object becomes the subject of =caber=.
+
+_He held his hat in his hand all the time._
+
+=Tenía el sombrero en la mano todo el tiempo.=
+
+_This box holds all that I want._
+
+=Este cajón contiene todo lo que yo necesito.=
+
+_We shall have to get another sack. This one holds only a pound._
+
+=Tendremos que buscar otro saco. En éste cabe solo una libra.=
+
+=Contiene solo una libra= would mean _there is only a pound in it_.
+
+_Note._--A very common expression is =no cabe duda=, which translates
+_there is no doubt_.
+
+(_a_) The phrase _to hold out_ has many translations, according to
+its meanings as here illustrated.
+
+_He held out_ (offered) _his hand to me._
+
+=Me ofreció la mano.=
+
+_He held out his hand for the money._
+
+=Extendió la mano para el dinero.=
+
+_He held out_ (persisted) _for a week._
+
+=Se mantuvo firme por una semana.=
+
+_The coffee held out_ (there was enough).
+
+=Hubo bastante cafe.=
+
+
+=32.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. El vino acá en el tranvía. 2. Pues, que lo haga tan bien como
+yo lo he hecho. 3. No cabían en el barco más de cuatro personas. 4.
+Búsqueme un cesto más grande. En éste no caben las manzanas. 5. El cajón
+contenía frutas y dulces. 6. ¿Y la familia? Están todos buenos según me
+escriben. 7. Con tal que haya bastante harina, no nos falta más. 8. Está
+cansadísimo. No sé si se le mantendrán las fuerzas hasta que llegue a
+casa. 9. ¡Vaya! ¿Usted aquí? ¿Y desde cuándo?
+
+(_b_) 1. This bottle will not hold all that ink. 2. Well, what shall I
+do with what is left? 3. Put it here and get another bottle. 4. New
+countries hold out better opportunities to young men than to old ones.
+5. Well, everything is ready for them when they get here. 6. He held out
+the sack to show me what it held. 7. I can't help thinking that he is
+too young for the office that he holds. 8. How much is it? Well, here's
+the money. 9. How many books will this bookcase hold? 10. There is not
+the least doubt that they knew that the box held money.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XII
+
+_Dios no hace las cosas a medias._[12]
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+
+=33.= The adverb _so_ expressing manner is rendered =así=, _thus_; as an
+adverb of degree _so_ is =tan=. _So much_ and _so many_ are rendered
+=tanto=, =-a=, =tantos=, =-as=, when used adjectively or pronominally. As an
+adverb _so much_ is =tanto=.
+
+_And I am to live so, as long as I am alone._
+
+=Y así he de vivir mientras esté solo.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I didn't know that it was so hard to do that._
+
+=Yo no sabía que era tan difícil hacer eso.=
+
+_That's why they make so many mistakes_ (are mistaken so many times).
+
+=De ahí que se equivoquen tantas veces.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I don't need so much. You take what's left._
+
+=Yo no necesito tanto. Tome usted lo que sobra.=
+
+(_a_) Used in the manner of a neuter pronoun _so_ is rendered =lo=.
+
+_I asked him to call them and he did so at once._
+
+=Le rogué los llamase y lo hizo en seguida.=
+
+(_b_) In such expressions as _I think so_, _I believe so_, _he says
+so_, where _so_ stands for an affirmative clause, it is translated
+=que sí=.
+
+_Is it going to snow? John says so._
+
+=¿Va a nevar? Juan dice que sí.=
+
+_"I think so," he said, taking the instruments from the man's
+hands._
+
+=Creo que sí, dijo, tomando los instrumentos de las manos del
+hombre.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+(_c_) The conjunctive phrase _and so_ is rendered =y así= when it is equal
+to _and therefore_. When it is equivalent to _well_, _then_, it is
+rendered =conque=.
+
+_We weren't busy, and so we could help them._
+
+=Nosotros no estábamos ocupados y así podíamos ayudarlos.=
+
+_And so you say they are to be here at five o'clock?_
+
+=Conque, ¿dice usted que han de estar aquí a las cinco?=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=34.= English _to keep_ in its simplest meaning of _to retain_ is rendered
+=guardar= or =quedarse con=. It has many other meanings, most of which may
+be obtained by paraphrase. So: _to keep_ (observe) _a holiday_; _to keep
+quiet_ (be still, stop talking); _to keep out_ (not to enter); _to keep
+in_ (not to let go out); _to keep on_ (to continue, _or_ not to take
+off); _to keep from_ (to hinder, prevent, abstain from).
+
+_Well, I'm going to keep what I have._
+
+=Pues, yo voy a quedarme con lo que tengo.=
+
+_At home we keep all the national holidays._
+
+=En casa observamos todas las fiestas nacionales.=
+
+_Well, I agree, and I keep on sacrificing myself._
+
+=Pues, me conformo, y sigo sacrificándome.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_The noise of the street kept him from sleeping._
+
+=El ruido de la calle le impidió el dormir.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Tell them to come back. I will keep them just a moment._
+
+=Dígales que vuelvan. Los detendré un momento, nada más.=
+
+
+=35.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Así es, por desgracia. No te espero hoy. 2. La cordera siguió
+corriendo y llegó a lo alto de las peñas. 3. Guardó un asiento vacío
+junto al suyo. 4. Ha retenido la mitad de lo que me debe. 5. Su
+enfermedad le impidió que adelantara en sus estudios. 6. Si todos nos
+mantenemos quietos, no sabrán que estámos aquí. 7. Yo le dije que
+callase, pero siguió hablando. 8. Conque, se marchan ustedes hoy ¿no?
+
+(_b_) 1. I don't know why she wants so much to see me. 2. Of course if
+she wants to go, I can't keep her from it. 3. She keeps on writing to
+me, asking me not to keep it. 4. Has he kept back more than he should?
+They say so. 5. He always keeps out of the house when he sees that the
+maid has just cleaned the floors. 6. In Spain and South America they
+keep all the church holidays. 7. This lesson is not so hard
+(_difficult_). 8. If it keeps on raining, you must keep on your
+raincoats. 9. I tried to keep the children from making so much noise.
+10. Keep them out of this room for just a few minutes.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIII
+
+_Mi opulencia es la sencillez; mi lujo, la sobriedad; mi reposo, el
+trabajo._[13]--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=36.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Ask_ as many questions as you want to. 2. I have not been so
+busy _for a long_ time. 3. I _asked_ the young lady how much the hat
+_was_. 4. _Well_, we will _look for_ it here and if we can't find it we
+will send him to _get_ another. 5. We had been gone _for_ an hour when
+they _got here_. 6. This is a situation that cannot last _longer_. 7.
+You will _get_ better. Why (=si=), you _are_ better! 8. Did you _know_
+that man _before_? Yes, I _made_ his _acquaintance_ last year. 9. I have
+_just_ seen your parents _go in_. It is _just_ eight o'clock.
+
+(_b_) 1. He _can't help_ seeing that it is too large. 2. The poor girl
+_looks_ ill. 3. I don't _know_ how she has been able to work _so long_.
+4. I am waiting _for_ my brother; I can't _get in_ till he comes because
+I have lost my key. 5. Ah, _here_ he comes. I was _just_ going to send
+some one _to look for_ you. 6. Even the teacher _couldn't_ help
+laughing. 7. I have not seen the sun _since_ morning. I'm sure it will
+rain _before_ night. 8. It is impossible _to know how_ to speak a
+language _well_ without practice. 9. Shall you _be_ here when we _get
+back_? 10. If I can _get_ him to lend me the money, I will buy it from
+(=a=) you.
+
+(_c_) 1. _How long_ do you think they will be able to _hold out_? 2. In
+her arms she _held_ a pretty _little_ girl. 3. I have only a very
+_little_, nevertheless this valise won't _hold_ it. 4. This little
+basket _just holds_ a dozen. 5. This pitcher _holds just_ a quart. 6.
+_Keep_ a place _for_ me near you. 7. I _asked_ him who said _so_. 8. I
+don't _know_ what to do with _so_ many books and still you _keep on_
+buying more. 9. Who says that? He says _so_. 10. Is he ready? He says
+_so_.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIV
+
+_El hombre que se avergüenza de ser feliz debe andar en cuatro
+pies._[14]--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=37.= English _to leave_ has three principal translations. Meaning _to
+depart_ it is rendered =partir=; meaning _to go out of_ it is =salir=; and
+meaning _to allow to remain_ it is =dejar=.
+
+_He left for London yesterday._
+
+=Partió para Londres ayer.=
+
+_For two months I haven't been able to leave the house._
+
+=Hace dos meses que no puedo salir de la casa.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_The train had left him in the East station._
+
+=El tren le había dejado en la estación del Este.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to let_, =dejar= is used.
+
+_Leave the poor child alone! He's not bothering you._
+
+=¡Déjale al pobre niño! No te molesta a tí.=
+
+(_b_) _To leave off_ in the sense of _to stop_ is rendered =dejar de=
+or =cesar de=, followed by the infinitive.
+
+_He left off coming when he found out that he was not congenial to
+us._
+
+=Dejó de venir cuando supo que no nos era simpático.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+(_c_) _To have something left_ is translated =quedar= or =sobrar=.
+
+_I know you have no time left for social life._
+
+=Ya sé que no le sobra tiempo para la vida social.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I used to have a lot, but I have very little left now._
+
+=Antes tenía mucho, pero me queda muy poco ahora.=
+
+_I gave him four, but he has only two left now._
+
+=Le dí cuatro, pero ya no le quedan más de dos.=
+
+_Note._--In this construction notice that the English subject becomes
+the indirect object of the verbs =quedar= and =sobrar=, while the thing
+"left" is the subject. The Spanish says literally, _to him are left only
+two_. Note also the order: object, verb, subject.
+
+
+=38.= _To let_, meaning _to allow_, is rendered =dejar=.
+
+_The poor woman has died of fatigue. Let her rest in peace._
+
+=La pobre mujer ha muerto de fatiga. Dejadla que descanse en
+paz.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+(_a_) When _let_ is used with the third person in the sense of a
+command it is translated by =que= with the subjunctive. When the verb
+is in the first person plural, the =que= is omitted.
+
+_Let John take these letters to the post-office at once._
+
+=Que Juan lleve estas cartas al correo en seguida.=
+
+_Let's go now. No, let us sit down here for a moment._
+
+=Vámonos ahora. No, sentémonos aquí por unos momentos.=
+
+(_b_) _To let in_, _out_, _up_, _down_, _through_ are translated
+=dejar entrar=, =salir=, =subir=, =bajar=, =pasar por=.
+
+_Don't let that dog in. I have just put him out._
+
+=No dejes entrar a ese perro. Acabo de hacerle salir.=
+
+_They couldn't open the door, but they let me in through the
+window._
+
+=No podían abrir la puerta, pero me dejaron entrar por la ventana.=
+
+
+=39.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Salga Vd. de la sala y no vuelva Vd. a entrar. 2. Si no han
+partido todavía, dígales que quiero verlos antes que se marchen. 3. No
+salimos de la casa antes que dejó de llover. 4. No sé si me dejarán
+acompañarla a usted. 5. Que vayan a traérmelo en seguida. 6. ¿Les
+sobrará mucho? Creo que sí. 7. Partimos mañana en el tren de la mañana.
+8. Su madre no quiere dejarle acompañarnos. 9. Las mujeres dejaban sus
+ocupaciones de la casa y salían a las puertas. 10. Todavía me queda la
+pequeña casa que me dejó mi padre.
+
+(_b_) 1. We will not let you leave until it leaves off raining. 2. They
+have all left their umbrellas at home. 3. When he had paid for his
+dinner he had two dollars left. 4. They left five minutes ago. 5. I have
+just one old umbrella left for myself. 6. Let Mary let them in through
+the kitchen door. 7. Let's ask him how many he has left. 8. If I have
+any money left after I have bought all the things that they are asking
+me for, I will let you take it. 9. We can't do much with what is left.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XV
+
+_La ley es Dios--o debe serlo._[15]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=40.= English _now_ is generally translated =ahora=, but when it means
+_already_ it is rendered =ya=.
+
+_I am going to take a walk through the village now._
+
+=Voy a salir a dar una vuelta por el pueblo ahora.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I have been a workman in the shops for a week now._
+
+=Soy operario de los talleres hace ya una semana.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+(_a_) The phrases _well, now_, and _now, then_, may be rendered
+=ahora bien=. The exclamatory phrase _come, now!_ is expressed
+=¡vamos!=, =¡vaya!=, or =¡ea!=
+
+_Come now, Antonio dear, a little patience!_
+
+=¡Ea, Antoñito, un poco de paciencia!=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Come now! Tell me everything. I am your friend._
+
+=¡Vamos! Confíemelo todo. Yo soy su amiga.=
+
+--MARIANO JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+(_b_) _Now ... now ..._ is translated =ya ... ya ...= or =ora ... ora ...=.
+
+_Now it was too hot, now it was too cold for him._
+
+=Ya hacía demasiado calor, ya demasiado frío.=
+
+_Note._--The phrase _from now on_ is translated de =aquí en adelante=.
+
+
+=41.= English _about_ as a preposition meaning _of_ is translated =de=;
+meaning _in regard to_ or _concerning_ it is rendered =acerca de=; meaning
+_almost_, _nearly_, _in the neighborhood of_ it is =cerca de= or =más o
+menos=.
+
+_What are you talking about?_
+
+=¿De qué habla usted?=
+
+_I have to write to him about that matter._
+
+=Tengo que escribirle acerca de ese asunto.=
+
+_I have about a hundred._
+
+=Tengo cerca de ciento= (=ciento más o menos=).
+
+
+=42.= _To be about to_ is rendered =estar al punto de= or =estar para=.
+
+_When we arrived, the others were about to leave._
+
+=Al llegar nosotros, estaban los otros para salir.=
+
+
+=43.= The verb _to feel_ meaning _to experience_, _perceive_ is rendered
+=sentir=; meaning _to be of the opinion_, _think_ it is rendered
+=pensar=, =ser de la opinion=, =parecerle a uno=; meaning _to have the
+feeling of_ it is rendered =ser ... al tacto=; meaning _to touch_ it is
+=palpar= or =tentar=.
+
+_I feel for this man a tremendous interest._
+
+=Siento por este hombre un interés tremendo.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_Do you feel ill? Just a little pain._
+
+=¿Te sientes malo? Un dolorcillo, nada más.=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Well, I feel that it would be better to return now._
+
+=Pues, a mí me parece que sería mejor volver ahora.=
+
+_What's in this bag? It is something that feels hard._
+
+=¿Qué hay en este saco? Es algo que es muy duro al tacto.=
+
+_Feel this. It's too hard, isn't it?_
+
+=Palpe= (=Tiente=) =éste. Es demasiado duro, ¿no?=
+
+
+=44.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Ahora tengo ganas de bailar. 2. Pero ya no ha de ir usted,
+¿verdad? 3. Por desgracia ya me quedan pocos. 4. De aquí en adelante se
+ha de trocar mi adversa fortuna en próspera. 5. Palpaba su chaqueta para
+ver si estaba mojada. 6. Me gusta mucho esta tela. Es muy blanda al
+tacto. 7. Eran cerca de las ocho cuando oimos sonar una campana. 8. Ya
+es hora de acabar. 9. Los viejos sienten el frío. 10. Ya lo vi y ya
+desapareció de nuevo.
+
+(_b_) 1. He feels better now. It's not necessary to call the doctor. 2.
+Do you want to see them? Well, they have come now. 3. He has about two
+hundred books in his library. 4. Come now! You know what I told you just
+now (see Section 24 (_c_)). 5. Feel his hands. How cold they are! 6. It
+was about six o'clock when we felt the first shock of the earthquake. 7.
+He was feeling his way (_to feel one's way_, =andar a tientas=) in the
+dark corridor. 8. We do not feel safe here, but father feels that it
+would be foolish to go out just now.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVI
+
+_Hacer bien a los villanos es echar agua en la mar_.[16]
+
+--CERVANTES.
+
+
+=45.= English _will_ as an auxiliary has two meanings. As denoting simple
+futurity it is in Spanish included in the future form of the verb. As a
+synonym of _to want to_, _will_ is translated by the present tense of
+the verb =querer=.
+
+_They will get here to-morrow and then I will tell them._
+
+=Llegarán mañana y se lo diré entonces.=
+
+_I will tell it to as many as (all who) will listen to me._
+
+=Lo diré a cuantos quieran oirme=.--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Note._--In case of doubt substitute _is going to_ or _wants to_
+for _will_. If the former keeps the sense, use the future tense; if
+the latter, use =querer=.
+
+(_a_) _Shall_, denoting simple futurity, is included in the future
+tense.
+
+_I shall not be able to come. Shall you be here?_
+
+=Yo no podré venir. ¿Estará usted aquí?=
+
+Expressing determination on the part of the speaker, _shall_ must
+be translated by a clause or by =deber= with the infinitive.
+
+_You say he has stolen your bicycle? Well, he shall return it at
+once._
+
+=¿Dice Vd. que se le ha robado su bicicleta? Pues, yo haré que se la
+devuelva en seguida=, or =debe devolverla=.
+
+
+=46=. The word _all_, commonly translated =todo=, has many different
+translations which should be learned in the phrases in which they occur.
+Of these the commonest are: _all at once_, _all of a sudden_, =de
+repente=; _all right_, =bueno=, =bien=, =está bien=; _all alone_,
+=solo=, =solito=; _first of all_, =en primer lugar=, =ante todo=; _not
+at all_, =de ningún modo=, =no hay de que= (an expression of courtesy in
+reply to the person who says _thank you_); _all over_ (_everywhere_),
+=por todas partes=.
+
+(_a_) _All that_ or _all the ... that_ may be translated literally
+=todo lo que= or =todos los ...= but they are frequently rendered by
+=cuanto= and =cuantos=.
+
+_Up to now I did all that was in my power for you._
+
+=Hasta ahora hice cuanto estaba en mis manos por vosotros.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I have at my disposal all the money that I may need._
+
+=Tengo a mi disposición cuanto dinero pueda necesitar.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_I am very much obliged to you. Not at all, sir, not at all._
+
+=Le estoy muy agradecido a usted. No hay de que, señor, no hay de que.=
+
+Note also the phrase _it's all the same_ (_it makes no difference_), =lo
+mismo da=.
+
+
+=47.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No es de ningún modo lo que se llama hombre rico. 2. Ya es
+tarde. Tendrá ganas de marcharse. 3. Al decirme la señora "Muchas
+gracias," yo respondí "No hay de que, señora." 4. Le hemos convidado a
+acompañarnos, pero no quiere venir. 5. Vendrá mañana y le prometemos a
+usted que haremos que vuelva en seguida. 6. No queremos dejarte solo
+solito. Ven tú también. 7. No quiere callarse, pero lo mismo da. No le
+hacemos caso. 8. De repente se puso a buscarlo por todas partes de la
+casa. 9. En primer lugar debe devolver todo lo que necesita usted, ante
+(_above_) todo los cuadernos. 10. Vamos a ver. ¿Está bien la cuenta?
+
+(_b_) 1. Is that all you have to do? Well, I'm going to look for another
+job for you. 2. He says he won't stay here all alone. 3. Is your letter
+written? Well, my son shall take it to the post-office with mine. 4.
+There will be a masked ball this evening. Shall you go? 5. What shall I
+tell them? Tell them that we shall not send the things till they ask for
+them. 6. All right. Tell me when it is all over (_to be all over_,
+=acabarse=). 7. He will give you all you want if you ask him for it. 8. I
+have already asked him many times, but he will not listen to me. 9. All
+the brothers I have are older than I am. 10. Well, since they say they
+will not do it, I shall have to do it myself.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVII
+
+ _Es difícil salvar a quien no quiere salvarse de ningún modo._[17]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=48.= The word _way_ meaning _road_ is translated =camino=; meaning _manner_
+or _mode_ it is rendered =manera= or =modo=.
+
+_Our sailor was on the way to become rich._
+
+=Nuestro marinero estaba en camino de hacerse rico.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Don't talk to me in that way if you don't want to make me cry._
+
+=No me hables de este modo si no quieres hacerme llorar.=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+(_a_) _This way_ and _that way_ indicating direction are rendered
+=por aquí= and =por allí=.
+
+_At any rate_ (_any way_) _I shall come this way to see your
+nephew._
+
+=De todos modos pasaré por aquí para ver a su sobrino.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+When strongly demonstrative _this way_ and _that way_ are rendered =así=,
+_thus_:
+
+_Do you want me to do it this way or that way?_
+
+=¿Quiere usted que yo lo haga así o así?=
+
+(_b_) _My way_, _your way_, etc., meaning _as I do it_, _as you do it_,
+are rendered =como lo hago yo=, =como lo hace usted=, etc.
+
+_To do it your way I should need more time._
+
+=Para hacerlo como lo hace usted yo necesitaría más tiempo.=
+
+(_c_) To have one's own way is translated =hacer su voluntad= or =hacer
+como quiere uno=.
+
+_You don't want to do it? Well, have your own way._
+
+=¿No quieres hacerlo? Bueno, haz tu voluntad.=
+
+_They spoil her by letting her have her own way all the time._
+
+=La miman dejándola hacer como quiere todo el tiempo.=
+
+
+=49.= The adjective _hard_ is rendered =duro= when it means _not soft_;
+=difícil=, when it means _not easy_. As an adverb meaning _vigorously_,
+_energetically_, _diligently_, it should be rendered by the Spanish
+adverb that fits best in the sentence. So, _to study hard_ (diligently);
+_to blow hard_ (strongly); _to work hard_ (diligently _or_ much); _to
+think hard_ (deeply, intently).
+
+_This bread is so hard that it is hard to cut it._
+
+=Este pan es tan duro que es difícil cortarlo.=
+
+_The wind blew hard all night._
+
+=El viento sopló fuertemente toda la noche.=
+
+_You will have to study harder if you want to pass._
+
+=Tendrá Vd. que estudiar más diligentemente si quiere ser promovido.=
+
+_He has had to work hard all his life._
+
+=Ha tenido que trabajar mucho toda la vida.=
+
+
+=50.= The verb _to give_ is generally =dar=, but it has many idiomatic
+translations. So, _to give back_ (return), =devolver=; _to give in_ or
+_give up_ (consent, yield), =consentir=, =ceder=, =rendir=; _to give up_
+(renounce), =renunciar=; _to give out_ (publish; fail), =publicar=;
+=acabarse=, =concluirse=.
+
+_And now give me something to eat._
+
+=Y ahora dame algo que comer.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_This man never gives in._
+
+=Este hombre no se rinde nunca.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_After walking a very short distance, her strength gave out._
+
+=Después de andar muy corta distancia, se le acabaron las fuerzas.=
+
+
+=51.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Se lo devolví ayer. 2. Primero se acabó la harina y después al
+azúcar. 3. Se proclamó (publicó, anunció) que la reunión se verificaría
+aquel mismo día. 4. Estaba cansado de tanto correr. 5. Habrá que
+renunciar todo eso si quiere tener éxito. 6. Vamos por allí. Es más
+corto el camino. 7. Quiere descansar después de tanto trabajar. 8. De
+este modo nunca llegaremos. 9. Hemos hecho lo posible para persuadirles,
+pero no quieren ceder.
+
+(_b_) 1. If he does it, he will have to do it my way. 2. They have not
+yet given out the names of the committee. 3. My ink gave out and I had
+to use a pencil. 4. If you write it that way, it will be hard to read
+it. 5. He gave up his family for his country. 6. Well, I expect to have
+my own way in regard to this matter. 7. We took the longest way to get
+home. 8. In that way you will never get to where you want to go. 9. Come
+here! Don't get excited in that way. 10. It's raining hard now; if it
+doesn't stop soon, it will be hard to get home. 11. It's hard work for
+me to believe that (say, _it costs me work_).
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XVIII
+
+_Yo nunca tengo miedo cuando hago lo que debo._[18]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=52.= The verb _to think_ in the sense of _to reflect_ or _intend_ is
+=pensar= (=en=). As a synonym of _to believe_ it is =creer=. Where _it seems
+to me_, _to him_, etc., may be substituted for _I think_, _he thinks_,
+etc., the verb =parecer= in the third person is used, the English subject
+becoming the Spanish indirect object.
+
+_You will not think of returning to Salamanca to-day._
+
+=Usted no pensará en regresar a Salamanca hoy.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Do you think I didn't understand?_
+
+=¿Cree usted que yo no lo he comprendido?=
+
+--JOSÉ MARMÓL.
+
+_Sir, I think you have dropped something._
+
+=Caballero, me parece que se le ha caído algo.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=53.= The verb _to make_ in its simplest use is rendered =hacer=. It has,
+however, a very large number of idiomatic uses that call for other
+translations. Of these, some of the commonest are: _to make haste_,
+=darse prisa=; _to make fun of_, =burlarse de=, =mofárse de=; _to make the
+acquaintance of_, =conocer=; _to make up one's mind_, =decidirse=,
+=resolverse=, or, in the perfect tenses, =tener determinado=.
+
+_The machinery was making so much noise that we could not hear what he
+said._
+
+=Hacía tanto ruido la maquinaria que no podíamos oír lo que dijo.=
+
+_Make haste if you don't want to be late._
+
+=Dese prisa si no quiere llegar con retraso.=
+
+_I have come exclusively to make the acquaintance of this young lady._
+
+=He venido exclusivamente por conocer a esta señorita.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+_Her brothers, on the other hand, made fun of her._
+
+=Sus hermanos en cambio se burlaban de ella.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+_When he makes up his mind to do something he does it, and now he has
+made up his mind not to keep on helping them._
+
+=Cuando se resuelve= (=decide=) =a hacer algo lo hace, y ya tiene determinado
+que no seguirá amparándolos.=
+
+(_a_) _To make up for_ may mean _recuperate_, _compensate_, or
+_recompense_, and in these senses is translated by the cognate
+verbs =recuperar=, =compensar=, =recompensar=.
+
+_The money that he has just received from his father will make up
+for his losses._
+
+=El dinero que acaba de recibir de su padre le compensará por lo
+perdido.=
+
+_I'm sorry I forgot to tell you. How can I make up to you for it?_
+
+=Siento haberme olvidado de decírselo. ¿Cómo puedo recompensárselo?=
+
+
+=54.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Al pasar por su cuarto la vieron rezando y se burlaron de ella.
+2. ¿Qué le parece mi protegido ya que le conoce usted? 3. Ya tengo
+bastante en que pensar. 4. ¿Le parecen a usted bien las vendas de este
+ancho? 5. ¿No creen ustedes que el trabajar tanto será perjudicial para
+su salud? 6. Dígale que se dé prisa. Ya estamos para partir. 7. Si no se
+mejora en unos días, creo que debemos llamar al médico. 8. ¿Tiene usted
+las manos limpias? Me parece que sí. 9. Le conocí el año pasado en
+Londres. 10. Ya se ha recuperado de sus grandes perdidos.
+
+(_b_) 1. We have all made up our minds not to give away all that we
+possess. 2. Do you think that what I want to do is all right? 3. If you
+don't make haste you will not have the pleasure of making the
+acquaintance of the famous author. 4. We shall have to make up to you
+what you have suffered through our carelessness. 5. We are thinking of
+making up a party to go to the theater to-night. 6. Do you think they
+will go with us if we ask them? 7. They very often quarrel, but they are
+never long in making up. 8. Wait a minute. I think I dropped something.
+9. Who made this? It is very well made, isn't it? 10. They have had
+(=llevado=) a great disappointment, but this kind offer will make up to
+them for it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XIX
+
+_Los sabios en su vanidad suelen olvidarse de Dios._[19]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=55.= The verb _to miss_ has two translations. Meaning _to feel the
+absence of_ it is rendered =echar de menos=; meaning _to note the absence
+of_ it is =notar la falta de=. _To be missing_ is translated =faltar=.
+
+_Come! Go at once. Don't let them miss you._
+
+=¡Ea! ¡Vaya pronto! Que no le echen a Vd. de menos.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_When did you miss the things that your servant stole?_
+
+=¿Cuándo ha notado usted la falta de las cosas que le robó su criado?=
+
+_If I were missing, it is possible that the King might suspect._
+
+=Si yo faltara, es posible que el Rey sospechara.=
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+_One single boat was missing and that was not to come._
+
+=Faltaba una sola lancha y ésta no había de llegar.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=56.= In English, emphasis is usually expressed by additional stress on
+the word to be emphasized. In Spanish this is not so common, emphasis
+being more generally expressed by the use of some emphatic word with the
+word to be emphasized. Such words are =¡vaya!=, =¡toma!=, =¡mira!=, =sí, sí=.
+
+_Let money talk, I said. And it did talk._
+
+=Hable el dinero, dije. ¡Y toma si habló!=
+
+--MARIANO JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+_Nobody knows it, nobody! But I know it._
+
+=Nadie lo sabe, nadie. Pero yo sí lo sé.=--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_What an ovation she received!_
+
+=¡Vaya si ha recibido una ovación!=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Do you remember? Do I remember!_
+
+=¿Se acuerda usted? ¡(Vaya) si me acuerdo!=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_You are good! You are an angel!_
+
+=¡Tú sí que eres buena! ¡Tú sí que eres un ángel!=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+Emphasis in a negative sentence may be expressed by repeating the
+negative =no= at the end of the sentence or by using the phrase =eso no= at
+the end.
+
+_She hasn't stolen anything from me._
+
+=No me ha robado nada, eso no.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_The journey didn't tire me._
+
+=El viaje no me cansó, eso no.=
+
+_I will not let him go, I tell you._
+
+=No le dejaré ir, te digo, que no.=
+
+(_a_) Personal pronouns in the nominative case are usually omitted.
+When emphasized, they must be expressed.
+
+_I'll help you if I have time._
+
+=Te ayudaré si tengo el tiempo.=
+
+_I would help you if I had time._
+
+=Yo te ayudaría si tuviera el tiempo.=
+
+In the objective case these pronouns are emphasized by adding the
+disjunctive, or prepositional, form of the pronoun to the sentence.
+
+_You may say all you want to to me, but don't insult him._
+
+=A mí puede Vd. decirme cuanto quiera, pero no le ofenda a él.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+(_b_) To assert emphatic belief in a statement the expressions =¡ya lo
+creo!=, =¡cómo no!=, =sí, por cierto=, are used. Equivalent expressions in
+the negative form are =¡de ningún modó!=, =¡no, por cierto!=
+
+_He's coming at once, isn't he? Yes, indeed_ (_certainly_; _why, of
+course_).
+
+=Viene en seguida, ¿no? ¡Ya lo creo!=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_He's coming with us, isn't he? No, indeed._
+
+=Va a acompañarnos a nosotros, ¿no? No, por cierto.=
+
+
+=57.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _I_ won't do that. 2. _What_ a pretty flower! 3. You _won't_ do
+that! 4. That _is_ good. 5. Will he _come_? I should say so! 6. Shall I
+give it to _you_? 7. No, give it to _them_. 8. He hasn't missed the
+money yet. 9. I miss all the good friends who used to live near me. 10.
+I don't know _him_, but I _do_ know his brother. 11. Is that door open?
+I don't know, but I _do_ know that I am cold. 12. My, but this lesson is
+hard! 13. Do you want it now? Certainly. 14. _There's_ a pretty house!
+15. They say they miss us at home. 16. I miss three of my books (_say,
+three of my books are missing to me_). 17. Do you want to go with _her_?
+I certainly do. 18. I _shall_ miss _you_, but _not_ the others. 19.
+There is something missing here and _you_ know what it is. 20. I do
+_not_ know.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XX
+
+_El topo no ve en lo que profundiza, pero el hombre, sí._[20]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=58.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Let's_ prepare for the worst. 2. _Let's go._ We mustn't _let_
+our presence here excite suspicion. 3. _Come now!_ you ought to have
+more sense. 4. The man of whom we were speaking is here _now_. 5. _All
+right._ But I can't see him _just now_. 6. _Come, come!_ _Leave_ me in
+peace. 7. _Look at_ the fire! _Now_ it seems that it is dying out
+(=morirse=), _now_ it flames up (=alzar=) again. 8. You ought to _know now_
+that they were deceiving you. 9. Water the flower beds _first of all_.
+10. I paid my creditors and now I can _leave_ the house without fear.
+
+(_b_) 1. _How long_ have you _felt_ ill? 2. _Shall_ I take this away?
+No, _leave_ it. _I'll_ eat it. 3. He _shall_ eat nothing. I _will_ see
+to that. 4. Has he hurt himself? _Not at all._ 5. He _shall_ not _leave_
+the house if he _will_ not tell me what he has done. 6. On the table
+were _left_ only the knives, forks, and spoons. 7. Provided their
+strength does not _give out_, they will continue their journey to-day.
+8. _Think_ well before you speak. 9. She has _made up her mind_ to
+_keep_ you in this afternoon. 10. Do you _think_ this lesson is hard?
+
+_Note._--In the exercises above the italics indicate words which
+require especial care in translating. In Exercise C the italics
+indicate emphasis.
+
+(_c_) 1. They _don't_ miss him, but they _do_ miss her. 2. The
+_electric_ light has gone out, but the lamp hasn't. 3. Do I think of
+them? Indeed I _do_ think of them! 4. He has never written such a letter
+to _me_. 5. I _feel_ ill, but I shall not call the doctor. 6. _That's_
+not what I was talking about. 7. I _won't_ do it for _him_! 8. Why, they
+are going to leave it _here_! 9. I _don't_ want to go! 10. He _won't_
+make haste.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXI
+
+_La buena música es como una espuela de las ideas perezosas._[21]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=59.= English _time_ has various translations. Meaning _time of day_ it is
+=hora=.
+
+_When it came time to go to bed he went toward the room._
+
+=Cuando llegó la hora de acostarse fué hacia el cuarto.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_At this time of day_ and _at this time of night_ are translated =a estas
+horas=.
+
+_I wonder where Elise is going at this time of night?_
+
+=¿Adónde irá Elisa a estas horas?=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) Denoting one _time_ of a series, _time_ is always =vez=.
+
+_Every time it rains the sky sows diamonds._
+
+=Cada vez que llueve el cielo siembra diamantes.=--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+(_b_) Denoting a _period_ of time or _length_ of time the word is
+translated =tiempo=.
+
+_This church has been here since the most remote times._
+
+=Esta iglesia se halla aquí desde los tiempos más remotos.=
+
+_In this house I lose the idea of time._
+
+=En esta casa pierdo la noción del tiempo.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=60.= _Time_ occurs also in many idiomatic adverbial phrases. The
+commonest of these are _from time to time_, =de vez en= =cuando=, =de cuando
+en cuando=; _from this time on_, =de hoy en adelante=, =de aquí en adelante=;
+_from that time on_, =de ahí en adelante=; _time after time_, _time and
+time again_, =una que otra vez=.
+
+_He agreed to return from time to time._
+
+=Se quedó en volver de cuando en cuando.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_From time to time he stopped for a few minutes._
+
+=De vez en cuando se detenía algunos instantes.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Note._--=De cuando en cuando= and =de vez en cuando= translate also
+the English adverbial idioms _every now and then_ or _every once in
+a while_.
+
+
+=61.= The verb _to like_ meaning _to be fond of_ (persons) is generally
+translated =querer=, but sometimes =gustar= is used. _To like_ (things) is
+=gustar=.
+
+_We don't like our new neighbors very well._
+
+=No queremos mucho a nuestros nuevos vecinos.=
+
+_I don't like this house as well as I did the other._
+
+=No me gusta esta casa tanto como me gustó la otra.=
+
+_He will like these. Let's see if there are any more here._
+
+=Estos le gustarán. A ver si hay más por aquí.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Note._--Though the verb =gustar= may be used in the regular way with
+a personal subject, it is more commonly used as in these examples,
+the _thing_ being considered as the subject and the person as the
+indirect object. Cf. 51, note.
+
+(_a_) _Like_ used as a preposition of manner is translated =como= or
+=cual=.
+
+_The girl is charming, like her mother._
+
+=La niña es, cual su madre, encantadora.=--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+_This boy sings like a bird._
+
+=Este muchacho canta como un pájaro.=
+
+(_b_) _To feel like_ in the sense of _to want_, _desire_, is
+translated =tener ganas de= with the infinitive.
+
+_I don't feel like going to-day._
+
+=No tengo ganas de ir hoy.=
+
+_(c)_ In questions _what's ... like_ is translated =¿qué tal ...?=
+
+_What's the new professor like?_
+
+=¿Qué tal el nuevo profesor?=
+
+_Look at me.--I'm looking.--Well, what do I look like to you?_
+
+=Mírame.--Te miro.--Bueno, ¿qué tal te parezco?=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=62.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. ¿Cuáles le gustan más, éstos o aquéllos? 2. Hay tiempo para
+todo. 3. Unas veces le trata usted bien y otras veces mal. 4. Hace
+tiempo que noto eso. 5. De aquí en adelante necesitaremos más tiempo. 6.
+De vez en cuando me habló. 7. Una que otra vez bajaban al manantial. 8.
+Ya es hora de irnos, si no queremos llegar con retraso. 9. No me gusta
+escribir con plumatintero. 10. Quiere mucho a todos sus maestros. 11.
+¿Qué tal el tiempo en aquella región? A mí no me gusta un clima frío.
+
+(_b_) 1. I don't like this song, I'm not going to learn it. 2. This time
+I'm sure you will like what I have brought you. 3. At that time there
+was only one school in the town. 4. I get letters from them from time to
+time. 5. I asked him what the new play was like and he said it was very
+interesting. 6. She had on a big hat that was like a bee-hive. 7. Every
+time I see him he talks like that (_in that way_). 8. The river
+encircles the city like a silver chain. 9. What time does the train
+arrive? Isn't it time to go to the station? 10. Well, _I_ don't like
+your new dress. It looks like (=parecer=) an old lady's dress.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXII
+
+_En cosas de fe, para ver claro hay que ser ciego._[22]
+
+--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+
+=63.= _Very_ as an adverb is =muy=. As an adjective it is =mismo=, =-a=.
+When it stands alone it is =mucho=. _Very much_ is always =mucho= or
+=muchísimo=.
+
+_He was a very intelligent man, fortunate in his mining business._
+
+=Era hombre muy inteligente, afortunado en su comercio de minas.=--PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.
+
+_This very afternoon I will go to his house._
+
+=Esta misma tarde iré a su casa.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_"I shall be very glad," she said with a smile._
+
+=Me alegraré mucho,--dijo con una sonrisa.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_It would be very much better to leave it for the present._
+
+=Sería muchísimo mejor dejarlo por lo pronto.=
+
+(_a_) Emphatic _very_ is often translated by the suffixes =-ísimo=
+and =-ito=.
+
+_There did not appear to be any internal injury, but he did have a
+very high fever._
+
+=Lesión interior no parecía que hubiese, pero sí tenía fievre
+altísima.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_She fell ill, very_, VERY _ill. The doctor said she was going to die._
+
+=Se puso mala, muy malita. El médico dijo que iba a morir.=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+
+=64.= The verb _to play_ is translated =jugar a= when it means _to play
+games_ or _take a part in a drama_. _To play instruments_ is rendered
+=tocar=.
+
+_The children were playing in the street. They were playing ball._
+
+=Los niños jugaban en la calle. Jugaban a la pelota.=
+
+_And the woman, what part does_ SHE _play in all this?_
+
+=Y la mujer, ¿qué papel juega ella en todo ello?=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Go and play the piano so that these gentlemen may hear you._
+
+=Vete a tocar el píano para que estos señores te oigan.=
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=65.= The verb _to need_ is rendered either =necesitar=, =hacer falta=, or
+=faltar=.
+
+_What this boy needs is the pure air of the country._
+
+=Lo que le hace falta a ese muchacho es el aire puro del campo.=--RAMOS
+CARRIÓN.
+
+_I do not need to inform you that first I asked for the other one._
+
+=No necesito advertirle a Vd. que primero pedí la otra.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_The tea isn't needed now. You may take it away._
+
+=Ya no hace falta el té. Puede Ud. llevárselo.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Less than this was necessary to satisfy the hearers._
+
+=Menos de eso se necesitaba para satisfacer los oyentes.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+Note the order in the first example and compare with Sections 51, note,
+and 60.
+
+
+=66.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. A él no le hace falta (no le falta) mucho, pero a mí me hacen
+falta (me faltan) muchas cosas. 2. Necesito un hombre que cuide de los
+caballos. 3. Su casa es muchísimo más grande que la nuestra. 4. ¿Quién
+ha jugado (_or_ hecho) el papel de Shylock en la representación de
+anoche? 5. Tan cansaditos estaban que se acostaron en cuanto llegaron.
+6. Llévatelo, que a mí no me hace ninguna falta. 7. Los ví esta misma
+mañana. Parecían contentísimos. 8. En la casa siempre hay que hablar
+quedito porque siempre hay alguien que está durmiendo. 9. Tomó en la
+suya la manecita. La temperatura estaba altísima. 10. Lo primero que
+hace falta para querer es el corazón.
+
+(_b_) 1. You do not need to tell me that. I know it already. 2. I heard
+somebody playing the violin. 3. That is the very book I need. Will you
+lend it to me? 4. She needs a nurse to take care of the children. 5.
+(Be) very, very quiet! Mother's asleep. 6. I _do_ like that penknife,
+but I don't need one. 7. The street is very long and very, very narrow.
+8. The little girls are _very_ pretty. My little daughter likes to play
+with them. 9. The last time they were here they gave me many things that
+I needed. 10. Are they satisfied with (=de=) what you have sent them? Oh,
+yes, very.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIII
+
+_Debe estar el valor de acuerdo con la prudencia._[23]
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+
+=67.= The verb _to please_ meaning _to give pleasure to_ is rendered
+=agradar a=; meaning _to satisfy_ it is translated =contentar=; meaning _to
+want to_, _be willing to_ it is usually rendered =querer=, though it may
+be translated as in (_a_).
+
+_It pleased him very much to hear that we had arrived safe and sound._
+
+=Le agradó muchísimo saber que habíamos llegado salvo y sano.=
+
+_Do what I may I never manage to please her._
+
+=Haga lo que hiciere nunca logro contentarla.=
+
+_Ask him if he will please come and help me._
+
+=Pregúntele si quiere venir a ayudarme.=
+
+(_a_) _Please_ used in the imperative is translated by one of the
+following expressions: =haga el favor de=, =tenga la bondad de=;
+=sírvase=. Of these the first two are considered the more formally
+courteous. All are followed by the infinitive.
+
+_Please be quiet._
+
+=Hágame el favor de callar.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Waiter, please open the window._
+
+=Mozo, sírvase abrir la ventana.=
+
+_Note._--In curter familiar speech, the word =favor= alone may be
+used.
+
+_Please answer at once._
+
+=Favor de contestar en seguida.=
+
+
+=68.= The verb _to mean_, signifying _to intend_, is rendered =tener la
+intención de= or =proponerse=.
+
+_He means to finish the work without any one's helping him._
+
+=Se propone= (=tiene la intención de=) =acabar el trabajo sin que nadie le
+ayude.=
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to wish to say_, _mean_ is translated =querer
+decir=.
+
+_What does this word mean?_
+
+=¿Qué quiere decir esta palabra?=
+
+When _I mean_ introduces a qualifying phrase, it is often rendered
+=digo=, _I say_.
+
+_They call her little Pilar. I wish they'd call me little Pilar--I
+mean, little Antonio._
+
+=La llaman Pilarcita. ¡Si me llamasen a mí Pilarcita--digo,
+Antoñito!=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+(_b_) _Not to mean to do something_ is generally rendered by =hacer algo
+sin querer=.
+
+_I'm sorry I broke the window. I didn't mean to._
+
+=Yo siento haber quebrado el vidriero. Lo he hecho sin querer.=
+
+(_c_) _To mean_ in the sense of _to dare_ is rendered =atreverse=.
+
+_What do you mean by talking to me in that way?_
+
+=¿Cómo se atreve Vd. hablarme de esta manera?=
+
+
+=69.= _Without_ is translated =sin=, except when it introduces a verbal noun
+in _-ing_, modified by a possessive. In this case, _without_ is rendered
+by the conjunction =sin que=, the English verbal noun becomes in Spanish a
+verb in the subjunctive mode and its possessive modifier becomes the
+subject of the clause.
+
+_He went away without looking at her and without her looking at him._
+
+=Se marchó sin mirarla y sin que ella le mirara a él.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_I won't go without saying good-by to you._
+
+=No iré sin decirte adios.=--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=70.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(=a=) 1. Dígales que hagan el favor de pasar a la sala. 2. ¿Quiere Vd.
+hacerme el favor de plancharme este traje? 3. Sírvase Vd. decir al señor
+que yo le espero en mi despacho. 4. La representación nos ha agradado
+muchísimo. 5. ¡Vaya un tonto! ¿Tendrá la intención de quedar aquí? 6.
+Sabe tocar el violin, digo, el piano. 7. ¡Este sí que la contentará! 8.
+No debes llorar sin que yo sepa porqué lloras. 9. Mientras llueve no
+salimos sin paraguas. 10. No salgas sin que yo te dé permiso.
+
+(_b_) 1. Please tell him that I'm waiting for him. 2. Do you think this
+will please him? 3. Don't go without me, please. 4. What do you mean by
+eating all the candy! 5. It will be impossible for us to go without
+their seeing us. 6. They have three daughters, I mean, two daughters and
+one son. 7. Please come as soon as you can if you can come without
+bringing the others. 8. I didn't mean to do that; please forgive me. 9.
+He means that if you mean to do that without your father's knowing it
+you will have to hurry. 10. He wrote without thinking that it was
+impossible for him to write without my knowing it.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIV
+
+_Cuando empiezan las manos, las lenguas suelen callar._[24]
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+
+=71.= The word _only_ is both adjective and adverb. As an adjective it is
+in Spanish =único=. (Cf. English _unique_.)
+
+_You are the only person in whom I can confide._
+
+=Tu eres la única persona a quien puedo confiar.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+
+(_a_) _The only thing_ (_fact_) is rendered =lo único=.
+
+_The only thing she knew was that he had taken that train._
+
+=Lo único que sabía era que había tomado aquel tren.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+(_b_) As an adverb _only_ is rendered =sólo=, =solamente=, or, modifying
+expressions of quantity, =no más ... que= (=de= before numbers). For the
+order of the phrase in the sentence, see the examples.
+
+_If I only had what my father gave me, I shouldn't have enough to pay
+the baker._
+
+=Si sólo tuviera lo que me da el padre, no tendría para pagar al
+panadero.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_They saw only soldiers on the platforms._
+
+=Veían sólo soldados en los andenes.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_I have only three._ (_I have but three. I have just three._)
+
+=Tengo solo tres.= (=Tengo tres solamente. Tengo tres, nada más. No tengo
+más de tres.=)
+
+(_c_) _If only_, expressing a wish contrary to fact, is rendered =ojalá=
+with imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.
+
+_If only he were here._
+
+=¡Ojalá que estuviera aquí!=
+
+
+=72.= =Solo= without the accent means _alone_, or _single_.
+
+_The other compartment was occupied by a single man._
+
+=El otro compartamento estaba ocupado por un hombre solo.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Bernard loves me alone and I love only him._
+
+=Bernardo me quiere a mí sola y yo quiero sólo a él.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+(_a_) _Alone_ (_with_) is often rendered =a solas= (=con=).
+
+_Alone, I weep much and am fearfully sorry for myself._
+
+=A solás lloro mucho y tengo compasión atroz de mí mismo.=
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_We left him alone with his conscience._
+
+=Le dejamos a solas con su conciencia.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=73.= The verb _to hear_ is =oír= when actual hearing is meant. Sometimes
+=sentir= is used in the same sense.
+
+_I put my ear to the lock and heard voices and laughter._
+
+=Pegué el oído a la cerradura y oí voces y risas.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Scarcely did she hear the noise and see us, when she got up._
+
+=No bien sintió el ruido y nos vió, se levantó.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_(a)_ When _to hear_ has the force of _to find out_, _learn_, it is
+rendered =saber=.
+
+_You have heard from my father how much these orchards please me._
+
+=Ha sabido por mi padre lo mucho que me gustan estas huertas.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+
+=74.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Yo no puedo trasnochar. Es lo único que me hace daño. 2. Un día
+le vieron solo y se acercaron para hablarle. 3. Hablaba a solas con el
+Argentino. 4. Sólo de oirle se puso más animado. 5. Supe por mi hermano
+que ustedes asistieron al teatro anoche. 6. Solo aquel hombre podría
+adquirir tanto dinero en tan poco tiempo. 7. El tío que había sido el
+único apoyo de la familia acababa de morir. 8. ¡Déjele a este niño!
+¿Por qué se burla usted de él? 9. Hay solamente tres aquí. ¿Tres, nada
+más?
+
+(_b_) 1. He alone knew what had been done for them. 2. I have heard from
+home only once this week. 3. He has many books in his library, but only
+a few are good. 4. I think I hear a child crying. Well, it's only the
+children playing in the yard. 5. Leave the room. I want to speak with
+your brother alone. 6. We heard something like a groan, but I think it
+was only the wind. 7. Did you hear what happened this morning? You
+didn't? (=¿no?=) Well, I meant to tell you when we were alone. 8. We drink
+only water. 9. The lesson wasn't hard. It was only that I didn't have
+much time. 10. This is the only time that I have been able to see you
+alone.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXV
+
+_El miedo hace esclavos. La esclavitud hace rebeldes._[25]
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+
+=75.= English _right_ as a noun indicating that which is legal, or
+permissible, is translated =derecho=.
+
+_I haven't the right to take it away with me._
+
+=No tengo el derecho de llevármelo.=
+
+(_a_) _To be right_ as the opposite of _to be wrong_ or _mistaken_
+is rendered =tener razón=; meaning _to be just_ it is =ser justo=.
+
+_Was it right to leave the boy in that deserted place?_
+
+=¿Era justo dejar al muchacho en aquel lugar desierto?=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Uncle is right. We must send him to Paris._
+
+=Tiene razón el tío. Debemos mandarle a París.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+(_b_) As the opposite of _left_, _right_ is =derecho=.
+
+_In her right hand she held a lamp._
+
+=En la mano derecha tenía una lámpara.=
+
+The phrases _on the right_ and _to the right_ are rendered =a la derecha=.
+
+_St. Mark's church is on the right._
+
+=La iglesia de San Marcos se halla a la derecha.=
+
+(_c_) _All right_ is translated =bueno= or =bien=.
+
+_All right, then. I'll give you a dollar for it. That's all right, isn't
+it?_
+
+=Bueno, entonces. Le daré un duro por él. Está bien, ¿no?=
+
+
+=76.= When _duty_ is expressed, English _must_ is translated =deber=. When
+_must_ expresses _what is probably true_, =deber de= is the translation.
+To express _necessity_, =tener que= is used.
+
+_Children must obey their parents._
+
+=Los niños deben obedecer a sus padres.=
+
+_He must have a high opinion of her._
+
+=Debe de tener un alto concepto de ella.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I must go to the city to-day._
+
+=Tengo que ir a la ciudad hoy.=
+
+(_a_) When _must_ is followed by a passive infinitive, =hay que= or
+=ha de= is used with the infinitive. =Hay que= also translates the
+impersonal _one_ (_we_, _you_, _they_, _people_) _must_.
+
+_It mustn't be said that this meeting was in vain._
+
+=No ha de decirse que este encuentro fué en vano.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_One must talk of that. One must remember that._
+
+=Hay que hablar de eso. Hay que acordarse de eso.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+(_b_) Expressing conjecture or probability _must_ is often translated by
+the future and conditional of the verb which in English is the
+complementary infinitive with _must_. The future translates the present,
+and the conditional the perfect infinitive.
+
+_He must know something about it. He must have worn something._
+
+=Algo sabrá de eso. Algo se pondría.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_It must be because she did it. It must have been that._
+
+=Será porque ella lo haya hecho. Eso sería.=
+
+
+=77.= EXERCISES
+
+(_a_) 1. Llaman a la puerta. Serán ellos. 2. Su hermano debe de ser
+cómplice. 3. La hazaña debió de suceder anoche. 4. No debes llorar sin
+decirme por qué. 5. Ha de perdonarme usted si soy un poco malicioso. 6.
+No hay que apurarse. Estará bueno en un momento. 7. Usted debe de haber
+visto la casa en donde vivo. 8. Debe de ser esa casa blanca a la
+derecha. 9. No hay que esperarlos hoy. Tienen razón en no venir. 10.
+Serían las tres cuando al fin llegaron.
+
+(_b_) 1. I must write a letter to a friend who is ill. 2. That man must
+have a very poor memory. 3. I have brought you a dozen eggs. Is that all
+right? 4. It is not right to tell a child what he must do and not help
+him to do it. 5. On the right of the avenue was (=hallarse=) a beautiful
+park. 6. Look what I have written. It is all right, isn't it? 7. The
+bell rang, didn't it? It must be the postman. 8. It must have been John
+who telephoned me last night. 9. Is this bill right? It must be. It
+seems to be all right. 10. I must telephone him and tell him that it
+must be done before night.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVI
+
+_Santos hay donde menos se piensa._[26]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=78.= The verb _to appear_ is rendered =parecer= when the meaning is _to
+seem_; meaning _to put in an appearance_ it is translated =aparecer=,
+=dejarse ver=, =presentarse=, or =asomar=, the last with the idea of _just
+coming into view_.
+
+_He appears to be absolutely tired out._
+
+=Parece estar cansado a más no poder.=
+
+_The moon appears and paints blue shadows._
+
+=Aparece= (=asoma=) =la luna y pinta sombras azules.=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_At the same moment the face of the Catalan appeared through the
+window._
+
+=Al mismo momento asomó el rostro del Catalán por la ventana.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_He tried to appear in public as little as possible._
+
+=Procuraba presentarse en pública lo menos posible.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=79.= The verb _to succeed_ is rendered =suceder= when the meaning is _to
+follow_; meaning _to be able to_, _manage to_, it is rendered =lograr=
+with the direct infinitive; in the sense of _to be successful_ it is
+translated =tener éxito=.
+
+_Edward VII. succeeded Queen Victoria._
+
+=Eduardo Séptimo sucedió a la reina Victoria.=
+
+_And so I'm lost if I don't succeed in escaping?_
+
+=¿Conque estoy perdido si no logro escaparme?=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_He'll succeed. Indeed he will!_
+
+=Tendrá éxito. ¡Vaya si lo tendrá!=
+
+
+=80.= The word _even_ used adverbially is =aun= or =hasta=. Used to emphasize
+a noun it is generally =hasta=. _Not even_ is translated =hasta ... no=, or
+=ni= (=siquiera=); and the phrase _even if not_ is =ya que no=.
+
+_The landlady, the tailor, and even the night-watchman can wait._
+
+=La patrona, el sastre, y hasta el sereno pueden esperar.=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Not even so do I trust him._
+
+=Ni aun así me fío de él.=--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+_I don't want anybody, not even her, to share this sacrifice with me._
+
+=Yo no quiero que nadie, ni siquiera ella, comparta este sacrificio
+conmigo.=--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Even if not rich, they are by no means poor._ =Ya que no ricos, no son
+de ningún modo pobres.=
+
+
+=81.= _Toward_ indicating _direction_ is =hacia=. Denoting _inclination_ it
+is rendered =para con=.
+
+_We saw that they were all walking toward the river._
+
+=Vimos que todos caminaban hacia el río.=
+
+_Toward his own children he was always unjust._
+
+=Para con sus propios hijos fué siempre injusto.=
+
+
+=82.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Pegaron fuego hasta a las iglesias. 2. Le felicito a Vd. y aun
+más a su familia. 3. Todavía no se ha dejado ver. 4. ¿Quién sucedió al
+Presidente Lincoln? 5. Saltó al agua y logró salvar al niño. 6. Logré
+alcanzarlos hacia la noche. 7. Era muy generoso para con sus amigos
+menos afortunados. 8. No tenían ni siquiera un duro. 9. Hasta su padre
+no sabía lo que habían hecho. 10. Parece que al momento de asomarse él a
+la puerta le dijeron que tenía que presentarse ante el juez.
+
+(_b_) 1. They appear to be very happy even if they are not rich. 2.
+Toward morning a light appeared in the house. 3. Even so, I don't like
+his conduct towards his family. 4. I haven't even answered the letters
+that they wrote me. 5. He even shook hands with the beggars in the
+street. 6. I think he will succeed in getting the money. 7. He went
+toward the door without looking at us. 8. I don't feel any anger toward
+him. 9. They have succeeded in opening the door, but even now they can't
+get in. 10. Even if not of as good material as mine, it is very well
+made.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVII
+
+_De la mentira sale mucha veces la verdad._[27]
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+
+=83.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. I have _known_ him _only_ a short _time_. 2. They returned last
+night at the usual _time_. 3. They will always _need_ me and so I shall
+_keep on_ sacrificing myself for them. 4. She is _very pretty_, isn't
+she? Yes, _very_. 5. I don't _feel like playing_ with them now. 6. The
+least that it had cost him was money and _time_. 7. In one of the houses
+a lady _was playing_ the organ. 8. He _sat down like_ one who is not in
+a hurry. 9. They congregate there every day at the same _time_. 10.
+_Without_ the money, I don't like to go to (=acudir a=) them. 11. It _must
+be_ time _for_ them to arrive.
+
+(_b_) 1. _Even so_, they _know_ very _little_ about that man. 2. From
+_time to time_ he walked _toward_ the door. 3. They have ordered him _to
+appear before_ them to-morrow. 4. It _appears_ that I _was not right_
+when I _told_ you that. 5. Don't go _without me_. I can't go _without
+asking_ permission. 6. It has _grown_ very dark. It _must_ be going to
+rain. 7. _Tell_ them it _must_ be done. They _must_ know that already.
+8. We _must get_ him what he _needs even_ if it costs a lot of money. 9.
+We are very, _very_ tired. We haven't had _even_ a moment to rest all
+day. 10. You _need_ not explain. I heard from your companions that you
+had been dismissed. 11. It must be dinner _time_. You _must_ dine with
+us this evening.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Please tell_ them that I haven't enough _even_ now. 2. I _need
+even_ more than that, this _very_ minute. 3. _What's_ the weather _like_
+just now? Oh, it rains _every now and then_. 4. You will _have to_ give
+me more _time_. I have _only_ two made. 5. _The only thing_ I _need just
+now_ is a piece of soap. 6. _The only thing_ I _succeeded in getting_
+from him was advice. 7. If _only_ she were not so ill! But I _hear_ that
+she is _getting better_. 8. I _heard_ a lady singing. She sang _like_ a
+nightingale. 9. If you _mean_ that you _like_ the way he acts (say, _his
+manner of acting_) _toward_ others, you are crazy, _I mean_, you are not
+wise. 10. You _are right_. It _must_ be he. He _must have_ arrived this
+morning. 11. One _mustn't_ think that all things are _like_ these.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXVIII
+
+_Cuando me habla el deber, tan sólo escucho su voz._[28]
+
+--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+
+=84.= The verb _to sit_ (_down_) is rendered =sentarse=. _To be sitting_ is
+rendered =estar sentado=.
+
+_I'm going, I'm going, you say, and you sit down._
+
+=Ya voy, ya voy, dices, y te sientas.=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_Will you sit_ (_down_) _here a moment, please?_
+
+=¿Quiere usted sentarse aquí un momento?=
+
+_Don Miguel is sitting in an armchair near the stove._
+
+=Don Miguel está sentado en un sillón inmediato al brasero.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_Note._--It is always well to paraphrase _sit_ before translating.
+So, _I sat_ (sat down, took a seat, seated myself) _where they told
+me to_; _I sat_ (was sitting) _in the armchair_.
+
+
+=85.= _To stand_ meaning _to be on one's feet_ is rendered =estar en pie= or
+=parado=; meaning _to rise to one's feet_ it is =ponerse de pie=.
+
+_Pardon me, I am troubled with my heart. I can't stand._
+
+=Perdóneme usted. Padezco del corazón. No puedo estar en pie.=--PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.
+
+_When they saw the lady enter, everybody stood._
+
+=Al ver entrar a la señora todo el mundo se puso de pie.=
+
+(_a_) Meaning _to be situated_, _stand_ is translated =hallarse= or
+=estar situado=.
+
+_That church has stood there for years._
+
+=Aquella iglesia se halla allí desde hace muchos años.=
+
+(_b_) Meaning _to endure_, _bear_, _suffer_, _stand_ is rendered
+=aguantar=, =sufrir=, =soportar=.
+
+_He couldn't stand the pain._
+
+=No podía soportar el dolor.=
+
+_I can't stand this noise any longer._
+
+=No puedo sufrir más este ruido.=
+
+
+=86.= English _corner_ has two translations. Meaning _an exterior angle_,
+it is rendered =esquina=; as _an interior angle_, it is =rincón=.
+
+_At the corner of that street stands a house, and in one corner of the
+garden of that house is a beautiful tree._
+
+=En la esquina de aquella calle se halla una casa, y en un rincón del
+jardín de esa casa se halla un hermoso árbol.=
+
+
+=87.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La casa estaba situada en medio de grandes jardines. 2. Junto a
+él nos sentábamos nosotros, es decir, el padre cura y yo. 3. Se sentaron
+en torno de una mesa junta a la ventana. 4. ¡Ponte de pie cuando yo te
+hablo! 5. Estamos muy bien en este rinconcito. 6. Ha de saber usted que
+no puedo aguantar a este hombre. 7. En la obscuridad di contra la
+esquina de la mesa y me lastimé el brazo. 8. No había asientos para
+todos y algunos tenían que quedarse parados (en pie). 9. ¿Cómo ha
+soportado el enfermo el largo viaje? 10. Aquí en el rincón hay un banco.
+Sentémonos aquí.
+
+(_b_) 1. I am tired of sitting. Let's all stand up for a few minutes. 2.
+Who is that boy who is still sitting down? 3. How long are we going to
+have to stand this? 4. We sat down to rest a few minutes because we
+were tired. 5. The house stands a little to the right of the church. 6.
+She has been sitting here so very, very quiet that I had almost
+forgotten her. 7. You must always stand when a lady speaks to you. 8.
+Turning the corner, he found himself in a little square that he had
+never seen before. 9. Put the table in the corner. We want to sit there.
+10. There was a lady whom I didn't know standing by the window.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXIX
+
+_A quien se apresta a luchar no le abaten pesares._[29]
+
+--EDUARDO MARQUINA.
+
+
+=88.= English _self_ used reflexively is rendered by the Spanish
+reflexive pronouns =me=, =te=, =se=, =nos=, =os=, =se=. Used as an
+emphatic modifier _self_ is rendered =mismo= for all persons, changing
+only for number and gender. =Mismo= may be used with a reflexive to
+emphasize it.
+
+_I hurt myself, as you yourself can see._
+
+=Me he lastimado, como usted mismo puede ver.=
+
+_Give the letter to him himself._
+
+=Entregue la carta a él mismo.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_I am inclined to believe that the widow loves herself above all._
+
+=Inclino a creer que la viuda ama a sí misma sobre todo.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_He hurts himself in order to annoy the rest._
+
+=Es que se hace daño a sí mismo para dar un disgusto a los
+demás.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_Note._--=Mismo= may take the emphatic ending =-ísimo=. So =él mismísmo=
+..., _the very ... himself_.
+
+
+=89.= _Last_, meaning _the most recent of a series_, or _the final one of
+a series_, is translated =último=. Meaning _the one just past_, it is
+translated =pasado=.
+
+_The last French invasion proves how difficult it is to attack our
+independence._
+
+=La última irrupción francesa prueba cuán difícil es atacar nuestra
+independencia.=--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+_We ourselves were there last week._
+
+=Nosotros mismos estábamos allí la semana pasada.=
+
+_I said to myself, "This will be the last time."_
+
+=Dije para mí--Esta será la última vez.=
+
+(_a_) The verb _to last_ is translated =durar=.
+
+_Come! Be patient, for this will not last long._
+
+=¡Vamos! Tenga usted paciencia, que esto no durará mucho.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) _Last night_ is rendered =anoche= or =ayer por la noche=.
+
+_They must have stolen them from me last night._
+
+=Debieron de robármelas anoche.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+(_c_) _At last_ is translated =al fin= or, more emphatically, =al fin y al
+cabo=.
+
+_At last! I was beginning to think that you were lost._
+
+=¡Al fin y al cabo! Yo empezaba a creer que se había perdido usted.=
+
+
+=90.= The verb _to tell_ has three common translations. Meaning simply _to
+say to_ it is rendered =decir=. Meaning _to relate_ it is =contar=. Meaning
+_to be effective_ it is rendered =producir efecto=.
+
+_Tell me, grandfather, what is the name of the queen in your story?_
+
+=Dime, abuelito, ¿cómo se llama la reina de tu cuento?=
+
+--MARTÍNEZ SIERRA.
+
+_I told them the terrible story of the miner._
+
+=Les conté la espantosa narración del minero.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_It was a telling narrative._
+
+=Fué una narración que produjo efecto.=
+
+
+=91.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Me dice que está lloviendo en este mismo momento. 2. Contaba a
+los niños las aventuras de los conquistadores. 3. María se cortó hace
+poco con ese cuchillo. 4. Lo hemos comprado para nosotros mismos, no
+para ellos. 5. Bien podía ver que sus palabras habían producido efecto.
+6. Esta es la última obra del insigne autor español Pérez Galdós. 7.
+Murió el mes pasado. 8. Al fin han venido a contarme lo ocurrido. 9. La
+mismísima madre de la niña no hubiera podido hacer más para salvarla.
+10. Respeto a la inteligencia de las hormigas se cuentan muchas
+anécdotas.
+
+(_b_) 1. Please tell them that this is not the book that I need. 2. I
+like to hear him tell how he learned to play the piano. 3. He knows how
+to tell it in such a way that every word tells. 4. I myself had
+forgotten all my troubles. 5. I was just saying to myself that it is
+time to go. 6. The very general himself could not have done more. 7.
+This is the last story that I am going to tell you. Last night you went
+to bed too late. 8. I was just wondering (say, _asking myself_) whether
+I was dreaming or not. 9. I'm going to take her the roses. I myself like
+the lilies best. 10. At last, last week, I was able to buy the last one
+that I needed.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXX
+
+_Digan lo que quieran, la alegría es muy barata._[30]
+
+--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=92.= _To save_ in the sense of _to rescue_ is =salvar=; meaning _to keep_,
+_conserve_, it is =ahorrar=, or =conservar=.
+
+_To save a child, I am capable of throwing myself into the fire._
+
+=Por salvar a un niño soy capaz de echarme en el fuego.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_It's a pity that he didn't save more while he was earning more._
+
+=Es lástima que no haya ahorrado más mientras ganaba más.=
+
+_We must save our strength._
+
+=Debemos conservar= (=ahorrar=) =nuestras fuerzas.=
+
+
+=93.= _To see_ is usually =ver=, but used in conjunction with certain
+prepositions it calls for other translations. So _to see to_ (take
+charge of) is rendered =cuidar de=, or =tomar a su cargo=; _to see about_
+(ask _or_ inquire about) is translated =informarse de= or =pedir informes
+sobre=.
+
+_I'll see to the baggage._
+
+=Yo cuidaré del equipaje, or yo tomaré a mi cargo el equipaje.=
+
+_What time do you want me to go and see about it?_
+
+=¿A qué hora quiere usted que yo vaya a informarme de ello?=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) _To see through_ may be rendered (=llegar a=) =comprender=. _To
+see a thing through_ is rendered =llevar algo a cabo=.
+
+_There's a problem that I shall never be able to see through._
+
+=¡Vaya un problema que yo nunca llegaré a comprender= (or =que yo
+nunca comprenderé=)!
+
+_We've begun it and we must see it through._
+
+=Lo hemos empezado y debemos llevarlo a cabo.=
+
+(_b_) The exclamatory _see here!_ is rendered =¡mire Vd.!= and the
+imperative forms _let's see_ and _let me see_ are translated =a ver=
+or =vamos a ver=.
+
+_See here! You'll have to hurry if you want to overtake them._
+
+=¡Mire Vd.! Tendrá que darse prisa si quiere Vd. alcanzarlos.=
+
+_Let's see if you with your talent can clear this up for me._
+
+=A ver si usted con su talento me aclara esto.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Let's see! Will you tell me what use flowers are?_
+
+=¡Vamos a ver! ¿Quiere usted decirme que utilidad tienen las
+flores?=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Let's see! What have you to declare?_
+
+=¡A ver! ¿Qué tiene Vd. que declarar?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=94.= _Half_ as a noun is =la mitad=. As an adjective it is =medio=, which is
+also its adverbial form. _Half-way there_ is translated =a mitad del
+camino= or =en medio camino=.
+
+_"They offered me the half now," said the old woman._
+
+=Me ofrecieron la mitad ahora,--dijo la anciana.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+_He always stopped when halfway there._
+
+=Siempre se detuvo a la mitad del camino.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Halfway there, there was an inn._
+
+=En medio del camino se hallaba una venta.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=95.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Si Vd. me da la mitad, yo quedaré satisfecho. 2. Estábamos
+medio tristes y medio rabiosos. 3. Queda a media milla de distancia de
+aquí. 4. A ver si Vd. puede hacerlo mejor. 5. Ahorró mucho dinero en
+poco tiempo. 6. Es muy hábil el médico. Esperemos que salve al niño. 7.
+¡Mira! si no quieres que lleguemos con retraso, date prisa. 8. Yo tomaré
+todo eso a mí cargo. 9. A mitad del camino tuvieron que volver. 10.
+Estaba medio enojada porque no le habían dado más que la mitad.
+
+(_b_) 1. The firemen saved all the people in the house. 2. It is a
+strange affair. I can't see through it at all. 3. Half is for me and the
+other half for them. 4. Let's see, what's the good of this? 5. I'll see
+to the dinner. 6. To save time we sent a servant to see about the
+trains. 7. The bandits left their victims there half dead. 8. Halfway
+there they all sat down to rest. 9. Don't leave it half done. See it
+through! 10. The letter is half written. Let's see! Don't you want to
+finish it now?
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXI
+
+_El que presta a un amigo pierde el dinero y el amigo._[31]
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=96.= The word _as_ as a conjunction of cause is rendered =ya que=, =puesto
+que=, or =como=.
+
+_As you have eaten nothing to-day, it occurred to me to get a supper for
+you to-night._
+
+=Como hoy no has comido nada, se me ocurrió prepararte una cena esta
+noche.=--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+_As they won't go with us, let's invite the others._
+
+=Ya que no quieren acompañarnos ellos, invitemos a los otros.=
+
+(_a_) As a conjunction of time or comparison it is =como=, but a temporal
+clause introduced by _as_ may be rendered by =al= with the infinitive.
+
+_He had a slight acquaintance with foreign literature as many have
+to-day._
+
+=Tenía un ligero tinte de literatura extranjera como muchos lo tienen
+hoy.=--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+_As I entered the room, they all stopped talking._
+
+=Al entrar yo en la sala, todos dejaron de hablar.=
+
+(_b_) The correlative _as ... as_ is rendered =tan ... como=, but _as much
+... as_ and _as many ... as_ are rendered =tanto ... como= and =tantos ...
+como=.
+
+_My father was as charmed as ever with her._
+
+=Mi padre se mostró tan embelesado como siempre con ella.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I have as much time as I need, and as many books as I want to read._
+
+=Tengo tanto tiempo como necesito y tantos libros como quiero leer.=
+
+The second _as_ in these phrases may be translated =cuanto=, =cuantos=, or
+these words may be used to translate both the first and the second _as_.
+
+_I will buy you as much_ (_as many_) _as you need._
+
+=Te compraré cuanto= (=cuantos=) =le hacen falta.=
+
+(_c_) _As soon as_ may be translated literally =tan pronto como=, but it
+is also very frequently rendered =así que=, =en cuanto=, or =luego que=.
+
+_You are going to do it as soon as you know what I am going to tell
+you._
+
+=Lo vas a hacer en cuanto sepas lo que yo te voy a decir.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_As soon as night had closed in, they went again to the judge's house._
+
+=Así que se cerró la noche se dirigieron otra vez a la casa del juez.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_d_) _As for_, _as far as ... is concerned_, _as regards ..._, all may
+be translated =en cuanto a= or =por lo que toca a=. Otherwise, _as far as_
+is translated =hasta=.
+
+_As for him, he said that he had had them also._
+
+=En cuanto a él, dijo que las había tenido también.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_"As for me," said old Peter, "I know it by heart."_
+
+=Por lo que me toca a mí,--dijo el tío Perico,--lo sé de memoria.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+(_e_) When _as_ introduces a clause the action of which is represented
+as occurring simultaneously with the action of the principal clause, it
+is translated =a medida que=.
+
+_The children drew their grandmother toward them as they spoke._
+
+=Los niños tiraron a su abuela hacia sí a medida que hablaban.=
+
+--FERNÁN CABALLERO.
+
+
+=97.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Sabes tan bien como yo lo que tenemos. 2. En cuanto me den el
+dinero, voy a Madrid. 3. Luego que venga la criada, pídeselo Vd. 4. A
+medida que las lanchas entraban en la ensenada, el grupo iba mermando
+poco a poco. 5. Al salir de la casa vieron al hombre que se escapaba. 6.
+Como yo le vi por última vez el año pasado, no sé si se acordará de mí.
+7. Al fin y al cabo lo ha hecho como lo quiero yo. 8. Quieren que yo
+las acompañe hasta la iglesia. 9. Por lo que le toca a Juan, ya ha
+prometido darme el suyo. 10. Tengo cuantos necesito por lo pronto.
+
+(_b_) 1. As I was walking in the park this morning I met an old friend.
+2. As for you, some fine (good) day you are going to get what you
+deserve. 3. This is not so large as I wanted it. 4. Save your money as
+much as you can while you are young. 5. As for me myself, I spend as
+much as I earn. 6. Will you go as far as the corner with me? 7. They are
+studying Spanish as so many are doing now. 8. You must sign it as well
+as (=tan bien como=, or =tanto como=, =lo mismo que=) I. 9. As soon as I find
+the man who owes me all that money, I will lend you some. 10. As we
+approached the village, the sky was getting darker.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXII
+
+_La libertad nunca puede ser por tiranos defendida ni propagada por
+esclavos._[32]--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=98.= The verb _to want_ in the sense of _to wish_ is translated by
+=querer=. Meaning _to need_, _be in want of_, it is rendered =necesitar=,
+=tener menester=, =hacer falta a=.
+
+_I want you to tell me at once._
+
+=Yo quiero que usted me lo diga en seguida.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_I want another book. Have you any more?_
+
+=Necesito= (=tengo menester=, =me hace falta=) =otro libro. ¿Tiene Vd. más?=
+
+_They want three more chairs._
+
+=Necesitan otras tres sillas.=
+
+_Note._--Observe the position of =otras=. The word =otro= regularly
+precedes a numeral.
+
+
+=99.= In the conjunctive phrase _either ... or_, _either_ is translated =o=.
+As a pronoun it is translated =o el uno o el otro=. At the end of a
+negative sentence _either_ is rendered =tampoco=.
+
+_Either I'm much mistaken or this is going to cause talk._
+
+=O me engaño mucho o esto va a dar que hablar.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Do you want this pen or the fountain pen? Either will do._
+
+=¿Quiere Vd. esta pluma o la plumafuente?--O la una o la otra servirá.=
+
+_And I don't think I'm a fool, either._
+
+=Y creo que no soy tonto, tampoco.=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+When _either_ at the end of a negative sentence is used merely for
+emphasis, it is expressed by repeating the negative =no=.
+
+_I didn't do it, either!_
+
+=¡No lo he hecho, no!=
+
+
+=100.= _Neither_ is =ni= as a conjunction and equal to _and ... either_. As
+a pronoun it is =ni el uno ni el otro=. Standing as the first word in a
+sentence _neither_ is translated =tampoco=.
+
+_I do not look into the mirror, neither to-day nor ever._
+
+=No miro en el espejo, ni hoy ni nunca.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+_He wouldn't help him, neither would he help me._
+
+=No quería ayudarle a él, tampoco quería ayudarme a mí.=
+
+_I showed him the drawings. Neither of them pleased him._
+
+=Le mostré los dibujos. Ni el uno ni el otro le ha contentado.=
+
+
+=101.= The conjunction _because_ is =porque=. The prepositional phrase
+_because of_ is translated =a causa de=. =Por= with the infinitive is often
+used for =porque= with a clause, and may be used for =a causa de= when the
+object of the preposition is a participial phrase.
+
+_I won't give you any more because you have enough already._
+
+=No te daré más porque ya tienes bastante.=
+
+_Because of the rain the country was flooded._
+
+=A causa de la lluvia estaba inundado el campo.=
+
+_That tribe obeyed him and respected him because he was_ (_because of
+his being_) _older._
+
+=Aquella caterva le obedecía y respetaba por ser él mayor.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=102.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No quiero que Vds. me ofrezcan dinero. 2. No le he devuelto el
+dinero que tuvo a bien prestarme.--Ni yo tampoco. 3. O se lo ha llevado
+él o el hermano de él, pero ni el uno ni el otro quiere confesarlo. 4.
+¿Qué necesita usted?--Un martillo para arrancar estos clavos. 5. O el
+uno o el otro libro la contentará. 6. Por haber caído tanta nieve no
+quiero que salgan los chicos esta mañana. 7. A causa de la huelga de los
+empleados del tranvía tuvimos que ir a pie. 8. O los nuevos o los viejos
+debe usted mandarme. 9. Yo quisiera conocer a ese señor porque me dicen
+que es de gran talento. 10. Por ser tan tarde, no querían los padres
+partir sin los niños.
+
+(_b_) 1. Well, how many more do you want and how much do you want to pay
+for them? 2. Do you want to see the picture that they were talking
+about? 3. Either the father or the mother must be ill. 4. Neither of my
+friends can speak Spanish. 5. I have to serve as (=de=) interpreter
+because I speak the language fluently. 6. Because of the illness of my
+father, neither my mother nor I were able to go. 7. Because I have a
+cold, I want you to read this letter aloud to the others. 8. These
+plants want water. Do you want to water them now? 9. Have you seen
+either of my sons to-day? Yes. I just saw the older one with three other
+boys. 10. I want you to tell _me_ what you want, either by telephone or
+by letter. 11. Neither her father nor her mother wanted her to go out,
+because it is so cold. She didn't want to go, either.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIII
+
+_Cuando hay alegría, todo se hace bien._[33]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=103.= The verb _to wonder_ is variously rendered. In the sense of _to be
+surprised_ it is generally =extrañar= or =admirarse=. As a synonym of
+_should_ or _would like to know_ it may be translated =quisiera saber=, or
+=tener curiosidad por saber=. In the sense of _to be thinking_ or _asking
+one's self_, the Spanish uses =preguntarse=.
+
+_No one wondered at the girl's illness._
+
+=Nadie extrañó la indisposición de la niña.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_I don't wonder that they say certain things._
+
+=No me admiro de que digan ciertas cosas.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_I was wondering if I should have time to go before they came._
+
+=Yo me preguntaba si tendría el tiempo de ir antes que llegasen ellos.=
+
+_I wonder who did this._
+
+=Yo quisiera saber quién habrá hecho eso.=
+
+The verb _to wonder_ is, however, often best translated by the future of
+probability, as illustrated in the following examples:
+
+_Has he come yet, I wonder?_
+
+=¿Habrá venido ya?=
+
+_I wonder if it is time yet._
+
+=¿Será ya la hora?=
+
+_I wonder who that man is._
+
+=¿Quién será ese hombre?=
+
+_Cisneros_ (_observing them curiously_). _I wonder what's going on?_
+
+=Cisneros= (=observándolos con curiosidad=). =¿Qué pasará?=
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+This form is used when the English sentence would make complete sense
+without _wonder_.
+
+
+=104.= In English _the one_ has three translations. When used in contrast
+with _the other_, it is rendered =el uno=. Before the relative _who_ or
+_that_ it is =el=. In adjective phrases such as _the new one_, _the old
+one_, etc., the word _one_ is omitted.
+
+_Both boys were busy. The one was helping his mother, the other, his
+father._
+
+=Ambos muchachos estaban ocupados. El uno ayudaba a su madre, el otro a
+su padre.=
+
+_You are not going from my house. They are the ones that are going._
+
+=Tú no te vas de mi casa. Los que se van son ellos.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_And the one that hurts most, is it above or below?_
+
+=Y la que le duele más, ¿es de arriba o de abajo?=
+
+--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_You take the big ones. The little one is mine._
+
+=Tome usted los grandes. El pequeño es mío.=
+
+
+=105.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. No hay peor sordo que el que no quiere oír. 2. El hombre se
+extrañó el no hallar a su hijo. 3. Yo soy la que se va de aquí. 4. Los
+relojes andan desacordes, porque cuando el de la Puerta del Sol da las
+ocho el del Palacio suele dar las ocho y media. 5. ¿Qué hora será? 6.
+Envíeles a ellos los viejos y a mí los nuevos. 7. Se preguntaba si valía
+la pena de continuar. 8. Vió que el paisano tenía dos caballos, el uno
+muy gordo y el otro muy flaco, y se admiraba de la diferencia. 9. ¿Qué
+revista será aquél que lee con tanto interés? 10. Llaman a la puerta.
+¿Quién será a estas horas?
+
+(_b_) 1. I was wondering if the dog was mad. 2. Take the big one. The
+little ones aren't worth anything. 3. Who opened the door, I wonder?
+Please shut it. 4. I don't wonder that you don't like that dress. The
+other one is much prettier. 5. I don't mean that man. I mean the one who
+was here before. 6. Everybody wondered what he would be like. 7. Will
+they want this before I return, I wonder? 8. I wonder at their silence.
+They must know that I am anxious to know how they stood the journey. 9.
+The one that you have in your hand is mine. The one that you dropped is
+my sister's. 10. They tell me that I must choose either this one or that
+one. I wonder why I can't have the one that I like best.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIV
+
+_Lo que no puede hacer un gitano, no hay quien lo haga sobre la
+tierra._[34]--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=106.= =REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _I couldn't help_ smiling when I saw him _stand up_. 2. Who is
+that woman _standing_ in the doorway? 3. While it _lasted_ the boy kept
+(=tenia=) his eyes fixed on the judge's face. 4. The old man _was sitting_
+behind the counter, reading aloud. 5. He _is not to blame_. Nor I
+_either_. 6. What do you _want_ (_ask_) for the _half_ of what you have
+brought? 7. I can't _stand so much_ heat. 8. We _sat down_ to wait until
+they came. 9. _Let's see!_ You _told_ him to come and _see_ me _as soon
+as_ he arrived, didn't you? 10. They _looked_ very happy _sitting there_
+in the shade of the big trees.
+
+(_b_) 1. That is _the one_ who was at the door when the accident
+occurred. 2. I have _half_ of the money _saved_ already. 3. _As_ he has
+read many histories, he can cite many examples. 4. It will be better to
+put the larger _ones_ in another place. _Here_ in this _corner_. 5. I
+_wonder_ if this _one_ is _as_ large _as_ that _one_. 6. I _heard_ from
+your companions that you had been dismissed. 7. Have you _heard_ from
+home lately? 8. _As for_ those two houses, _neither_ is large enough for
+my family. 9. _As_ I approached the man, I saw that he was _getting_
+uneasy. 10. _Because_ the horse was older than he had said, they did not
+_want_ to buy it.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Well_, as the _one_ that I _want_ is not here, I _must_ take
+the _one_ that I have. 2. _Will_ you _see to_ the dessert while I am
+_getting_ the rest of the dinner? 3. As _either one_ is large enough,
+_will_ you take this _one_ and _leave_ me the other _one_? 4. I _wonder_
+if the postman has come yet. 5. They are erecting a large building at
+the _corner_ of our street. I _wonder_ what it will be. 6. He _wondered_
+that you had not arrived yet. 7. _Tell_ him that he _must_ do it
+himself. 8. They are tearing down the church that has _stood_ at that
+_corner for so many_ years. 9. I was in Naples when the _last_ eruption
+of Vesuvius occurred. That was _last_ year. 10. I _heard last night_
+that the governor _himself_ would come _as soon as_ he returned.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXV
+
+_No creer en nada es estar loco._[35]
+
+--CAMPOAMOR.
+
+
+=107.= The verb _to take_, in its simplest meaning of _to carry_, is
+rendered =llevar= or =tomar=.
+
+_I have to take this book to school._
+
+=Tengo que llevar= (=tomar=) =este libro a la escuela.=
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to use_, =tomar= is the correct translation.
+
+_The lemonade is rather sour. Take some mare sugar._
+
+=Es algo agria la limonada. Tome usted más azúcar.=
+
+(_b_) _To take off_, meaning _to remove_, is =quitar(se)=; meaning
+_to imitate_, it is translated =imitar= or =remedar=. _To take out_ is
+=sacar=.
+
+_He took off his hat and from it took out a roll of banknotes._
+
+=Se quitó el sombrero y de él sacó un rollo de billetes de banco.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Without taking his eyes off them, he slowly continued his way._
+
+=Sin quitarles de encima la vista, siguió lentamente el camino.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+(_c_) _To take leave of_ is =despedirse de=; _to take steps_ is =dar pasos=;
+_to take for granted_ is =dar por supuesto=.
+
+_Before taking leave of me, she wanted to give me the letter._
+
+=Antes de despedirse de mí, quiso darme la carta.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_I take it for granted that you will take the necessary steps to prevent
+it._
+
+=Doy por supuesto que Vd. dará los pasos necesarios para impedirlo.=
+
+(_d_) _To take place_ is rendered =tener lugar= or =verificarse=; _to take
+possession of_ is translated =apoderarse de=.
+
+_The funeral took place yesterday and the heirs have now taken
+possession of the property of the deceased._
+
+=El entierro tuvo lugar= (=se verificó=) =ayer y ya se han apoderado de los
+bienes del difunto los herederos.=
+
+(_e_) _To take up room_ is rendered =ocupar lugar= or =espacio=; _to take
+care of_, =cuidar de=.
+
+_I'm going to get rid of this table. It takes up too much room._
+
+=Voy a deshacerme de esta mesa. Ocupa demasiado lugar.=
+
+_Don't worry. God will take care of you and of your family._
+
+=No te apures. Dios cuidará de ti y de los tuyos.=
+
+(_f_) _To take advantage of_ is rendered =aprovecharse de=.
+
+_Take advantage of all the opportunities that come to you._
+
+=Aprovéchese Vd. de cuantas oportunidades se le presenten.=
+
+(_g_) _To take back_ in the sense of _to return_ is translated =devolver=;
+meaning _to retract_ it is rendered =retractar=.
+
+_Take this letter back to them and tell them that we want them to take
+back what they say in it._
+
+=Devuélvales Vd. esta carta y dígales que queremos que retracten lo que
+en ella escriben.=
+
+
+=108.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Dios que cuida de los insectos cuidará de mí y de mi familia.
+2. Allí había muchas personas que se habían apoderado de la chimenea. 3.
+No se quite Vd. el abrigo que aquí en este cuarto hace mucho frío. 4. Me
+aproveché de la oportunidad para contarle lo ocurrido. 5. El cuento de
+la desgracia ocupó el primer plan del diario de la mañana. 6. Tenemos
+mucho gusto en mandarle lo que nos ha pedido. 7. La recepción que se
+verificó con motivo de la visita del insigne autor, atrajó una brillante
+asistencia. 8. ¡Cuidado! tengo que devolver ese jarro a la vecina y no
+quiero que me lo quiebres antes. 9. El espacio delante de la plataforma
+fué ocupado por los bancos de los alumnos. 10. ¡Lléveselo! pero ha de
+ser ahora mismo.
+
+(_b_) 1. Take this back and tell them that it is not the one I asked
+for. 2. I shall take advantage of your offer. 3. This will take up more
+room than that. 4. I think they are taking it for granted that we are
+going with them. 5. Don't you think that you ought to take off your
+shoes? 6. The trunk took up so much room in the car that there was no
+room for me. 7. Tell them that I will take charge (=cargarse=) of all this
+so that they may take advantage of this time to go and take leave of
+their friends. 8. It was evident that he took (_had_) great pleasure in
+telling the children stories when he took care of them. 9. I think he
+will take possession of the property next week.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVI
+
+_Nada existe en la tierra que no sirve para algo._[36]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=109.= The word _ever_ is translated =nunca= in a negative sentence. Meaning
+_at any time_, it is rendered =una= or =alguna vez=. As a suffix it is
+=-quiera=, and the compound word is followed by =que= and the subjunctive.
+
+_Now I deserve you less than ever._
+
+=Ahora te merezco menos que nunca.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_Do you think he will ever come to see us?_
+
+=¿Cree usted que venga una vez a vernos?=
+
+_I would follow her wherever she went._
+
+=La seguiría adondequiera que fuese.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=110.= The verb _to pass_ meaning _to go by_ (_through_, _past_) is
+rendered =pasar por delante de=.
+
+_They passed me in groups._
+
+=Pasaron en grupos por delante de mí.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_a_) In reference to time, _pass_ is rendered =transcurrir= when
+used intransitively.
+
+_I slept confidently that night and let the next day pass._
+
+=Confiado dormí aquella noche y dejé transcurrir el día siguiente.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) _To pass on_ meaning _to continue one's way_ is rendered =seguir el
+camino=; meaning _to hand to_, _give to_ it is translated =entregar= or =dar
+a=.
+
+_When you have finished with it, pass it on to your friend._
+
+=Cuando Vd. haya acabado con él, entréguelo a su amigo.=
+
+_He stopped to speak to us, but passed on immediately._
+
+=Se detuvo a hablarnos, pero siguió en seguida su camino.=
+
+(_c_) _To pass_ (promote) is rendered =aprobar=; _to pass_ (be promoted)
+is =ser aprobado=.
+
+_You will pass of course, but let's see if that professor will pass me._
+
+=Tu serás aprobado, eso sí, pero a ver si aquel profesor me aprobará a
+mí.=
+
+
+=111.= The verb _to pay_ or _pay for_ is usually =pagar=. Meaning _to be
+profitable_ it is rendered =ser provechoso=.
+
+_There were many there that paid nothing because they had nothing._
+
+=Muchos había allí que nada pagaron porque nada tenían.=
+
+_Everybody knows that his mines did not pay._
+
+=Todo el mundo sabe que sus minas no le eran provechosas.=
+
+(_a_) _To pay attention to_ has two translations. Meaning _to
+listen to_ it is =poner atención=, meaning _to heed_, _act upon_,
+_mind_ it is =hacer caso de=.
+
+_They never paid any attention to him when he was talking to them._
+
+=Nunca le ponían atención cuando les hablaba.=
+
+_She used to talk to his aunt without paying any attention to him._
+
+=Hablaba con su tía sin hacer caso de él.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+
+=112.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. De todo eso no hice caso sino que siguiera adelante. 2. Ha
+pasado muchas noches entregado al trabajo. 3. No hay que afirmar que
+pasamos por la casa de Pepita. 4. ¿No querían nunca hacerlo sin que Vd.
+los ayudase? 5. Por dondequiera que vayamos tenemos que llevarlos a
+ellos. 6. ¿Cómo quieres aprender si nunca pones atención? 7. Parece que
+no tienen la intención de pagarle. 8. No le haga Vd. caso que se está
+burlando de Vd., nada más. 9. Transcurrió la noche sin que nadie en la
+casa lograra dormirse. 10. En plena noche los oimos pasar por delante de
+la casa.
+
+(_b_) 1. We have never had the money to pay for the house although we
+have always wanted to buy it. 2. Do you know that man who has just
+passed the house? 3. My son has written me that he has passed all his
+examinations. 4. I don't believe that he will ever finish what he is
+doing. 5. Whoever did this knows how to do it well. 6. Don't pay any
+attention to them. 7. Whatever book you choose, pay cash for it (=pagar
+al contado=). 8. I have finished with this and now I am going to pass it
+on to my younger brother. 9. Did you ever see the portrait of my father
+that that painter painted? 10. And so a quarter of an hour passed, and
+the procession passed the house again.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVII
+
+_La fe en una gran idea es la vida de la inteligencia._[37]
+
+--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=113.= The verb _to turn_ has many translations. _To turn_ (_round_) is
+=volver= or =volverse=.
+
+_He turned and looked him straight in the face._
+
+=Se volvio y le miró cara a cara.=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_All heads turned towards him._
+
+_Todas las cabezas se volvieron hacia él._--JUAN VALERA.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to grow_, _get_, _become_, _to turn_ is
+rendered =ponerse=.
+
+_Auntie turned all the colors of the rainbow_ (literally,
+_twenty-five colors_).
+
+=La tía se puso de veinticinco colores.=--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_b_) In the sense of _to go round_ or _to make go round_, _turn_
+is =dar vuelta(s)=. In the phrase, _to turn the corner_, the verb may
+be translated =doblar=.
+
+_He was turning the wheel._
+
+=Daba vueltas a la rueda.=
+
+_It was two o'clock when he turned_ (_the corner_) _into
+Reconquista Street._
+
+=Eran las dos cuando dobló por la calle Reconquista.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Upon turning the corner he found himself in a small plaza._
+
+=Al dar vuelta a la esquina se halló en una plazuela.=
+
+(_c_) _To turn to_ in the sense of _to address_, _appeal to_, _have
+recourse to_ is rendered =dirigirse a=. Where the appeal is specifically
+for help, =recurrir a= may be used.
+
+_"Now you have heard it," he continued, turning to the young lady._
+
+=Ya lo ha oido Vd.,--prosiguió dirigiéndose a la señorita.=
+
+--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Since my family will not help me, I turn to my friends._
+
+=Ya que mi familia no quiere ayudarme, me dirijo a mis amigos.=
+
+(_d_) _To turn over_ (invert) is =invertir=; meaning _to revolve_ it is
+=revolver=.
+
+_When he turned the plate over he found what had been hidden._
+
+=Al invertir el plato halló lo escondido.=
+
+_But, man alive, I can hardly turn over myself!_
+
+=¡Pero, hombre de Dios, si apenas puedo revolverme yo!=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+(_e_) _To turn out_ (prove to be) is rendered =resultar ser= or =resultar=
+alone.
+
+_It turns out that you are the father of a genius._
+
+=Resulta que eres el padre de un genio.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+Meaning _to put out_, _expel_, _dismiss_, it is rendered =expeler=, =echar=,
+=poner de patitas en la calle=, or =despedir=.
+
+_This servant is absolutely worthless. I am going to turn him out._
+
+=Este criado no vale absolutamente nada. Voy a ponerle de patitas en la
+calle.=
+
+(_f_) _To turn into_ (become) is rendered =convertirse en= or =cambiar(se)
+en=.
+
+_I told the children the story of the prince who turned into a dragon._
+
+=Conté a los niños el cuento del principe que se cambió en un dragón.=
+
+_The witch turned the princess into a cat._
+
+=La bruja cambió a la princesa en un gato.=
+
+_We took the furniture out of the room and turned it into a gymnasium._
+
+=Sacamos los muebles del cuarto y lo convertimos en= (=un=) =gimnasio.=
+
+(_g_) _To turn up_ in the sense of _to appear_ is rendered =aparecer=,
+=llegar=, =dejarse ver=; in the sense of _to happen_ it may be rendered
+=suceder=, =ocurrir=, =acaecer=.
+
+_That man always turns up when he is least wanted. I hope something will
+turn up to keep him from coming to-day._
+
+=Aquel hombre aparece siempre cuando menos queremos verle. ¡Ojalá que
+suceda algo que le impida el venir hoy!=
+
+
+=114.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. La alfombra se había puesto roja donde la había manchado el
+ácido. 2. Apenas hube dado vuelta a la esquina cuando vi al que buscaba.
+3. Dirigiéndome entonces a la señora que acababa de hablar, vi que se
+había puesto muy pálida. 4. Compramos un erial y resultó que el subsuelo
+era un inmenso almacén de carbón. 5. Entonces se convirtió en una hada
+con alas blancas. 6. Al fin cuando íbamos perdiendo la paciencia se
+dejaron ver. 7. Tan pequeña era la habitación que apenas podíamos
+revolvernos en ella. 8. Me he puesto a revolver papeles. 9. Mi buen
+deseo resultó ser inútil.
+
+(_b_) 1. I wonder how that affair will turn out. 2. He turned the glass
+upside down. 3. Turn them all out if they bother you. 4. It is not worth
+while to do that, because they will surely turn up again. 5. They have
+turned that building into a school for the blind. 6. When you turn the
+next corner you will see the building that you are looking for. 7. The
+poor woman does not know to whom to turn in her distress. 8. The leaves
+are turning yellow and red. They will fall soon. 9. He was turning the
+handle of a little organ that belonged to a blind man. 10. All eyes
+turned in the direction of the speaker.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXVIII
+
+_Vale más errar por generosidad que acertar por egoísmo._[38]
+
+--EMILIO CASTELAR.
+
+
+=115.= English _can_ and _could_, translated by the present and past
+tenses of =poder= when _possibility_ is implied, are differently
+translated to express _conjecture_. In the latter case, Spanish uses the
+future and conditional of the verbs that in English are the complements
+of _can_ and _could_. The examples should be very carefully studied and
+compared with those given under section 102.
+
+_What can be the matter with the poor boy?_
+
+=¿Qué tendrá el pobrecillo?=--RAMOS CARRIÓN.
+
+_Where could Telmo be hidden?_
+
+=¿Dónde estaría metido Telmo?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_The first man who made a friend--what could he have been thinking
+about?_
+
+=El primer hombre que se hizo amigo--¿en qué estaría pensando?=--TOMAYO Y
+BAUS.
+
+_"It wasn't Peter apparently." "It wasn't? Who could it have been?"_
+
+=No era Pedro a lo visto.--¿No? ¿Quién estaría?=
+
+--TOMAYO Y BAUS.
+
+Note that the conditional translates both _could be_ and _could have
+been_.
+
+
+=116.= _To ring_ is =tocar= as a transitive and =sonar= as an intransitive
+verb.
+
+_We rang twice before we heard the bell ring within the house._
+
+=Tocamos dos veces antes de oír sonar la campanilla dentro de la casa.=
+
+_At that moment a shot rang out very close._
+
+=En aquel mismo instante sonó un tiro muy próximo.=
+
+--ALARCÓN.
+
+
+=117.= English _but_ as a synonym of _however_ is =pero=; as an adversative
+conjunction it is rendered =sino=; in the sense of _only_ or _except_ it
+may be rendered =sino= or =no ... más de= (=que=).
+
+_He is not here at present, but I am expecting him at any moment._
+
+=No está aquí en este momento, pero le estoy esperando de un momento a
+otro.=
+
+_She is not Spanish, but Italian._
+
+=No es española sino italiana.=
+
+_No one knows it but you._
+
+=Nadie lo sabe sino tú.=
+
+_Remember that now you have no father but this gentleman._
+
+=Acuérdate de que ya no tienes más padre que este señor.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+
+=118.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. ¿Quién será?--exclamó la joven que se había puesto pálida. 2.
+¿Sería mi hermano el que ha hecho eso? 3. Sonó la campanilla, pero el
+viejo no la oyó por ser él sordo. 4. ¿Serán ya las tres? ¿Sonaría la
+campanilla sin que nosotros la oyésemos? 5. Voy a mandarle todo lo que
+me ha pedido menos este libro, que no puedo pasarme sin él. 6. Me dijo
+que a las doce de la noche había sonado la campanilla del teléfono.
+¿Quién me telefonaría a esas horas? 7. Ya no le queda más dinero que la
+pequeña suma que heredó de su padre el año pasado. 8. ¿Sería el vecino
+que me robó el caballo? 9. Es la primera vez que ha faltado a la cita.
+¿Estará mala? 10. Yo no sabía de quien sería el bolsillo que acababa de
+hallar. 11. No hay quien toque las campanas como usted.
+
+(_b_) 1. Ring the bell and when they open the door ask for him. 2. Who
+can that man be? There is no one here who knows him. 3. We heard the
+coins ring as they fell on the table. 4. He speaks no language but
+English, but he reads Spanish and French. 5. I have no friend but you in
+the whole city. 6. Could it have been your father who telephoned you
+last night? 7. Where can my brother be? I hope he has not lost his way.
+8. I was wondering if _he_ could have taken them. _She_ could not have
+lifted them. 9. We had nothing but bread and butter to eat, but it was
+enough as we were not hungry. 10. What can he be reading that seems to
+interest him so much? Generally he reads nothing but the daily paper.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XXXIX
+
+_No necesitamos ser serios para ser buenos._[39]
+
+--PÉREZ GALDÓS.
+
+
+=119.= The verb _to put_ in its simplest meaning of _to place_, _lay_,
+_set_, is =poner=. It has a very large number of idiomatic uses that call
+for different translations. Many of these may be learned easily by
+paraphrasing _put_. So, _to put away_, _put by_ (save), =guardar=,
+=ahorrar=; _to put back_ (retard), =retardar=; (return a thing to where it
+was), =volver a poner una cosa en donde estaba=; _to put out_ (extend),
+=extender=; (extinguish), =apagar=; (expel), =expeler=, =echar=; (disturb,
+trouble, annoy), =estorbar=, =molestar=; _to put down_ (make a note of),
+=apuntar=, =poner por escrito=; (to suppress), =suprimir=.
+
+_Don't scold me. Put yourself in my place._
+
+=No me reprenda usted. Póngase en mi caso.=
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+_I picked up the money and put it in my pocket._
+
+=Recogí el dinero y lo guardé en el bolsillo.=--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_They say that he has a lot of money put away._
+
+=Dicen que tiene ahorrado muchísimo dinero.=
+
+_We will put down the names in this little book._
+
+=Apuntaremos los nombres en este librito.=
+
+_I shall not be satisfied until they have put it down in writing._
+
+=No quedaré satisfecho hasta que lo hayan puesto por escrito.=
+
+_Can it be the change of teachers that has put him back so much?_
+
+=¿Será el cambio de maestros que le ha retardado tanto?=
+
+(_a_) _To put on_ is translated by the reflexive =ponerse=.
+
+_They are torn, I know, but I put them on fully aware of it._
+
+=Estan rotas, sí, pero me las he puesto con todo conocimiento.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Note._--Cf. _to have on_, =tener puesto=, =-a=, =-os=, =-as=.
+
+_They had their hats on._
+
+=Tenían puestos los sombreros.=
+
+(_b_) _To put in_ (add) is =añadir=; _to put in mind of_ is rendered
+=recordar=; _to put in time_ is =gastar= or =pasar tiempo=.
+
+_This house puts me in mind of the house where I was born. I should like
+to put in a few weeks here._
+
+=Esta casa me recuerda la casa en donde nací yo. Quisiera pasar unas
+semanas aquí.=
+
+_The lemonade is not very sweet. Put in a little more sugar._
+
+=No es muy dulce la limonada. Añada usted un poco de azúcar.=
+
+
+=120.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Apunte usted todo lo que yo le voy a decir pues ya sé que tiene
+Vd. corta memoria. 2. Vuelva Vd. a poner todas esas cosas en donde
+estaban. 3. Guarda tus libros en este cajón. 4. Ya van a apagar las
+luces. Salgamos antes de que nos echen a la calle. 5. Me olvidé de poner
+por escrito sus señas en cuanto me las dió. 6. Ponte este vestido. Te
+cae más bien que aquél. 7. La llegada inesperada de tantos amigos a la
+vez estorbó no poco a la señora. 8. Extendió la mano para recibir la
+limosna. 9. Apaga esa luz que aquí se puede ver bastante bien sin ella.
+10. Si, fuera yo usted no me estorbaría por ellos.
+
+(_b_) 1. I must put it down before I forget it. 2. The children have
+gone to bed without putting their toys away. 3. Put a little more water
+in (=a=) the tea. 4. There is much sickness in that family. They put it
+down (=atribuir=) to the water from that well. 5. We hoped to finish
+before night, but the rain has put us back. 6. Shall I put the lamp on
+this table? (_Use present tense of verb._) 7. If we don't let her know
+that we are coming, we may put her out. 8. He put the knife back into
+his pocket when he saw that we didn't need to cut the string. 9. The
+wind had put out all the lights, but it had not put out the fire. 10. Do
+you think they will be able to put down the revolution that has broken
+out in the southern provinces?
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XL
+
+_Do (donde) el honor muerto está no hay ya de vida esperanza._[40]
+
+--GIL Y ZÁRATE.
+
+
+=121.= _To strike_ in the sense of _to hit_ is =pegar=; _to strike against_
+is =dar contra=; _to strike the hour_ is =dar la hora=; _to strike_ (cease
+work) is =declararse en huelga=.
+
+_It was I who struck him the blow with the ax._
+
+=Yo fuí quien le pegué el hachazo.=--JOSÉ MÁRMOL.
+
+_Has it struck ten yet?_
+
+=¿Han dado ya las diez?=
+
+_He struck his head against the door and hurt himself cruelly._
+
+=Dió con la cabeza contra la puerta y se lastimó cruelmente.=
+
+_All the employes of the railroads have struck._
+
+=Todos los empleados de las empresas ferroviarias se han declarado en
+huelga.=
+
+
+=122.= Spanish =vez= meaning _time_ (see section 59) occurs in many
+adverbial phrases which in English do not always contain the word
+_time_. So, =otra vez=, _again_; =a la vez=, _at once_, _at the same time_,
+_together_; =de una vez y para siempre=, _once and for all_; =tal vez=,
+_perhaps_; =en vez de=, _instead of_; =rara vez=, _rarely_, _seldom_; =cada
+vez más=, _more and more_.
+
+_That surprised me and at the same time amused me._
+
+=Eso me sorprendió y a la vez me hacía gracía.=
+
+--PALACIO VALDÉS.
+
+_Of thirteen or fourteen stones all thrown together, wouldn't one hit
+him?_
+
+=De trece o catorce piedras todas lanzadas a la vez, ¿no había de tocarle
+una?=--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_I will answer you once and for all._
+
+=Yo os responderé de una vez y para siempre.=--ESCRICH.
+
+_He rarely entered the Casino. He had no time to spare._
+
+=Entró rara vez en el Casino. No le sobraba tiempo.=
+
+--EMILIA PARDO BAZÁN.
+
+_Instead of saying "I'm not going," I take my hat and go._
+
+=En vez de decir--no voy--tomo el sombrero y me voy.=
+
+--JUAN VALERA.
+
+_And so once here he insisted that we should stay a few days._
+
+=Con que una vez aquí, se empeñó en que quedásemos unos pocos
+días.=--ECHEGARAY.
+
+
+=123.= The verb _to start_ is rendered =comenzar=, =empezar=, =principiar=,
+=ponerse a=, when the meaning is _to begin_. Meaning _to set in motion_ it
+is translated =poner en movimiento=. In the sense of _to leave_, _depart_,
+it is rendered =ponerse en marcha= or =en camino=, or =partir=. _To start
+from_ is rendered =arrancar de=.
+
+_"With much pleasure," I said, and I started to unload._
+
+=Con mucho gusto, dije, y me puse a descargar.=--ALARCÓN.
+
+_Scarcely had he started the engine when it stopped again._
+
+=No bien hubo puesto en movimiento la máquina cuando volvió a pararse.=
+
+_The train starts from the north station._
+
+=El tren arranca de la estación del norte.=
+
+_The vehicle started at full speed._
+
+=El vehículo se puso en marcha a toda velocidad.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+
+=124.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Es necesario que no salgamos a la vez. 2. En vez de marcharse
+por la noche se largó de madrugada. 3. No necesita usted hablarle otra
+vez. 4. Es algo que tal vez sea una alucinación, pero lo he notado. 5.
+Me pegó sin que yo le hubiera dicho nada. 6. En los últimos meses del
+año pasado se declararon en huelga más de siete mil obreros. 7. El tren
+estaba para ponerse en marcha. 8. Al oír lo que le dijimos nosotros se
+puso a correr hacia la aldea. 9. Antes arrancaba el tren de esta
+estación, pero ya no. 10. Al oír que daban las tres en el reloj del
+cabildo, todos se pusieron a caminar hacia el palacio.
+
+(_b_) 1. It is not right for them to strike now. 2. Starting from (=a
+partir de=) to-day I must start for school at eight o'clock. 3. Half an
+hour later they succeeded in starting the machine. 4. Perhaps you will
+have more time next time. 5. She became more and more tired as she
+approached the end of her journey. 6. Do you remember the last time the
+coal miners struck? 7. It strikes me (=se me ocurre=) that it would be
+better to finish it now once and for all. 8. Instead of starting at
+half-past seven they waited until after it had struck eight. 9. They all
+called me at once, but I was more and more determined not to go with
+them. 10. He struck him a blow with a whip, but the horse would not
+start.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XLI
+
+_Para los grandes intentos son los grandes corazones._[41]
+
+--NUÑEZ DE ARCE.
+
+
+=125.= The verb _to do_ is generally =hacer=. Used as an auxiliary in
+interrogative or negative sentences it is untranslated.
+
+_Now that he is here let him see what he has to do._
+
+=Ya que está aquí que vea lo que tiene que hacer.=
+
+--BENAVENTE.
+
+_Didn't I tell you? Do you think she is happy?_
+
+=¿No te lo decía yo? ¿Crees que sea feliz?=--JOSÉ DE LARRA.
+
+(_a_) In the sense of _to be enough_, _to do_ is rendered =bastar=.
+Meaning _to serve as_, _be good for_, it is translated =servir= (=de=).
+
+_That will do. You have taken too much time already._
+
+=Basta. Ya ha ocupado usted demasiado tiempo.=
+
+_I have no letter paper. Will this postcard do?_
+
+=No tengo papel de cartas. ¿Servirá esta tarjeta postal?=
+
+_If it rains, this newspaper will do for an umbrella._
+
+=Si llueve, este diario nos servirá de paraguas.=
+
+
+=126.= In addition to the adverbial expressions given in the preceding
+lessons the following are important:
+
+_by day_, =de día=
+
+_by night_, =de noche=
+
+_at daybreak_, =al amanecer=
+
+_at nightfall_, =al anochecer=
+
+_in the morning_, =por la mañana=
+
+_in the afternoon_, =por la tarde=
+
+_in the evening_ (or _at night_), =por la noche=
+
+_day by day_, _from day to day_, =de día en día=
+
+_a week from to-day_, =de hoy en ocho días=
+
+_two weeks from to-day_, =de hoy en quince días=
+
+_at six o'clock_, =a las seis=
+
+_at six o'clock sharp_, =a las seis en punto=
+
+_at a little after six_, =a eso de las seis=, or =a las seis y pico=
+
+_about six o'clock_, =como a las seis=
+
+_within a few minutes_, _in a few minutes_, =dentro de pocos minutos=,
+=a los pocos minutos=
+
+_Note._--When the hour is mentioned, the phrases _in the morning_, _in
+the afternoon_, etc., are rendered =de la mañana=, =de la tarde=. So _at
+six in the morning_, =a las seis de la mañana=.
+
+_At night there were banquets on board._
+
+=Por la noche hubo banquetes abordo.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_Within two months after entering the army he was a sergeant._
+
+=A los dos meses de haber entrado en el ejército era sargento.=
+
+--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+_One afternoon at a little after five the robbers returned._
+
+=Una tarde a eso de las cinco los ladrones regresaron.=
+
+--ALARCÓN.
+
+_Day by day he feared that she would find him out._
+
+=De día en día temía que le descubriese.=--BLASCO IBÁÑEZ.
+
+
+=127.= =EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. Todas las noches a eso de las once me dirigía hacia aquella
+calle. 2. A los pocos días supe que habían llegado. 3. ¿Qué te parece?
+¿Servirá éste? 4. Por la mañana trabajo, por la tarde y por la noche me
+divierto. 5. Le dije que tendría mucho gusto en hacer lo que me acababa
+de pedir. 6. Al amanecer llegó uno de los soldados para decirnos que la
+compañía se pondría en marcha a las ocho en punto. 7. Como son malos de
+día y de noche no tienen más que malos pensamientos. 8. Los alimentos
+que tenemos son pocos y malos, pero creo que bastarán para los que
+tienen mucha hambre. 9. ¿Lo han comprado ellos? No quieren comprarlo?
+10. Esta roca llana nos servirá de mesa. 11. Tenemos que hacerlo antes
+de hoy en quince días.
+
+(_b_) 1. I want him to be here about eight o'clock. 2. I shall not have
+time to do all that I wanted to do. It is a little after one now. 3. I
+have only a small knife. Will that do? 4. It has struck four. Didn't
+they say that they would be here at four exactly? 5. This newspaper will
+do for a tablecloth. 6. At what time did the accident occur? At a little
+after six in the morning. 7. Day by day they had more to do. They worked
+more by day than by night. 8. He wants to wait until a week from
+Tuesday, but that will _never_ do (_never_ is here only an emphatic
+_not_). 9. This ink won't do. It's green. 10. They woke me a little bit
+after eight to ask me what they should do.
+
+
+
+
+LESSON XLII
+
+_La mentira es siempre cobarde._[42]
+
+--LOS QUINTERO.
+
+
+=REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. It is _the one_ who _told_ you a _little_ while ago that you
+had dropped something. 2. I don't _like_ children. They _turn_
+everything upside down. 3. What _can_ he be doing that he doesn't come?
+4. "_Can_ the dog be mad?" the man wondered. 5. Who _could_ have spilled
+the milk? 6. _Take_ this. It _takes up_ too much room in this drawer. 7.
+The boy _took off_ his hat when the old man spoke to him. 8. Don't you
+_ever pass_ my house on the _way_ to your office? 9. It is a pity that
+he will not _take advantage_ of your offer. 10. Why do you never _pay
+attention to_ what I say to you?
+
+(_b_) 1. I advised him not _to pay_ for it, but he _paid no attention_
+to my advice. 2. It _turned out_ that they _wanted_ to _start_ earlier.
+3. They were small and _at the same time_ they cost too much. 4.
+_Perhaps_ if you _turn_ the glass _over_ you will find what you are
+_looking for_. 5. At that _very_ moment we saw him _turn_ the corner and
+come _toward_ us. 6. To whom shall I _turn_, now that my best friend has
+deserted me? 7. Has your purse _turned up_ yet? 8. He arrived at
+twelve-thirty _sharp_, and told us that he had _taken steps_ to prevent
+any accident. 9. It is a good rule to work _by day_ and rest _by night_.
+10. Has it _struck_ one yet? Well, then, we need not _wait for_ them
+_any longer_.
+
+(_c_) 1. This is the old man who used _to ring_ the church bell. 2. The
+workmen in that factory are not satisfied with their pay. It is feared
+that they will _strike_. 3. _But_ do you think it _could have been_ my
+book that was burned? 4. _Put_ the things here and don't _put yourself
+out_ any more _for_ me. 6. It's too bad that it is so cold. This will
+_put_ the crops _back_. 7. _Put_ your shoes _on_. It is too cold to wear
+slippers. 8. Are you going to _put on_ your white dress? I don't _like_
+the one you _have on_. 9. That will _do_ for the present. But we shall
+_want_ a larger one later. 10. I don't _like_ to work _at night_ when _I
+am sleepy_.
+
+
+=GENERAL REVIEW EXERCISES=
+
+(_a_) 1. _Here's_ my card. And what is _your_ name? 2. _Does_ the noise
+_keep_ you from sleeping? 3. He hasn't any change, nor I _either_. 4. I
+don't _like_ velvet. It isn't stylish _any longer_. 5. If I _have made a
+mistake_, I _ask_ you to pardon me. 6. _There! Now_ everything is ready.
+7. _Help yourself_ to vegetables. 8. We are taking this journey _just_
+for pleasure. 9. I _think_ we shall _get there in time_ if we hurry. 10.
+She _gets up now_ and _goes out to take a walk_ in the garden when it
+_is_ not too cold. 11. _What is_ her husband's mother _like_? 12. I
+can't _stand_ the life in the city when it _is so_ hot.
+
+(_b_) 1. I _miss all_ that we used to have _before_ we _left_ our
+country home. 2. At each step that we _took_ our shoes _got_ dirtier. 3.
+The rain beats _hard_ against the window panes. 4. Have you known them
+long? I have only known them a few months myself. 5. Listen! It's
+_striking_ twelve. We must _go now_. 6. My duties have _kept_ me from
+going to see him. 7. Have you a railroad guide? Yes. _Here_ it is. _But_
+it is an old _one_. 8. Turn into the glass _all_ that the bottle won't
+_hold_. 9. We are _getting near_ the city _now_, aren't we? 10. _Will_
+you _please_ come _this way_, gentlemen. The others are waiting for you.
+11. _Now_ we _have only_ two things _left to ask for_.
+
+(_c_) 1. _Since_ his son went to war he has _to take_ his morning walk
+alone. 2. They would never _make fun of_ a _poor_ young man who _wanted_
+to _help_ them _because_ he _thought_ they were _poor_. _From day to
+day_ she _was_ afraid he would discover it and _go away_ from her. 4.
+_Two days after getting_ her letter he found out everything that had
+happened. 5. _Let_ them _think_ what they _will_, it doesn't matter to
+me. 6. He _wants_ me now more than _ever_. I _will_ spend my whole life
+_taking care of_ him. 7. You _needn't do_ that again. I will do it
+myself. 8. But I _do_ appreciate this young man! 9. _But even so_ he had
+_succeeded_ in _getting together_ the respectable sum of forty thousand
+francs. 10. He _got into_ the automobile hastily, anxious to _get away_.
+11. The vehicle _started_ at full speed _because_ the driver _knew_ that
+he would _have to hurry_ if he _wanted_ to _get to_ the station _before_
+the train _left_.
+
+(_d_) 1. _Within_ a few days he felt great esteem for the new employe.
+2. _Do_ what you _will_ but _don't_ talk to me _about_ them. 3. One day
+the oldest daughter _appeared_ at the farm and said she _wanted_ to see
+her mother. 4. One day when they saw him _alone_ they _went up_ to him
+and _asked_ him where he was going. 5. It was useless to _have_ teachers
+come _for_ him. Nobody could _get_ him to study. 6. He _told_ his
+relatives of the great fortune that he _had just_ inherited. 7. He
+wished to _appear before_ them _as_ a millionaire. 8. He couldn't
+_stand_ it that his _only_ daughter should _grow up like_ a boy. 9. If I
+_only_ had what my father gives me, I shouldn't have much. 10. And
+finally he _asked_ me the same _question_, _wondering_ that the idea had
+not occurred to him _before_. 11. _Can_ it be that this is the _last_
+sentence that we are to write?
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX
+
+
+TO BE
+
+to be, =estar= _when location or temporary state is expressed, otherwise_
+=ser=.
+
+to be able to, =poder=.
+
+to be about to, =estar para=.
+
+to be accustomed to, =acostumbrarse a=, =soler= (_used only in the present
+and the imperfect, rd. ch._).
+
+to be astonished, =pasmarse=.
+
+to be at one's ease, =estar a sus anchas=.
+
+to be back, =estar de vuelta=.
+
+to be better to, =valer más=.
+
+to be born, =nacer=.
+
+to be composed of, =constar de=.
+
+to be enough, =bastar=.
+
+to be for (_used for_), =servir para=.
+
+to be glad, =alegrarse=, =celebrar=.
+
+to be ignorant of, =ignorar=.
+
+to be out (_not at home_), =no estar en casa=.
+
+to be out (_lights, fires_), =estar apagado=.
+
+to be out of, without, =estar sin=.
+
+to be sorry, =sentir=.
+
+to be up (_in the morning_), =estar levantado=.
+
+to be up (_not gone to bed_), =no haberse acostado=, =velar=.
+
+
+TO DO
+
+to do away with, =abolir=, =deshacerse de=.
+
+to do for oneself (_earn one's living_), =ganar la vida=.
+
+to do one's best, =esmerarse=, =hacer lo posible=.
+
+to do well (_be prosperous_), =prosperar=.
+
+to do without, =pasar sin=.
+
+
+TO GO
+
+to go astray, =extraviarse=, =descarriarse=.
+
+to go beyond (_be more than_), =pasar más allá de=, =exceder=.
+
+to go crazy, =volverse loco=.
+
+to go hard with, =pasarle mal a uno=.
+
+to go into (_be contained in_), =caber en=.
+
+to go off well _or_ ill, =salir bien= _or_ =mal=.
+
+to go on (_continue_), =hacer progresos=.
+
+to go one's way, =seguir el camino=.
+
+to go over (_review_), =repasar=.
+
+to go to ruin, =echarse a perder=.
+
+go on! =¡vaya!= =¡anda!= =¡quita!=
+
+how goes it? =¿qué tal?=
+
+
+TO GET
+
+to get a lesson, =aprender= _or_ =estudiar una lección=.
+
+to get at (_begin_), =ponerse a=, =meterse a=.
+
+to get behind (_lose ground_), =perder terreno=, =quedar atras.=
+
+to get hold of (_seize_), =asir=, =agarrar=, =apoderarse de=.
+
+to get lost, =extraviarse=, =perderse=.
+
+to get off (_start_), =partir=, =marcharse=, =irse=, =ponerse en marcha=.
+
+to get off (_escape_), =escaparse=.
+
+to get off (_be exonerated_), =lograr a exonerarse=.
+
+to get on (_be successful_), =tener buena suerte=, =tener éxito=.
+
+to get on with (_continue_), =seguir=, =continuar= (_see_ to get along
+with).
+
+to get one's bearings, =orientarse=.
+
+to get over (_recover from_), =recobrar de=, =restablecerse de= (_illnesses,
+losses_), =dejar= (_timidity, fear, modesty, etc._).
+
+to get ready, =preparar=, =aparejarse= (_said of people getting themselves
+ready_).
+
+to get time, =hallar el tiempo=.
+
+to get tired, =cansarse=.
+
+to get to be, =llegar a ser=.
+
+to get wind of, =llegar a saber de=, =recibir informes de=.
+
+get up! =¡arriba!= (_to people_), =¡arre!= (_to animals_).
+
+
+TO GIVE
+
+to give evidence, =atestiguar=.
+
+to give notice _or_ warning, =avisar=, =advertir=, (_in sense of_ warn)
+=poner sobre aviso=.
+
+to give one's mind to a thing, =aplicarse bien a una cosa=.
+
+to give the slip to, =escapar=.
+
+to give trouble, =incomodar=, =hacer que hacer a=.
+
+
+TO GROW
+
+to grow larger, =dilatarse=, =ponerse más grande=.
+
+to grow longer, =extenderse=.
+
+to grow richer, =enriquecer=, =hacerse rico=.
+
+to grow young again, =remozarse=.
+
+
+TO HOLD
+
+to hold (_be of the opinion_), =juzgar=, =mantener la opinión=.
+
+to hold (_possess_), =tener=, =poseer=.
+
+to hold (_be valid_), =ser válido=.
+
+to hold (_be strong enough not to give way_), =tener fuerza=, =tener
+solidez=.
+
+to hold on (_not to let go of a thing seized_), =no dejar una cosa=.
+
+to hold off (_delay an action_), =hesitar=, =diferir una acción=.
+
+to hold one's tongue, =callarse=.
+
+to hold up (_raise_), =alzar=, =levantar=.
+
+
+TO KEEP
+
+to keep accounts, =llevar cuentas=.
+
+to keep at, =persistir en=, =perseverar en=.
+
+to keep awake (_not to go to sleep_), =quedar despierto=.
+
+to keep somebody awake, =impedir el dormir a alguien=.
+
+to keep books (_commercial_), =tener libros=, =llevar libros=.
+
+to keep down (_keep in subjection_), =sujetar=.
+
+to keep down (_keep in moderation_), =moderar=.
+
+to keep house, =manejar la casa=.
+
+to keep hold of, =no dejar=.
+
+to keep in sight, =tener a la vista=.
+
+to keep in touch with, =no perder comunicación con=.
+
+to keep out of sight, =no dejarse ver=.
+
+to keep to, =adherir a=.
+
+to keep watch, velar, =vigilar=.
+
+to keep up, =no cesar=, =continuar=.
+
+
+TO LET
+
+to let (_houses, etc._), =arrendar=, =alquilar=.
+
+to let a word fall, =soltar una palabra=.
+
+to let go (_loosen hold on_), =soltar=.
+
+to let off (_guns, etc._), =disparar=.
+
+to let off (_excuse_), =excusar=, =exonerar=.
+
+
+TO MAKE
+
+to make a long story short, =para abreviar=.
+
+to make amends, =compensar=, =indemnizar=.
+
+to make a mistake, =equivocarse=.
+
+to make angry, =enfadar=, =enojar=, =poner rabioso=, =dar rabia a=.
+
+to make a point clear, =sacar en limpio un punto=.
+
+to make believe, =fingir=, =pretender=.
+
+to make for (_contribute toward_), =contribuir a=.
+
+to make good (_be successful_), =tener buena suerta=, =tener buen éxito=.
+
+to make good (_prove_), =probar=.
+
+to make good a promise, =cumplir con una promesa=.
+
+to make head or tail of, =llegar a comprender=.
+
+to make known, =hacer saber=, =dar a conocer=, =enterar=.
+
+to make light of, =no hacer caso de=, =menospreciar=.
+
+to make no difference, =no importar=.
+
+to make one's escape, =escaparse=, =salvarse huyendo=.
+
+to make out (_come to understand_), =llegar a comprender=.
+
+to make out (_be able to read_), =descifrar=.
+
+to make sense of, =hallar sentido a=.
+
+to make use of, =servirse de=, =emplear=.
+
+
+TO MISS
+
+to miss an opportunity, =perder una oportunidad=.
+
+to miss the mark, =no dar en el blanco=, =errar el tiro=.
+
+to miss the significance of, =no llegar a comprender=.
+
+to miss the train, =perder el tren=.
+
+
+TO PUT
+
+to put forward (_one's best foot_), =hacer todo lo posible=.
+
+to put oneself forward (_try to attract notice_), =tratar de atraer la
+atención=.
+
+to put in (_insert_), =insertar=.
+
+to put into words, =expresar en palabras=.
+
+to put off (_postpone_), =posponer=, =diferir=, =dejar por otro tiempo=.
+
+to put a person off (_make him wait_), =hacerle a una persona que espere=.
+
+to put out of joint, =dislocar=.
+
+to put to death, =matar=, =quitarle a uno la vida=.
+
+to put to flight, =hacer huir=.
+
+to put together, =juntar=, =acumular=.
+
+to put up (_put away temporarily_), =guardar=, =dejar=.
+
+to put up at (_stop at_), =pararse en=, =alojarse en=.
+
+to put up fruits, =conservar frutas=, =hacer conservas=.
+
+to put up money, =avanzar dinero=.
+
+to put up to (_leave decision to_), =dejar a=.
+
+to put up to (_incite to_), =incitar a=, =instigar a=.
+
+to put up with (_bear, suffer_), =sufrir=, =aguantar=, =tolerar=.
+
+
+TO RUN
+
+to run, =correr=.
+
+to run across (_find_), =dar con=, =tropezar con=.
+
+to run a machine, =manejar una máquina=.
+
+to run against (_bump into_), =dar contra=, =chocar con=.
+
+to run against (_oppose_), =oponer a=.
+
+to run ahead, =ir= _or_ =correr adelante=.
+
+to run along (_be situated along_), =extenderse a lo largo de=.
+
+to run away, =escaparse=, =huirse=.
+
+to run away with a thing, =llevarse una cosa=.
+
+to run away with (_get the better of_), =apoderarse de=.
+
+to run back, =volver corriendo=.
+
+to run down (_clock or machine_), =parar=.
+
+to run down (_find, overtake_), =hallar=, =alcanzar=.
+
+to run down (_speak ill of_), =calumniar=, =enviliar=.
+
+to run in the blood, =estar en el sangre=.
+
+to run out (_be all used up_), =acabarse=, =concluirse=.
+
+to run out of, =estar sin=, =acabársele a uno=.
+
+to run over a list, =repasar una lista=, =mirar atentamente=.
+
+to run up an account, =incurrir una cuenta=.
+
+to run up figures, =sumar números=.
+
+to run up prices, =aumentar precios=.
+
+to run up and down, =correr por todas partes=.
+
+
+TO STAND
+
+to stand the expense of, =pagar los gastos de=.
+
+to stand alone, =estar solo=, =ser el único de su clase=.
+
+to stand aloof, =mantenerse lejos=.
+
+to stand by (_be near_), =estar cerca=, =hallarse presente=.
+
+to stand by (_help_), =ayudar=, =auxiliar=.
+
+to stand for, (_represent_), =representar=.
+
+to stand for (_signify, indicate_), =significar=, =indicar=.
+
+to stand in one's light (_literally_), =quitarle a uno la luz=;
+(_figuratively_), =causarle a uno perjuicio=.
+
+to stand in need of, =necesitar=, =tener necesidad de=.
+
+to stand one in good stead, =ser útil a uno=, =ser de buen provecho a uno=.
+
+to stand off (_be at some distance_), =mantenerse a algun distancia=.
+
+to stand on tip-toe, =ponerse de puntillas=.
+
+to stand to reason, =conformar a razón=, =ser conforme a razón=.
+
+to stand up for (_defend_), =defender=, =apoyar=.
+
+to stand upon ceremony, =gastar ceremonias= _or_ =cumplimientos=, =hacer
+ceremonias=.
+
+to stand upon one's right, =insistir en sus derechos=.
+
+
+TO SET
+
+to set at naught, =tener en nada=.
+
+to set a time, =señalar un tiempo=.
+
+to set back (_retard_), =atrasar=.
+
+to set forth, show, =manifestar=, =promulgar=.
+
+to set off (_beautify_), =embellecer=.
+
+to set on (_incite_), =incitar=.
+
+to set one thinking, =hacerle a uno pensar=.
+
+to set oneself against something, =oponerse a algo=.
+
+to set on fire, =pegar fuego a=.
+
+to set store by, =dar importancia a=.
+
+to set prices, =fijar precios=.
+
+to set right, =corregir=, =rectificar=.
+
+to set up in business, =establecerse=.
+
+to set upon (_attack_), =atacar=, =acometer=.
+
+
+TO SEE
+
+to see a joke, =caer en un chiste=.
+
+to see (_call upon, visit_), =visitar=.
+
+to see into (_investigate_), =examinar=, =investigar=.
+
+to see into (_understand_), =comprender=.
+
+to see some one home, =acompañar a uno a casa=.
+
+
+TO TAKE
+
+to take after (_resemble_), =salir a=.
+
+to take an oath, =jurar=, =hacer juramento=.
+
+to take apart, =deshacer=, =separar=, despegar.
+
+to take a liking to, =aficionarse a=, =llegar a querer=.
+
+to take a course in, =cursar=.
+
+to take a hint, =darse por entendido=.
+
+to take a photograph, =sacar una fotografía=, =retratar=.
+
+to take fright, =asustarse=.
+
+to take a trip, =hacer un viaje=.
+
+to take care, =cuidar=.
+
+to take care of, =cuidar=, =tener cuidado de=.
+
+to take charge of, =encargarse de=, =tomar a su cargo=.
+
+to take down (_make a note of_), =apuntar=, =hacer apuntes=.
+
+to take for granted, =dar por supuesto=.
+
+to take hold (_seize_), =agarrar=, =asir=.
+
+to take hold (_assume responsibilities_), =cargarse de=, =tomar a su cargo=.
+
+to take in (_include_), =incluir=.
+
+to take in (_deceive_), =engañar=.
+
+to take something into one's head, =ponérsele a uno en la cabeza=,
+=occurrírsele a uno=.
+
+to take long, =necesitar mucho tiempo=, =tardar en=.
+
+to take notice, =poner atención=, =hacer caso de=.
+
+to take offense, =ofenderse=, =picarse=.
+
+to take out, =sacar=.
+
+to take pains, =darse pena=, =esmerarse en=.
+
+to take pleasure in, =tener gusto en=.
+
+to take to pieces, =hacer pedazos=, =deshacer=, =despegar=.
+
+
+TO STRIKE
+
+to strike one (_occur to one_), =occurrírsele a uno=.
+
+to strike a bargain, =hacer un convenio=, =cerrar un trato=.
+
+to strike a balance, =hacer un balance=.
+
+to strike at, =lanzar un golpe a=.
+
+to strike back, =dar golpe por golpe=.
+
+to strike home (_hit a sensitive spot_), =dar en el hito=.
+
+to strike out (_cancel_), =borrar=, =cancelar=.
+
+to strike up a tune, =tocar= _or_ =tañer una melodia=.
+
+
+TO TURN
+
+to turn away (_refuse admission to_), =no dejar entrar=, =hacer a uno que
+se vaya=.
+
+to turn down (_refuse_), =negar=, =rehusar=.
+
+to turn down (_fold over_), =doblar=, =plegar=.
+
+to turn in (_deliver, hand in_), =entregar=.
+
+to turn off (_water, gas, etc._), =cerrar la canilla= _or_ =la llave del
+agua=, =del gas=, _etc._
+
+to turn one's head, =trastornarle a uno la cabeza=.
+
+to turn over a new leaf, =enmendarse=, =empezar a vivir vida nueva=.
+
+to turn over to, =traspasar a=, =transferir a=.
+
+to turn to account _or_ advantage, =sacar utilidad=, =ventaja= _or_ =provecho
+de=.
+
+to turn upon (_attack_), =atacar=.
+
+to turn upon (_depend upon_), =depender de=, =fundarse en=.
+
+
+TO LOOK
+
+to look down upon (_despise_), =menospreciar=, =despreciar=.
+
+to look out (_be on one's guard_), =estar sobre aviso=.
+
+to look over (_examine_), =examinar=, =repasar=.
+
+to look to (_for help, favors, etc._), =esperar de=.
+
+to look up to (_respect_), =respetar=.
+
+to look well (_seem to be in good health_), =parecer estar bien de salud=.
+
+to look well (_have a pleasing appearance_) (_clothes_), =sentar bien=,
+=caer bien=.
+
+to look well (_seem fitting or proper_), =ser conveniente=.
+
+
+TO PAY
+
+to pay back (_take revenge for_), =pagar en la misma moneda=.
+
+to pay cash, =pagar al contado=.
+
+to pay attention to a lady, =cortejar= _or_ =galantear a una señora=.
+
+to pay a call, =hacer una visita=.
+
+to pay in full, =pagar por completo=.
+
+to pay on the installment plan, =pagar a plazos=.
+
+to pay off employees, =despedir= _or_ =despachar empleados=.
+
+
+TO PASS
+
+to pass on to (_hand over to_), =entregar a=.
+
+to pass off (_disappear_), =disiparse=.
+
+to pass off as (_treat as_), =tratar de=.
+
+to pass oneself off as, =darse por=.
+
+to pass sentence, =pronunciar sentencia=.
+
+
+TO PLAY
+
+to play a trick _or_ joke, =hacer una mala pasada= _or_ =jugada=.
+
+to play the fool, =hacer el tonto=; _so also_ to play _or_ act blind,
+=ciego=; deaf, =sordo=; lame, =cojo=, _etc._
+
+to play truant, =hacer novillos=.
+
+
+
+
+
+SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
+
+
+A
+
+=a=, at, to, in, by, from.
+
+=abajo=, under, below, down.
+
+=abatir=, to overthrow, defeat, cast down.
+
+=abecedario=, _m._, alphabet.
+
+=abeja=, _f._, bee.
+
+=abordo=, on board.
+
+=abrigo=, _m._, overcoat.
+
+=abrir=, to open.
+
+=absolutamente=, absolutely.
+
+=absurdo=, =-a=, absurd.
+
+=absurdos=, _m. pl._, absurdities.
+
+=abuela=, _f._, grandmother.
+
+=abuelito=, _m._, granddaddy.
+
+=abuelo=, _m._, grandfather.
+
+=acá=, here (_with verb of motion_).
+
+=acabar=, to finish; =---- de= (_followed by the infin._), to have just;
+=--se=, to give out (_section 50_), be exhausted.
+
+=acaecer=, to happen.
+
+=aceptar=, to accept.
+
+=acercarse=, to approach.
+
+=acertar=, to succeed.
+
+=ácido=, _m._, acid.
+
+=aclarar=, to clear up, explain.
+
+=acompañar=, to accompany, go with.
+
+=acordarse=, to remember.
+
+=acostarse=, to go to bed.
+
+=acuerdo=, _m._, accord, harmony; =de---- con=, in accord with.
+
+=adelante=, forward; =de ahí en---- =, from this time on; =en---- =,
+henceforth, from now on.
+
+=adiós=, good-by.
+
+=admirarse (de)=, to wonder at (_section 103_).
+
+=¿adónde?=, where to?
+
+=adondequiera=, wherever.
+
+=adorar=, to adore, love.
+
+=adquirir=, to acquire.
+
+=adverso=, =-a=, adverse.
+
+=advertir=, to advise, give notice of, warn.
+
+=afición (a)=, _f._, fondness, liking for, inclination toward.
+
+=afirmar=, to affirm, assert.
+
+=afortunado=, =-a=, fortunate.
+
+=agradable=, agreeable.
+
+=agradar (a)=, to please (_section 67_).
+
+=agradecer=, to oblige.
+
+=agradecido=, =-a=, obliged.
+
+=agrio=, =-a=, sour.
+
+=agua=, _f._, water.
+
+=aguantar=, to bear, endure, stand.
+
+=ahí=, there.
+
+=ahora=, now.
+
+=ahorrar=, to save, conserve.
+
+=aire=, _m._, air.
+
+=ajeno=, =-a=, strange, belonging to some one else.
+
+=al=, _contraction of_ =a= _and_ =el=; _see_ =a=.
+
+=ala=, _f._, wing.
+
+=alarmar=, to alarm.
+
+=alcanzar=, to overtake.
+
+=aldea=, _f._, village.
+
+=alegrarse=, to be glad.
+
+=alegría=, _f._, joy, happiness.
+
+=alfrombra=, _f._, carpet.
+
+=algo=, something, anything, somewhat.
+
+=alguien=, somebody.
+
+=alguno=, =-a=, some, any (=algún= _before m. sing. nouns_).
+
+=alimento,= _m._, food.
+
+=allá=, there (_with verbs of motion, or to denote indefinite place
+where_).
+
+=allí=, there, in that place.
+
+=almacén=, _m._, store, storehouse.
+
+=almuerzo=, _m._, breakfast.
+
+=alquilar=, to rent.
+
+=altitud=, _f._, height, altitude.
+
+=alto=, =-a=, high; =a lo---- de=, at the top of.
+
+=alucinación=, _f._, hallucination, fancy.
+
+=alumno=, _m._, pupil, student.
+
+=amable=, _m. and f._, kind.
+
+=amanecer=, _m._, daybreak, dawn.
+
+=amar=, to love.
+
+=ambos=, =-as=, both.
+
+=amigo=, =-a=, friend.
+
+=amparar=, to help, protect.
+
+=amplio=, =-a=, ample, wide.
+
+=anciana=, _f._, old woman.
+
+=ancho=, =-a=, wide.
+
+=anchura=, _f._, width.
+
+=andar=, to walk.
+
+=andén=, _m._, platform (_station_).
+
+=anécdota=, _f._, anecdote.
+
+=animado=, =-a=, animated, lively, cheerful.
+
+=anoche=, last night.
+
+=anochecer=, _m._, nightfall, twilight.
+
+=ante=, before, in the presence of; =---- todo=, above all.
+
+=antes=, before, formerly; =---- que=, before (_conj._); =---- de=, before
+(_prep. of time_).
+
+=anunciar=, to announce.
+
+=añadir=, to add, put in.
+
+=año=, _m._, year.
+
+=apagar=, to put out, extinguish; =--se=, to go out, be extinguished
+(_section 117_).
+
+=aparecer=, to appear.
+
+=apartar=, to put aside; =--se=, to stand aside, get out of the way.
+
+=apenas=, hardly, scarcely.
+
+=apoderarse (de)=, to take possession of.
+
+=apoyo=, _m._, help, support.
+
+=aprender=, to learn.
+
+=aprestar=, to get ready, prepare for.
+
+=aprobar=, to approve, pass (_in examination_).
+
+=aprovecharse (de)=, take advantage of.
+
+=apuntar=, to make a note of, put down.
+
+=apurarse=, to worry.
+
+=apuro=, _m._, trouble, difficulty, worry.
+
+=aquel=, =aquella=, that (_demons. adj._).
+
+=aquél=, =aquélla=, that, that one (_demons. pron._).
+
+=aquí=, here (_section 29_).
+
+=árbol=, _m._, tree.
+
+=argentino=, =-a=, Argentine.
+
+=arrancar=, to start (_from_), to pull out.
+
+=arriba=, up, above.
+
+=asiento=, _m._, seat.
+
+=asistencia=, _f._, people present, guests, spectators.
+
+=asistir a=, to be present at, attend.
+
+=asomar=, to appear.
+
+=asunto=, _m._, affair, business, matter.
+
+=atacar=, to attack.
+
+=atraer=, to attract.
+
+=atreverse=, to dare.
+
+=atribuir=, to attribute, put down to.
+
+=atroz=, _m. and f._, terrible, atrocious.
+
+=aun=, yet, still (_accented when it follows the word modified_).
+
+=aunque=, although.
+
+=automóvil=, _m._, automobile.
+
+=autor=, _m._, author.
+
+=aventura=, adventure.
+
+=avergonzarse=, to be ashamed.
+
+=ayer=, yesterday.
+
+=ayudar=, to help.
+
+=ayudo=, _m._, aid, help.
+
+=azúcar=, _m._, sugar.
+
+=azul=, _m. and f._, blue.
+
+
+B
+
+=bailar=, to dance.
+
+=bajar=, to go down, get down, pull down.
+
+=banco=, _m._, bench, seat, bank (_financial institution_).
+
+=banquete=, _m._, banquet.
+
+=barato=, =-a=, cheap.
+
+=barco=, _m._, bark, boat.
+
+=bastante=, enough.
+
+=bastar=, to be enough, do (_section 123_).
+
+=baúl=, _m._, trunk.
+
+=Benavente (Jacinto)=, Spanish author.
+
+=besar=, to kiss.
+
+=bicicleta=, _f._, bicycle.
+
+=bien=, well, all right.
+
+=bienes=, _m. pl._, property, possessions.
+
+=billete=, _m._, ticket; =---- de banco=, banknote.
+
+=blanco=, =-a=, white.
+
+=blando=, =-a=, soft.
+
+=bolsillo=, _m._, purse, pocket.
+
+=bondad=, _f._, goodness; =tenga usted la---- =, please (_section 67_).
+
+=brasero=, _m._, charcoal stove.
+
+=brazo=, _m._, arm.
+
+=brillante=, _m. and f._, brilliant.
+
+=bruja=, _f._, witch.
+
+=bueno=, =-a=, good, well, all right.
+
+=burla=, _f._, fun, mockery, joke.
+
+=burlarse (de)=, to make fun of, mock at, joke about.
+
+=buscar=, to look for; =mandar a---- =, to send for.
+
+
+C
+
+=caballero=, _m._, gentleman, sir.
+
+=caballo=, _m._, horse.
+
+=caber (en)=, to hold, be contained in (_section 31_).
+
+=cabeza=, _f._, head.
+
+=cabildo=, _m._, city hall.
+
+=cabo=, _m._, cape, headland; =llevar a---- =, to carry out, end, finish,
+conclude; =al fin y al---- =, finally, at last.
+
+=cada=, each.
+
+=caer=, to fall; =dejar---- =, to drop.
+
+=café=, _m._, coffee, café, restaurant.
+
+=cajón=, _m._, box, drawer.
+
+=calor=, _m._, heat; =hacer---- =, to be hot (_weather_); =tener---- =, to be
+hot (_persons_).
+
+=callarse=, to be quiet, stop talking.
+
+=calle=, _f._, street.
+
+=cambiar=, to change; =--se en=, to turn into (_section 113_).
+
+=cambio=, _m._, change.
+
+=caminar=, to walk.
+
+=camino=, _m._, way (_section 48_).
+
+=campana=, _f._, bell.
+
+=campanilla=, _f._, little bell, doorbell.
+
+=campo=, _m._, country (_as opposed to city_; _see_ =país=).
+
+=cansadísimo=, =-a=, very tired.
+
+=cansadito=, =-a=, very tired.
+
+=cansado=, =-a=, tired.
+
+=cansar=, to tire.
+
+=cantar=, to sing.
+
+=cántaro=, _m._, pitcher; =llover a--s=, to rain torrents.
+
+=capaz=, _m. and f._, capable.
+
+=capitán=, _m._, captain.
+
+=cara=, _f._, face; =---- a---- =, face to face, straight in the face.
+
+=carbón=, _m._, coal.
+
+=cargo=, _m._, charge.
+
+=carta=, _f._, letter.
+
+=casa=, _f._, house; =en---- =, at home; =a---- =, home (_with verbs of
+motion_).
+
+=casado=, =-a=, married.
+
+=casar=, to marry, give in marriage; =--se con=, to be married to, marry.
+
+=caso=, _m._, case, place; =hacer---- de=, to pay attention to.
+
+=Catalán=, _m._, Catalonian (_a native of Catalonia, the northeast section
+of Spain_).
+
+=caterva=, _f._, tribe, band, number.
+
+=causa=, _f._, cause; =a---- de=, because of.
+
+=causar=, to cause.
+
+=ceder=, to yield, give up (_section 50_).
+
+=celebrar=, to celebrate, to be glad.
+
+=celos=: =tener---- =, to be jealous.
+
+=cena=, _f._, supper.
+
+=cerca de=, near, about.
+
+=cerradura=, _f._, lock, keyhole.
+
+=cerrar=, to close.
+
+=cesar (de)=, to cease, stop.
+
+=cesto=, _m._, basket.
+
+=ciego=, =-a=, blind.
+
+=cielo=, _m._, sky, heaven.
+
+=ciento=, hundred.
+
+=cierto=, =-a=, certain; =por---- =, indeed, certainly.
+
+=cinco=, five.
+
+=cinta=, _f._, ribbon.
+
+=cita=, _f._, quotation, appointment.
+
+=ciudad=, _f._, city.
+
+=claro=, =-a=, clear.
+
+=clavo=, _m._, nail.
+
+=clima=, _m._, climate.
+
+=cobarde=, _m. and f._, cowardly.
+
+=cocina=, _f._, kitchen.
+
+=cocinera=, _f._, cook.
+
+=coche=, _m._, carriage.
+
+=coger=, to take, pick up.
+
+=color=, _m._, color.
+
+=comer=, to eat.
+
+=comercio=, _m._, business, commerce.
+
+=comida=, _f._, meal, dinner.
+
+=como=, how, as (_section 96_); =¿cómo?= how?
+
+=compañero=, =-a=, companion.
+
+=compañía=, _f._, company.
+
+=compartamento=, _m._, compartment.
+
+=compartir=, to share.
+
+=compasión=, _f._, compassion.
+
+=compensar=, to compensate, make up for.
+
+=cómplice=, _m._, accomplice.
+
+=comprar=, to buy.
+
+=comprender=, to understand, see through.
+
+=con=, with.
+
+=concepto=, _m._, conception, opinion.
+
+=conciencia=, _f._, conscience.
+
+=concierto=, _m._, concert.
+
+=concluirse=, to come to an end, give out.
+
+=conferencia=, _f._, conference.
+
+=confesar=, to confess.
+
+=confiado=, =-a=, confident, trusting in.
+
+=conformarse=, to agree.
+
+=congeniar (con)=, to agree, get along well with.
+
+=conmigo=, with me.
+
+=conocer=, to know, be acquainted with, become acquainted with.
+
+=conocimiento=, _m._, knowledge, acquaintance.
+
+=conque=, and so.
+
+=conquistador=, _m._, conqueror.
+
+=consentir (en)=, to consent to, agree to.
+
+=construir=, to build, construct.
+
+=contar=, to tell (_section 90_).
+
+=contener=, to hold, contain.
+
+=contentar=, to please (_section 66_).
+
+=continuar=, to continue, keep on (_section 34_).
+
+=contra=, against.
+
+=convertirse (en)=, to change into, turn into (_section 113_).
+
+=convidar=, to invite.
+
+=corazón=, _m._, heart.
+
+=cordero=, =-a=, lamb.
+
+=cortar=, to cut.
+
+=corto=, =-a=, short.
+
+=correo=, _m._, mail, post office.
+
+=correr=, to run.
+
+=cosa=, _f._, thing.
+
+=coser=, to sew.
+
+=crecer=, to grow (_section 23_).
+
+=creer=, to believe, think.
+
+=criado=, =-a=, servant.
+
+=criar(se)=, to grow, grow up (_section 23_).
+
+=cruelmente=, cruelly.
+
+=cuaderno=, _m._, note-book.
+
+=¿cuánto=, =-a?= how much?
+
+=¿cuántos=, =-as?= how many?
+
+=cuarto=, _m._, room.
+
+=cuatro=, four.
+
+=cuchillo=, _m._, knife.
+
+=cuenta=, _f._, bill.
+
+=cuento=, _m._, story.
+
+=¡cuidado!= take care!
+
+=cuidarse=, to take care.
+
+=cura=, _m._, priest.
+
+
+CH
+
+=chaqueta=, _f._, jacket.
+
+=charlar=, to chat.
+
+=chico=, =-a=, small; =los--s=, the children.
+
+=chimenea=, _f._, fireplace.
+
+
+D
+
+=daño=, _m._, hurt, harm; =hacerse--=, to hurt oneself.
+
+=dar=, to give; =---- contra=, to bump into, run into.
+
+=de=, of, from, by.
+
+=deber=, _m._, duty.
+
+=deber=, must, ought, should (_section 76_).
+
+=débil=, _m. and f._, weak.
+
+=decidirse=, to decide, make up one's mind (_section 53_).
+
+=decir=, to say, tell (_section 90_).
+
+=declarar=, to declare; =--se en huelga=, to strike (_section 121_).
+
+=defendido=, =-a=, defended.
+
+=dejar=, to leave (_section 37_); =--de=, to cease, stop; let (_section
+38_).
+
+=delante=, forward; =---- de=, in front of; =de ahí en---- =, from now on.
+
+=delgado=, =-a=, thin, slender.
+
+=demás=: =lo---- =, the rest, what's left; =los (las)---- =, the others.
+
+=demasiado=, too, too much.
+
+=dentro de=, within.
+
+=derecho=, =-a=, right (_section 75_).
+
+=desacorde=, _m. and f._, out of harmony, not in agreement.
+
+=desaparecer=, to disappear.
+
+=descansar=, =--se=, to rest.
+
+=descubrir=, to discover, find out.
+
+=desde=, since (_prep._); =---- que=, since (_conj._).
+
+=desear=, to desire.
+
+=deseo=, _m._, desire.
+
+=desgracia=, _f._, misfortune.
+
+=deshacerse (de)=, to get rid of.
+
+=desierto=, =-a=, deserted.
+
+=deslizarse=, to slip.
+
+=despacho=, _m._, office.
+
+=despedirse=, to say farewell, take one's leave (_section 107_).
+
+=después=, afterwards.
+
+=después de=, after (_prep._); =---- que=, after (_conj._) (_section 26_).
+
+=detenerse=, to stop.
+
+=determinado=, =-a=: =tener---- =, to have made up one's mind.
+
+=devolver=, to return, give back.
+
+=día=, _m._, day; =de---- en---- =, from day to day.
+
+=diamante=, _m._, diamond.
+
+=diario=, =-a=, daily.
+
+=diario=, _m._, newspaper.
+
+=dibujo=, _m._, drawing.
+
+=diciembre=, _m._, December.
+
+=diez=, ten.
+
+=diferencia=, _f._, difference.
+
+=difícil=, _m. and f._, difficult.
+
+=diligente=, _m. and f._, diligent.
+
+=diligentemente=, diligently, hard (_section 49_).
+
+=dinero=, _m._, money.
+
+=Dios=, _m._, God.
+
+=dirigirse=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+=discípulo=, =-a=, pupil.
+
+=disgusto=, _m._, annoyance, vexation.
+
+=disposición=, _f._, disposition, disposal.
+
+=distancia=, _f._, distance.
+
+=distinguido=, =-a=, distinguished.
+
+=divertirse=, to amuse oneself, have a good time, enjoy oneself.
+
+=doblar=, to double, turn (_section 113_).
+
+=doce=, twelve.
+
+=dolor=, _m._, pain, grief, sorrow.
+
+=dolorcillo=, _m._, a little pain.
+
+=dormir=, to sleep; =--se=, to go to sleep.
+
+=dos=, two.
+
+=dulce=, _m. and f._, sweet.
+
+=dulces=, _m. pl._, sweets, candy.
+
+=duro=, =-a=, hard (_section 49_).
+
+=duro=, _m._, dollar.
+
+
+E
+
+=¡ea!= come!
+
+=echar=, to throw, to put out (_section 119_).
+
+=echar de menos=, to miss (_section 55_).
+
+=edad=, _f._, age.
+
+=efecto=, _m._, effect.
+
+=egoísmo=, _m._, egoism, selfishness.
+
+=ejercicio=, _m._, exercise.
+
+=ejército=, _m._, army.
+
+=el=, _m._, the.
+
+=él=, he.
+
+=Elisa=, Elise, Eliza.
+
+=ella=, she, her.
+
+=embelesado=, =-a=, charmed, delighted.
+
+=empeñarse en=, to insist upon.
+
+=empezar=, to begin.
+
+=empleado=, =-a=, employé.
+
+=empresa=, _f._, undertaking; company (_commercial or industrial_).
+
+=en=, in, on.
+
+=encaje=, _m._, lace.
+
+=encantador=, =-a=, charming, delightful.
+
+=encuentro=, _m._, meeting.
+
+=enfadado=, =-a=, angry, vexed, annoyed.
+
+=enfermedad=, _f._, illness, sickness.
+
+=enfermo=, =-a=, ill; _as noun_, invalid.
+
+=engañar=, to deceive, take in; =--se=, to be deceived, be mistaken.
+
+=enojado=, =-a=, annoyed, vexed.
+
+=ensenada=, _f._, bay.
+
+=entenderse=, to understand one another, agree.
+
+=entero=, =-a=, entire, whole; =días= _or_ =meses--s=, days _or_ months at a
+time.
+
+=entierro=, _m._, funeral.
+
+=entrar=, to enter.
+
+=entregar=, to deliver, hand over to.
+
+=enviar=, to send.
+
+=equipaje=, _m._, baggage.
+
+=equivocarse=, to make a mistake, be mistaken.
+
+=erial=, _m._, uncultivated land.
+
+=errar=, to err.
+
+=escalera=, _f._, stairs.
+
+=escaparse=, to escape, get away (_section 16_).
+
+=esclavitud=, _f._, slavery.
+
+=esclavo=, =-a=, slave.
+
+=escondido=, =-a=, hidden.
+
+=escribir=, to write.
+
+=escrito=: =por---- =, in writing.
+
+=escuchar=, to listen, listen to.
+
+=ese=, =esa=, that (_demons. adj._); =ése=, =ésa= (_demons, pron._).
+
+=eso=, that (_neut. demons. pron._); =a---- de= (_in time expressions_), a
+little after.
+
+=espacio=, _m._, space.
+
+=espantoso=, =-a=, frightful.
+
+=español=, =-a=, Spanish, Spaniard.
+
+=espejo=, _m._, mirror.
+
+=esperanza=, _f._, hope.
+
+=esperar=, to hope, wait, expect.
+
+=espíritu=, _m._, spirit.
+
+=esposo=, =-a=, husband, wife.
+
+=espuela=, _f._, spur.
+
+=esquina=, _f._, corner (_exterior angle_; _see_ =rincón=).
+
+=estación=, _f._, season, station.
+
+=estado=, _m._, state.
+
+=estar=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=este=, =esta=, this (_demons. adj._); =éste=, =ésta= (_demons. pron._).
+
+=esto=, this (_neut. demons. pron._).
+
+=estorbar=, to disturb, put out (_section 118_).
+
+=estrella=, _f._, star.
+
+=estudiar=, to study.
+
+=estudio=, _m._, study.
+
+=evitar=, to avoid, help (_section 27_).
+
+=exclamar=, to exclaim.
+
+=exclusivamente=, exclusively.
+
+=existir=, to exist.
+
+=éxito=, _m._, outcome, success.
+
+=explicar=, to explain.
+
+=extender=, to extend, put out (_section 119_).
+
+=extranjero=, =-a=, strange, stranger, foreign, foreigner.
+
+=extrañar=, to wonder (_section 103_).
+
+
+F
+
+=falta=, _f._, lack, need; =hacer---- a=, to need, want.
+
+=faltar (a)=, to need, want (_sections 65, 98_).
+
+=familia=, _f._, family.
+
+=fatiga=, _f._, fatigue.
+
+=favor=, _m._, favor; please (_section 67_).
+
+=fe=, _f._, faith.
+
+=felicitar=, to congratulate.
+
+=feliz=, _m. and f._, happy.
+
+=ferroviario=, =-a=, pertaining to railroads.
+
+=fiar=, to trust.
+
+=fiesta=, _f._, holiday.
+
+=fievre=, _f._, fever.
+
+=fin=, _m._, end, conclusion; =al---- =, at last; =por---- =, finally.
+
+=flaco=, =-a=, thin.
+
+=flor=, _f._, flower.
+
+=fortuna=, _f._, fortune.
+
+=fósforo=, _m._, match.
+
+=frío=, _m._, cold; =hacer---- =, to be cold (_weather_); =tener---- =, to be
+cold (_persons_).
+
+=fruta=, _f._, fruit.
+
+=fuego=, _m._, fire; =pegar---- a=, to set fire to.
+
+=fuerte=, _m. and f._, strong.
+
+=fuerza=, _f._, strength.
+
+
+G
+
+=gana=, _f._, desire; =tener--s de= (_with infin._), to feel like.
+
+=ganar=, to earn.
+
+=gato=, _m._, cat.
+
+=generoso=, =-a=, generous.
+
+=genio=, _m._, genius, talent.
+
+=gente=, _f._, people.
+
+=gimnasio=, _m._, gymnasium.
+
+=gimnástico=, =-a=, gymnastic.
+
+=gitano=, =-a=, gipsy.
+
+=glorioso=, =-a=, glorious.
+
+=gordo=, =-a=, fat.
+
+=gozarse=, to rejoice, enjoy.
+
+=gracia=, _f._, favor, jest, joke.
+
+=gracias=, _f. pl._, thanks.
+
+=gramática=, _f._, grammar.
+
+=grande=, _m. and f._, large.
+
+=grupo=, _m._, group.
+
+=guante=, _m._, glove.
+
+=guapo=, =-a=, pretty, charming.
+
+=guardar=, to keep, put away (_sections 34, 119_).
+
+=guisar=, to cook, stew.
+
+=gustar=, to like (_section 60_).
+
+=gusto=, _m._, pleasure.
+
+
+H
+
+=haber=, to have (_section 6_); =---- de=, must (_section 75_).
+
+=hábil=, _m. and f._, clever, skillful.
+
+=habitación=, _f._, room.
+
+=habitar=, to live, inhabit, occupy.
+
+=hablar=, to speak, talk.
+
+=hacer=, to make, do (_section 125_); =--se=, to become, grow (_section
+23_).
+
+=hacia=, toward (_section 80_).
+
+=hachazgo=, _m._, blow with an ax _or_ hatchet.
+
+=hada=, _f._, fairy.
+
+=hallar=, to find; =--se=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=hambre=, _f._, hunger; =tener---- =, to be hungry.
+
+=harina=, _f._, flour.
+
+=hasta=, until (_prep._); even (_section 80_); =---- que=, until (_conj._).
+
+=hay=, there is, there are; =---- que=, one must, it is necessary (_section
+76_).
+
+=hazaña=, _f._, adventure, exploit.
+
+=heredar=, to inherit.
+
+=heredero=, =-a=, heir.
+
+=hermano=, _m._, brother.
+
+=hierba=: =mala---- =, _f._, weed.
+
+=hija=, _f._, daughter.
+
+=hijo=, _m._, son.
+
+=hombre=, _m._, man; =¡---- de Dios!= man alive!
+
+=hombro=, _m._, shoulder.
+
+=honor=, _m._, honor.
+
+=hora=, _f._, hour, time (_section 59_).
+
+=hormiga=, _f._, ant.
+
+=huele=, _see_ =oler=.
+
+=huelga=, _f._, strike; =declararse en--=, to strike (_section 121_).
+
+=huerto=, _m._, orchard.
+
+=humo=, _m._, smoke.
+
+=húngaro=, =-a=, Hungarian, gipsy.
+
+
+I
+
+=idea=, _f._, idea.
+
+=iglesia=, _f._, church.
+
+=impedir=, to hinder, prevent, keep (_section 34_).
+
+=importancia=, _f._, importance.
+
+=importante=, _m. and f._, important.
+
+=incendio=, _m._, fire, conflagration.
+
+=inclinarse=, to be inclined.
+
+=independencia=, _f._, independence.
+
+=indisposición=, _f._, illness.
+
+=individuo=, _m._, individual, person.
+
+=inesperado=, =-a=, unexpected, unhoped for.
+
+=injusto=, =-a=, unjust.
+
+=insecto=, _m._, insect.
+
+=inserto=, =-a=, inserted, included.
+
+=insigne=, _m. and f._, famous, celebrated.
+
+=instrumento=, _m._, instrument.
+
+=inteligencia=, _f._, intelligence.
+
+=intención=, _f._, intention; =tener la--=, to mean (_section 68_).
+
+=intento=, _m._, purpose, intention.
+
+=interés=, _m._, interest.
+
+=interior=, _m._, interior.
+
+=inútil=, useless.
+
+=inundado=, =-a=, inundated, flooded.
+
+=invertir=, to invert, turn over (_section_ 113).
+
+=investigar=, to investigate, look into.
+
+=invitación=, _f._, invitation.
+
+
+J
+
+=jardín=, _m._, garden.
+
+=jarro=, _m._, pitcher, jug.
+
+=joven=, _m. and f._, young person, young man, young woman.
+
+=juez=, _m._, judge.
+
+=jugar=, to play (_section 63_).
+
+=junto (-a) a=, near to, next to.
+
+=justo=, =-a=, just, right (_section 74_).
+
+=juzgar=, to judge.
+
+
+L
+
+=la=, the, her.
+
+=lado=, _m._, side.
+
+=ladrón=, _m._, robber.
+
+=lámpara=, _f._, lamp.
+
+=lancha=, _f._, boat.
+
+=lanzar=, to lance, throw.
+
+=lápiz=, _m._, pencil.
+
+=largarse=, to run away, "skip."
+
+=largo=, =-a=, long.
+
+=lástima=, _f._, pity.
+
+=lastimar=, to hurt.
+
+=lavandera=, _f._, laundress.
+
+=lavar=, to wash.
+
+=le=, him, you, to him, to you, to her.
+
+=lección=, _f._, lesson.
+
+=lectura=, _f._, reading.
+
+=leer=, to read.
+
+=lengua=, _f._, tongue.
+
+=león=, _m._, lion.
+
+=lesión=, _f._, lesion, wound.
+
+=levantarse=, to get up (_section 16_).
+
+=ley=, _f._, law (_single statute_).
+
+=libertad=, _f._, liberty.
+
+=libra=, _f._, pound.
+
+=libro=, _m._, book.
+
+=ligero=, =-a=, light, quick, slight.
+
+=limonada=, _f._, lemonade.
+
+=limosna=, _f._, alms.
+
+=limpio=, =-a=, clean.
+
+=listo=, =-a=, ready, quick.
+
+=literatura=, _f._, literature.
+
+=lo=, it, him.
+
+=loco=, =-a=, crazy, mad.
+
+=lograr=, to succeed, manage (_section 79_).
+
+=Londres=, London.
+
+=longitud=, _f._, length, longitude.
+
+=luego=, later, afterwards; =---- que=, as soon as.
+
+=lugar=, _m._, place; =en primer---- =, first of all; =tener---- =, to take
+place.
+
+=lujo=, _m._, luxury.
+
+=luna=, _f._, moon.
+
+=luz=, _f._, light.
+
+
+LL
+
+=llamar=, to call.
+
+=llano=, =-a=, flat, smooth.
+
+=llave=, _f._, key.
+
+=llegada=, _f._, arrival.
+
+=llegar=, to arrive.
+
+=llevar=, to carry, take.
+
+=llorar=, to cry, weep.
+
+=llover=, to rain.
+
+
+M
+
+=madre=, _f._, mother.
+
+=madrugada=, _f._, early morning; =de--=, early in the morning.
+
+=maestro=, _m._, teacher.
+
+=mal=, badly; bad (_before mas. sing. nouns_).
+
+=malicioso=, =-a=, malicious, sharp.
+
+=malo=, =-a=, bad, ill.
+
+=manantial=, _m._, spring (_of water_).
+
+=manchar=, to spot, blot.
+
+=manecita=, _f._, little hand.
+
+=manera=, _f._, manner, way (_section 48_).
+
+=mano=, _f._, hand.
+
+=mantenerse=, to keep (_section 34_).
+
+=manzana=, _f._, apple.
+
+=mañana=, _f._, morning; (_as adv._), to-morrow.
+
+=máquina=, _f._, machine.
+
+=maquinaria=, _f._, machinery.
+
+=mar=, _m. and f._, sea.
+
+=Marco=, _m._, Mark (_proper noun_).
+
+=marcharse=, to go away, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=marinero=, _m._, sailor.
+
+=martes=, _m._, Tuesday.
+
+=martillo=, _m._, hammer.
+
+=más=, more; =no---- que=, just (_section 24_).
+
+=mayor=, _m. and f._, older, greater.
+
+=me=, me, to me, for me.
+
+=mediano=, =-a=, medium, mediocre, half-way.
+
+=medias=, =a=, half-way, by halves.
+
+=médico=, _m._, doctor.
+
+=medida=: =a---- que=, in a measure as, as (_section 96_).
+
+=medio=, =-a=, half (_section 93_); =en--de=, in the midst of.
+
+=mejor=, _m. and f._, better.
+
+=mejorarse=, to get better, improve.
+
+=memoria=, _f._, memory; =de---- =, by heart.
+
+=memorialista=, _m._, public letter writer.
+
+=menos=, less; =a---- que=, unless; =por lo---- =, at least.
+
+=mentira=, _f._, lie, untruth.
+
+=menudo=, =-a=, often.
+
+=merecer=, to merit, deserve.
+
+=mermar=, to diminish.
+
+=mes=, _m._, month.
+
+=mesa=, _f._, table.
+
+=metido=, =-a=, put, hidden.
+
+=método=, _m._, method.
+
+=mi=, my.
+
+=mí=, me (_with prep._).
+
+=miedo=, _m._, fear; =tener---- =, to be afraid.
+
+=miel=, _f._, honey.
+
+=mientras=, while, as long as (_section 12)_.
+
+=milla=, mile.
+
+=millonario=, =-a=, millionaire.
+
+=mimar=, to pet, spoil.
+
+=mina=, _f._, mine.
+
+=minero=, _m._, miner.
+
+=mío=, =-a=, mine.
+
+=mirar=, to look (_section 19_).
+
+=¡mira!= see here!
+
+=mismo=, =-a=, same, very (_section 62_); =lo---- da=, it's all the same; it
+doesn't matter.
+
+=mitad=, _f._, half (_section 93_).
+
+=modo=, _m._, mode, manner, way (_section 43_).
+
+=mofarse (de)=, to mock at, make fun of (_section 53_).
+
+=mojar=, to wet, soak.
+
+=molestar=, to trouble, disturb, put out (_section 119_).
+
+=momento=, _m._, moment.
+
+=montón=, _m._, heap, pile.
+
+=moreno=, =-a=, brown.
+
+=morir=, to die.
+
+=motivo=: =con---- de=, on the occasion of, because of.
+
+=movimiento=, _m._, movement, motion.
+
+=mozo=, =-a=, young man, young woman, waiter.
+
+=muchacha=, _f._, girl.
+
+=muchacho=, _m._, boy.
+
+=mucho=, =-a=, much.
+
+=muebles=, _m. pl._, furniture.
+
+=mujer=, _f._, woman.
+
+=muerto=, =-a=, dead.
+
+=mundo=, _m._, world; =todo el---- =, everybody.
+
+=muro=, _m._, wall.
+
+=música=, _f._, music.
+
+
+N
+
+=nacer=, to be born.
+
+=nacional=, _m. and f._, national.
+
+=nada=, nothing; =---- más que (de)=, nothing but, just (_section 24_).
+
+=narración=, _f._, narrative, story.
+
+=naturaleza=, _f._, nature.
+
+=necesario=, =-a=, necessary.
+
+=necesitar=, to need, want (_section 98_).
+
+=negro=, =-a=, black.
+
+=nevar=, to snow.
+
+=nieve=, _f._, snow.
+
+=ningún=, _see_ =ninguno=.
+
+=ninguno=, =-a=, no, not any, not one.
+
+=niñera=, _f._, nurse-maid.
+
+=niño=, =-a=, child.
+
+=no=, no, not.
+
+=noción=, _f._, notion, idea.
+
+=noche=, _f._, night.
+
+=nodriza=, _f._, nurse.
+
+=nombre=, _m._, name.
+
+=norte=, _m._, north.
+
+=nos=, us, ourselves.
+
+=nosotros=, =-as=, we, us (_with prep._).
+
+=notar=, to notice, note.
+
+=noticia=, _f._, notice, news.
+
+=nuestro=, =-a=, our.
+
+=nuevo=, =-a=, new.
+
+=número=, _m._, number.
+
+=nunca=, never.
+
+
+O
+
+=obedecer=, to obey.
+
+=obra=, _f._, work (_accomplished; as, the works of an author; see_
+=trabajo=).
+
+=obrero=, _m._, workman.
+
+=obscuridad=, _f._, darkness.
+
+=obscuro=, =-a=, dark.
+
+=observar=, to observe, notice.
+
+=ocultarse=, to hide oneself.
+
+=ocupación=, _f._, occupation.
+
+=ocupado=, =-a=, occupied, busy.
+
+=ocurrido=: =lo---- =, what has happened.
+
+=ocho=, eight.
+
+=ofender=, to offend, insult.
+
+=ofrecer=, to offer.
+
+=oído=, _m._, hearing, ear (_inner_).
+
+=oír=, to hear.
+
+=¡ojalá!= (_an interjection that expresses keen desire_), I hope, I wish,
+would that, _etc._
+
+=ojo=, _m._, eye.
+
+=oler=, to smell.
+
+=olvidarse=, to forget.
+
+=operario=, _m._, workman, operative.
+
+=oportunidad=, _f._, opportunity.
+
+=opulencia=, _f._, wealth, opulence.
+
+=oscurecer=, to grow dark.
+
+=otro=, =-a=, other, another.
+
+=ovación=, _f._, ovation.
+
+
+P
+
+=paciencia=, _f._, patience.
+
+=padre=, _m._, father.
+
+=padres=, _m. pl._, parents.
+
+=pagar=, to pay (_section 111_).
+
+=pago=, _m._, pay, wages.
+
+=país=, _m._, country (_geographical division; see_ =campo= _and_ =patria=).
+
+=paisano=, _m._, countryman, villager.
+
+=pájaro=, _m._, bird.
+
+=palabra=, _f._, word.
+
+=palacio=, _m._, palace.
+
+=pálido=, =-a=, pale.
+
+=palomar=, _m._, dovecote, pigeon house.
+
+=palomita=, _f._, little dove, little pigeon.
+
+=palpar=, to feel (_section 43_).
+
+=pan=, _m._, bread.
+
+=panadero=, _m._, baker.
+
+=papel=, _m._, paper; =hacer un---- =, to play a part, act a rôle.
+
+=para=, for (_section 4_); =---- con=, toward (_section 81_); =---- que=, in
+order that.
+
+=parado=, =-a=, standing.
+
+=paraguas=, _m._, umbrella.
+
+=parar=, to stop.
+
+=parecer=, to appear, seem, think (_section 52_).
+
+=parte=, _f._, part.
+
+=partir=, to depart, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=pasar=, to pass (_section 110_); =--se sin=, to get along without, do
+without.
+
+=paseo=, _m._, walk, promenade; =dar un---- =, to take a walk.
+
+=patitas=: =poner de---- en la calle=, to dismiss, discharge, turn out.
+
+=patria=, _f._, native country; _see_ =campo= _and_ =país=.
+
+=patrona=, _f._, landlady.
+
+=Patros=, _f._, _proper noun, name of woman_.
+
+=paz=, _f._, peace.
+
+=pedir=, to ask for, beg (_section 3_).
+
+=pegar=, to strike (_section 121_); =--fuego a=, to set fire to.
+
+=pena=, trouble; =valer la---- =, to be worth while.
+
+=pensamiento=, _m._, thought.
+
+=pensar=, to think (_section 52_).
+
+=peña=, _f._, cliff.
+
+=Pepita=, _proper noun_, _f._
+
+=pequeño=, =-a=, small, little (_section 20_).
+
+=perder=, to lose.
+
+=perdido=, _m._, loss.
+
+=perdonar=, to pardon, excuse.
+
+=perezoso=, =-a=, lazy.
+
+=perjudicial=, _m. and f._, prejudicial, harmful.
+
+=permiso=, _m._, permission.
+
+=pero=, but (_section 117_).
+
+=perro=, _m._, dog.
+
+=persona=, _f._, person.
+
+=persuadir=, to persuade, get (_section 16_).
+
+=pesar=: =a---- de=, in spite of.
+
+=piano=, _m._, piano.
+
+=pie=, foot; =a---- =, on foot; =de---- =, standing.
+
+=piedad=, _f._, pity, piety.
+
+=piedra=, _f._, stone.
+
+=pintar=, to paint.
+
+=placer=, _m._, pleasure.
+
+=plan=, _m._, plan, page (_of newspaper_).
+
+=planchar=, to iron, press.
+
+=plataforma=, _f._, platform.
+
+=playa=, _f._, beach, shore.
+
+=plaza=, _f._, square.
+
+=plazuela=, _f._, small square.
+
+=pluma=, _f._, pen.
+
+=plumafuente=, _f._, fountain pen (_also_; =plumatintero=, _m._).
+
+=pobre=, _m. and f._, poor.
+
+=poco=, =-a=, little (_quantity; see section 20_).
+
+=pocos=, =-as=, few.
+
+=poder=, to be able; =a más no---- =, to the utmost of one's ability, as
+hard as one can.
+
+=poner=, to put (_section 119_); =--se=, to grow, put on (_sections 23 and
+119_); =--se de pie=, to stand up (_section 84_).
+
+=por=, by, through, in, for (_section 4_).
+
+=porque=, because.
+
+=¿por qué?= why?
+
+=posibilidad=, _f._, possibility.
+
+=posible=, _m. and f._, possible; =lo---- =, what is possible.
+
+=precio=, _m._, price.
+
+=preguntar=, to ask (_section 3_); =--se=, to wonder (_section 103_).
+
+=prendas de vestir=, _f. pl._, clothes.
+
+=presentarse=, to appear (_section 77_).
+
+=presente=, _m. and f._, present.
+
+=presidente=, _m._, president.
+
+=prestar=, to lend.
+
+=primero=, =-a=, first.
+
+=primo=, =-a=, cousin.
+
+=principiar=, to begin.
+
+=prisa=, _f._, haste; =tener---- =, =estar de---- =, to be in a hurry.
+
+=problema=, _m._, problem.
+
+=proclamar=, to proclaim, publish.
+
+=procurar=, to try.
+
+=producir=, to produce.
+
+=profesor=, _m._, teacher, professor.
+
+=profundizar=, to go deeply into a thing _or_ a matter, dig deeper.
+
+=prometer=, to promise.
+
+=promovido=, =-a=: =ser---- =, to pass, be promoted (_section 110_).
+
+=pronto=, soon, quickly.
+
+=pronto=, =-a=, ready, quick.
+
+=propagado=, =-a=, propagated.
+
+=propio=, =-a=, own.
+
+=proseguir=, to continue.
+
+=prospero=, =-a=, prosperous, fortunate.
+
+=protegido=, =-a=, protégé.
+
+=próximo=, =-a=, next.
+
+=prudencia=, _f._, prudence.
+
+=publicar=, to publish, give out (_section 50_).
+
+=público=, =-a=, public.
+
+=pueblo=, _m._, town, village.
+
+=puerta=, _f._, door.
+
+=pues=, well (_section 30_), then, for (_conj._).
+
+=puesto=, =-a=, on (_section 119_); =---- que=, since (_section 9_).
+
+=pulgada=, _f._, inch.
+
+=punto=, _m._, point; =en---- =, exactly (_with time expressions_).
+
+=puro=, _m. and f._, pure.
+
+
+Q
+
+=que=, what, that, who, which, whom.
+
+=¿qué?= what?
+
+=quebrar=, to break.
+
+=quedar=, to remain, be left (_section 37_); =--se con=, to keep (_section
+34_).
+
+=quedo=, =-a=, quiet, quietly; =-ito=, =-a=, very quietly.
+
+=querer=, to love, wish, want (_section 98_).
+
+=quien=, who.
+
+=¿quién?= who?
+
+=quieto=, =-a=, quiet.
+
+=quince=, fifteen; =---- días=, two weeks, a fortnight.
+
+=quitar=, to take away; =--se=, to take off (_section 106_); =--se de en
+medio=, to get out of the way.
+
+
+R
+
+=rabioso=, =-a=, rabid, mad.
+
+=raro=, =-a=, rare.
+
+=rato=, _m._, while.
+
+=razón=, _f._, reason, right (_section 75_).
+
+=rebelde=, _m._, rebel.
+
+=recepción=, _f._, reception.
+
+=recibir=, to receive, get.
+
+=recién=, recently (_form used only to modify past participle_).
+
+=recoger=, to pick up, gather together.
+
+=recompensar=, to recompense, make up for (_section 53_).
+
+=recordar=, to remember, remind of.
+
+=recuperar=, to recuperate.
+
+=región=, _f._, region.
+
+=regla=, _f._, rule.
+
+=regresar=, to return, come back.
+
+=reina=, _f._, queen.
+
+=reír=, to laugh.
+
+=reloj=, _m._, watch, clock.
+
+=remedar=, to imitate, take off (_section 107_).
+
+=remedio=, _m._, remedy; =no hay---- =, it can't be helped.
+
+=remendar=, to mend.
+
+=remoto=, =-a=, remote.
+
+=rendir=, to give up (_section 50_).
+
+=renunciar=, to renounce, give up (_section 50_).
+
+=reñir=, to quarrel.
+
+=repente=: =de---- =, suddenly, all at once.
+
+=reposo=, _m._, repose, rest.
+
+=reprender=, to censure, scold.
+
+=representación=, _f._, performance.
+
+=república=, _f._, republic.
+
+=resolver=, to resolve, make up one's mind.
+
+=respeto a=, with regard to.
+
+=retardar=, to retard, keep back (_section 34_).
+
+=retener=, to keep (_section 34_).
+
+=retirar=, to retire, take back (_section 106_).
+
+=retractar=, to retract, take back (_section 106_).
+
+=retraso=: =con---- =, late.
+
+=reunión=, _f._, meeting.
+
+=revista=, _f._, magazine.
+
+=revolver=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+=rey=, _m._, king.
+
+=rezar=, to pray.
+
+=rico=, =-a=, rich.
+
+=rincón=, _m._, corner (_inside angle; see_ =esquina=).
+
+=río=, _m._, river.
+
+=risa=, _f._, laughter.
+
+=robar=, to steal.
+
+=roca=, _f._, rock.
+
+=rogar=, to ask (_section 3_).
+
+=rojo=, =-a=, red.
+
+=rollo=, _m._, roll.
+
+=ropa=, _f._, clothes.
+
+=rostro=, _m._, face.
+
+=roto=, =-a=, broken, torn.
+
+=rueda=, _f._, wheel.
+
+=ruido=, _m._, noise.
+
+
+S
+
+=saber=, to know (_section 14_).
+
+=sabio=, =-a=, wise.
+
+=sacar=, to take out (_section 107_).
+
+=saco=, _m._, sack, bag.
+
+=sacrificar=, to sacrifice.
+
+=sacrificio=, _m._, sacrifice.
+
+=sala=, _f._, room, living-room.
+
+=salir=, to go out, leave (_section 37_).
+
+=saltar=, to leap, spring.
+
+=salud=, _f._, health.
+
+=salvar=, to save (_section 92_).
+
+=salvo y sano=, safe and sound.
+
+=santo=, =-a=, saint.
+
+=sargento=, _m._, sergeant.
+
+=satisfacer=, to satisfy.
+
+=satisfecho=, =-a=, satisfied.
+
+=sastre=, _m._, tailor.
+
+=se=, self (_reflexive pronoun of the third person, also of the second
+person formal_); _also used as pers. pron., 2nd and 3rd pers., ind.
+obj., before_ =lo=, =la=, =los=, =las=.
+
+=sed=, _f._, thirst.
+
+=seguida=: =en---- =, immediately, at once.
+
+=según=, according to.
+
+=seguro=, =-a=, sure, certain.
+
+=semana=, _f._, week.
+
+=sembrar=, to sow.
+
+=sencillez=, _f._, simplicity.
+
+=sencillo=, =-a=, simple.
+
+=sentar mal a=, to disagree with (_physically_).
+
+=sentarse=, to sit down (_section 84_).
+
+=sentir=, to be sorry, feel (_section 43_).
+
+=señas=, _f. pl._, directions, address.
+
+=señor=, _m._, gentleman, sir, Mr.
+
+=señora=, lady, madam, Mrs.
+
+=señorita=, _f._, young lady, Miss.
+
+=séptimo=, =-a=, seventh.
+
+=ser=, to be (_section 1_).
+
+=serio=, =-a=, serious.
+
+=servir=, to serve; =---- de=, to serve as; =---- para=, to do for, be good
+for (_section 125_).
+
+=si=, if.
+
+=sí=, yes, self (_used for_ =se= _with a prep._).
+
+=siempre=, always, ever; =para--jamás=, for ever and ever.
+
+=silla=, _f._, chair.
+
+=sillón=, _m._, armchair.
+
+=sin=, without (_prep._); =---- que=, without (_conj.; section 69_).
+
+=sino=, except, but (_section 117_).
+
+=siquiera=, even (_section 80_).
+
+=sírvase=, please (_section 67_).
+
+=situado=, =-a=, situated.
+
+=sobrar=, to be left over, be superfluous, be too much.
+
+=sobre=, _m._, envelope.
+
+=sobre=, over, above, on (_prep._).
+
+=sobriedad=, _f._, sobriety.
+
+=sobrino=, _m._, nephew.
+
+=social=, _m. and f._, social.
+
+=sociedad=, _f._, society.
+
+=sofocante=, _m. and f._, suffocating.
+
+=sol=, _m._, sun.
+
+=solamente=, only (_section 71_).
+
+=solas=: =a---- con=, alone with (_section 72_).
+
+=soldado=, _m._, soldier.
+
+=soler=, to be wont, be accustomed.
+
+=solito=, =-a=, all alone, entirely alone.
+
+=solo=, =-a=, alone (_section 72_).
+
+=sólo=, only (_section 71_), just (_section 24_).
+
+=sombra=, _f._, shade, shadow.
+
+=sombrero=, _m._, hat.
+
+=sonar=, to ring (_section 116_).
+
+=sonrisa=, _f._, smile.
+
+=soplar=, to blow.
+
+=soportar=, to bear, endure, stand (_section 85_).
+
+=sordo=, =-a=, deaf.
+
+=sorprender=, to surprise.
+
+=sospechar=, to suspect.
+
+=su=, his, her, your, their.
+
+=subir=, to go up (_section 10_), take up (_section 107_).
+
+=subsuelo=, _m._, subsoil.
+
+=suceder=, to happen, succeed (_section 79_).
+
+=suelen=, _see_ =soler=.
+
+=sueño=, _m._, sleep; =tener---- =, to be sleepy.
+
+=sufrir=, to bear, suffer, stand (_section 85_).
+
+=suma=, _f._, sum.
+
+=supuesto=: =por---- =, of course.
+
+=suyo=, =-a=, his, hers, yours, theirs.
+
+
+T
+
+=tabaco=, _m._, tobacco.
+
+=tacto=, _m._, touch.
+
+=tal=, _m. and f._, such; =---- vez=, perhaps; =¿qué--?= what's ... like?
+(_section 61_).
+
+=talento=, _m._, talent.
+
+=también=, too, also.
+
+=tampoco=, either, neither (_sections 99 and 100_).
+
+=tan=, so (_section 33_).
+
+=tantito=, slightly, rather, a little bit (_section 20_).
+
+=tanto=, =-a=, as much, so much (_sections 33 and 96_).
+
+=tardar=, to be long in (_section 12_).
+
+=tarde=, _f._, afternoon.
+
+=tarde=, _m. and f._, late.
+
+=tarjeta=, _f._, card; =---- postal=, post card.
+
+=té=, _m._, tea.
+
+=te=, (_pron._) thyself, thee, you.
+
+=teatro=, _m._, theater.
+
+=tela=, _f._, cloth.
+
+=telefonar=, to telephone.
+
+=teléfono=, _m._, telephone.
+
+=temer=, to fear, be afraid.
+
+=temperatura=, _f._, temperature.
+
+=tempestad=, _f._, tempest, storm.
+
+=temprano=, early.
+
+=terminar=, to end.
+
+=tía=, _f._, aunt.
+
+=tiempo=, _m._, time (_section 59_).
+
+=tierra=, _f._, earth, land.
+
+=tinta=, _f._, ink.
+
+=tirano=, =-a=, tyrant.
+
+=tiro=, _m._, shot.
+
+=tocar=, to touch, play (_section 64_); concern.
+
+=tocino=, _m._, bacon.
+
+=todavía=, yet, still.
+
+=todo=, =-a=, all (_section 46_).
+
+=tomar=, to take (_section 107_).
+
+=tonto=, =-a=, foolish, silly.
+
+=topo=, _m._, mole.
+
+=trabajar=, to work.
+
+=trabajo=, _m._, work.
+
+=traducción=, _f._, translation.
+
+=traer=, to bring, get (_section 16_).
+
+=traje=, _m._, suit, clothes.
+
+=transcurrir=, to pass (_section 110_).
+
+=tranvía=, _m._, street car.
+
+=tras=, behind, after (_section 26_).
+
+=trasnochar=, to sit up all night, spend a sleepless night.
+
+=tratar=, to treat.
+
+=tremendo=, =-a=, tremendous.
+
+=tren=, _m._, train.
+
+=tres=, three.
+
+=trigo=, _m._, wheat.
+
+=triste=, _m. and f._, sad.
+
+=trocar=, to exchange.
+
+=tu=, thy.
+
+=tú=, thou.
+
+
+U
+
+=último=, =-a=, last (_of a series_).
+
+=un=, _see_ =uno=.
+
+=único=, =-a=, only (_section 71_).
+
+=un(o)=, =-a=, one (_section 103_).
+
+=usted=, you.
+
+=utilidad=, _f._, use, usefulness.
+
+
+V
+
+=vacio=, =-a=, empty.
+
+=valer=, to be worth.
+
+=valor=, _m._, valor.
+
+=vanidad=, _f._, vanity.
+
+=¡vamos!= come!
+
+=vano=, =-a=, vain.
+
+=¡vaya!= come! well! why! there! (_section 56_).
+
+=vecino=, =-a=, neighbor.
+
+=vehículo=, _m._, vehicle.
+
+=veinte=, twenty.
+
+=veinticinco=, twenty-five.
+
+=velo=, _m._, veil.
+
+=velocidad=, _f._, speed; =a toda---- =, at full speed.
+
+=vencer=, to conquer, overthrow.
+
+=venda=, _f._, bandage.
+
+=vender=, to sell.
+
+=venir=, to come.
+
+=venta=, _f._, inn, tavern.
+
+=ventana=, _f._, window.
+
+=ventanilla=, _f._, small window.
+
+=ver=, to see (_section 93_).
+
+=verdad=, _f._, truth.
+
+=verificarse=, to take place (_section 107_).
+
+=vestido=, _m._, dress.
+
+=vestir=, to dress, wear; =--se=, to get dressed.
+
+=vez=, _f._, time (_section 122_).
+
+=viaje=, _m._, journey.
+
+=victoria=, _f._, victory, Victoria (_proper noun_).
+
+=vida=, _f._, life.
+
+=viejo=, =-a=, old, old man, old woman.
+
+=viento=, _m._, wind.
+
+=villano=, =-a=, evil, wicked.
+
+=violín=, _m._, violin.
+
+=visita=, _f._, visit, visitor.
+
+=visitar=, to visit, call upon.
+
+=visto=: =por lo---- =, apparently.
+
+=viuda=, _f._, widow.
+
+=vivir=, to live.
+
+=voluntad=, _f._, will, way (_section 48_).
+
+=volver=, to turn (_section 113_); =--a= (_followed by the infin._), to do
+something again.
+
+=voz=, voice.
+
+=vuelta=, _f._: =dar una---- =, to take a walk; =estar de---- =, to be back;
+=dar--s a=, to turn (_section 113_).
+
+
+Y
+
+=y=, and.
+
+=ya=, already; =---- que=, since (_section 9_); =---- no=, no longer
+(_section 12_); =---- que no=, even, if not (_section 79_).
+
+=yo=, I.
+
+
+Z
+
+=zoológico=, =-a=, zoölogical.
+
+
+
+
+
+ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY
+
+
+A
+
+=able, to be=, poder.
+
+=about=, de, acerca de (_concerning_); cerca de, más o menos (_nearly,
+approximately_) (_section 41_).
+
+=above=, arriba, sobre; =---- all=, sobre todo, ante todo.
+
+=abroad=, al extranjero, en el extranjero.
+
+=absence=, ausencia, _f._
+
+=absolutely=, absolutamente.
+
+=absurdity=, absurdo, _m._
+
+=accident=, accidente, _m._; desgracia, _f._
+
+=accord=: =in---- with=, de acuerdo con.
+
+=according to=, según.
+
+=account=: =on---- of=, a causa de, por (_section 101_).
+
+=acquaintance=: =to make the---- of=, conocer.
+
+=acquainted with, to be=, conocer.
+
+=across=, al otro lado de.
+
+=act=, obrar, portarse (_to behave_).
+
+=admire, to=, admirar.
+
+=advantage of, to take=, aprovecharse de.
+
+=advice=, consejo, _m._
+
+=advise, to=, aconsejar.
+
+=affair=, asunto, _m._
+
+=afraid, to be=, tener miedo.
+
+=after=, tras, después de (_section 26_).
+
+=afternoon=, tarde, _f._
+
+=afterwards=, después.
+
+=again=, otra vez, de nuevo, volver a, _with infinitive_.
+
+=against=, contra.
+
+=age=, edad, _f._
+
+=ago=, hace, ha (_the first precedes, the second follows, the expression
+of time_; hace _is used when definite time is expressed_, ha _when the
+time is indefinite_).
+
+=agree with, to=, sentar bien.
+
+=air=, aire, _m._
+
+=alarm, to=, alarmar.
+
+=alive=, vivo,-a; =man--!= ¡hombre!
+
+=all=, todo,-a; =---- of a sudden=, de repente (_section 46_).
+
+=almost=, casí.
+
+=alone=, solo,-a (_section 72_).
+
+=aloud=, en alta voz.
+
+=already=, ya.
+
+=also=, también.
+
+=although=, aunque.
+
+=among=, entre.
+
+=amused, to be=, divertirse.
+
+=an=, un, una.
+
+=and=, y.
+
+=angel=, ángel, _m._
+
+=anger=, ira, cólera, _f._; enojo, _m._
+
+=animal=, animal, _m._
+
+=another=, otro,-a.
+
+=answer, to=, contestar, responder.
+
+=answer=, contestación, _f._
+
+=anxious=, ansioso,-a.
+
+=any=, algún, alguno,-a.
+
+=apparently=, a lo visto, según parece, según parecía.
+
+=appear, to=, aparecer, parecer, dejarse ver (_section 78_).
+
+=appearance, to put in=, dejarse ver.
+
+=appreciate, to=, estimar, apreciar.
+
+=approach, to=, acercarse.
+
+=Argentine=, argentino,-a.
+
+=arm=, brazo, _m._
+
+=armchair=, sillón, _m._; butaca, _f._
+
+=army=, ejército, _m._
+
+=arrive, to=, llegar.
+
+=as=, como (_section 96_).
+
+=ashamed, to be=, tener vergüenza.
+
+=ask, to=, preguntar, pedir, rogar (_section 3_).
+
+=asleep, to be=, estar dormido,-a; =to be sleepy=, tener sueño.
+
+=at=, a, en; =---- once=, en seguida; =to be---- = (_to attend_), asistir a.
+
+=attention=, atención, _f._
+
+=aunt=, tía, _f._
+
+=author=, autor,-ra.
+
+=automobile=, automóvil, _m._
+
+=avoid, to=, evitar, prevenir.
+
+=aware=, a sabiendas; =to be---- =, saber.
+
+=away, to be=, estar ausente. (_This word should generally be looked for
+in connection with the verb with which it is used, as it is in Spanish
+usually included in the verb; as_, marcharse, =to go---- =; llevarse, =to
+take---- =, _etc._)
+
+
+B
+
+=bad=, malo,-a.
+
+=back, to be=, estar de vuelta. (_Ordinarily it is best to look for this
+word under the verb with which it is used; as_, =to give--=, devolver; =to
+go---- =, volver, _etc._)
+
+=bag=, saco, _m._
+
+=baggage=, equipaje, _m._
+
+=baker=, panadero, _m._
+
+=ball= (_dance_), baile, _m._
+
+=bandit=, bandito, _m._; bandolero, _m._
+
+=bank=, banco, _m._; =--note=, billete de banco.
+
+=banquet=, banquete, _m._
+
+=basket=, cesto, _m._; cesta, _f._
+
+=be, to=, estar, ser (_section 1_).
+
+=beautiful=, hermoso,-a; bello,-a.
+
+=because=, porque, a causa de, por (_section 101_).
+
+=become, to=, ponerse (_to grow_); sentar bien (_to suit_).
+
+=bed=, cama, _f._; =to go to---- =, acostarse.
+
+=bee-hive=, colmena, _f._
+
+=before=, antes, ante, delante de, antes que (_section 13_).
+
+=beg, to=, pedir, rogar.
+
+=beggar=, pordiosero,-a; mendigo,-a.
+
+=behind=, atrás, atrasado,-a; detrás de.
+
+=believe, to=, creer.
+
+=bell=, campana, _f._; campanilla, _f._
+
+=belong, to=, pertenecer.
+
+=below=, abajo.
+
+=best=, el _or_ la mejor; más (_as adverb_).
+
+=better=, mejor, _m. and f._
+
+=bicycle=, bicicleta, _f._
+
+=big=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=bill=, cuenta, _f._
+
+=bird=, pájaro, _m._
+
+=birthday=, (día de) cumpleaños, _m._
+
+=bit=, poquito (_a small quantity_); tanto, tantito (_to a slight
+degree_).
+
+=bite=, to, morder.
+
+=blame=, culpa, _f._; =to be to---- =, tener la culpa.
+
+=blind=, ciego,-a.
+
+=blow, to=, soplar.
+
+=blow with hatchet=, hachazo, _m._; =---- with whip=, latigazo, _m._
+
+=blue=, azul, _m. and f._
+
+=boat=, bote, _m._; lancha, _f._
+
+=book=, libro, _m_.
+
+=bookcase=, estante, _m._
+
+=born, to be=, nacer.
+
+=both=, ambos,-as; el uno (la una) y el otro (la otra); los _or_ las dos.
+
+=bother, to=, molestar.
+
+=bottle=, botella, _f._
+
+=box=, cajón, _m._; caja, _f._
+
+=boy=, muchacho, _m._
+
+=bread=, pan, _m._
+
+=break, to=, romper, quebrar.
+
+=breakfast=, desayuno, _m._; almuerzo, _m._
+
+=bring, to=, traer.
+
+=brother=, hermano, _m._
+
+=brown=, moreno,-a.
+
+=building=, edificio, _m._
+
+=burn, to=, quemar.
+
+=business=, comercio, _m._; negocio, _m._
+
+=busy=, ocupado,-a.
+
+=but=, pero, sino (_section 116_).
+
+=butter=, mantequilla, _f._
+
+=buy, to=, comprar.
+
+=by=, por, de.
+
+
+C
+
+=call, to=, llamar.
+
+=can=, _present tense of_ poder (_section 115_).
+
+=candy=, dulces, _m. pl._
+
+=capable=, capaz, _m. and f._
+
+=cape= (_geographical_), cabo, _m._
+
+=captain=, capitán, _m._
+
+=car= (_auto_), automóvil, _m._
+
+=card=, tarjeta, _f._
+
+=care of, to take=, cuidar; =take--!= ¡cuidado!
+
+=careful=, cuidadoso,-a.
+
+=carelessness=, descuido, _m._
+
+=cash=, dinero, _m._; =to pay---- =, pagar al contado.
+
+=casino=, casino, _m._ (_a social club_).
+
+=cast down=, to, abatir.
+
+=catch, to=, coger.
+
+=cause, to=, causar.
+
+=cause=, causa, _f._
+
+=cat=, gato, _m._
+
+=Catalonian=, Catalán,-a (_native of Catalonia, Spanish Cataluña_).
+
+=cease, to=, cesar, dejar de.
+
+=certainly=, ciertamente, por cierto, por supuesto (_section 56 b_).
+
+=chain=, cadena, _f._
+
+=chair=, silla, _f._; =arm--=, sillón, _m._; butaca, _f._
+
+=change=, cambio, _m._
+
+=change, to=, cambiar.
+
+=charge of, to take=, cuidar, tomar a su cargo.
+
+=charmed=, embelesado,-a.
+
+=charming=, encantador,-a; simpático,-a.
+
+=cheap=, barato,-a.
+
+=child=, niño,-a.
+
+=choose, to=, escoger.
+
+=church=, iglesia, _f._
+
+=cite, to=, citar.
+
+=city=, ciudad, _f._
+
+=class=, clase, _f._
+
+=clean, to=, limpiar.
+
+=clean=, limpio,-a.
+
+=clear up, to=, aclarar.
+
+=close, to=, cerrar.
+
+=close to=, cerca de, junto (-a) a.
+
+=clothes=, ropa, _f._; prendas de vestir.
+
+=coal=, carbón, _m._
+
+=coat=, chaqueta, _f._; =rain--=, impermeable, _m._; =over--=, abrigo, _m._
+
+=coffee=, café, _m._
+
+=coin=, moneda, _f._
+
+=cold=, frío,-a; =to be---- =, tener frío (_persons_); =to be---- =, hacer
+frío (_weather_); =to take---- =, resfriarse, coger un resfriado.
+
+=color=, color, _m._
+
+=come, to=, venir.
+
+=committee=, comisión, _f._
+
+=companion=, compañero,-a.
+
+=company=, compañía, _f._; =to keep one---- =, hacer compañía a uno.
+
+=compartment=, compartamento, _m._
+
+=compel, to=, compeler.
+
+=conduct=, conducto, _m._
+
+=confess, to=, confesar.
+
+=confident=, confiado,-a.
+
+=congenial=, simpático,-a.
+
+=congregate, to=, congregar.
+
+=conqueror=, conquistador, _m._
+
+=conscience=, conciencia, _f._
+
+=consent, to=, consentir (en).
+
+=contain, to=, contener.
+
+=continue, to=, continuar, seguir.
+
+=cook, to=, cocinar, guisar.
+
+=cook=, cocinero,-a.
+
+=cool=, fresco,-a.
+
+=corner=, esquina, rincón (_section 85_).
+
+=corridor=, corredor, _m._; pasillo, _m._
+
+=cost, to=, costar.
+
+=could=, _past tenses and subjunctive of_ poder (_section 115_).
+
+=counter=, contador, _m._
+
+=country=, país, _m._ (_geographical division_); campo, _m._ (_opposed to
+city_); =native---- =, patria.
+
+=course, of=, por supuesto, ¡cómo no! ya lo creo (_section 56 (b)_).
+
+=cowardly=, cobarde, _m. and f._
+
+=crazy=, loco,-a.
+
+=creditor=, acreedor,-ra.
+
+=crops=, mieses, _f. pl._
+
+=cruelly=, cruelmente.
+
+=cry, to=, llorar (_to weep_); gritar (_to call out_).
+
+=curious=, curioso,-a.
+
+=cut, to=, cortar.
+
+
+D
+
+=daily=, diario,-a; (_adv._), diariamente.
+
+=daily= (_newspaper_), diario, _m._
+
+=damage=, daño, _m._
+
+=dark=, obscuro,-a.
+
+=darkness=, obscuridad, _f._
+
+=daughter=, hija, _f._
+
+=dawn=, amanecer, _m._; alba, _f._
+
+=day=, día, _m._; =---- after to-morrow=, pasado mañana.
+
+=daybreak=, amanecer, _m._
+
+=dead=, muerto,-a.
+
+=dear=, querido,-a (_term of affection_); caro,-a (_expensive_).
+
+=deceive, to=, engañar.
+
+=declare, to=, declarar.
+
+=deep=, hondo,-a.
+
+=deer=, ciervo, _m._
+
+=defend, to=, defender.
+
+=depart, to=, partir.
+
+=depths=, profundidad, _f._
+
+=describe, to=, describir.
+
+=desert, to=, abandonar.
+
+=deserted=, desierto,-a.
+
+=deserve, to=, merecer.
+
+=desirous, to be=, tener ganas.
+
+=dessert=, postre, _m._
+
+=determine, to=, determinar.
+
+=devoted to, to be=, estar dedicado (-a) a.
+
+=diamond=, diamante, _m._
+
+=dictionary=, diccionario, _m._
+
+=die, to=, morir.
+
+=difficult=, difícil, _m. and f._
+
+=difficulty=, dificultad, _f._
+
+=dine, to=, comer.
+
+=dining-room=, comedor, _m._
+
+=dinner=, comida, _f._; =---- time=, la hora de comer.
+
+=direction=, dirección, _f._
+
+=dirty=, sucio,-a.
+
+=disagree, to=, sentar mal a (_physical_).
+
+=disappear, to=, desaparecer.
+
+=disappointment=, chasco, _m._
+
+=discover, to=, descubrir.
+
+=dismiss, to=, despedir.
+
+=disposal=, disposición, _f._
+
+=distance=, distancia, _f._
+
+=distress=, desgracia, _f._; aflicción, _f._
+
+=do, to=, hacer, servir (_section 125_).
+
+=doctor=, doctor, _m._; médico, _m._
+
+=dog=, perro, _m._
+
+=dollar=, dólar, _m._; duro, _m._; peso, _m._
+
+=door=, puerta, _f._
+
+=doorway=, puerta, _f._
+
+=doubt=, duda, _f._; =there is no---- =, no cabe duda.
+
+=down=, abajo. (_Also often included in the meaning of the verb with which
+it is used; as_, =to take---- =, =to pull---- =, bajar; =to run---- =, bajar
+corriendo; =to put---- =, =to jot---- =, apuntar, _etc._)
+
+=dozen=, docena, _f._
+
+=dragon=, dragón, _m._
+
+=draw, to=, tirar (_to pull_); dibujar (_to outline, sketch_).
+
+=drawing=, dibujo, _m._
+
+=dream, to=, soñar.
+
+=dress=, vestido, _m._
+
+=dress, to=, vestir.
+
+=driver=, cochero, _m._; chauffeur, _m._
+
+=drop, to=, dejar caer (_let fall_); caer (_to fall_).
+
+=dust=, polvo, _m._
+
+=duty=, deber, _m._
+
+
+E
+
+=each=, cada uno, (-a).
+
+=ear=, oído, _m._ (_inner ear_); oreja, _f._ (_outer ear_).
+
+=early=, temprano,-a.
+
+=earn, to=, ganar.
+
+=earth=, tierra, _f._
+
+=earthquake=, terremoto, _m._
+
+=eat, to=, comer.
+
+=egg=, huevo, _m._
+
+=eight=, ocho.
+
+=either=, o; o el (la) uno (-a) o el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (_section
+99_).
+
+=electric=, eléctrico,-a.
+
+=else=, más; =or---- =, si no.
+
+=employé=, empleado,-a.
+
+=encircle, to=, rodear.
+
+=engine=, locomotora, _f._; máquina, _f._
+
+=English=, inglés,-a.
+
+=enjoy, to=, gozarse en, gozar (en).
+
+=enough=, bastante.
+
+=enter, to=, entrar.
+
+=erect, to=, erigir, edificar.
+
+=eruption=, erupción, _f._
+
+=escape, to=, escaparse.
+
+=esteem=, estimación, _f._
+
+=even=, aun, hasta, siquiera (_section 80_).
+
+=evening=, tarde, _f._
+
+=ever=, jamás, nunca (_section 109_).
+
+=everybody=, todo el mundo.
+
+=everything=, todo.
+
+=evident=, evidente, _m. and f._
+
+=evil=, malo,-a; villano,-a.
+
+=exactly=, justo, exacto, exactamente, en punto (_when naming the hour_).
+
+=examination=, examen, _m._
+
+=example=, ejemplo, _m._
+
+=exercise=, ejercicio, _m._
+
+=excited, to get=, animarse.
+
+=exclusively=, exclusivamente.
+
+=expect, to=, esperar.
+
+=experience=, experiencia, _f._
+
+=expert=, experto,-a; experimentado,-a.
+
+=explain, to=, explicar.
+
+=eye=, ojo, _m._
+
+
+F
+
+=face=, cara, _f._
+
+=fact=, hecho, _m._
+
+=factory=, fábrica, _f._
+
+=fail, to=, faltar, dejar de.
+
+=faith=, fe, _f._
+
+=fall, to=, caer.
+
+=fault=, culpa, _f._; =to be one's---- =, tener la culpa.
+
+=family=, familia, _f._
+
+=famous=, famoso,-a; insigne, _m. and f._
+
+=farm=, hacienda, _f._
+
+=father=, padre, _m._
+
+=fatigue=, fatiga, _f._
+
+=fear, to=, temer.
+
+=fear=, temor, _m._
+
+=fearful=, terrible, _m. and f._; atroz, _m. and f._
+
+=feel, to=, sentir, palpar, tocar (_section 43_).
+
+=feeling=, sentimiento, _m._
+
+=fever=, fiebre, _f._
+
+=few=, pocos,-as.
+
+=finally=, al fin, por fin.
+
+=fine=: =some---- day=, un buen día.
+
+=find, to=, hallar, encontrar; =to--out=, saber, llegar a saber.
+
+=fire=, fuego, _m._; =to set---- to=, pegar fuego a.
+
+=fireman=, bombero, _m._
+
+=first=, primero,-a; =---- of all=, en primer lugar, antes.
+
+=five=, cinco.
+
+=fixed=, fijado,-a.
+
+=flame=, llama, _f._
+
+=flooded=, inundado,-a.
+
+=floor=, suelo, _m._
+
+=flower=, flor, _f._
+
+=fluently=, corrientemente.
+
+=folks, little=, los chicos, la gente menuda.
+
+=follow, to=, seguir.
+
+=fond of, to be=, tener afición a, querer.
+
+=fool=, tonto,-a.
+
+=foolish=, tonto,-a.
+
+=foot=, pie, _m._
+
+=for=, por, para (_section 40_).
+
+=foreign=, extranjero,-a.
+
+=forget, to=, olvidar, olvidarse de.
+
+=forgive, to=, perdonar.
+
+=fork=, tenedor, _m._
+
+=forty=, cuarenta.
+
+=fountain pen=, plumafuente, _f._; plumatintero, _m._
+
+=four=, cuatro.
+
+=franc=, franco, _m._
+
+=French=, francés,-a.
+
+=friend=, amigo,-a.
+
+=fruit=, fruta, _f._
+
+=full=, lleno,-a; =at---- speed=, a todo escape, a todo correr.
+
+=fully=, del todo.
+
+=fun=, diversión, _f._; burla, _f._; =to make---- of=, burlarse de.
+
+=funeral=, entierro, _m._
+
+
+G
+
+=garden=, jardín, _m._
+
+=general=, general, _m._
+
+=general=, general, _m. and f._ (_adj._).
+
+=generally=, generalmente; por lo general.
+
+=genius=, genio, _m._
+
+=gentleman=, señor, _m._; caballero, _m._
+
+=get, to=, obtener (_section 16_).
+
+=gipsy=, gitano,-a.
+
+=girl=, muchacha, _f._
+
+=give, to=, dar, entregar (_section 50_).
+
+=glad, to be=, alegrarse.
+
+=glass=, vaso, _m._ (_for drinking_); vidriero, _m._ (_of window_).
+
+=glove=, guante, _m._
+
+=go, to=, ir (_section 10_).
+
+=God=, Dios, _m._
+
+=good=, bueno,-a.
+
+=good-by=, adiós.
+
+=good-for-nothing=, que no vale nada.
+
+=governor=, gobernador, _m._
+
+=grandfather=, abuelo, _m._
+
+=grandmother=, abuela, _f._
+
+=great=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=green=, verde, _m. and f._
+
+=groan=, gemido, _m._
+
+=groan, to=, gemir.
+
+=group=, grupo, _m._
+
+=grow, to=, crecer, aumentar, criarse (_section 23_).
+
+=guide=, guia, _m._; =---- book=, guia, _f._
+
+=gymnasium=, gimnasio, _m._
+
+=gymnastic=, gimnástico,-a.
+
+
+H
+
+=half=, medio,-a.
+
+=half=, mitad, _f._
+
+=half-way=, a medias; =---- there=, en medio (a la mitad) del camino.
+
+=hand=, mano, _f._
+
+=handle=, manija, _f._
+
+=happen, to=, acaecer, acontecer, ocurrir; =to---- to be=, hallarse.
+
+=happiness=, alegría, _f._
+
+=happy=, alegre, _m. and f._; contento,-a.
+
+=hard=, duro,-a; difícil, _m. and f._ (_section_ 49).
+
+=hardly=, apenas.
+
+=haste, to make=, darse prisa.
+
+=hastily=, aceleradamente.
+
+=hat=, sombrero, _m._
+
+=have, to=, tener, haber, hacer (_section 2_).
+
+=he=, él.
+
+=head=, cabeza, _f._
+
+=hear, to=, oír, entender, sentir (_section 73_).
+
+=hearer=, oyente, _m. and f._
+
+=heart=, corazón, _m._; =to know by--=, saber de memoria.
+
+=heat=, calor, _m._
+
+=help=, ayuda, _f._
+
+=help, to=, ayudar, asistir, amparar (_section 27_).
+
+=heir=, heredero,-a.
+
+=her=, su (_poss. adj._); la, le (_pers. pron._).
+
+=here=, aquí, acá (_section_ 29).
+
+=hide, to=, esconder, ocultar.
+
+=high=, alto,-a.
+
+=him=, le (_or_ lo).
+
+=himself=, se, él mismo.
+
+=his=, su, suyo,-a.
+
+=history=, historia, _f._
+
+=hit, to=, pegar; =---- against=, dar contra.
+
+=hold, to=, contener, detener, caber en (_section 21_).
+
+=holiday=, día de fiesta, _f._
+
+=home=, a casa (_with verb of motion_); =at---- =, en casa.
+
+=honor=, honor, _m._
+
+=hope, to=, esperar.
+
+=horse=, caballo, _m._
+
+=hot=, caliente, _m. and f._; =to be---- =, tener calor (_persons_); hacer
+calor (_weather_).
+
+=hour=, hora, _f._
+
+=house=, casa, _f._
+
+=how= (_interr._), ¿cómo? =to know---- =, saber.
+
+=how= (_excl._), ¡cómo! ¡cuán! ¡qué!
+
+=hundred=, ciento; cien (_before nouns_).
+
+=hungry, to be=, tener hambre.
+
+=hurry, to=, darse prisa.
+
+=hurry, to be in a=, tener prisa, estar de prisa.
+
+=hurt, to=, lastimar, hacer daño a.
+
+=husband=, marido, _m._; esposo, _m._
+
+
+I
+
+=I=, yo.
+
+=idea=, idea, _f._
+
+=if=, si.
+
+=ill=, malo,-a; enfermo,-a.
+
+=illness=, enfermedad, _f._
+
+=illustrated=, ilustrado,-a.
+
+=imitate, to=, imitar, remedar.
+
+=immediately=, inmediatamente, en seguida, al momento.
+
+=importance=, importancia, _f._
+
+=important=, importante, _m. and f._
+
+=impossible=, imposible, _m. and f._
+
+=in=, en, dentro de.
+
+=inch=, pulgada, _f._
+
+=inclined, to be=, inclinar.
+
+=increase, to=, aumentar.
+
+=indeed=, ¿de veras? =yes---- =, ¡ya lo creo! ¡si por cierto! (_section 54
+(b)_).
+
+=independence=, independencia, _f._
+
+=inform, to=, hacer saber, enterar.
+
+=inherit, to=, heradar.
+
+=initiate, to=, iniciar, empezar.
+
+=injury=, lesión, _f._
+
+=ink=, tinta, _f._
+
+=inn=, venta, _f._; posada, _f._
+
+=insist, to=, empeñarse.
+
+=instead of=, en lugar de.
+
+=instrument=, instrumento, _m._
+
+=insult, to=, ofender.
+
+=intelligence=, inteligencia, _f._
+
+=interest, to=, interesar.
+
+=interesting=, interesante, _m. and f._
+
+=internal=, interior, _m. and f._
+
+=interpreter=, intérprete, _m. and f._
+
+=invasion=, invasión, _f._; irrupción, _f._
+
+=invitation=, invitación, _f._
+
+=invite, to=, invitar.
+
+=it=, lo, la, ello. (_Omitted when used as subject._)
+
+=Italian=, italiano,-a.
+
+
+J
+
+=job=, tarea, _f._
+
+=journey=, viaje, _m._
+
+=joy=, gozo, _m._; alegría, _f._
+
+=judge=, juez, _m._
+
+=just=, justo,-a; nada más de _or_ que, exactamente (_section 24_).
+
+
+K
+
+=keep, to=, guardar, quedarse con, seguir (_section 34_).
+
+=key=, llave, _f._
+
+=kind=, amable, _m. and f._
+
+=king=, rey, _m._
+
+=kiss, to=, besar.
+
+=kitchen=, cocina, _f._
+
+=knife=, cuchillo, _m._
+
+=know, to=, saber, conocer (_section 14_).
+
+
+L
+
+=lace=, encaje, _m._
+
+=lady=, señora, _f._
+
+=lamp=, lámpara, _f._
+
+=landlady=, patrona, _f._
+
+=language=, idioma, _m._
+
+=large=, grande, _m. and f._
+
+=late=, tarde.
+
+=lately=, recientemente.
+
+=latter, the=, éste, ésta.
+
+=last=, último,-a; pasado,-a (_section 89_); =---- night=, anoche.
+
+=last, to=, durar.
+
+=laugh, to=, reír; =to---- at=, reírse de.
+
+=laughter=, risa, _f._
+
+=lay, to=, poner.
+
+=lazy=, perezoso,-a.
+
+=learn, to=, aprender.
+
+=learned=, sabio,-a.
+
+=least=, menor, _m. and f._; =at---- =, a lo menos, por lo menos.
+
+=leather=, cuero, _m._
+
+=leave, to=, dejar, partir, salir (_section 37_).
+
+=left=, izquierdo,-a.
+
+=left, to be=, quedar, sobrar (_section 37_).
+
+=lemonade=, limonada, _f._
+
+=lend, to=, prestar.
+
+=less=, menos.
+
+=lesson=, lección, _f._
+
+=let, to=, dejar (_section 38_).
+
+=letter=, carta, _f._
+
+=liberty=, libertad, _f._
+
+=library=, biblioteca, _f._
+
+=life=, vida, _f._
+
+=lift, to=, alzar, levantar.
+
+=light=, luz, _f._
+
+=like, to=, querer, gustar a (_section 61_).
+
+=like=, como, cual (_section 60_).
+
+=lily=, lirio, _m._
+
+=lion=, león, _m._
+
+=listen, to=, escuchar.
+
+=literature=, literatura, _f._
+
+=little=, pequeño,-a; chico,-a; poco,-a, (_section 20_).
+
+=live, to=, vivir.
+
+=living=, vida, _f._
+
+=living-room=, sala, _f._
+
+=lock=, cerradura, _f._
+
+=London=, Londres.
+
+=long=, largo,-a; =---- time=, mucho tiempo (_section 12_).
+
+=look, to=, mirar, aparecer; =---- for=, buscar (_section 19_).
+
+=lose, to=, perder.
+
+=loss=, perdido, _m._
+
+=lot of, a=, mucho,-a,-os,-as.
+
+=love, to=, amar, querer.
+
+=luxury=, lujo, _m._
+
+
+M
+
+=machine=, máquina, _f._
+
+=machinery=, maquinaria, _f._
+
+=mad=, rabioso,-a; loco,-a.
+
+=maid=, criada, _f._
+
+=make, to=, hacer (_section 53_).
+
+=man=, hombre, _m._
+
+=manage, to=, lograr, manejar.
+
+=many=, muchos,-as (_section_ 20).
+
+=masked= (_ball_), de máscaras.
+
+=master=, amo, _m._; dueño, _m._
+
+=material=, materia, _f._
+
+=matter=, asunto, _m._
+
+=matter, to=, importar.
+
+=me=, me, mí (_with preposition_).
+
+=mean, to=, querer decir, tener la intención de (_section 68_).
+
+=means of, by=, por medio de.
+
+=mediocre=, mediano,-a.
+
+=meet, to=, encontrar, dar con.
+
+=meeting=, reunión, _f._
+
+=member=, miembro, _m._; individuo, _m._
+
+=memory=, memoria, _f._
+
+=method=, método, _m._
+
+=milk=, leche, _f._
+
+=millionaire=, millonario,-a.
+
+=mind of, to put in=, recordar a, hacer pensar en.
+
+=mine=, mío,-a.
+
+=mine=, mina, _f._
+
+=miner=, minero, _m._
+
+=minute=, minuto, _m._
+
+=mirror=, espejo, _m._
+
+=miss, to=, echar de menos, faltar, notar la falta de (_section 55_).
+
+=mistake=, equivocación, _f._; error, _m._; falta, _f._
+
+=mistake, to make a=, equivocarse, hacer un error.
+
+=mistaken, to be=, equivocarse.
+
+=mole=, topo, _m._
+
+=moment=, momento, _m._
+
+=money=, dinero, _m._
+
+=month=, mes, _m._
+
+=moon=, luna, _f._
+
+=more=, más; =---- and---- =, cada vez más; =no---- = (_longer_), ya no;
+=once ---- =, otra vez.
+
+=morning=, mañana, _f._
+
+=mother=, madre, _f._
+
+=much=, mucho,-a.
+
+=music=, música, _f._
+
+=must=, haber de, deber, tener que (_section 75_).
+
+=my=, mi; ¡vaya! (_with exclamatory force_).
+
+=myself=, me, mismo,-a (_section 88_).
+
+
+N
+
+=name=, nombre, _m._
+
+=narrative=, narración, _f._
+
+=narrow=, estrecho,-a.
+
+=national=, nacional, _m. and f._
+
+=natural=, natural, _m. and f._
+
+=nature=, naturaleza, _f._
+
+=near=, cerca de, junto (-a) a.
+
+=necessary=, necesario,-a.
+
+=need, to=, necesitar.
+
+=neighbor=, vecino,-a.
+
+=neither=, ni; ni el (la) uno (-a) ni el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (_section
+9_).
+
+=nephew=, sobrino, _m._
+
+=never=, nunca, jamás.
+
+=nevertheless=, sin embargo.
+
+=new=, nuevo,-a.
+
+=newly=, recientemente, recién (_before past participles_).
+
+=news=, noticias, _f. pl._
+
+=newspaper=, periódico, _m._; diario, _m._
+
+=next=, próximo,-a; que viene.
+
+=night=, noche, _f._; =at---- =, de noche, por la noche; =last---- =, anoche.
+
+=nightfall=, anochecer, _m._
+
+=nightingale=, ruiseñor, _m._
+
+=night-watchman=, sereno, _m._
+
+=no=, no.
+
+=nobody=, nadie.
+
+=noise=, ruido, _m._
+
+=noon=, medio día, _m._
+
+=north=, norte, _m._
+
+=not=, no; =---- at all=, de ningún modo, no hay de que (_section 46_).
+
+=note, to=, notar, fijarse en.
+
+=nothing=, nada.
+
+=notice=, noticia, _f._
+
+=now=, ahora, ya (_section 40_); =every---- and then=, de vez en cuando.
+
+=number=, número, _m._
+
+=nurse-maid=, niñera, _f._
+
+
+O
+
+=obey, to=, obeir.
+
+=oblige, to=, obligar a.
+
+=obliged to, to be=, agradecer a.
+
+=observe, to=, observar.
+
+=obtain, to=, obtener.
+
+=occupy, to=, ocupar.
+
+=occur, to=, ocurrir, acaecer.
+
+=o'clock=: =it is one---- =, es la una; =it is two, three, four---- =,
+son las dos, las tres, las cuatro.
+
+=of=, de.
+
+=offer=, oferto, _m._
+
+=offer, to=, ofrecer.
+
+=office=, despacho, _m._ (_place of business_); oficio, _m._
+(_occupation_).
+
+=often=, a menudo, muchas veces.
+
+=old=, viejo,-a; antiguo,-a.
+
+=oldest=, mayor, _m. and f._
+
+=on=, en, sobre.
+
+=once=, una vez; =---- and for all=, una vez y para siempre; =at--=,
+inmediatamente, en seguida; =all at---- =, de repente (_suddenly_); a la
+vez (_all together_).
+
+=one=, un, uno,-a.
+
+=only=, sólo, solamente, nada más que (_section 71_).
+
+=open, to=, abrir.
+
+=open=, abierto,-a.
+
+=opinion=, opinión, _f._; concepto, _m._
+
+=opportunity=, oportunidad, _f._
+
+=or=, o.
+
+=orchard=, huerta, _f._
+
+=order, to=, mandar.
+
+=order to, in=, para, para que, a fin de que.
+
+=organ=, órgano, _m._
+
+=other=, otro,-a.
+
+=ought=, deber.
+
+=our=, nuestro,-a.
+
+=ourselves=, nos, nosotros (_-as_) mismos (_-as_).
+
+=out=, fuera. (_It is best usually to look for this word in connection
+with the verb with which it is used, in which it is very often included;
+as_, sacar, =to take---- =; salir, =to go---- =; apagar, =to put--=, _etc._)
+
+=owe, to=, deber.
+
+=own=, propio,-a.
+
+=owner=, dueño,-a.
+
+=ovation=, ovación, _f._
+
+=over=, sobre; =all---- =, acabado,-a (_finished_); por todas partes
+(_everywhere, in all directions_).
+
+
+P
+
+=pain=, dolor, _m._; =little---- =, dolorcillo.
+
+=paint, to=, pintar.
+
+=painter=, pintor, _m._
+
+=pair=, par, _m._
+
+=pane=, vidriero, _m._
+
+=paper=, papel, _m._; =news--=, periódico, _m._; diario, _m._
+
+=pardon, to=, perdonar.
+
+=parents=, padres, _m._
+
+=park=, parque, _m._
+
+=party=, partido, _m._; compañía, _f._
+
+=pass, to=, pasar (_section 110_).
+
+=past=, pasado,-a.
+
+=patient=, paciente, _m. and f._ (_adj._); enfermo,-a.
+
+=patience=, paciencia, _f._
+
+=Patros=, _proper name_, _f._
+
+=pay, to=, pagar, ser provechoso,-a (_section 111_).
+
+=pay=, pago, _m._; sueldo, _m._
+
+=peace=, paz, _f._
+
+=pen=, pluma, _f._
+
+=pencil=, lápiz, _m._
+
+=penknife=, cortaplumas, _m._
+
+=perhaps=, tal vez, acaso.
+
+=people=, gente, _f._
+
+=perceive, to=, percibir, ver.
+
+=permission=, permiso, _m._
+
+=person=, persona, _f._
+
+=piano=, piano, _m._
+
+=pick up, to=, coger, recoger.
+
+=picture=, cuadro, _m._; pintura, _f._ (_painting_); retrato, _m._;
+fotografía, _f._ (_photograph_).
+
+=piece=, pedazo, _m._
+
+=pitcher=, jarra, _f._ (_wide-mouthed_); jarro, _m._ (_narrow-mouthed_).
+
+=pity=, lástima, _f._
+
+=place=, lugar, _m._; sitio, _m._; =to take--=, tener lugar, verificarse.
+
+=plant=, planta, _f._
+
+=plate=, plato, _m._
+
+=platform=, andén, _m._ (_railway station_); plataforma, _f._
+
+=play, to=, jugar (_games_); tocar (_musical instruments_); representar
+(_dramas_); =to---- a part=, hacer _or_ desempeñar un papel.
+
+=play=, drama, _m._
+
+=please, to=, agradar, contentar, querer (_section 67_).
+
+=pleasure=, gusto, _m._; placer, _m._
+
+=pocket=, bolsillo, _m._
+
+=poor=, pobre, _m. and f._
+
+=portrait=, retrato, _m._
+
+=possess, to=, poseer.
+
+=possession=, posesión, _f._; =to take---- of=, apoderarse de.
+
+=possible=, posible, _m. and f._
+
+=postcard=, tarjeta postal, _f._
+
+=postman=, cartero, _m._
+
+=post office=, correo, _m._
+
+=pound=, libra, _f._
+
+=power=, poder, _m._
+
+=practice=, práctica, _f._
+
+=practice, to=, practicar.
+
+=preparation=, preparación, _f._; preparativo, _m._
+
+=prepare, to=, preparar.
+
+=presence=, presencia, _f._
+
+=present=, presente, _m. and f._; =for the---- =, a presente, al momento,
+por lo pronto.
+
+=present at, to be=, asistir a.
+
+=president=, presidente, _m._
+
+=pretty=, bonito,-a.
+
+=prevent, to=, evitar.
+
+=price=, precio, _m._
+
+=prince=, príncipe, _m._
+
+=princess=, princesa, _f._
+
+=problem=, problema, _m._
+
+=procession=, procesión, _f._
+
+=profession=, profesión, _f._
+
+=professor=, profesor,-ra.
+
+=promise, to=, prometer.
+
+=propagate, to=, propagar.
+
+=property=, bienes, _m. pl._
+
+=prove, to=, probar; =to---- to be=, resultar ser.
+
+=provided that=, con tal que.
+
+=province=, provincia, _f._
+
+=prudence=, prudencia, _f._
+
+=public=, público,-a; =---- letter writer=, memorialista, _m._
+
+=publish, to=, publicar, dar a luz.
+
+=pupil=, discípulo,-a; alumno,-a.
+
+=pure=, puro,-a.
+
+=purse=, bolsa, _f._
+
+=put, to=, poner (_section 119_).
+
+
+Q
+
+=quarrel, to=, reñir.
+
+=quart=, cuarta, _f._
+
+=quarter=, cuarto,-a.
+
+=queen=, reina, _f._
+
+=question=, pregunta, _f._ (_to be answered_); cuestión, _f._ (_to be
+discussed_); =to ask---- =, hacer preguntas.
+
+=quick=, pronto,-a; rápido,-a.
+
+=quickly=, prontamente, rápidamente.
+
+=quiet=, quieto,-a; quedo,-a.
+
+
+R
+
+=railroad=, ferrocarril, _m._
+
+=rain, to=, llover.
+
+=rain=, lluvia, _f._
+
+=rainbow=, arco iris, _m._
+
+=raincoat=, impermeable, _m._
+
+=rarely=, raramente, raras veces.
+
+=rate, at any=, de todos modos.
+
+=rather=, algo, un tanto, un poco; =---- than=, más bien que.
+
+=read, to=, leer.
+
+=ready=, listo,-a.
+
+=rebel=, rebelde, _m._
+
+=receive, to=, recibir.
+
+=reckless=, descuidado,-a.
+
+=red=, rojo,-a.
+
+=regard to, in=, respeto a.
+
+=relative=, pariente, _m. and f._
+
+=remain, to=, quedar.
+
+=remember, to=, acordarse de.
+
+=remove, to=, quitar, apartar.
+
+=rent, to=, alquilar.
+
+=repeat, to=, repetir.
+
+=republic=, república, _f._
+
+=rest, to=, descansar.
+
+=respectable=, respetable, _m. and f._
+
+=rest=, descanso, _m._
+
+=return, to=, volver (_to come back_); devolver (_to give back_).
+
+=revolution=, revolución, _f._
+
+=rich=, rico,-a.
+
+=rid of, to get=, deshacerse de.
+
+=right=, derecho,-a; justo,-a; =to be---- =, tener razón, ser justo
+(_section 74_).
+
+=ring, to=, tocar, sonar (_section 116_).
+
+=ripe=, maduro,-a.
+
+=river=, río, _m._
+
+=road=, camino, _m._
+
+=robber=, ladrón, _m._
+
+=roll=, rollo, _m._
+
+=room=, cuarto, _m._; sala, _f._; habitación, _f._; =to take up---- =,
+ocupar lugar _or_ espacio; =there is---- =, hay lugar.
+
+=rose=, rosa, _f._
+
+=rule, to=, gobernar.
+
+=rule=, regla, _f._
+
+=run, to=, correr.
+
+
+S
+
+=sack=, saco, _m._
+
+=sacrifice, to=, sacrificar.
+
+=sacrifice=, sacrificio, _m._
+
+=safe=, seguro,-a; =---- and sound=, sano y salvo.
+
+=sailor=, marinero, _m._
+
+=saint=, santo,-a; san (_before masculine nouns_).
+
+=sake of, for the=, por.
+
+=same=, mismo,-a.
+
+=satisfied=, satisfecho,-a.
+
+=satisfy, to=, satisfacer.
+
+=save, to=, ahorrar, salvar (_section 92_).
+
+=say, to=, decir.
+
+=scarcely=, apenas.
+
+=scarf=, velo, _m._
+
+=school=, escuela, _f._
+
+=scold, to=, reprender, reñir.
+
+=see, to=, ver, comprender (_section 93_).
+
+=self=, se, mismo,-a (_section 88_).
+
+=selfishness=, egoismo, _m._
+
+=sell, to=, vender.
+
+=send, to=, mandar, enviar.
+
+=sense=, sentido, _m._; inteligencia, _f._
+
+=sentence=, sentencia, _f._; oración, _m._
+
+=sergeant=, sargento, _m._
+
+=serious=, serio,-a.
+
+=servant=, criado,-a.
+
+=serve, to=, servir.
+
+=set, to=, poner.
+
+=sew, to=, coser.
+
+=shade=, sombra, _f._
+
+=shadow=, sombra, _f._
+
+=shake hands, to=, dar la mano a.
+
+=shall=, _expressed by the endings of the future tense_ (_section 46_).
+
+=share, to=, compartir.
+
+=shine, to=, brillar.
+
+=shock= (_earthquake_), sacudida, _f._
+
+=shoe=, zapato, _m._
+
+=shop= (_work_), taller, _m._
+
+=short=, corto,-a.
+
+=shot=, tiro, _m._
+
+=shoulder=, espalda, _f._; hombro, _m._
+
+=show, to=, mostrar, enseñar, dejar ver.
+
+=shut, to=, cerrar.
+
+=sickness=, enfermedad, _f._
+
+=sign=, señal, _m._
+
+=silver=, plata, _f._
+
+=simple=, sencillo,-a.
+
+=simplicity=, sencillez, _f._
+
+=sin=, pecado, _m._
+
+=since=, desde, desde que, ya que, puesto que (_section 9_).
+
+=sing, to=, cantar.
+
+=single=, solo,-a.
+
+=sir=, señor.
+
+=sit, to=, sentarse (_section 84_).
+
+=situated=, situado,-a.
+
+=situation=, situación, _f._
+
+=six=, seis.
+
+=sky=, cielo, _m._
+
+=slave=, esclavo,-a.
+
+=slavery=, esclavitud, _f._
+
+=sleep, to=, dormir; =to go to---- =, dormirse.
+
+=sleepy, to be=, tener sueño.
+
+=slipper=, chinela, _f._; babucha, _f._
+
+=small=, pequeño,-a.
+
+=smell, to=, oler; =---- of=, oler a.
+
+=smile, to=, sonreír.
+
+=smile=, sonrisa, _f._
+
+=snow, to=, nevar.
+
+=snow=, nieve, _f._
+
+=so=, así, tan, conque (_section 33_).
+
+=soap=, jabón, _m._
+
+=sobriety=, sobriedad, _f._
+
+=social=, social, _m. and f._
+
+=soldier=, soldado, _m._
+
+=some=, unos,-as. (_Often omitted in Spanish when used in the partitive
+sense; so_, =I have---- money=, yo tengo dinero.)
+
+=something=, algo.
+
+=son=, hijo, _m._
+
+=song=, canción, _f._
+
+=soon=, pronto.
+
+=sorry, to be=, sentir.
+
+=sour=, agrio,-a.
+
+=south=, sur, _m._
+
+=southern=, sud, _m. and f._, del sur.
+
+=Spain=, España, _f._
+
+=Spanish=, español,-a.
+
+=spare, to=, tener de sobra, sobrar, dar.
+
+=speak, to=, hablar.
+
+=speaker=, el (la) que habla.
+
+=speed, at full=, a todo escape, a todo correr.
+
+=spend, to=, gastar.
+
+=spill, to=, derramar.
+
+=spiritual=, espiritual, _m. and f._
+
+=spoil, to=, mimar (_children_).
+
+=spoon=, cuchara, _f._
+
+=spur=, espuela, _f._
+
+=square=, plaza, _f._, =little---- =, plazuela, _f._
+
+=stairs=, escalera, _f._
+
+=stand, to=, estar en pie, ponerse de pie, estar parado,-a (_section 85_).
+
+=start, to=, ponerse en marcha, marcharse, poner en movimiento (_section
+123_).
+
+=station=, estación, _f._
+
+=stay, to=, quedar.
+
+=stop, to=, parar, cesar, dejar de.
+
+=story=, cuento, _m._
+
+=strength=, fuerza, _f._
+
+=strike, to=, pegar, declarse en huelga (_section 121_).
+
+=string=, cuerda, _f._
+
+=succeed, to=, suceder, tener éxito, lograr a (_section 79_).
+
+=suffer=, sufrir.
+
+=sum=, suma, _f._
+
+=sun=, sol, _m._
+
+=suspicion=, sospecho, _m._
+
+
+T
+
+=table=, mesa, _f._
+
+=tablecloth=, mantel, _m._
+
+=tailor=, sastre, _m._
+
+=take, to=, tomar, llevar, coger (_section 107_).
+
+=tale=, cuento, _m._
+
+=talent=, talento, _m._
+
+=talk, to=, hablar.
+
+=tea=, té, _m._
+
+=teacher=, maestro,-a.
+
+=tear down, to=, derribar.
+
+=telephone, to=, telefonar.
+
+=telephone=, teléfono, _m._
+
+=tell, to=, decir, contar, producir efecto (_section 90_).
+
+=Telmo=, _proper name_, _m._
+
+=ten=, diez.
+
+=tennis=, tenis, _m._
+
+=terrible=, terrible, _m. and f._
+
+=that=, que (_rel. pron. and conj._), aquel, aquella; ese, esa (_demons.
+adj._); aquél, aquélla; eso (_demons. pron._).
+
+=the=, el, la, los, las.
+
+=theater=, teatro, _m._
+
+=their=, su, sus (_adj._); suyo,-a (_pron._).
+
+=them=, los, las, les; ellos,-as (_with prep._).
+
+=then=, entonces.
+
+=there=, allí, allá, ahí, ¡vaya! (_section 21_).
+
+=these=, estos,-as (_demons. adj._); éstos,-as (_demons. pron._).
+
+=thin=, delgado,-a.
+
+=thing=, cosa, _f._
+
+=think, to=, pensar, creer, parecer (_section 52_).
+
+=thirsty, to be=, tener sed.
+
+=thirteen=, trece.
+
+=this=, este, esta (_adj._); éste, ésta (_pron._).
+
+=those=, aquellos,-as; esos,-as (_adj._); aquéllos,-as; ésos,-as
+(_pron._).
+
+=though=, aunque.
+
+=thought=, pensamiento, _m._
+
+=thousand=, mil, _m._
+
+=three=, tres.
+
+=through=, por.
+
+=throw, to=, echar, tirar.
+
+=ticket=, billete, _m._
+
+=time=, tiempo, _m._; vez, _f._; hora, _f._ (_section 59_).
+
+=tire, to=, cansar.
+
+=tired-out=, cansado (-a) a más no poder.
+
+=to=, a.
+
+=to-day=, hoy.
+
+=together=, juntos,-as.
+
+=to-morrow=, mañana.
+
+=tongue=, lengua, _f._
+
+=to-night=, esta noche.
+
+=too=, demasiado, también.
+
+=torn=, roto,-a.
+
+=torrents, to rain=, llover a cántaros.
+
+=touch, to=, tocar.
+
+=touch=, tacto, _m._
+
+=toward=, hacia, para con (_section 81_).
+
+=town=, pueblo, _m._; ciudad, _f._
+
+=toy=, juguete, _m._
+
+=train=, tren, _m._
+
+=tree=, árbol, _m._
+
+=tremendous=, tremendo,-a.
+
+=tribe=, caterva, _f._
+
+=trouble, to=, molestar, afligir.
+
+=trouble=, pesar, _m._
+
+=trunk=, baúl, _m._
+
+=trust, to=, confiar, fiar.
+
+=truth=, verdad, _f._
+
+=try, to=, tratar de, procurar.
+
+=Tuesday=, martes, _m._
+
+=turn, to=, volver, ponerse, dar vuelta a (_section 113_).
+
+=twelve=, doce.
+
+=twenty=, veinte.
+
+=twenty-five=, veinticinco.
+
+=twice=, dos veces.
+
+=two=, dos.
+
+=type=, tipo, _m._; =---- writer=, máquina de escribir, _f._
+
+=tyrant=, tirano,-a.
+
+
+U
+
+=umbrella=, paraguas, _m._
+
+=unable, to be=, no poder.
+
+=uncle=, tío, _m._
+
+=understand, to=, comprender, entender.
+
+=uneasy=, inquieto,-a; intranquilo,-a.
+
+=unjust=, injusto,-a.
+
+=unload, to=, descargar.
+
+=until=, hasta (_prep._); hasta que (_conjunction_).
+
+=untruth=, mentira, _f._
+
+=up=, arriba. (_This word is in Spanish very often untranslatable, being
+included in the meaning of the verb with which it is used; as_, =to pick
+---- =, recoger; =to look---- =, buscar; =to get---- =, levantarse, _etc._)
+
+=upside-down=, de arriba abajo.
+
+=us=, nos, nosotros,-as (_with prep._).
+
+=use, to=, usar, emplear, servirse de.
+
+=use=, utilidad, _f._
+
+=used to, to be=, soler, acostumbrarse.
+
+=usual=, usual, _m. and f._; acostumbrado,-a.
+
+
+V
+
+=vain=, vanidoso,-a; =in---- =, en vano.
+
+=valise=, maleta, _f._
+
+=valor=, valor, _m._
+
+=vanity=, vanidad, _f._
+
+=vegetable=, legumbre, _f._; verdura, _f._
+
+=vehicle=, vehículo, _m._
+
+=velvet=, terciopelo, _m._
+
+=very=, muy (_section 63_).
+
+=victim=, víctima, _f._
+
+=village=, aldea, _f._; pueblo, _m._
+
+=violin=, violín, _m._
+
+=visit=, visita, _f._
+
+=visit, to=, visitar.
+
+=voice=, voz, _f._
+
+
+W
+
+=wait, to=, esperar.
+
+=wake, to=, despertar; =to---- up=, despertarse.
+
+=walk=, paseo, _m._
+
+=walk, to=, andar, caminar.
+
+=want, to=, querer, necesitar (_section 98_).
+
+=war=, guerra, _f._
+
+=warm, to be=, tener calor (_persons_); hacer calor (_weather_).
+
+=wash, to=, lavar.
+
+=water=, agua, _f._
+
+=water, to=, regar.
+
+=way=, camino, _m._; modo, _m._ (_section 48_).
+
+=we=, nosotros,-as.
+
+=weak=, débil, _m. and f._
+
+=wealth=, riqueza, _f._; opulencia, _f._
+
+=wear, to=, llevar, vestir, tener puesto,-a.
+
+=weather=, tiempo, _m._
+
+=week=, semana, _f._
+
+=well=, bien, pues (_section 30_).
+
+=well=, pozo, _m._
+
+=what=, ¿qué? lo que (_conj._); =---- a!= ¡qué! =---- a lot of!= ¡qué de!
+¡cuántos,-as!
+
+=wheat=, trigo, _m._
+
+=wheel=, rueda, _f._
+
+=where=, donde; =--?= ¿dónde?
+
+=whether=, si.
+
+=while, to be worth=, valer la pena.
+
+=whip=, látigo, _m._
+
+=white=, blanco,-a.
+
+=who=, ¿quién? el (la) cual; el (la) que; que.
+
+=whole=, entero,-a; toda,-a.
+
+=whose=, cuyo,-a; de quien.
+
+=whose?= cúyo,-a; de quién.
+
+=why?= ¿por qué?
+
+=why!= ¡vaya! ¡toma! (_section 56_).
+
+=wide=, ancho,-a.
+
+=widow=, viuda, _f._
+
+=will=, _expressed in the future tense endings or by_ querer (_section
+45_).
+
+=will=, voluntad, _f._
+
+=win, to=, ganar.
+
+=wind=, viento, _m._
+
+=window=, ventana, _f._
+
+=wise=, sabio,-a.
+
+=wish, to=, querer; =I---- = ¡ojalá! (_when the wish is unrealizable at the
+moment_).
+
+=witch=, bruja, _f._
+
+=with=, con.
+
+=without=, sin, sin que (_section 69_).
+
+=woman=, mujer, _f._
+
+=wonder, to=, extrañarse, admirarse, preguntarse (_section 103_).
+
+=wont to, to be=, soler, acostumbrarse.
+
+=word=, palabra, _f._
+
+=work, to=, trabajar.
+
+=work=, trabajo, _m._ (_labor_); obra, _f._ (_accomplishment_).
+
+=workman=, operario, _m._
+
+=worry, to=, apurarse.
+
+=worst=, peor, _m. and f._
+
+=worth, to be=, valer.
+
+=worthless=, sin valor, que no vale nada.
+
+=would=, _expressed in conditional endings or by past tenses of_ querer
+(_section 45_).
+
+=written=, escrito,-a.
+
+
+Y
+
+=yellow=, amarillo,-a.
+
+=yesterday=, ayer.
+
+=yet=, todavía (_temporal_); aun (_concessive_).
+
+=yield, to=, ceder.
+
+=you=, usted, ustedes (_abbreviated_, Vd., Vds., Ud., Uds.); le, les,
+(_obj. case_).
+
+=young=, joven, _m, and f._; =---- lady=, señorita, _f._
+
+=your=, su.
+
+=yours=, suyo,-a.
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] _Work is a good companion for hope._
+
+[2] _The day is for work, that is why (for that) there is light._
+
+[3] _Each one is as God has created him._
+
+[4] _Since everything passes away, let us enjoy everything while it
+lasts._
+
+[5] _While one is young there is always hope of bettering one's
+fortune._
+
+[6] _Now you see that one mustn't trust in dreams._
+
+[7] _One good thing is worth more than many mediocre ones._
+
+[8] _Look at the stars! They tell sweet tales, the stars, and keep one
+company._
+
+[9] _Fruits are eaten. One just smells the flowers._
+
+[10] _He who loves truth, trusts in God._
+
+[11] _When one is unwilling, two don't quarrel._
+
+[12] _God doesn't do things by halves._
+
+[13] _My wealth is simplicity; my luxury, sobriety; my rest, work._
+
+[14] _The man who is ashamed of being happy ought to walk on four feet._
+
+[15] _Law is God--or ought to be._
+
+[16] _To do good to the evil is to cast water into the sea._
+
+[17] _It is hard to save some one who does not want to be saved at all._
+
+[18] _I'm never afraid when I am doing my duty_ (_what I ought to do_).
+
+[19] _The learned in their vanity are wont to forget God._
+
+[20] _The mole doesn't see into what depths he's going, but a man does._
+
+[21] _Good music is like a spur to lazy ideas._
+
+[22] _In matters of faith in order to see clearly one must be blind._
+
+[23] _Valor must be in accord with prudence._
+
+[24] _When hands begin, tongues usually cease._
+
+[25] _Fear makes slaves, slavery makes rebels._
+
+[26] _Saints are found where least expected._
+
+[27] _Truth often comes out of falsehood._
+
+[28] _When duty speaks, I listen only to its voice._
+
+[29] _He who is preparing for a struggle, is not cast down by troubles._
+
+[30] _Let them say what they will, happiness is very cheap._
+
+[31] _He who lends to a friend loses money and friend._
+
+[32] _Liberty can never be defended by tyrants, nor propagated by
+slaves._
+
+[33] _When there is happiness everything is well done._
+
+[34] _What a gipsy can't do nobody on earth can do._
+
+[35] _Not to believe in anything is to be crazy._
+
+[36] _There is nothing in the world that is not good for something._
+
+[37] _Faith in a great idea is the life of the intelligence._
+
+[38] _It is better to fail through generosity than to succeed through
+selfishness._
+
+[39] _We don't need to be serious to be good._
+
+[40] _Where honor is dead there is no longer hope of life._
+
+[41] _Great hearts are for great undertakings._
+
+[42] _Untruth is always cowardly._
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38124-8.txt or 38124-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/1/2/38124/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38124-8.zip b/38124-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2058e45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-8.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38124-h.zip b/38124-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e4f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-h.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38124-h/38124-h.htm b/38124-h/38124-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac4ef28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-h/38124-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10475 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en" xml:lang="en">
+ <head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall.
+</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+ p {margin-top:.5em;text-align:justify;margin-bottom:.5em;text-indent:2%;}
+
+.c {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;}
+
+.cb {text-align:center;text-indent:0%;font-weight:bold;}
+
+.eng {font-family:old english text MT, serif}
+
+.hang {text-indent:-2%;margin-left:2%;}
+
+.ind {text-indent:5%;font-weight:bold;font-size:110%;}
+
+.nind {text-indent:0%;}
+
+.r {text-align:right;margin-right: 5%;}
+
+small {font-size: 70%;}
+
+ h1 {text-align:center;clear:both;}
+
+ h2 {margin:8% auto 2% auto;text-align:center;clear:both;
+font-size:110%;}
+
+ hr {width:90%;margin:2em auto 2em auto;clear:both;color:black;}
+
+ hr.full {width: 50%;margin:5% auto 5% auto;border:4px double gray;}
+
+ table {margin:2% auto 2% auto;border:none;text-align:left;}
+
+ body{margin-left:2%;margin-right:2%;background:#fdfdfd;color:black;font-family:"Times New Roman", serif;font-size:medium;}
+
+a:link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;}
+
+ link {background-color:#ffffff;color:blue;text-decoration:none;}
+
+a:visited {background-color:#ffffff;color:purple;text-decoration:none;}
+
+a:hover {background-color:#ffffff;color:#FF0000;text-decoration:underline;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant:small-caps;font-size:95%;}
+
+.footnotes {border:dotted 2px gray;margin-top:15%;clear:both;}
+
+.footnote {width:95%;margin:auto 3% 1% auto;font-size:0.9em;position:relative;}
+
+.label {position:relative;left:-.5em;top:0;text-align:left;font-size:.8em;}
+
+.fnanchor {vertical-align:30%;font-size:.8em;}
+
+.figcenter {margin:auto;text-align:center;text-indent:0%;}
+</style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Spanish Composition
+
+Author: Edith J. Broomhall
+
+Release Date: November 28, 2011 [EBook #38124]
+
+Language: Spanish
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+<table summary="note" border="1" cellpadding="10" style="background-color: #DEE6C9;">
+ <tr>
+ <td align="center">
+ Accents in Spanish have changed since this work was written.<br />
+The original orthography has been preserved in making
+this etext. (note of the etext transcriber)</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="371" height="550" alt="image of the book&#39;s cover" title="" />
+</p>
+
+<h1>SPANISH COMPOSITION</h1>
+
+<p class="cb"><br /><br /><br />
+BY<br />
+EDITH J. BROOMHALL<br />
+CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, MINNEAPOLIS<br />
+MINNESOTA</p>
+
+<p class="cb"><br /><br /><br />
+ALLYN and BACON<br />
+BOSTON &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; NEW YORK &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; CHICAGO<br />
+ATLANTA &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; SAN FRANCISCO</p>
+
+<p class="c"><br /><br /><br />
+COPYRIGHT, 1921,
+BY EDITH J. BROOMHALL.</p>
+
+<p class="cb"><br /><br /><br />
+<span class="eng">Norwood Press</span><br />
+J. S. Cushing Co.&mdash;Berwick &amp; Smith Co.<br />
+Norwood, Mass., U.S.A.</p>
+
+<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p>This book aims to teach Spanish idiom. The greatest hindrance to the use
+of idiomatic Spanish lies in the failure to realize that common English
+words have various Spanish meanings.</p>
+
+<p>To meet this difficulty, the notes and exercises of <i>Spanish
+Composition</i> are focused on the errors beginners most frequently make.
+For instance, attention is drawn to the fact that words like <i>up</i>,
+<i>down</i>, <i>out</i>, <i>in</i>, <i>away</i> are usually included in the Spanish verb,
+which is often entirely different from the English expression. Thus,
+while "to get" is <i>obtener</i>, "to get up" is <i>levantarse</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the treatment cannot be exhaustive, but enough examples are
+given to show the pupil the necessity of <i>thinking</i> before translating
+even the commonest words and phrases. The aim has been to give a simple
+and specific discussion of everyday expressions rather than to try to
+cover the entire field of Spanish idiom.</p>
+
+<p>About two hundred and fifty quotations from famous Spanish authors
+illustrate the various idioms and acquaint the learner with the great
+names of Spanish literature.</p>
+
+<p>I wish to express my hearty thanks to Dr. Harry Kurz of Carleton
+College, and to my colleagues in the Minneapolis High Schools, Señor
+Fernando García and Señor Julius Arrieta, who have read the work either
+in manuscript or in proof.</p>
+
+<p class="r"><span class="smcap">Edith J. Broomhall.</span></p>
+
+<p><small>&nbsp; &nbsp; <span class="smcap">Central High School,<br />
+Minneapolis, Minnesota.</span><br />
+&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; January, 1921.</small></p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="CONTENTS">
+<tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a><big>CONTENTS</big></th></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3" align="right"><small>PAGE</small></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_I">L<small>ESSON</small> I.</a></td><td> English <i>to be</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_001">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_II">L<small>ESSON</small> II.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to ask</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_004">4</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>for</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_005">5</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_III">L<small>ESSON</small> III.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to have</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_007">7</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>to be to</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_008">8</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_IV">L<small>ESSON</small> IV.</a></td><td> English <i>since</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_010">10</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to go</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_010">10</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_V">L<small>ESSON</small> V.</a></td><td> English <i>long</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_013">13</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The word <i>before</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_014">14</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to know</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_014">14</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_VI">L<small>ESSON</small> VI.</a></td><td> English <i>to get</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_016">16</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_VII">L<small>ESSON</small> VII.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_019">19</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_VIII">L<small>ESSON</small> VIII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to look</i> or <i>look at</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_020">20</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>little</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_020">20</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>there</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_021">21</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_IX">L<small>ESSON</small> IX.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to grow</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_023">23</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The word <i>just</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_023">23</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_X">L<small>ESSON</small> X.</a></td><td> English <i>after</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_026">26</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to help</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_027">27</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XI">L<small>ESSON</small> XI.</a></td><td> English <i>here</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_029">29</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>well</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_029">29</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to hold</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_030">30</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XII">L<small>ESSON</small> XII.</a></td><td> The adverb <i>so</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_032">32</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>to keep</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_033">33</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XIII.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_035">35</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XIV">L<small>ESSON</small> XIV.</a></td><td> English <i>to leave</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_037">37</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>To let</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_038">38</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="4"><a href="#LESSON_XV">L<small>ESSON</small> XV.</a></td><td> English <i>now</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_040">40</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>about</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_041">41</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>To be about to</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_041">41</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to feel</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_041">41</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XVI">L<small>ESSON</small> XVI.</a></td><td> English <i>will</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_043">43</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The word <i>all</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_043">43</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XVII">L<small>ESSON</small> XVII.</a></td><td> The word <i>way</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_046">46</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The adjective <i>hard</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to give</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_047">47</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XVIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XVIII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to think</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to make</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_049">49</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XIX">L<small>ESSON</small> XIX.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to miss</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_052">52</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Emphasis in Spanish</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_052">52</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XX">L<small>ESSON</small> XX.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_055">55</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XXI">L<small>ESSON</small> XXI.</a></td><td> English <i>time</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_057">57</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to like</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_058">58</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXII.</a></td><td> <i>Very</i> as an adverb</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_060">60</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to play</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to need</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_061">61</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXIII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to please</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_063">63</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to mean</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_064">64</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Without</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_064">64</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXIV">L<small>ESSON</small> XXIV.</a></td><td> The word <i>only</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_066">66</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Alone, single</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to hear</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_067">67</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XXV">L<small>ESSON</small> XXV.</a></td><td> English <i>right</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_069">69</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>must</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_070">70</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="4"><a href="#LESSON_XXVI">L<small>ESSON</small> XXVI.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to appear</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to succeed</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_072">72</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The word <i>even</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_073">73</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Toward</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_073">73</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXVII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXVII.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_075">75</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXVIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXVIII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to sit</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_077">77</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>To stand</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_077">77</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>corner</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_078">78</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXIX">L<small>ESSON</small> XXIX.</a></td><td> English <i>self</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_080">80</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Last</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_080">80</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to tell</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_081">81</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXX">L<small>ESSON</small> XXX.</a></td><td> <i>To save</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_083">83</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>To see</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_083">83</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Half</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_084">84</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXXI">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXI.</a></td><td> The word <i>as</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_086">86</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="4"><a href="#LESSON_XXXII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to want</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_089">89</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Either, or</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_089">89</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Neither</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_090">90</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Because</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_090">90</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XXXIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXIII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to wonder</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_092">92</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>The one</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_093">93</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXXIV">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXIV.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_095">95</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXXV">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXV.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to take</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_097">97</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXXVI">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXVI.</a></td><td> The word <i>ever</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_100">100</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to pass</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_100">100</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to pay</i> or <i>pay for</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_101">101</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXXVII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXVII.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to turn</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XXXVIII">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXVIII.</a></td><td> English <i>can</i> and <i>could</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_106">106</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>To ring</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_107">107</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>English <i>but</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_107">107</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XXXIX">L<small>ESSON</small> XXXIX.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to put</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_109">109</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="3"><a href="#LESSON_XL">L<small>ESSON</small> XL.</a></td><td> <i>To strike</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Spanish vez meaning <i>time</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>The verb <i>to start</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_113">113</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="2"><a href="#LESSON_XLI">L<small>ESSON</small> XLI.</a></td><td> The verb <i>to do</i></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_115">115</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Adverbial expressions</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_115">115</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td valign="top" rowspan="1"><a href="#LESSON_XLII">L<small>ESSON</small> XLII.</a></td><td> Review exercises</td><td align="right"><a href="#page_118">118</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="3">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="2"><a href="#APPENDIX">A<small>PPENDIX</small></a></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_121">121</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="2"><a href="#SPANISH-ENGLISH_VOCABULARY">S<small>PANISH</small>-E<small>NGLISH</small> V<small>OCABULARY</small></a></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_voc_001">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="2"><a href="#ENGLISH-SPANISH_VOCABULARY">E<small>NGLISH</small>-S<small>PANISH</small> V<small>OCABULARY</small></a></td><td align="right"><a href="#page_voc_019">19</a></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0" summary="AUTHORS_QUOTED"
+style="margin:5% auto 5% auto;">
+<tr><th align="center" colspan="2"><a name="AUTHORS_QUOTED" id="AUTHORS_QUOTED"></a><big>AUTHORS QUOTED</big></th></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Cervantes</span></td><td align="left"><i>Don Quijote</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Echegaray</span></td><td align="left"><i>El Poder de la Impotencia</i>, <i>Siemore en Ridículo</i>, <i>El Hijo de Don Juan</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Gil y Zárate</span></td><td align="left"><i>Guzmán el Bueno</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Campoamor</span></td><td align="left"><i>Poems</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Castelar</span></td><td align="left"><i>Recuerdos y Esperanzas</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Alarcón</span></td><td align="left"><i>El Capitán Veneno</i>, Short Stories</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Pérez Galdós</span></td><td align="left"><i>Electra</i>, <i>Celia en los Infiernos</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Pardo Bazán</span></td><td align="left"><i>La Piedra Angular</i>, Short Stories</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Valera</span></td><td align="left"><i>Pepita Jiménez</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Benavente</span></td><td align="left"><i>La Princesa Bebé</i>, <i>La Malquerida</i>, <i>El Collar de Estrellas</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Palacio Valdés</span></td><td align="left"><i>José</i>, <i>La Hermana San Sulpicio</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Eduardo Marquina</span></td><td align="left"><i>El Rey Trovador</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Martínez Sierra</span></td><td align="left"><i>Teatro de Ensueño</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Los Quintero</span></td><td align="left"><i>Malvaloca</i>, <i>Doña Clarines</i>, <i>Manana de Sol</i>, <i>Los Galeotes</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Escrich</span></td><td align="left"><i>Fortuna</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">De Larra</span></td><td align="left"><i>Partir a Tiempo</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Blasco Ibañez</span></td><td align="left"><i>Los Cuatro Jinetes del Apocalipse</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">José Mármol</span></td><td align="left"><i>Amalia</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">Ramos Carrión</span></td><td align="left"><i>Zaragüeta</i>, <i>La Muela del Juicio</i></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><a name="page_001" id="page_001"></a></p>
+
+<h1>SPANISH COMPOSITION</h1>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_I" id="LESSON_I"></a>LESSON I</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El trabajo es buen compañero de la esperanza.</i><a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_1" id="SECTION_1"></a>1.</b> English <i>to be</i> is generally translated into Spanish by <b>ser</b> or <b>estar</b>,
+the former with the general idea of permanency, the latter indicating
+temporary state. Location is <i>always</i> expressed by <b>estar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I, who was white, am also brown, because the sun has kissed me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo, que era blanca, estoy también morena, porque el sol me ha
+besado.</b>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In expressions referring to the weather <i>to be</i> is rendered
+by <b>hacer</b>, <i>to make</i>, the descriptive adjective becoming in Spanish
+a noun of corresponding meaning.</p>
+
+<p><i>It was suffocatingly hot.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hacía un calor sofocante.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">PALACIO VALDÉS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>It was very cold in the city to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hacía mucho frío hoy en la ciudad.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In all such expressions <i>very</i> must be translated <b>mucho</b>,
+since <b>calor</b>, <b>frío</b>, etc., are nouns.<a name="page_002" id="page_002"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) When used with a predicate adjective indicating mental or
+physical state, <i>to be</i> is translated by <b>tener</b>, the adjective
+changing to a noun of corresponding meaning.</p>
+
+<p>The commonest of these expressions are <i>to be hungry</i>, <i>thirsty</i>,
+<i>hot</i>, <i>cold</i>, <i>sleepy</i>, <i>afraid</i>, <i>right</i>, <i>careful</i>, <i>jealous</i>,
+which are rendered <b>tener hambre</b>, <b>sed</b>, <b>calor</b>, <b>frío</b>, <b>sueño</b>, <b>miedo</b>,
+<b>razón</b>, <b>cuidado</b>, <b>celos</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Uncle is right. That can't hurt him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tiene razón el tío. Eso no puede hacerle mal.</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>While I am so cold I don't want to go out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mientras tengo tanto frío no quiero salir.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I wasn't hungry but I was very sleepy.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No tenía hambre pero tenía mucho sueño.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In all similar expressions <i>so</i> is rendered <b>tanto</b>. Cf.
+note to (<i>a</i>) above.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) Many phrases consisting of the verb <i>to be</i> and an adjective
+denoting age or dimension are translated by <b>tener</b> and a noun. Such
+are <i>to be old</i>, <i>wide</i>, <i>long</i>, <i>high</i>, etc., rendered <b>tener edad</b>,
+<b>anchura</b>, <b>longitud</b>, <b>altitud</b>. Note also <i>to be to blame</i>, <i>one's
+fault</i>, <b>tener la culpa</b>; <i>to be successful</i>, <b>tener éxito</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>How old are these children?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué edad tienen estos niños?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The ribbon is two inches wide.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La cinta tiene dos pulgadas de anchura.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To be at</i> meaning <i>to attend</i> is translated <b>asistir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>There were not many at the meeting last night.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No asistían muchos a la reunión de anoche.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) <i>To be worth</i> is translated <b>valer</b>. <i>To be worth while</i> is
+<b>valer la pena</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I don't know how much it is and it isn't worth while to ask.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No sé cuanto vale y no vale la pena de preguntar.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_2" id="SECTION_2"></a>2.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Hacía tanto calor que no podíamos dormir aunque teníamos mucho
+sueño. 2. Ya no tenemos miedo de nada.<a name="page_003" id="page_003"></a> 3. Dice que tiene mucho frío. 4.
+Nos preguntaron si teníamos hambre. 5. Usted cree que este hombre tiene
+razón. Pues yo creo que no la tiene. 6. La mesa tiene cuatro pies de
+longitud y tres de anchura. 7. Yo no tengo la culpa de que no asistieron
+al teatro anoche. 8. Dígale que tendré mucho gusto en aceptar su amable
+invitación y asistir al concierto. 9. Ha hecho tanto frío hoy como si
+fuéramos en el mes de diciembre. 10. Estoy seguro de que usted tendrá
+mucho éxito.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Don't be afraid of the dog. He will not bite you. 2. How wide
+is this river? 3. If you are so hungry, why don't you eat? 4. Is it my
+fault that they are not here yet? 5. It is too cold in this room. Close
+the door. 6. The living-room is longer than the dining-room, but it is
+not so wide. 7. I don't feel like (<i>am not desirous of</i>) studying
+to-night. 8. I wasn't at school the day that the President visited it.
+9. I gave him the money although I knew that the thing wasn't worth it.
+10. It is cool to-day. It was so warm yesterday.<a name="page_004" id="page_004"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_II" id="LESSON_II"></a>LESSON II</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El día es para trabajar, por eso hay luz.</i><a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Tomayo y Baus.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_3" id="SECTION_3"></a>3.</b> The verb <i>to ask</i> has five common translations. Meaning <i>to question</i>
+or <i>to inquire</i> it is rendered <b>preguntar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>"Are you asleep, Captain?" the widow asked, greatly alarmed.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Duerme Vd., Capitán?&mdash;le preguntó muy alarmada la viuda.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">PEDRO DE
+ALARCÓN.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>A girl came to the door asking for him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vino a la puerta una muchacha preguntando por él.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To ask for</i>, <i>beg</i>, is translated <b>pedir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He had slipped into the kitchen to ask the cook for something to
+eat.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se había deslizado en la cocina para pedir algo que comer a la
+cocinera.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;With <b>pedir</b> the thing asked for is the direct object, the
+person of whom it is asked is the indirect, and is introduced by <b>a</b>.
+Cf. English, "We begged a dollar from father."</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To ask</i> in the sense of <i>to request</i> is rendered by <b>pedir</b> or
+<b>rogar</b>, the latter being the more formal. Both verbs require the
+subjunctive in the dependent verb.</p>
+
+<p><i>I asked the children not to make so much noise.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pedí a los niños que no hiciesen tanto ruido.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I asked Mr. Blanco to come and see me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le rogué al señor Blanco que me viniese a ver (a visitar).</b><a name="page_005" id="page_005"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To ask</i>, <i>invite</i> is rendered <b>convidar</b> or <b>invitar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They have asked us to dinner.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nos han convidado (invitado) a comer con ellos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To ask questions</i> is rendered <b>hacer preguntas</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>And finally he asked himself the same question, wondering that it
+had not occurred to him before.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y por fin se hizo la misma pregunta, extrañando que no se le
+hubiera ocurrido antes la idea.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_4" id="SECTION_4"></a>4.</b> English <i>for</i> as a preposition is rendered by <b>para</b> or <b>por</b>. It is
+omitted before a non-emphatic personal pronoun object and after many
+verbs.</p>
+
+<p><i>He bought it for me yesterday.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me lo compró ayer.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He bought it for me</i> (for my sake).</p>
+
+<p><b>Lo compró por mí.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Wait for me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Espéreme.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Ask for it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pídalo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Look for them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Búsquelos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>For</i> is rendered <b>para</b> when it expresses destination,
+purpose, use, future time, and to introduce a qualifying phrase.</p>
+
+<p><i>This is the train for Madrid.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este es el tren para Madrid.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>She has enough money for her clothes.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tiene bastante dinero para sus vestidos (prendas de vestir).</b></p>
+
+<p><i>This is a machine for cutting leather.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ésta es una máquina para cortar cuero.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have an appointment for to-morrow.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo cita para mañana.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>She plays the piano well for her age.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Toca el piano bien para su edad.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) Expressing exchange, cause, motive, or duration of time,
+<i>for</i> is rendered <b>por</b>.<a name="page_006" id="page_006"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I gave him twenty-five dollars for his bicycle.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le dí veinticinco duros por su bicicleta.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>For months at a time we did not see him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por meses enteros no le habíamos visto.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>They set fire to the house for fun.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por burla pegaron fuego a la casa.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We could not see the house for the smoke.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No podíamos ver la casa por el humo.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_5" id="SECTION_5"></a>5.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. La señora pregunta por la señorita. 2. Ruéguele que me lo
+mande. 3. Pídame Vd. todo lo que quiera. 4. ¿Cuándo parte Vd. para
+Europa? 5. Para su edad es un muchacho muy intelligente. 6. No sé
+contestar a todas las preguntas que me hacen estos chicos. 7. Le dí mi
+gramática española por su libro de lectura. 8. Para el almuerzo he
+comprado tocino. 9. Lo hace todo por sus hermanos y no saben
+agradecérselo. 10. Murió por la patria como yo muriera por ella.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I shall ask them to come and see me in the country. 2. I
+promised my mother that I would ask you for some of your beautiful
+roses. 3. Ask the children if they are hungry. 4. I will ask his mother
+to ask him for it. 5. Shall we ask them to dinner for the day after
+to-morrow? 6. Will you wait for me while I look for it? (For <i>will you</i>
+say <b>Quiere Vd.</b>) 7. This is the book father bought for me in London. 8.
+It is a beautiful book for the price. 9. If it wasn't for the dust, we
+could see the horses. 10. Some friends have asked me to go to the
+theater with them this evening. 11. In Spanish they call a typewriter a
+"machine for writing." 12. They will sing for joy when they receive this
+news.<a name="page_007" id="page_007"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_III" id="LESSON_III"></a>LESSON III</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Cada uno es como Dios le ha criado.</i><a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Pedro de Alarcón.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_6" id="SECTION_6"></a>6.</b> The verb <i>to have</i> denoting possession is rendered <b>tener</b>. With
+auxiliary force it is <b>haber</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I used to have it, but I have it no longer.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo tenía sí, pero ya no lo tengo más.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He says he has sold it, but I don't know who has bought it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dice que lo ha vendido, pero no sé quien lo ha comprado.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To have</i> meaning <i>to cause to be done</i> or <i>made</i>, <i>let</i>, is
+rendered by <b>hacer</b> followed (1) by a direct infinitive, or (2) by
+<b>que</b> with the subjunctive of indirect command.</p>
+
+<p><i>Have them get the trunks down at once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hágales bajar los baúles en seguida</b> or <b>Haga Vd. que bajen los
+baúles.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I like this book very much. I will have the children read it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me gusta mucho este libro. Haré que lo lean los niños.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He has had a new house built for his newly married daughter.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ha hecho construir una nueva casa para su hija recién casada.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To have to</i> denoting necessity or compulsion is translated
+<b>tener que</b>, which is followed by the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>It is raining torrents. We shall have to stay here till it stops.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Llueve a cántaros. Tendremos que quedarnos aquí hasta que deje de
+llover.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I can't go with you because I have to study some lessons.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No puedo acompañarle porque tengo que estudiar unas lecciones.</b><a name="page_008" id="page_008"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To have on</i>, <i>be wearing</i>, is rendered <b>tener puesto</b>, or by
+<b>llevar</b> or <b>vestir</b>. <b>Puesto</b> is an adjective and agrees in gender and
+number with the thing worn.</p>
+
+<p><i>She has on a simple dress and over her shoulders a wide black lace
+scarf.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Viste un traje sencillo y trae sobre los hombros un amplio velo
+negro de encaje.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They all had their hats on when they came out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al salir todos tenían puestos los sombreros.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_7" id="SECTION_7"></a>7.</b> English <i>to be to</i> expressing futurity coupled with a vague necessity
+is rendered <b>haber de</b> followed by the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>I have read in the papers that the president is to visit the city.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>He leído en los diarios que el presidente ha de visitar la ciudad.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The teacher told us that we were to finish that lesson.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El maestro nos dijo que hubiéramos de acabar aquella lección.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_8" id="SECTION_8"></a>8.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Aquel día había de ser glorioso para el país. 2. Yo quiero que
+nadie tenga noticia de nuestra conferencia. 3. Quien lo haya quebrado
+tendrá que remendarlo. 4. Me había ido, pero he vuelto porque tengo que
+hablarle a Vd. 5. Pues ya no has de ver más a Paquita. Ella se casa. 6.
+Lo compré esta mañana y han de entregármelo mañana. 7. Tengo que subir
+al palomar para dar de comer a mis palomitas. 8. Ha mandado hacer un
+vestido nuevo para su hijita. 9. Celebro tener el gusto de conocer a Vd.
+10. Tengo una viva satisfacción en haber conocido a Vd. 11. Dígales Vd.
+que me traigan pronto lo que les he pedido. 12. Tendrán que acostarse en
+cuanto lleguen.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. This strap is good for nothing (<i>worth nothing</i>). I had it in
+my hand and it broke. 2. The trunks will have to be at the station at
+three o'clock. 3. What dress are you going to wear on the train? The one
+that I have on. 4. Have a new<a name="page_009" id="page_009"></a> strap made when you return. 5. We are to
+wait for them here. They have gone to look for the others. 6. The
+teacher had the pupil read the lesson aloud. 7. You will have to go with
+us because we don't know the way. 8. She had on a pair of white gloves
+that I had given her. 9. I am to tell her that he has broken the whip
+that she had made for him for his birthday. 10. I will have the letter
+written at once.<a name="page_010" id="page_010"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_IV" id="LESSON_IV"></a>LESSON IV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Puesto que todo pasa, gocémoslo todo mientras vive.</i><a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_9" id="SECTION_9"></a>9.</b> The English <i>since</i> as a preposition is translated <b>desde</b>; as an
+adverb it is rendered <b>desde entonces</b> or <b>desde aquel tiempo</b>, literally,
+<i>since then</i> and <i>since that time</i>. As a conjunction of time it is <b>desde
+que</b>, and as a conjunction of cause it is <b>ya que</b>, <b>puesto que</b>, or <b>visto
+que</b> (cf. English <i>seeing that</i>).</p>
+
+<p><i>I have not seen him since yesterday.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No le he visto desde ayer.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He left the city last year and I have not seen him since.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Partió de la ciudad el año pasado y no le he visto desde entonces.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have not seen him since he left the city.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No le he visto desde que partió de la ciudad.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I will speak to him once more since you desire it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le hablaré una vez más ya que Vd. lo desea.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_10" id="SECTION_10"></a>10.</b> The verb <i>to go</i> is <b>ir</b> or <b>irse</b>, the reflexive form being used when
+<i>to be</i> is not followed by a complementary infinitive or by a
+prepositional phrase denoting direction. <i>To go away</i> may be translated
+<b>irse</b>, <b>marcharse</b>, or <b>partir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Now I am going to explain it to you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya se lo voy a explicar.</b><a name="page_011" id="page_011"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I am going now. Do you want to go with me?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya me voy. ¿Quiere Vd. acompañarme?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We are going to the country to spend a few days.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vamos al campo a pasar unos pocos días.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To go in</i> or <i>into</i>, <i>up</i>, <i>down</i>, <i>through</i>, are translated
+<b>entrar</b> (<b>en</b>), <b>subir</b>, <b>bajar</b>, <b>pasar por</b>, the preposition being
+included in the meaning of the verb except that <b>en</b> and <b>por</b> are used
+with <b>entrar</b> and <b>pasar</b> when the object of the verb is expressed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Did you go into the house? Yes, we went in. We also went upstairs
+and went through all the rooms.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Entraron Vds. en la casa? Sí, entramos. También subimos la
+escalera y pasamos por todas las habitaciones.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To go out</i> has two translations, <b>salir</b>, <i>to leave</i>, and
+<b>apagarse</b>, <i>to be extinguished</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They have all gone out to take a walk.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Todos han salido a dar un paseo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>All of a sudden all the lights in the house went out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>De repente se apagaron todas las luces en la casa.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To go on</i>, <i>continue</i>, is rendered <b>continuar</b> or <b>seguir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He went on talking as if he had not seen me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Siguió</b> (<b>continuó</b>) <b>hablando como si no me hubiera visto.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To go to bed</i> is rendered <b>acostarse</b>; <i>to go to sleep</i>,
+<b>dormirse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I can't go to sleep when I go to bed so early.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No puedo dormirme cuando me acuesto tan temprano.</b></p>
+
+<p>Many other translations of <i>to go</i> may be obtained by paraphrasing. So,
+<i>to go back</i>, <i>return</i>, <b>volver</b>; <i>to go into</i>, <i>investigate</i>, <b>investigar</b>;
+<i>to go by</i>, <i>judge by</i>, <b>juzgar por</b>, etc.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_11" id="SECTION_11"></a>11.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Me voy un rato con este amigo. 2. Ya se apagó el fuego. 3.
+Todos quedaron menos él, que se fué en seguida. 4. Puesto que llueve a
+cántaros no salimos esta mañana. 5. Ya<a name="page_012" id="page_012"></a> es hora de volver, ¿no? 6. Nos
+iremos mañana si hace buen tiempo. 7. No hemos recibido noticias de
+ellos desde que se fueron. 8. Entonces vimos que los niños se habían
+dormido. 9. Siguen riendo y charlando mientras esperan la llegada de los
+otros. 10. Tráeme acá un fósforo. Se me ha apagado la lámpara.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Since I can't come to see you, I ask you to come to see me. 2.
+I lent him my fountain pen last week and I have not seen it since. 3. I
+am sleepy, but I can't go to sleep. 4. Go back at once! The others have
+all gone. 5. Don't go out until you see them go in. 6. It is very cold
+in this room since the fire went out. 7. I shall go on making
+preparations for their visit. 8. It was so warm in the room that we
+almost went to sleep. 9. He is ill and has had to go to bed. He hasn't
+been well since he came home. 10. Are you going now? Well, I will go
+with you.<a name="page_013" id="page_013"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_V" id="LESSON_V"></a>LESSON V</h2>
+
+<p class="c"><i>Mientras uno es joven, siempre hay esperanza de mejorar la
+fortuna.</i><a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_12" id="SECTION_12"></a>12.</b> English <i>long</i> is usually rendered <b>largo</b>, but in expressions of time
+it is often translated <b>mucho</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This is the longest street in the city. We lived here for a long time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta es la calle más larga de la ciudad. Vivimos aquí por mucho tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have not seen them for a long time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No los he visto desde hace mucho tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;When a phrase expressing duration of time introduced by
+<i>for</i> is equivalent to <i>since ... ago</i>, <i>for</i> is translated <b>desde
+hace</b>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) The phrase <i>to be long</i> (<i>in</i>), followed by a verbal in
+<i>-ing</i>, expressed or understood, is rendered <b>tardar</b> (<b>en</b>), followed
+by an infinitive expressed or understood.</p>
+
+<p><i>Have patience! You will not be long in learning how to do it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Ten paciencia! No tardarás en aprender a hacerlo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>You go now. I will follow.&mdash;All right, but don't be long.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vete ahora. Yo te seguiré.&mdash;Bueno, pero no tardes.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <b>Tardar en</b> may also be used to translate the expression
+<i>before long</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They will be back before long.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No tardarán en volver.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) The adverbial phrases <i>no longer</i>, <i>any longer</i> are
+translated <b>ya no</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder why they are so long. I can't wait any longer.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Por qué tardarán tanto? Ya no puedo esperar más.</b><a name="page_014" id="page_014"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) The conjunctive phrase <i>as long as is</i> rendered <b>mientras</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>As long as it was raining we could not go out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mientras llovía no podíamos salir.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_13" id="SECTION_13"></a>13.</b> The word <i>before</i> as an adverb is rendered <b>antes</b>; as a conjunction,
+<b>antes que</b>; as a preposition of time, <b>antes de</b>; as a preposition of
+place, it is rendered <b>delante de</b> or <b>ante</b>, the latter being used
+especially with the meaning of <i>in the presence of</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I had never done that before.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No había hecho eso antes.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Before he went away he said that he would be back before long.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Antes que se fué me dijo que no tardaría en volver.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Before taking it you ought to have spoken to me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Antes de cogerla debió usted hablar conmigo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>He wanted to appear before them as a millionaire.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Quería presentarse delante de ellos como millonario</b>.</p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>They look at the gypsy who stops before them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Miran al húngaro que se para ante ellos.</b>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;<b>Antes</b> also translates English <i>formerly</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_14" id="SECTION_14"></a>14.</b> The verb <i>to know</i>, meaning <i>to be acquainted with</i>, is <b>conocer</b>;
+otherwise <i>to know</i> and <i>to know how</i> are rendered <b>saber</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I know the family, but I don't know where they live.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Conozco a la familia, pero no sé donde viven.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I know how to sew, I know how to cook, I know how to wash clothes.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo sé coser, yo sé guisar, yo sé lavar la ropa.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note</i>.&mdash;<b>Conocer</b> also translates English <i>to make the acquaintance
+of</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_15" id="SECTION_15"></a>15.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. No sé como he vivido tanto tiempo con ellos. 2. ¡Bien ha
+tardado Vd. esta noche! 3. ¿Cuánto tiempo espera Vd. pasar aquí? 4.
+Dígales que yo quiero verlas antes que salgan. 5. No sé leer el español
+pero conozco las obras de Benavente en traducción. 6. No tardamos en
+saber lo que había hecho. 7. Antes de escribir los ejercicios tenemos
+que estudiar las reglas. 8. Antes era rico, ya no lo es. 9. En el
+abecedario viene la <i>a</i> ante la <i>be</i>. 10. Puesto que no puedo quedarme
+más tiempo, tendrá Vd. que acabarlo solo.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Do you know the works of Blasco Ibáñez? 2. How long have you
+been here? 3. I don't know how to describe it to you. 4. I don't know
+how long he has been ill. 5. Before I speak I want to know how much you
+know. 6. Do you know this song? Yes, but I don't know how to sing it. 7.
+Before buying the house he told me that he had known the owner for a
+long time. 8. Ask him if he knows who has lived in it since. 9. I knew
+him before he went to live there. 10. I'm sure I shall see him before
+long.<a name="page_016" id="page_016"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_VI" id="LESSON_VI"></a>LESSON VI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Ya ves que no hay que fiar de sueños.</i><a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_16" id="SECTION_16"></a>16.</b> The English <i>to get</i> has so many different translations in Spanish
+that it is always advisable to paraphrase it before translating. So: <i>I
+am going to get</i> (buy) <i>some bread. We are going to get</i> (fetch <i>or</i>
+bring) <i>our books. He gets</i> (receives) <i>his money here. The lion got
+out</i> (escaped). <i>We got back</i> (arrived, returned) <i>this morning. It
+gets</i> (grows, becomes) <i>dark early.</i> In such examples as the last,
+however, the alternatives are also verbs that present some difficulty in
+translations: and many of the compounds of <i>get</i> and a preposition must
+be learned literally.</p>
+
+<p><i>He got</i> (obtained) <i>what he wanted.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Obtuvo lo que quería.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>There is no more sugar. I shall have to go and get some.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No hay más azúcar. Tendré que ir a comprar más.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Have you sent the boy to get the car?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Ha mandado usted al mozo a traer el automóvil?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I get a letter from home every Tuesday.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Recibo carta de casa todos los martes</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>There was a fire at the Zoölogical Gardens yesterday and a lion got
+out</i> (away).</p>
+
+<p><b>Hubo incendio en los jardines zoológicos ayer y se escapó un león.</b><a name="page_017" id="page_017"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To get</i> meaning <i>to grow</i> or <i>become</i> is translated <b>ponerse</b>
+or <b>hacerse</b>, the former indicating a temporary change of state, the
+latter a more permanent one.</p>
+
+<p><i>She gets very cross if she has to wait for us.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se pone muy enojada</b> (<b>enfadada</b>) <b>si tiene que esperarnos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He got rich quickly, but his methods couldn't be admired.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se hizo rico pronto, pero sus métodos no podían admirarse.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To get along with</i>, speaking of persons, may be rendered
+<b>entenderse con</b>, or <b>congeniar con</b>: when the object is a thing, the
+translation is <b>servirse de</b>. <i>To get along without</i> is translated
+<b>pasarse sin</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He doesn't get along very well with his oldest brother.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No se entiende muy bien con su hermano mayor.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I shall have to get along with this knife since there is no
+other.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tendré que servirme de este cuchillo puesto que no hay otro.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I get along without a laundress now that my daughter is at home.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo me paso sin lavandera ya que está en casa mi hija.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To get into</i> and <i>out of</i> vehicles are rendered <b>subir a</b> and
+<b>bajar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They get out of one automobile and into another.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Bajaron de un automóvil y subieron a otro.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To get out of the way</i> may be rendered <b>apartarse del camino</b>
+or <b>quitarse de en medio</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You know that to me she is always at home. Get out of the way!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Sabe Vd. que para mí siempre está. ¡Quítese de en medio!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) <i>To get up</i>, <i>rise</i>, is rendered <b>levantárse</b> or <b>ponerse de
+pie</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I got up very, very early this morning.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta mañana me levanté muy de madrugada.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>When the teacher spoke to the pupil the latter got up.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cuando habló el maestro al discípulo se puso de pie éste.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_17" id="SECTION_17"></a>17.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. El coche se detuvo delante de la puerta y bajaron dos señores.
+2. Primero tenemos que apartar del camino este montón de piedras. 3. Se
+levantó Vd. tarde hoy. 4. Queremos<a name="page_018" id="page_018"></a> deshacernos de nuestro viejo
+automóvil. 5. Los tejados se ponen blancos. 6. Las abejas sacan la miel
+de las flores. 7. No se sabe como han logrado entrar en la casa los
+ladrones. 8. Aunque cerramos la puerta con llave lograron salir. 9. Le
+he mandado a traerme otro cuchillo, porque éste no corta. 10. Baja de
+este muro en seguida si no quieres caer.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. The fruit is getting ripe now. 2. You ought to get rid of the
+old house before you buy a new one. 3. We shall have to get up early to
+catch that train. 4. Mother is in the kitchen getting dinner. 5. How
+dark the sky is getting. I think there will be a storm. 6. As I was
+getting up this morning my mother called to me and said, "Hurry up,
+John, I want you to go and get some milk for breakfast." 7. Since there
+is no ink we shall have to get along with pencils. 8. My parents do not
+like to get letters written in pencil. 9. That company gets out
+beautiful illustrated books. 10. He has been ill and has not been able
+to get out for a long time.<a name="page_019" id="page_019"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_VII" id="LESSON_VII"></a>LESSON VII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Vale más una sola cosa buena que muchas medianas.</i><a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Pérez Galdós</span>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_18" id="SECTION_18"></a>18.</b> <b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. We must not remain longer in this house. 2. I must go and I
+will go. But, where? Who knows? 3. If you want to know, ask her. 4. He
+is here again and he knows that we are in this house. 5. Man, you are
+right. You must be right sometimes. 6. I am not to blame because he is
+not here. 7. These are for me, but I will give you these for those. 8.
+You don't know what you are asking for. 9. He is hungry and cold, but
+not ashamed. 10. Send the maid to get some vegetables.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Do you know how old he is? 2. How deep is this well? 3. It is
+not his fault that he has not been successful. 4. Ask them if they are
+hungry? 5. Father has gone out for a lamp because all the electric
+lights have gone out. 6. We shall get there before long. 7. Have you
+ever been here before? Yes, but not for a long time. 8. Mother's going
+to get me a new hat. 9. This store always closes for an hour at noon.
+10. It's a pity this young man does not get along better with his
+parents. 11. Before you go, go and ask John if he got the tickets for
+to-night.<a name="page_020" id="page_020"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_VIII" id="LESSON_VIII"></a>LESSON VIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>¡Mira las estrellas! Cuentan cuentos dulces las estrellas y hacen compañía.</i><a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_19" id="SECTION_19"></a>19.</b> The verb <i>to look</i> or <i>look at</i> is rendered <b>mirar</b>, the <i>at</i>
+remaining untranslated.</p>
+
+<p><i>Looking through the window, I saw that my friend was looking at the
+flowers.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mirando por la ventana, vi que mi amiga miraba las flores.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To look</i> (<i>as if</i>) is rendered <b>parecer</b>. The impersonal <i>it
+looks as if</i> may be translated <b>según parece</b>, or <b>por lo visto</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You look very tired. It looks as if you had been working too
+hard.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Parece Vd. muy cansada. Ha trabajado Vd. demasiado según parece.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>It looks as if he had determined to stop our talking.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Parece que se ha propuesto impedirnos hablar.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To look for</i> or <i>look up</i> is translated <b>buscar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I don't know where they went. For my part I'm not looking for
+them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no sé a donde iban. Por mi parte no los busco.</b>&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_20" id="SECTION_20"></a>20.</b> English <i>little</i> as an adjective of size is rendered <b>pequeño</b>, <b>chico</b>,
+or <b>menudo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We have just rented that little house across the street.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Acabamos de alquilar esa casa pequeña al otro lado de la calle.</b><a name="page_021" id="page_021"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>Are the little folks coming too?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Vienen también la gente menuda?</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Denoting quantity <i>little</i> is rendered <b>poco</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Why, you went to bed a little after ten!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Si te acostaste a poco más de las diez!</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It is a matter of little importance.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Es asunto de poca importancia.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) As an adverb of degree <i>little</i> is rendered <b>poco</b>, <b>algo</b>, or <b>un
+tanto</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The price is a little high, isn't it? A little, yes.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Es algo subido el precio, ¿no? Un tanto, si.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_21" id="SECTION_21"></a>21.</b> English <i>there</i> as an adverb is translated <b>ahí</b>, <b>allí</b>, or <b>allá</b>, the
+last being the form used with verbs of motion. Used with a verb that
+doesn't express motion, <b>allá</b> indicates approximate situation while <b>allí</b>
+always indicates definite situation.</p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder where my hat can be. I left it there on the table.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Dónde estará mi sombrero? Lo dejé allí en la mesa.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I don't know where he has gone, but he went over there.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No se adónde habrá ido, pero se fué por allá.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>There is</i>, <i>there was</i>, <i>there will be</i>, etc., are
+translated by the various tenses of <b>haber</b>, the verb always being in
+the singular.</p>
+
+<p><i>There is one here now. There were two before.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hay uno aquí ahora. Antes había dos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>There are absurdities in the spiritual life as in the natural.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hay absurdos en la vida del espíritu como en la naturaleza.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>There</i> as an exclamatory word has many renderings which can
+best be learned by observation. Note the following examples.</p>
+
+<p><i>There, there, don't cry! You'll wake mother.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vamos, vamos, no llores! Despertarás a la madre.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>There! I told you you would break it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Ya se ve! Te dije que ibas a quebrarlo.</b><a name="page_022" id="page_022"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>There's a beautiful house!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vaya una casa hermosa!</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_22" id="SECTION_22"></a>22.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Dígale que yo voy allá en seguida. 2. ¡Vaya una muchacha guapa!
+¿Quién es? 3. Parece que nunca van a terminar. 4. Habrá reunión allí
+mañana por la mañana. 5. Es muy chico. Me gustaría más si fuese un
+tantito más grande. 6. Parece que va a llover. Tal vez habrá tempestad.
+7. Los chicos quieren ir a la playa, pero ya es un poco tarde para eso.
+8. He perdido un guante. ¿Quieres volver a buscármelo? 9. ¡Mire Vd.
+cuánta gente hay en la calle! 10. Parece más joven, pero la verdad es
+que tiene algo más edad que yo.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Were you there when the accident occurred? 2. There were ten
+boys in the class. How many are there in your class? 3. Oh, look! There
+goes a deer. There's a pretty little animal! 4. We shall be there for an
+hour. We went there last year, too. 5. How does it look to you? I
+haven't looked at it well yet. 6. I need a little more milk. Who will go
+and get me some? 7. The little money that I had was not sufficient. 8.
+There had been a terrible storm and the little city had suffered not a
+little damage. 9. Look up these words in the dictionary. 10. Look out!
+(<b>¡Cuidado!</b>) There comes an automobile. <i>There's</i> a reckless driver (for
+you)!<a name="page_023" id="page_023"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_IX" id="LESSON_IX"></a>LESSON IX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Las frutas se comen. Las flores se huelen, nada más.</i><a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_23" id="SECTION_23"></a>23.</b> The verb <i>to grow,</i> meaning <i>to cultivate</i> or <i>be cultivated</i>, is
+translated <b>cultivar</b> or <b>cultivarse</b>; meaning <i>to increase in size</i> it is
+<b>crecer</b> or <b>aumentarse</b>; meaning <i>to become</i> it is rendered <b>ponerse</b> or
+<b>hacerse</b>, the first expressing temporary, the second approximately
+permanent, change. <i>To grow up</i> is translated <b>criarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>In the Argentine Republic they grow much wheat.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En la República Argentina cultivan</b> (<b>se cultiva</b>) <b>mucho trigo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Why! How this child has grown!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vaya, que ha crecido este niño!</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The number grows year by year.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El número se aumenta de año en año.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>She must be ill. She is growing thinner day by day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Debe estar mala. Se pone más delgada de día en día.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>By means of gymnastic exercises he has grown very strong.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por medio de ejercicios gimnásticos se ha hecho muy fuerte.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>This child grew up with her mother until she was five years old.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta niña se crió junto a su madre hasta tener cinco años.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_24" id="SECTION_24"></a>24.</b> The word <i>just</i> has numerous renderings in Spanish. As an adjective
+it is <b>justo</b>.<a name="page_024" id="page_024"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>Since our cause is just, we shall win.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Puesto que es justa nuestra causa, venceremos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Meaning <i>only</i> it may be translated by the adverb <b>sólo</b>, or by
+the phrases <b>nada más</b> or <b>no ... más que</b> (<b>de</b> before numerals). <b>Nada
+más</b> is placed at the end of the sentence.</p>
+
+<p><i>There were just twenty persons present.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Asistieron sólo veinte personas</b> (<b>no más de veinte personas</b>; <b>veinte
+personas nada más</b>).</p>
+
+<p><i>How much do you want? I have just a pound.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Cuánto quiere usted? No tengo más que una libra.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;If this sentence meant <i>exactly</i> a pound, the translation
+would be <b>una libra justa</b>; so always when <i>just</i> equals <i>exactly</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We just came to look for a pencil and paper for Patros.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No venimos más que a buscar lápiz y papel para Patros.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>For you must know, my son, that the dreaming of the old is just
+remembering.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Porque has de saber, hijo mío, que el soñar de los viejos es sólo
+recordar.</b>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It was just the door closing.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Era la puerta que se cerraba, nada más.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) Meaning <i>at this or that moment</i>, <i>just</i> is translated <b>en
+este</b> or <b>ese mismo momento</b>; or it may be implied in the present or
+imperfect tenses.</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>The door is just closing.</i></td><td align="left"><b>Se cierra la puerta.</b></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><i>The door was just closing.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </i></td><td align="left"><b>Se cerraba la puerta.</b></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The phrase <b>en este mismo momento</b> makes the <i>just</i> more emphatic.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) In expressions of time of day <i>just</i> is rendered <b>en punto</b>;
+<i>just now</i> is <b>hace poco</b> or <b>hace un ratito</b>, referring to past time,
+<b>ahora</b> or <b>al momento</b> when present time is understood; <i>just yet</i> is
+rendered <b>todavía</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What time is it? It is just eight o'clock.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué hora es? Son las ocho en punto.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I saw them just now and they said they were coming.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Los vi hace poco y dijeron que iban a venir.</b><a name="page_025" id="page_025"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I'm sorry I can't go with you, but I'm very busy just now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Siento no poder acompañarle, pero al momento estoy muy ocupado.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>It isn't ready just yet. I will call you as soon as it is.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No está listo todavía. Le llamaré en cuanto lo esté.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>Have just</i> and <i>had just</i> with a past participle are
+translated by the present and imperfect of the verb <b>acabar</b> followed
+by <b>de</b> and the infinitive of the verb that in English is in the
+participle.</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>He has just arrived.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </i></td><td align="left"><i>He had just gone.</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left"><b>Acaba de llegar.&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </b></td><td align="left"><b>Acababa de marcharse.</b></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_25" id="SECTION_25"></a>25.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Hacemos este viaje sólo por placer. 2. El sol acababa de
+ponerse. 3. No podía soportar que su única hija se criase como un
+muchacho. 4. Hablábamos de la posibilidad de su llegada, nada más. 5.
+¡Ya se ve! Crióse sin madre casi sin nodriza. 6. Esto ocurrió hace un
+año. No, hace tres meses justos. 7. Un momento nada más y sales
+diciéndoles que tienes que hacer en la casa. 8. El tabaco no se cultiva
+en este estado. 9. Estos niños crecen como la mala hierba. 10. Son las
+ocho en punto y dicen que acaban de llegar las distinguidas visitas.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I am just going. Do you want to go with me? 2. We grow just
+flowers in our garden. 3. What are you doing? I'm just reading. 4. They
+have just come in and they say it is just beginning to rain. 5. When we
+got there he had just begun to speak. 6. That is just what I was going
+to say. 7. It was growing darker and we could only just see. 8. This is
+just for the little girls. 9. How you have grown! The other day you were
+just a little boy. 10. He is growing weaker every day.<a name="page_026" id="page_026"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_X" id="LESSON_X"></a>LESSON X</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>En Dios confía quien adora la verdad.</i><a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_26" id="SECTION_26"></a>26.</b> English <i>after</i> as a preposition of time is rendered <b>después de</b>; as
+a preposition of place or direction it is <b>tras</b> or <b>en pos de</b>; as a
+conjunction it is <b>después que</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>And so the boats kept on appearing one after the other.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y así fueron apareciendo unas tras otras las lanchas.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>The boats were disappearing one after the other behind the cape.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Las lanchas se fueron ocultando una en pos de otra detrás del
+cabo.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We will help you after dinner.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le ayudaremos después de la comida.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>After we have finished, we will go.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Después que hayamos acabado, nos iremos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Afterwards</i> is <b>después</b>. <i>The day after to-morrow</i> is <b>pasado
+mañana</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Afterwards I found out that he was earning his living as a public
+letter writer.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Después supe que ganaba la vida trabajando de memorialista.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I have to see them the day after to-morrow.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo que verlos pasado mañana.</b></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_027" id="page_027"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_27" id="SECTION_27"></a>27.</b> The verb <i>to help</i> meaning <i>to assist</i>, <i>aid</i>, is rendered <b>ayudar</b> or
+<b>asistir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I have so much to do and nobody wants to help me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo tanto que hacer y nadie quiere ayudarme.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To help</i> in the sense of <i>to prevent</i>, <i>avoid</i>, is rendered
+<b>evitar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I couldn't help his doing it, but he couldn't help it either.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no podía evitar que él lo hiciese, pero él no podía evitarlo
+tampoco.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>Can't help</i> and <i>couldn't help</i>, followed by an unmodified
+present participle, are rendered by the present and the imperfect
+of the verb <b>poder</b> and the phrase <b>menos de</b> with the infinitive.
+Otherwise, <i>I can't help</i>, <i>couldn't help</i>, etc., may be rendered
+<b>Yo no tengo</b> (<b>tenía</b>) <b>la culpa de que</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I can't help confessing that I am sorry.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No puedo menos de confesar que lo siento.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I couldn't help knowing that you were talking of us.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No podía menos de saber que Vd. hablaba de nosotros.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;When the verbal in <i>-ing</i> is modified by a possessive,
+translate as in (<i>a</i>).</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>It can't be helped</i> is translated <b>no hay remedio</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I thought it could be avoided, but now it can't be helped.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Creí que podría evitarse, pero ya no hay remedio.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_28" id="SECTION_28"></a>28.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Vaya a buscarla después de comer. 2. No querría hacerlo, pero
+no había otro remedio. 3. Quisiera dejarlo para después que oscurezca.
+4. Después de acabar Vd. con ese libro démelo a mí. 5. La ayudaba, sí,
+pero no podía menos de creer que lo hacía sin querer. 6. No me gusta
+dejarlo hacer por manos ajenas, pero no hay remedio. 7. Después que
+habíamos caminado dos horas, los alcanzamos. 8. No puedo menos de querer
+que vengan. 9. Estaba todavía muy débil y teníamos que asistirle cuando
+querría andar. 10. Los niños llegan pasado mañana y los padres unos días
+después.<a name="page_028" id="page_028"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. It isn't ready yet, but I can't help it. 2. Do you want me to
+help you? 3. I can't help feeling sorry that they have done that. 4. We
+knew that it couldn't be helped. 5. I have just seen him, and I can't
+help thinking that he must be ill. 6. She couldn't help hoping that she
+would get what she wanted. 7. After a short time he could walk without
+our help. 8. The dog ran after his master after he succeeded in getting
+out of the house. 9. After the rain had ceased they went out and we did
+not see them afterwards. 10. He knows it is not well done, but he says
+he can't help it.<a name="page_029" id="page_029"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XI" id="LESSON_XI"></a>LESSON XI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Cuando uno no quiere, dos no riñen.</i><a name="FNanchor_11_11" id="FNanchor_11_11"></a><a href="#Footnote_11_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Tomayo y Baus.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_29" id="SECTION_29"></a>29.</b> English <i>here</i> is rendered <b>aquí</b> denoting <i>place where</i> and <b>acá</b> with
+a verb of motion.</p>
+
+<p><i>Here lived a member of my husband's family.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aquí habitaba un individuo de la familia de mi esposo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Go and tell him to please come here.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ve y dile que tenga la bondad de venir acá.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;<b>Aquí</b> is sometimes found with verbs of motion, but <b>acá</b> is
+the commoner form.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Here</i> accompanying the offer of something may be rendered by
+the imperative of <b>tomar</b>, <i>to take</i>, or by <b>aquí</b> with the verb <b>tener</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Haven't you a pencil? Well, here. I have two.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿No tiene usted lápiz? Pues, tome. Yo tengo dos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Here's the money they gave me for you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aquí tiene usted el dinero que me dieron para usted.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To be here</i> in the sense of <i>to arrive</i> is translated
+<b>llegar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They will be here in time according to what they write me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Llegarán a tiempo según me escriben.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_30" id="SECTION_30"></a>30.</b> English <i>well</i> as an adverb is translated <b>bien</b>; as an adjective it
+is <b>bueno</b>. As an introductory word having no grammatical connection with
+the rest of the sentence it is<a name="page_030" id="page_030"></a> rendered <b>bien</b>, <b>bueno</b>, or <b>pues</b>. With
+exclamatory force it may be rendered <b>¡vaya!</b> or <b>¡toma!</b></p>
+
+<p><i>It is very well made, isn't it?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Está muy bien hecho, ¿no?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He must stay here until he gets well.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Debe quedar aquí hasta que se ponga bueno.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Well, that's done. And now what else is there to do?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Bueno</b> (<b>bien</b>), <b>ya está hecho eso. Y ahora, ¿qué más hay que hacer?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Well, I feel ill, very ill.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pues yo me siento mal, muy mal.</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Well! Here am I to get everybody out of difficulties.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vaya! Aquí estoy yo para sacar de apuros a todo el mundo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_31" id="SECTION_31"></a>31.</b> The verb <i>to hold</i> as a synonym of <i>to have</i> is translated <b>tener</b>;
+meaning <i>to contain</i> it is <b>contener</b>. When it indicates that a thing has
+a certain capacity it is translated <b>caber en</b>. In this last sense the
+English subject becomes in Spanish the object of the preposition <b>en</b>,
+while the English object becomes the subject of <b>caber</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He held his hat in his hand all the time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tenía el sombrero en la mano todo el tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>This box holds all that I want.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este cajón contiene todo lo que yo necesito.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We shall have to get another sack. This one holds only a pound.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tendremos que buscar otro saco. En éste cabe solo una libra.</b></p>
+
+<p><b>Contiene solo una libra</b> would mean <i>there is only a pound in it</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;A very common expression is <b>no cabe duda</b>, which translates
+<i>there is no doubt</i>.<a name="page_031" id="page_031"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) The phrase <i>to hold out</i> has many translations, according to
+its meanings as here illustrated.</p>
+
+<p><i>He held out</i> (offered) <i>his hand to me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me ofreció la mano.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He held out his hand for the money.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Extendió la mano para el dinero.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He held out</i> (persisted) <i>for a week.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se mantuvo firme por una semana.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The coffee held out</i> (there was enough).</p>
+
+<p><b>Hubo bastante cafe.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_32" id="SECTION_32"></a>32.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. El vino acá en el tranvía. 2. Pues, que lo haga tan bien como
+yo lo he hecho. 3. No cabían en el barco más de cuatro personas. 4.
+Búsqueme un cesto más grande. En éste no caben las manzanas. 5. El cajón
+contenía frutas y dulces. 6. ¿Y la familia? Están todos buenos según me
+escriben. 7. Con tal que haya bastante harina, no nos falta más. 8. Está
+cansadísimo. No sé si se le mantendrán las fuerzas hasta que llegue a
+casa. 9. ¡Vaya! ¿Usted aquí? ¿Y desde cuándo?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. This bottle will not hold all that ink. 2. Well, what shall I
+do with what is left? 3. Put it here and get another bottle. 4. New
+countries hold out better opportunities to young men than to old ones.
+5. Well, everything is ready for them when they get here. 6. He held out
+the sack to show me what it held. 7. I can't help thinking that he is
+too young for the office that he holds. 8. How much is it? Well, here's
+the money. 9. How many books will this bookcase hold? 10. There is not
+the least doubt that they knew that the box held money.<a name="page_032" id="page_032"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XII" id="LESSON_XII"></a>LESSON XII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Dios no hace las cosas a medias.</i><a name="FNanchor_12_12" id="FNanchor_12_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_33" id="SECTION_33"></a>33.</b> The adverb <i>so</i> expressing manner is rendered <b>así</b>, <i>thus</i>; as an
+adverb of degree <i>so</i> is <b>tan</b>. <i>So much</i> and <i>so many</i> are rendered
+<b>tanto</b>, <b>-a</b>, <b>tantos</b>, <b>-as</b>, when used adjectively or pronominally. As an
+adverb <i>so much</i> is <b>tanto</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>And I am to live so, as long as I am alone.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y así he de vivir mientras esté solo.</b>&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I didn't know that it was so hard to do that.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no sabía que era tan difícil hacer eso.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>That's why they make so many mistakes</i> (are mistaken so many times).</p>
+
+<p><b>De ahí que se equivoquen tantas veces.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I don't need so much. You take what's left.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no necesito tanto. Tome usted lo que sobra.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Used in the manner of a neuter pronoun <i>so</i> is rendered <b>lo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I asked him to call them and he did so at once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le rogué los llamase y lo hizo en seguida.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) In such expressions as <i>I think so</i>, <i>I believe so</i>, <i>he says
+so</i>, where <i>so</i> stands for an affirmative clause, it is translated
+<b>que sí</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Is it going to snow? John says so.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Va a nevar? Juan dice que sí.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>"I think so," he said, taking the instruments from the man's
+hands.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Creo que sí, dijo, tomando los instrumentos de las manos del
+hombre.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_033" id="page_033"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) The conjunctive phrase <i>and so</i> is rendered <b>y así</b> when it is
+equal to <i>and therefore</i>. When it is equivalent to <i>well</i>, <i>then</i>,
+it is rendered <b>conque</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We weren't busy, and so we could help them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nosotros no estábamos ocupados y así podíamos ayudarlos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>And so you say they are to be here at five o'clock?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Conque, ¿dice usted que han de estar aquí a las cinco?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_34" id="SECTION_34"></a>34.</b> English <i>to keep</i> in its simplest meaning of <i>to retain</i> is rendered
+<b>guardar</b> or <b>quedarse con</b>. It has many other meanings, most of which may
+be obtained by paraphrase. So: <i>to keep</i> (observe) <i>a holiday</i>; <i>to keep
+quiet</i> (be still, stop talking); <i>to keep out</i> (not to enter); <i>to keep
+in</i> (not to let go out); <i>to keep on</i> (to continue, <i>or</i> not to take
+off); <i>to keep from</i> (to hinder, prevent, abstain from).</p>
+
+<p><i>Well, I'm going to keep what I have.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pues, yo voy a quedarme con lo que tengo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>At home we keep all the national holidays.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En casa observamos todas las fiestas nacionales.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Well, I agree, and I keep on sacrificing myself.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pues, me conformo, y sigo sacrificándome.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The noise of the street kept him from sleeping.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El ruido de la calle le impidió el dormir.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Tell them to come back. I will keep them just a moment.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dígales que vuelvan. Los detendré un momento, nada más.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_35" id="SECTION_35"></a>35.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Así es, por desgracia. No te espero hoy. 2. La cordera siguió
+corriendo y llegó a lo alto de las peñas. 3. Guardó un asiento vacío
+junto al suyo. 4. Ha retenido la mitad de lo que me debe. 5. Su
+enfermedad le impidió que adelantara en sus estudios. 6. Si todos nos
+mantenemos quietos, no sabrán<a name="page_034" id="page_034"></a> que estámos aquí. 7. Yo le dije que
+callase, pero siguió hablando. 8. Conque, se marchan ustedes hoy ¿no?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I don't know why she wants so much to see me. 2. Of course if
+she wants to go, I can't keep her from it. 3. She keeps on writing to
+me, asking me not to keep it. 4. Has he kept back more than he should?
+They say so. 5. He always keeps out of the house when he sees that the
+maid has just cleaned the floors. 6. In Spain and South America they
+keep all the church holidays. 7. This lesson is not so hard
+(<i>difficult</i>). 8. If it keeps on raining, you must keep on your
+raincoats. 9. I tried to keep the children from making so much noise.
+10. Keep them out of this room for just a few minutes.<a name="page_035" id="page_035"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XIII" id="LESSON_XIII"></a>LESSON XIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Mi opulencia es la sencillez; mi lujo, la sobriedad; mi reposo, el
+trabajo.</i><a name="FNanchor_13_13" id="FNanchor_13_13"></a><a href="#Footnote_13_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a>&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_36" id="SECTION_36"></a>36.</b> <b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. <i>Ask</i> as many questions as you want to. 2. I have not been so
+busy <i>for a long</i> time. 3. I <i>asked</i> the young lady how much the hat
+<i>was</i>. 4. <i>Well</i>, we will <i>look for</i> it here and if we can't find it we
+will send him to <i>get</i> another. 5. We had been gone <i>for</i> an hour when
+they <i>got here</i>. 6. This is a situation that cannot last <i>longer</i>. 7.
+You will <i>get</i> better. Why (<b>si</b>), you <i>are</i> better! 8. Did you <i>know</i>
+that man <i>before</i>? Yes, I <i>made</i> his <i>acquaintance</i> last year. 9. I have
+<i>just</i> seen your parents <i>go in</i>. It is <i>just</i> eight o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. He <i>can't help</i> seeing that it is too large. 2. The poor girl
+<i>looks</i> ill. 3. I don't <i>know</i> how she has been able to work <i>so long</i>.
+4. I am waiting <i>for</i> my brother; I can't <i>get in</i> till he comes because
+I have lost my key. 5. Ah, <i>here</i> he comes. I was <i>just</i> going to send
+some one <i>to look for</i> you. 6. Even the teacher <i>couldn't</i> help
+laughing. 7. I have not seen the sun <i>since</i> morning. I'm sure it will
+rain <i>before</i> night. 8. It is impossible <i>to know how</i> to speak a
+language <i>well</i> without practice. 9. Shall you <i>be</i> here when we <i>get
+back</i>? 10. If I can <i>get</i> him to lend me the money, I will buy it from
+(<b>a</b>) you.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. <i>How long</i> do you think they will be able to <i>hold out</i>? 2. In
+her arms she <i>held</i> a pretty <i>little</i> girl. 3. I have only a very<a name="page_036" id="page_036"></a>
+<i>little</i>, nevertheless this valise won't <i>hold</i> it. 4. This little
+basket <i>just holds</i> a dozen. 5. This pitcher <i>holds just</i> a quart. 6.
+<i>Keep</i> a place <i>for</i> me near you. 7. I <i>asked</i> him who said <i>so</i>. 8. I
+don't <i>know</i> what to do with <i>so</i> many books and still you <i>keep on</i>
+buying more. 9. Who says that? He says <i>so</i>. 10. Is he ready? He says
+<i>so</i>.<a name="page_037" id="page_037"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XIV" id="LESSON_XIV"></a>LESSON XIV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El hombre que se avergüenza de ser feliz debe andar en cuatro pies.</i><a name="FNanchor_14_14" id="FNanchor_14_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Tomayo y Baus.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_37" id="SECTION_37"></a>37.</b> English <i>to leave</i> has three principal translations. Meaning <i>to
+depart</i> it is rendered <b>partir</b>; meaning <i>to go out of</i> it is <b>salir</b>; and
+meaning <i>to allow to remain</i> it is <b>dejar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He left for London yesterday.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Partió para Londres ayer.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>For two months I haven't been able to leave the house.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hace dos meses que no puedo salir de la casa.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>The train had left him in the East station.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El tren le había dejado en la estación del Este.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In the sense of <i>to let</i>, <b>dejar</b> is used.</p>
+
+<p><i>Leave the poor child alone! He's not bothering you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Déjale al pobre niño! No te molesta a tí.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To leave off</i> in the sense of <i>to stop</i> is rendered <b>dejar de</b>
+or <b>cesar de</b>, followed by the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>He left off coming when he found out that he was not congenial to
+us.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dejó de venir cuando supo que no nos era simpático.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To have something left</i> is translated <b>quedar</b> or <b>sobrar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I know you have no time left for social life.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya sé que no le sobra tiempo para la vida social.</b>&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<a name="page_038" id="page_038"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I used to have a lot, but I have very little left now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Antes tenía mucho, pero me queda muy poco ahora.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I gave him four, but he has only two left now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le dí cuatro, pero ya no le quedan más de dos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In this construction notice that the English subject
+becomes the indirect object of the verbs <b>quedar</b> and <b>sobrar</b>, while
+the thing "left" is the subject. The Spanish says literally, <i>to
+him are left only two</i>. Note also the order: object, verb, subject.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_38" id="SECTION_38"></a>38.</b> <i>To let</i>, meaning <i>to allow</i>, is rendered <b>dejar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The poor woman has died of fatigue. Let her rest in peace.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La pobre mujer ha muerto de fatiga. Dejadla que descanse en
+paz.</b>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) When <i>let</i> is used with the third person in the sense of a
+command it is translated by <b>que</b> with the subjunctive. When the verb
+is in the first person plural, the <b>que</b> is omitted.</p>
+
+<p><i>Let John take these letters to the post-office at once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Que Juan lleve estas cartas al correo en seguida.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Let's go now. No, let us sit down here for a moment.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vámonos ahora. No, sentémonos aquí por unos momentos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To let in</i>, <i>out</i>, <i>up</i>, <i>down</i>, <i>through</i> are translated
+<b>dejar entrar</b>, <b>salir</b>, <b>subir</b>, <b>bajar</b>, <b>pasar por</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Don't let that dog in. I have just put him out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No dejes entrar a ese perro. Acabo de hacerle salir.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>They couldn't open the door, but they let me in through the
+window.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No podían abrir la puerta, pero me dejaron entrar por la ventana.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_39" id="SECTION_39"></a>39.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Salga Vd. de la sala y no vuelva Vd. a entrar. 2. Si no han
+partido todavía, dígales que quiero verlos antes que se marchen. 3. No
+salimos de la casa antes que dejó de llover. 4. No sé si me dejarán
+acompañarla a usted. 5. Que vayan a traérmelo en seguida. 6. ¿Les
+sobrará mucho? Creo que sí.<a name="page_039" id="page_039"></a> 7. Partimos mañana en el tren de la mañana.
+8. Su madre no quiere dejarle acompañarnos. 9. Las mujeres dejaban sus
+ocupaciones de la casa y salían a las puertas. 10. Todavía me queda la
+pequeña casa que me dejó mi padre.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. We will not let you leave until it leaves off raining. 2. They
+have all left their umbrellas at home. 3. When he had paid for his
+dinner he had two dollars left. 4. They left five minutes ago. 5. I have
+just one old umbrella left for myself. 6. Let Mary let them in through
+the kitchen door. 7. Let's ask him how many he has left. 8. If I have
+any money left after I have bought all the things that they are asking
+me for, I will let you take it. 9. We can't do much with what is left.<a name="page_040" id="page_040"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XV" id="LESSON_XV"></a>LESSON XV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>La ley es Dios&mdash;o debe serlo.</i><a name="FNanchor_15_15" id="FNanchor_15_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_40" id="SECTION_40"></a>40.</b> English <i>now</i> is generally translated <b>ahora</b>, but when it means
+<i>already</i> it is rendered <b>ya</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I am going to take a walk through the village now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Voy a salir a dar una vuelta por el pueblo ahora.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I have been a workman in the shops for a week now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Soy operario de los talleres hace ya una semana.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) The phrases <i>well, now</i>, and <i>now, then</i>, may be rendered
+<b>ahora bien</b>. The exclamatory phrase <i>come, now!</i> is expressed
+<b>¡vamos!</b>, <b>¡vaya!</b>, or <b>¡ea!</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Come now, Antonio dear, a little patience!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Ea, Antoñito, un poco de paciencia!</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Come now! Tell me everything. I am your friend.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vamos! Confíemelo todo. Yo soy su amiga.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;M<small>ARIANO</small> J<small>OSÉ</small> D<small>E</small> L<small>ARRA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>Now ... now ...</i> is translated <b>ya ... ya ...</b> or <b>ora ... ora
+...</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Now it was too hot, now it was too cold for him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya hacía demasiado calor, ya demasiado frío.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;The phrase <i>from now on</i> is translated de <b>aquí en
+adelante</b>.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_041" id="page_041"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_41" id="SECTION_41"></a>41.</b> English <i>about</i> as a preposition meaning <i>of</i> is translated <b>de</b>;
+meaning <i>in regard to</i> or <i>concerning</i> it is rendered <b>acerca de</b>; meaning
+<i>almost</i>, <i>nearly</i>, <i>in the neighborhood of</i> it is <b>cerca de</b> or <b>más o
+menos</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What are you talking about?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿De qué habla usted?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have to write to him about that matter.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo que escribirle acerca de ese asunto.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have about a hundred.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo cerca de ciento</b> (<b>ciento más o menos</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_42" id="SECTION_42"></a>42.</b> <i>To be about to</i> is rendered <b>estar al punto de</b> or <b>estar para</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>When we arrived, the others were about to leave.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al llegar nosotros, estaban los otros para salir.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_43" id="SECTION_43"></a>43.</b> The verb <i>to feel</i> meaning <i>to experience</i>, <i>perceive</i> is rendered
+<b>sentir</b>; meaning <i>to be of the opinion</i>, <i>think</i> it is rendered <b>pensar</b>,
+<b>ser de la opinion</b>, <b>parecerle a uno</b>; meaning <i>to have the feeling of</i> it
+is rendered <b>ser ... al tacto</b>; meaning <i>to touch</i> it is <b>palpar</b> or <b>tentar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I feel for this man a tremendous interest.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Siento por este hombre un interés tremendo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you feel ill? Just a little pain.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Te sientes malo? Un dolorcillo, nada más.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Well, I feel that it would be better to return now.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pues, a mí me parece que sería mejor volver ahora.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>What's in this bag? It is something that feels hard.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué hay en este saco? Es algo que es muy duro al tacto.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Feel this. It's too hard, isn't it?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Palpe</b> (<b>Tiente</b>) <b>éste. Es demasiado duro, ¿no?</b><a name="page_042" id="page_042"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_44" id="SECTION_44"></a>44.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Ahora tengo ganas de bailar. 2. Pero ya no ha de ir usted,
+¿verdad? 3. Por desgracia ya me quedan pocos. 4. De aquí en adelante se
+ha de trocar mi adversa fortuna en próspera. 5. Palpaba su chaqueta para
+ver si estaba mojada. 6. Me gusta mucho esta tela. Es muy blanda al
+tacto. 7. Eran cerca de las ocho cuando oimos sonar una campana. 8. Ya
+es hora de acabar. 9. Los viejos sienten el frío. 10. Ya lo vi y ya
+desapareció de nuevo.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. He feels better now. It's not necessary to call the doctor. 2.
+Do you want to see them? Well, they have come now. 3. He has about two
+hundred books in his library. 4. Come now! You know what I told you just
+now (see Section 24 (<i>c</i>)). 5. Feel his hands. How cold they are! 6. It
+was about six o'clock when we felt the first shock of the earthquake. 7.
+He was feeling his way (<i>to feel one's way</i>, <b>andar a tientas</b>) in the
+dark corridor. 8. We do not feel safe here, but father feels that it
+would be foolish to go out just now.<a name="page_043" id="page_043"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XVI" id="LESSON_XVI"></a>LESSON XVI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Hacer bien a los villanos es echar agua en la mar</i>.<a name="FNanchor_16_16" id="FNanchor_16_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;C<small>ERVANTES</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_45" id="SECTION_45"></a>45.</b> English <i>will</i> as an auxiliary has two meanings. As denoting simple
+futurity it is in Spanish included in the future form of the verb. As a
+synonym of <i>to want to</i>, <i>will</i> is translated by the present tense of
+the verb <b>querer</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They will get here to-morrow and then I will tell them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Llegarán mañana y se lo diré entonces.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I will tell it to as many as (all who) will listen to me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo diré a cuantos quieran oirme</b>.&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In case of doubt substitute <i>is going to</i> or <i>wants to</i>
+for <i>will</i>. If the former keeps the sense, use the future tense; if
+the latter, use <b>querer</b>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Shall</i>, denoting simple futurity, is included in the future
+tense.</p>
+
+<p><i>I shall not be able to come. Shall you be here?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no podré venir. ¿Estará usted aquí?</b></p>
+
+<p>Expressing determination on the part of the speaker, <i>shall</i> must
+be translated by a clause or by <b>deber</b> with the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>You say he has stolen your bicycle? Well, he shall return it at
+once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Dice Vd. que se le ha robado su bicicleta? Pues, yo haré que se la
+devuelva en seguida</b>, or <b>debe devolverla</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_46" id="SECTION_46"></a>46.</b> The word <i>all</i>, commonly translated <b>todo</b>, has many different
+translations which should be learned in the phrases in which they occur.
+Of these the commonest are: <i>all at<a name="page_044" id="page_044"></a> once</i>, <i>all of a sudden</i>, <b>de
+repente</b>; <i>all right</i>, <b>bueno</b>, <b>bien</b>, <b>está bien</b>; <i>all alone</i>, <b>solo</b>, <b>solito</b>;
+<i>first of all</i>, <b>en primer lugar</b>, <b>ante todo</b>; <i>not at all</i>, <b>de ningún
+modo</b>, <b>no hay de que</b> (an expression of courtesy in reply to the person
+who says <i>thank you</i>); <i>all over</i> (<i>everywhere</i>), <b>por todas partes</b>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>All that</i> or <i>all the ... that</i> may be translated literally
+<b>todo lo que</b> or <b>todos los ...</b> but they are frequently rendered by
+<b>cuanto</b> and <b>cuantos</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Up to now I did all that was in my power for you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hasta ahora hice cuanto estaba en mis manos por vosotros.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I have at my disposal all the money that I may need.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo a mi disposición cuanto dinero pueda necesitar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I am very much obliged to you. Not at all, sir, not at all.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le estoy muy agradecido a usted. No hay de que, señor, no hay de
+que.</b></p>
+
+<p>Note also the phrase <i>it's all the same</i> (<i>it makes no
+difference</i>), <b>lo mismo da</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_47" id="SECTION_47"></a>47.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. No es de ningún modo lo que se llama hombre rico. 2. Ya es
+tarde. Tendrá ganas de marcharse. 3. Al decirme la señora "Muchas
+gracias," yo respondí "No hay de que, señora." 4. Le hemos convidado a
+acompañarnos, pero no quiere venir. 5. Vendrá mañana y le prometemos a
+usted que haremos que vuelva en seguida. 6. No queremos dejarte solo
+solito. Ven tú también. 7. No quiere callarse, pero lo mismo da. No le
+hacemos caso. 8. De repente se puso a buscarlo por todas partes de la
+casa. 9. En primer lugar debe devolver todo lo que necesita usted, ante
+(<i>above</i>) todo los cuadernos. 10. Vamos a ver. ¿Está bien la cuenta?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Is that all you have to do? Well, I'm going to look for another
+job for you. 2. He says he won't stay here all alone.<a name="page_045" id="page_045"></a> 3. Is your letter
+written? Well, my son shall take it to the post-office with mine. 4.
+There will be a masked ball this evening. Shall you go? 5. What shall I
+tell them? Tell them that we shall not send the things till they ask for
+them. 6. All right. Tell me when it is all over (<i>to be all over</i>,
+<b>acabarse</b>). 7. He will give you all you want if you ask him for it. 8. I
+have already asked him many times, but he will not listen to me. 9. All
+the brothers I have are older than I am. 10. Well, since they say they
+will not do it, I shall have to do it myself.<a name="page_046" id="page_046"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XVII" id="LESSON_XVII"></a>LESSON XVII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Es difícil salvar a quien no quiere salvarse de ningún modo.</i><a name="FNanchor_17_17" id="FNanchor_17_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17_17" class="fnanchor">[17]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_48" id="SECTION_48"></a>48.</b> The word <i>way</i> meaning <i>road</i> is translated <b>camino</b>; meaning <i>manner</i>
+or <i>mode</i> it is rendered <b>manera</b> or <b>modo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Our sailor was on the way to become rich.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nuestro marinero estaba en camino de hacerse rico.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Don't talk to me in that way if you don't want to make me cry.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No me hables de este modo si no quieres hacerme llorar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>This way</i> and <i>that way</i> indicating direction are rendered
+<b>por aquí</b> and <b>por allí</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>At any rate</i> (<i>any way</i>) <i>I shall come this way to see your
+nephew.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>De todos modos pasaré por aquí para ver a su sobrino.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>When strongly demonstrative <i>this way</i> and <i>that way</i> are rendered
+<b>así</b>, <i>thus</i>:</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you want me to do it this way or that way?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Quiere usted que yo lo haga así o así?</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>My way</i>, <i>your way</i>, etc., meaning <i>as I do it</i>, <i>as you do
+it</i>, are rendered <b>como lo hago yo</b>, <b>como lo hace usted</b>, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>To do it your way I should need more time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Para hacerlo como lo hace usted yo necesitaría más tiempo.</b><a name="page_047" id="page_047"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) To have one's own way is translated <b>hacer su voluntad</b> or
+<b>hacer como quiere uno</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You don't want to do it? Well, have your own way.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿No quieres hacerlo? Bueno, haz tu voluntad.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>They spoil her by letting her have her own way all the time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La miman dejándola hacer como quiere todo el tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_49" id="SECTION_49"></a>49.</b> The adjective <i>hard</i> is rendered <b>duro</b> when it means <i>not soft</i>;
+<b>difícil</b>, when it means <i>not easy</i>. As an adverb meaning <i>vigorously</i>,
+<i>energetically</i>, <i>diligently</i>, it should be rendered by the Spanish
+adverb that fits best in the sentence. So, <i>to study hard</i> (diligently);
+<i>to blow hard</i> (strongly); <i>to work hard</i> (diligently <i>or</i> much); <i>to
+think hard</i> (deeply, intently).</p>
+
+<p><i>This bread is so hard that it is hard to cut it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este pan es tan duro que es difícil cortarlo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The wind blew hard all night.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El viento sopló fuertemente toda la noche.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>You will have to study harder if you want to pass.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tendrá Vd. que estudiar más diligentemente si quiere ser promovido.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He has had to work hard all his life.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ha tenido que trabajar mucho toda la vida.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_50" id="SECTION_50"></a>50.</b> The verb <i>to give</i> is generally <b>dar</b>, but it has many idiomatic
+translations. So, <i>to give back</i> (return), <b>devolver</b>; <i>to give in</i> or
+<i>give up</i> (consent, yield), <b>consentir</b>, <b>ceder</b>, <b>rendir</b>; <i>to give up</i>
+(renounce), <b>renunciar</b>; <i>to give out</i> (publish; fail), <b>publicar</b>;
+<b>acabarse</b>, <b>concluirse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>And now give me something to eat.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y ahora dame algo que comer.</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This man never gives in.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este hombre no se rinde nunca.</b>&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<a name="page_048" id="page_048"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>After walking a very short distance, her strength gave out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Después de andar muy corta distancia, se le acabaron las fuerzas.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_51" id="SECTION_51"></a>51.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Se lo devolví ayer. 2. Primero se acabó la harina y después al
+azúcar. 3. Se proclamó (publicó, anunció) que la reunión se verificaría
+aquel mismo día. 4. Estaba cansado de tanto correr. 5. Habrá que
+renunciar todo eso si quiere tener éxito. 6. Vamos por allí. Es más
+corto el camino. 7. Quiere descansar después de tanto trabajar. 8. De
+este modo nunca llegaremos. 9. Hemos hecho lo posible para persuadirles,
+pero no quieren ceder.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. If he does it, he will have to do it my way. 2. They have not
+yet given out the names of the committee. 3. My ink gave out and I had
+to use a pencil. 4. If you write it that way, it will be hard to read
+it. 5. He gave up his family for his country. 6. Well, I expect to have
+my own way in regard to this matter. 7. We took the longest way to get
+home. 8. In that way you will never get to where you want to go. 9. Come
+here! Don't get excited in that way. 10. It's raining hard now; if it
+doesn't stop soon, it will be hard to get home. 11. It's hard work for
+me to believe that (say, <i>it costs me work</i>).<a name="page_049" id="page_049"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XVIII" id="LESSON_XVIII"></a>LESSON XVIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Yo nunca tengo miedo cuando hago lo que debo.</i><a name="FNanchor_18_18" id="FNanchor_18_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_52" id="SECTION_52"></a>52.</b> The verb <i>to think</i> in the sense of <i>to reflect</i> or <i>intend</i> is
+<b>pensar</b> (<b>en</b>). As a synonym of <i>to believe</i> it is <b>creer</b>. Where <i>it seems
+to me</i>, <i>to him</i>, etc., may be substituted for <i>I think</i>, <i>he thinks</i>,
+etc., the verb <b>parecer</b> in the third person is used, the English subject
+becoming the Spanish indirect object.</p>
+
+<p><i>You will not think of returning to Salamanca to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Usted no pensará en regresar a Salamanca hoy.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you think I didn't understand?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Cree usted que yo no lo he comprendido?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ARMÓL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Sir, I think you have dropped something.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Caballero, me parece que se le ha caído algo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_53" id="SECTION_53"></a>53.</b> The verb <i>to make</i> in its simplest use is rendered <b>hacer</b>. It has,
+however, a very large number of idiomatic uses that call for other
+translations. Of these, some of the commonest are: <i>to make haste</i>,
+<b>darse prisa</b>; <i>to make fun of</i>, <b>burlarse de</b>, <b>mofárse de</b>; <i>to make the
+acquaintance of</i>, <b>conocer</b>; <i>to make up one's mind</i>, <b>decidirse</b>,
+<b>resolverse</b>, or, in the perfect tenses, <b>tener determinado</b>.<a name="page_050" id="page_050"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>The machinery was making so much noise that we could not hear what he
+said.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hacía tanto ruido la maquinaria que no podíamos oír lo que dijo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Make haste if you don't want to be late.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dese prisa si no quiere llegar con retraso.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have come exclusively to make the acquaintance of this young lady.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>He venido exclusivamente por conocer a esta señorita.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Her brothers, on the other hand, made fun of her.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Sus hermanos en cambio se burlaban de ella.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>When he makes up his mind to do something he does it, and now he has
+made up his mind not to keep on helping them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cuando se resuelve</b> (<b>decide</b>) <b>a hacer algo lo hace, y ya tiene determinado
+que no seguirá amparándolos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To make up for</i> may mean <i>recuperate</i>, <i>compensate</i>, or
+<i>recompense</i>, and in these senses is translated by the cognate
+verbs <b>recuperar</b>, <b>compensar</b>, <b>recompensar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The money that he has just received from his father will make up
+for his losses.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El dinero que acaba de recibir de su padre le compensará por lo
+perdido.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I'm sorry I forgot to tell you. How can I make up to you for it?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Siento haberme olvidado de decírselo. ¿Cómo puedo recompensárselo?</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_54" id="SECTION_54"></a>54.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Al pasar por su cuarto la vieron rezando y se burlaron de ella.
+2. ¿Qué le parece mi protegido ya que le conoce usted? 3. Ya tengo
+bastante en que pensar. 4. ¿Le parecen a usted bien las vendas de este
+ancho? 5. ¿No creen ustedes que el<a name="page_051" id="page_051"></a> trabajar tanto será perjudicial para
+su salud? 6. Dígale que se dé prisa. Ya estamos para partir. 7. Si no se
+mejora en unos días, creo que debemos llamar al médico. 8. ¿Tiene usted
+las manos limpias? Me parece que sí. 9. Le conocí el año pasado en
+Londres. 10. Ya se ha recuperado de sus grandes perdidos.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. We have all made up our minds not to give away all that we
+possess. 2. Do you think that what I want to do is all right? 3. If you
+don't make haste you will not have the pleasure of making the
+acquaintance of the famous author. 4. We shall have to make up to you
+what you have suffered through our carelessness. 5. We are thinking of
+making up a party to go to the theater to-night. 6. Do you think they
+will go with us if we ask them? 7. They very often quarrel, but they are
+never long in making up. 8. Wait a minute. I think I dropped something.
+9. Who made this? It is very well made, isn't it? 10. They have had
+(<b>llevado</b>) a great disappointment, but this kind offer will make up to
+them for it.<a name="page_052" id="page_052"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XIX" id="LESSON_XIX"></a>LESSON XIX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Los sabios en su vanidad suelen olvidarse de Dios.</i><a name="FNanchor_19_19" id="FNanchor_19_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_55" id="SECTION_55"></a>55.</b> The verb <i>to miss</i> has two translations. Meaning <i>to feel the
+absence of</i> it is rendered <b>echar de menos</b>; meaning <i>to note the absence
+of</i> it is <b>notar la falta de</b>. <i>To be missing</i> is translated <b>faltar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Come! Go at once. Don't let them miss you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Ea! ¡Vaya pronto! Que no le echen a Vd. de menos.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>When did you miss the things that your servant stole?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Cuándo ha notado usted la falta de las cosas que le robó su criado?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>If I were missing, it is possible that the King might suspect.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Si yo faltara, es posible que el Rey sospechara.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;N<small>UÑEZ</small> D<small>E</small> A<small>RCE</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>One single boat was missing and that was not to come.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Faltaba una sola lancha y ésta no había de llegar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_56" id="SECTION_56"></a>56.</b> In English, emphasis is usually expressed by additional stress on
+the word to be emphasized. In Spanish this is not so common, emphasis
+being more generally expressed by the use of some emphatic word with the
+word to be emphasized. Such words are <b>¡vaya!</b>, <b>¡toma!</b>, <b>¡mira!</b>, <b>sí, sí</b>.<a name="page_053" id="page_053"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>Let money talk, I said. And it did talk.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hable el dinero, dije. ¡Y toma si habló!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;M<small>ARIANO</small> J<small>OSÉ</small> D<small>E</small> L<small>ARRA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Nobody knows it, nobody! But I know it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nadie lo sabe, nadie. Pero yo sí lo sé.</b>&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What an ovation she received!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vaya si ha recibido una ovación!</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you remember? Do I remember!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Se acuerda usted? ¡(Vaya) si me acuerdo!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>You are good! You are an angel!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Tú sí que eres buena! ¡Tú sí que eres un ángel!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>Emphasis in a negative sentence may be expressed by repeating the
+negative <b>no</b> at the end of the sentence or by using the phrase <b>eso no</b> at
+the end.</p>
+
+<p><i>She hasn't stolen anything from me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No me ha robado nada, eso no.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The journey didn't tire me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El viaje no me cansó, eso no.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I will not let him go, I tell you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No le dejaré ir, te digo, que no.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Personal pronouns in the nominative case are usually omitted.
+When emphasized, they must be expressed.</p>
+
+<p><i>I'll help you if I have time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Te ayudaré si tengo el tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I would help you if I had time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo te ayudaría si tuviera el tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p>In the objective case these pronouns are emphasized by adding the
+disjunctive, or prepositional, form of the pronoun to the sentence.</p>
+
+<p><i>You may say all you want to to me, but don't insult him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>A mí puede Vd. decirme cuanto quiera, pero no le ofenda a él.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_054" id="page_054"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) To assert emphatic belief in a statement the expressions <b>¡ya
+lo creo!</b>, <b>¡cómo no!</b>, <b>sí, por cierto</b>, are used. Equivalent
+expressions in the negative form are <b>¡de ningún modó!</b>, <b>¡no, por
+cierto!</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He's coming at once, isn't he? Yes, indeed</i> (<i>certainly</i>; <i>why, of
+course</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>Viene en seguida, ¿no? ¡Ya lo creo!</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He's coming with us, isn't he? No, indeed.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Va a acompañarnos a nosotros, ¿no? No, por cierto.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_57" id="SECTION_57"></a>57.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. <i>I</i> won't do that. 2. <i>What</i> a pretty flower! 3. You <i>won't</i> do
+that! 4. That <i>is</i> good. 5. Will he <i>come</i>? I should say so! 6. Shall I
+give it to <i>you</i>? 7. No, give it to <i>them</i>. 8. He hasn't missed the
+money yet. 9. I miss all the good friends who used to live near me. 10.
+I don't know <i>him</i>, but I <i>do</i> know his brother. 11. Is that door open?
+I don't know, but I <i>do</i> know that I am cold. 12. My, but this lesson is
+hard! 13. Do you want it now? Certainly. 14. <i>There's</i> a pretty house!
+15. They say they miss us at home. 16. I miss three of my books (<i>say,
+three of my books are missing to me</i>). 17. Do you want to go with <i>her</i>?
+I certainly do. 18. I <i>shall</i> miss <i>you</i>, but <i>not</i> the others. 19.
+There is something missing here and <i>you</i> know what it is. 20. I do
+<i>not</i> know.<a name="page_055" id="page_055"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XX" id="LESSON_XX"></a>LESSON XX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El topo no ve en lo que profundiza, pero el hombre, sí.</i><a name="FNanchor_20_20" id="FNanchor_20_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_58" id="SECTION_58"></a>58.</b> <b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. <i>Let's</i> prepare for the worst. 2. <i>Let's go.</i> We mustn't <i>let</i>
+our presence here excite suspicion. 3. <i>Come now!</i> you ought to have
+more sense. 4. The man of whom we were speaking is here <i>now</i>. 5. <i>All
+right.</i> But I can't see him <i>just now</i>. 6. <i>Come, come!</i> <i>Leave</i> me in
+peace. 7. <i>Look at</i> the fire! <i>Now</i> it seems that it is dying out
+(<b>morirse</b>), <i>now</i> it flames up (<b>alzar</b>) again. 8. You ought to <i>know now</i>
+that they were deceiving you. 9. Water the flower beds <i>first of all</i>.
+10. I paid my creditors and now I can <i>leave</i> the house without fear.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. <i>How long</i> have you <i>felt</i> ill? 2. <i>Shall</i> I take this away?
+No, <i>leave</i> it. <i>I'll</i> eat it. 3. He <i>shall</i> eat nothing. I <i>will</i> see
+to that. 4. Has he hurt himself? <i>Not at all.</i> 5. He <i>shall</i> not <i>leave</i>
+the house if he <i>will</i> not tell me what he has done. 6. On the table
+were <i>left</i> only the knives, forks, and spoons. 7. Provided their
+strength does not <i>give out</i>, they will continue their journey to-day.
+8. <i>Think</i> well before you speak. 9. She has <i>made up her mind</i> to
+<i>keep</i> you in this afternoon. 10. Do you <i>think</i> this lesson is hard?</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In the exercises above the italics indicate words which
+require especial care in translating. In Exercise C the italics
+indicate emphasis.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. They <i>don't</i> miss him, but they <i>do</i> miss her. 2. The
+<i>electric</i> light has gone out, but the lamp hasn't. 3. Do I think of
+them? Indeed I <i>do</i> think of them! 4. He has never written such a letter
+to <i>me</i>. 5. I <i>feel</i> ill, but I shall not call the doctor. 6. <i>That's</i>
+not what I was talking about. 7. I <i>won't</i> do it for <i>him</i>! 8. Why, they
+are going to leave it <i>here</i>! 9. I <i>don't</i> want to go! 10. He <i>won't</i>
+make haste.<a name="page_057" id="page_057"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXI" id="LESSON_XXI"></a>LESSON XXI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>La buena música es como una espuela de las ideas perezosas.</i><a name="FNanchor_21_21" id="FNanchor_21_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_59" id="SECTION_59"></a>59.</b> English <i>time</i> has various translations. Meaning <i>time of day</i> it is
+<b>hora</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>When it came time to go to bed he went toward the room.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cuando llegó la hora de acostarse fué hacia el cuarto.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>At this time of day</i> and <i>at this time of night</i> are translated <b>a estas
+horas</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder where Elise is going at this time of night?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Adónde irá Elisa a estas horas?</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Denoting one <i>time</i> of a series, <i>time</i> is always <b>vez</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Every time it rains the sky sows diamonds.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cada vez que llueve el cielo siembra diamantes.</b>&mdash;C<small>AMPOAMOR</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) Denoting a <i>period</i> of time or <i>length</i> of time the word is
+translated <b>tiempo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This church has been here since the most remote times.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta iglesia se halla aquí desde los tiempos más remotos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>In this house I lose the idea of time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En esta casa pierdo la noción del tiempo.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_60" id="SECTION_60"></a>60.</b> <i>Time</i> occurs also in many idiomatic adverbial phrases. The
+commonest of these are <i>from time to time</i>, <b>de vez en</b><a name="page_058" id="page_058"></a> <b>cuando</b>, <b>de cuando
+en cuando</b>; <i>from this time on</i>, <b>de hoy en adelante</b>, <b>de aquí en adelante</b>;
+<i>from that time on</i>, <b>de ahí en adelante</b>; <i>time after time</i>, <i>time and
+time again</i>, <b>una que otra vez</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He agreed to return from time to time.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se quedó en volver de cuando en cuando.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>From time to time he stopped for a few minutes.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>De vez en cuando se detenía algunos instantes.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;<b>De cuando en cuando</b> and <b>de vez en cuando</b> translate also
+the English adverbial idioms <i>every now and then</i> or <i>every once in
+a while</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_61" id="SECTION_61"></a>61.</b> The verb <i>to like</i> meaning <i>to be fond of</i> (persons) is generally
+translated <b>querer</b>, but sometimes <b>gustar</b> is used. <i>To like</i> (things) is
+<b>gustar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We don't like our new neighbors very well.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No queremos mucho a nuestros nuevos vecinos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I don't like this house as well as I did the other.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No me gusta esta casa tanto como me gustó la otra.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He will like these. Let's see if there are any more here.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Estos le gustarán. A ver si hay más por aquí.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;Though the verb <b>gustar</b> may be used in the regular way with
+a personal subject, it is more commonly used as in these examples,
+the <i>thing</i> being considered as the subject and the person as the
+indirect object. Cf. 51, note.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Like</i> used as a preposition of manner is translated <b>como</b> or
+<b>cual</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The girl is charming, like her mother.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La niña es, cual su madre, encantadora.</b>&mdash;C<small>AMPOAMOR</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This boy sings like a bird.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este muchacho canta como un pájaro.</b><a name="page_059" id="page_059"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To feel like</i> in the sense of <i>to want</i>, <i>desire</i>, is
+translated <b>tener ganas de</b> with the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>I don't feel like going to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No tengo ganas de ir hoy.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>(c)</i> In questions <i>what's ... like</i> is translated <b>¿qué tal ...?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>What's the new professor like?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué tal el nuevo profesor?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Look at me.&mdash;I'm looking.&mdash;Well, what do I look like to you?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mírame.&mdash;Te miro.&mdash;Bueno, ¿qué tal te parezco?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_62" id="SECTION_62"></a>62.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. ¿Cuáles le gustan más, éstos o aquéllos? 2. Hay tiempo para
+todo. 3. Unas veces le trata usted bien y otras veces mal. 4. Hace
+tiempo que noto eso. 5. De aquí en adelante necesitaremos más tiempo. 6.
+De vez en cuando me habló. 7. Una que otra vez bajaban al manantial. 8.
+Ya es hora de irnos, si no queremos llegar con retraso. 9. No me gusta
+escribir con plumatintero. 10. Quiere mucho a todos sus maestros. 11.
+¿Qué tal el tiempo en aquella región? A mí no me gusta un clima frío.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I don't like this song, I'm not going to learn it. 2. This time
+I'm sure you will like what I have brought you. 3. At that time there
+was only one school in the town. 4. I get letters from them from time to
+time. 5. I asked him what the new play was like and he said it was very
+interesting. 6. She had on a big hat that was like a bee-hive. 7. Every
+time I see him he talks like that (<i>in that way</i>). 8. The river
+encircles the city like a silver chain. 9. What time does the train
+arrive? Isn't it time to go to the station? 10. Well, <i>I</i> don't like
+your new dress. It looks like (<b>parecer</b>) an old lady's dress.<a name="page_060" id="page_060"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXII" id="LESSON_XXII"></a>LESSON XXII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>En cosas de fe, para ver claro hay que ser ciego.</i><a name="FNanchor_22_22" id="FNanchor_22_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22_22" class="fnanchor">[22]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;C<small>AMPOAMOR</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_63" id="SECTION_63"></a>63.</b> <i>Very</i> as an adverb is <b>muy</b>. As an adjective it is <b>mismo</b>, <b>-a</b>. When it
+stands alone it is <b>mucho</b>. <i>Very much</i> is always <b>mucho</b> or <b>muchísimo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He was a very intelligent man, fortunate in his mining business.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Era hombre muy inteligente, afortunado en su comercio de minas.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>This very afternoon I will go to his house.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta misma tarde iré a su casa.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>"I shall be very glad," she said with a smile.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me alegraré mucho,&mdash;dijo con una sonrisa.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It would be very much better to leave it for the present.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Sería muchísimo mejor dejarlo por lo pronto.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Emphatic <i>very</i> is often translated by the suffixes <b>-ísimo</b>
+and <b>-ito</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>There did not appear to be any internal injury, but he did have a
+very high fever.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lesión interior no parecía que hubiese, pero sí tenía fievre
+altísima.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>She fell ill, very</i>, <span class="smcap">VERY</span> <i>ill. The doctor said she was going to
+die.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se puso mala, muy malita. El médico dijo que iba a morir.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.<br />
+<a name="page_061" id="page_061"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_64" id="SECTION_64"></a>64.</b> The verb <i>to play</i> is translated <b>jugar a</b> when it means <i>to play
+games</i> or <i>take a part in a drama</i>. <i>To play instruments</i> is rendered
+<b>tocar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The children were playing in the street. They were playing ball.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Los niños jugaban en la calle. Jugaban a la pelota.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>And the woman, what part does</i> <span class="smcap">SHE</span> <i>play in all this?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y la mujer, ¿qué papel juega ella en todo ello?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Go and play the piano so that these gentlemen may hear you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vete a tocar el píano para que estos señores te oigan.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_65" id="SECTION_65"></a>65.</b> The verb <i>to need</i> is rendered either <b>necesitar</b>, <b>hacer falta</b>, or
+<b>faltar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What this boy needs is the pure air of the country.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo que le hace falta a ese muchacho es el aire puro del campo.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">RAMOS
+CARRIÓN.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>I do not need to inform you that first I asked for the other one.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No necesito advertirle a Vd. que primero pedí la otra.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>The tea isn't needed now. You may take it away.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya no hace falta el té. Puede Ud. llevárselo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Less than this was necessary to satisfy the hearers.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Menos de eso se necesitaba para satisfacer los oyentes.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>Note the order in the first example and compare with Sections 51, note,
+and 60.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_66" id="SECTION_66"></a>66.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. A él no le hace falta (no le falta) mucho, pero a mí me hacen
+falta (me faltan) muchas cosas. 2. Necesito un hombre<a name="page_062" id="page_062"></a> que cuide de los
+caballos. 3. Su casa es muchísimo más grande que la nuestra. 4. ¿Quién
+ha jugado (<i>or</i> hecho) el papel de Shylock en la representación de
+anoche? 5. Tan cansaditos estaban que se acostaron en cuanto llegaron.
+6. Llévatelo, que a mí no me hace ninguna falta. 7. Los ví esta misma
+mañana. Parecían contentísimos. 8. En la casa siempre hay que hablar
+quedito porque siempre hay alguien que está durmiendo. 9. Tomó en la
+suya la manecita. La temperatura estaba altísima. 10. Lo primero que
+hace falta para querer es el corazón.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. You do not need to tell me that. I know it already. 2. I heard
+somebody playing the violin. 3. That is the very book I need. Will you
+lend it to me? 4. She needs a nurse to take care of the children. 5.
+(Be) very, very quiet! Mother's asleep. 6. I <i>do</i> like that penknife,
+but I don't need one. 7. The street is very long and very, very narrow.
+8. The little girls are <i>very</i> pretty. My little daughter likes to play
+with them. 9. The last time they were here they gave me many things that
+I needed. 10. Are they satisfied with (<b>de</b>) what you have sent them? Oh,
+yes, very.<a name="page_063" id="page_063"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXIII" id="LESSON_XXIII"></a>LESSON XXIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Debe estar el valor de acuerdo con la prudencia.</i><a name="FNanchor_23_23" id="FNanchor_23_23"></a><a href="#Footnote_23_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Nuñez de Arce.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_67" id="SECTION_67"></a>67.</b> The verb <i>to please</i> meaning <i>to give pleasure to</i> is rendered
+<b>agradar a</b>; meaning <i>to satisfy</i> it is translated <b>contentar</b>; meaning <i>to
+want to</i>, <i>be willing to</i> it is usually rendered <b>querer</b>, though it may
+be translated as in (<i>a</i>).</p>
+
+<p><i>It pleased him very much to hear that we had arrived safe and sound.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le agradó muchísimo saber que habíamos llegado salvo y sano.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Do what I may I never manage to please her.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Haga lo que hiciere nunca logro contentarla.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Ask him if he will please come and help me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pregúntele si quiere venir a ayudarme.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Please</i> used in the imperative is translated by one of the
+following expressions: <b>haga el favor de</b>, <b>tenga la bondad de</b>;
+<b>sírvase</b>. Of these the first two are considered the more formally
+courteous. All are followed by the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>Please be quiet.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hágame el favor de callar.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Waiter, please open the window.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mozo, sírvase abrir la ventana.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;In curter familiar speech, the word <b>favor</b> alone may be
+used.</p>
+
+<p><i>Please answer at once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Favor de contestar en seguida.</b><a name="page_064" id="page_064"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_68" id="SECTION_68"></a>68.</b> The verb <i>to mean</i>, signifying <i>to intend</i>, is rendered <b>tener la
+intención de</b> or <b>proponerse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He means to finish the work without any one's helping him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se propone</b> (<b>tiene la intención de</b>) <b>acabar el trabajo sin que nadie le
+ayude.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In the sense of <i>to wish to say</i>, <i>mean</i> is translated <b>querer
+decir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What does this word mean?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué quiere decir esta palabra?</b></p>
+
+<p>When <i>I mean</i> introduces a qualifying phrase, it is often rendered
+<b>digo</b>, <i>I say</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They call her little Pilar. I wish they'd call me little Pilar&mdash;I
+mean, little Antonio.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La llaman Pilarcita. ¡Si me llamasen a mí Pilarcita&mdash;digo,
+Antoñito!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>Not to mean to do something</i> is generally rendered by <b>hacer
+algo sin querer</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I'm sorry I broke the window. I didn't mean to.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo siento haber quebrado el vidriero. Lo he hecho sin querer.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To mean</i> in the sense of <i>to dare</i> is rendered <b>atreverse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What do you mean by talking to me in that way?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Cómo se atreve Vd. hablarme de esta manera?</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_69" id="SECTION_69"></a>69.</b> <i>Without</i> is translated <b>sin</b>, except when it introduces a verbal noun
+in <i>-ing</i>, modified by a possessive. In this case, <i>without</i> is rendered
+by the conjunction <b>sin que</b>, the English verbal noun becomes in Spanish a
+verb in the subjunctive mode and its possessive modifier becomes the
+subject of the clause.</p>
+
+<p><i>He went away without looking at her and without her looking at him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se marchó sin mirarla y sin que ella le mirara a él.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_065" id="page_065"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I won't go without saying good-by to you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No iré sin decirte adios.</b>&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_70" id="SECTION_70"></a>70.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<b>a</b>) 1. Dígales que hagan el favor de pasar a la sala. 2. ¿Quiere Vd.
+hacerme el favor de plancharme este traje? 3. Sírvase Vd. decir al señor
+que yo le espero en mi despacho. 4. La representación nos ha agradado
+muchísimo. 5. ¡Vaya un tonto! ¿Tendrá la intención de quedar aquí? 6.
+Sabe tocar el violin, digo, el piano. 7. ¡Este sí que la contentará! 8.
+No debes llorar sin que yo sepa porqué lloras. 9. Mientras llueve no
+salimos sin paraguas. 10. No salgas sin que yo te dé permiso.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Please tell him that I'm waiting for him. 2. Do you think this
+will please him? 3. Don't go without me, please. 4. What do you mean by
+eating all the candy! 5. It will be impossible for us to go without
+their seeing us. 6. They have three daughters, I mean, two daughters and
+one son. 7. Please come as soon as you can if you can come without
+bringing the others. 8. I didn't mean to do that; please forgive me. 9.
+He means that if you mean to do that without your father's knowing it
+you will have to hurry. 10. He wrote without thinking that it was
+impossible for him to write without my knowing it.<a name="page_066" id="page_066"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXIV" id="LESSON_XXIV"></a>LESSON XXIV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Cuando empiezan las manos, las lenguas suelen callar.</i><a name="FNanchor_24_24" id="FNanchor_24_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_71" id="SECTION_71"></a>71.</b> The word <i>only</i> is both adjective and adverb. As an adjective it is
+in Spanish <b>único</b>. (Cf. English <i>unique</i>.)</p>
+
+<p><i>You are the only person in whom I can confide.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tu eres la única persona a quien puedo confiar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>The only thing</i> (<i>fact</i>) is rendered <b>lo único</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The only thing she knew was that he had taken that train.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo único que sabía era que había tomado aquel tren.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) As an adverb <i>only</i> is rendered <b>sólo</b>, <b>solamente</b>, or,
+modifying expressions of quantity, <b>no más ... que</b> (<b>de</b> before
+numbers). For the order of the phrase in the sentence, see the
+examples.</p>
+
+<p><i>If I only had what my father gave me, I shouldn't have enough to
+pay the baker.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Si sólo tuviera lo que me da el padre, no tendría para pagar al
+panadero.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>They saw only soldiers on the platforms.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Veían sólo soldados en los andenes.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I have only three.</i> (<i>I have but three. I have just three.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo solo tres.</b> (<b>Tengo tres solamente. Tengo tres, nada más. No
+tengo más de tres.</b>)</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>If only</i>, expressing a wish contrary to fact, is rendered
+<b>ojalá</b> with imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive.</p>
+
+<p><i>If only he were here.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Ojalá que estuviera aquí!</b><a name="page_067" id="page_067"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_72" id="SECTION_72"></a>72.</b> <b>Solo</b> without the accent means <i>alone</i>, or <i>single</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The other compartment was occupied by a single man.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El otro compartamento estaba ocupado por un hombre solo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Bernard loves me alone and I love only him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Bernardo me quiere a mí sola y yo quiero sólo a él.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>Alone</i> (<i>with</i>) is often rendered <b>a solas</b> (<b>con</b>).</p>
+
+<p><i>Alone, I weep much and am fearfully sorry for myself.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>A solás lloro mucho y tengo compasión atroz de mí mismo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>We left him alone with his conscience.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le dejamos a solas con su conciencia.</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_73" id="SECTION_73"></a>73.</b> The verb <i>to hear</i> is <b>oír</b> when actual hearing is meant. Sometimes
+<b>sentir</b> is used in the same sense.</p>
+
+<p><i>I put my ear to the lock and heard voices and laughter.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pegué el oído a la cerradura y oí voces y risas.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Scarcely did she hear the noise and see us, when she got up.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No bien sintió el ruido y nos vió, se levantó.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>(a)</i> When <i>to hear</i> has the force of <i>to find out</i>, <i>learn</i>, it is
+rendered <b>saber</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You have heard from my father how much these orchards please me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ha sabido por mi padre lo mucho que me gustan estas huertas.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_74" id="SECTION_74"></a>74.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Yo no puedo trasnochar. Es lo único que me hace daño. 2. Un día
+le vieron solo y se acercaron para hablarle. 3. Hablaba a solas con el
+Argentino. 4. Sólo de oirle se puso más animado. 5. Supe por mi hermano
+que ustedes asistieron al teatro anoche. 6. Solo aquel hombre podría
+adquirir tanto dinero en tan poco tiempo. 7. El tío que había sido el
+único<a name="page_068" id="page_068"></a> apoyo de la familia acababa de morir. 8. ¡Déjele a este niño!
+¿Por qué se burla usted de él? 9. Hay solamente tres aquí. ¿Tres, nada
+más?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. He alone knew what had been done for them. 2. I have heard from
+home only once this week. 3. He has many books in his library, but only
+a few are good. 4. I think I hear a child crying. Well, it's only the
+children playing in the yard. 5. Leave the room. I want to speak with
+your brother alone. 6. We heard something like a groan, but I think it
+was only the wind. 7. Did you hear what happened this morning? You
+didn't? (<b>¿no?</b>) Well, I meant to tell you when we were alone. 8. We drink
+only water. 9. The lesson wasn't hard. It was only that I didn't have
+much time. 10. This is the only time that I have been able to see you
+alone.<a name="page_069" id="page_069"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXV" id="LESSON_XXV"></a>LESSON XXV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El miedo hace esclavos. La esclavitud hace rebeldes.</i><a name="FNanchor_25_25" id="FNanchor_25_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25_25" class="fnanchor">[25]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Tomayo y Baus.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_75" id="SECTION_75"></a>75.</b> English <i>right</i> as a noun indicating that which is legal, or
+permissible, is translated <b>derecho</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I haven't the right to take it away with me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No tengo el derecho de llevármelo.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To be right</i> as the opposite of <i>to be wrong</i> or <i>mistaken</i>
+is rendered <b>tener razón</b>; meaning <i>to be just</i> it is <b>ser justo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Was it right to leave the boy in that deserted place?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Era justo dejar al muchacho en aquel lugar desierto?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Uncle is right. We must send him to Paris.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tiene razón el tío. Debemos mandarle a París.</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) As the opposite of <i>left</i>, <i>right</i> is <b>derecho</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>In her right hand she held a lamp.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En la mano derecha tenía una lámpara.</b></p>
+
+<p>The phrases <i>on the right</i> and <i>to the right</i> are rendered <b>a la
+derecha</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>St. Mark's church is on the right.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La iglesia de San Marcos se halla a la derecha.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>All right</i> is translated <b>bueno</b> or <b>bien</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>All right, then. I'll give you a dollar for it. That's all right,
+isn't it?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Bueno, entonces. Le daré un duro por él. Está bien, ¿no?</b><a name="page_070" id="page_070"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_76" id="SECTION_76"></a>76.</b> When <i>duty</i> is expressed, English <i>must</i> is translated <b>deber</b>. When
+<i>must</i> expresses <i>what is probably true</i>, <b>deber de</b> is the translation.
+To express <i>necessity</i>, <b>tener que</b> is used.</p>
+
+<p><i>Children must obey their parents.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Los niños deben obedecer a sus padres.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He must have a high opinion of her.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Debe de tener un alto concepto de ella.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I must go to the city to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo que ir a la ciudad hoy.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) When <i>must</i> is followed by a passive infinitive, <b>hay que</b> or
+<b>ha de</b> is used with the infinitive. <b>Hay que</b> also translates the
+impersonal <i>one</i> (<i>we</i>, <i>you</i>, <i>they</i>, <i>people</i>) <i>must</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It mustn't be said that this meeting was in vain.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No ha de decirse que este encuentro fué en vano.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>One must talk of that. One must remember that.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hay que hablar de eso. Hay que acordarse de eso.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) Expressing conjecture or probability <i>must</i> is often
+translated by the future and conditional of the verb which in
+English is the complementary infinitive with <i>must</i>. The future
+translates the present, and the conditional the perfect infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>He must know something about it. He must have worn something.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Algo sabrá de eso. Algo se pondría.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It must be because she did it. It must have been that.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Será porque ella lo haya hecho. Eso sería.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_77" id="SECTION_77"></a>77.</b> EXERCISES</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Llaman a la puerta. Serán ellos. 2. Su hermano debe de ser
+cómplice. 3. La hazaña debió de suceder anoche. 4. No debes llorar sin
+decirme por qué. 5. Ha de perdonarme usted si soy un poco malicioso. 6.
+No hay que apurarse. Estará bueno en un momento. 7. Usted debe de haber
+visto<a name="page_071" id="page_071"></a> la casa en donde vivo. 8. Debe de ser esa casa blanca a la
+derecha. 9. No hay que esperarlos hoy. Tienen razón en no venir. 10.
+Serían las tres cuando al fin llegaron.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I must write a letter to a friend who is ill. 2. That man must
+have a very poor memory. 3. I have brought you a dozen eggs. Is that all
+right? 4. It is not right to tell a child what he must do and not help
+him to do it. 5. On the right of the avenue was (<b>hallarse</b>) a beautiful
+park. 6. Look what I have written. It is all right, isn't it? 7. The
+bell rang, didn't it? It must be the postman. 8. It must have been John
+who telephoned me last night. 9. Is this bill right? It must be. It
+seems to be all right. 10. I must telephone him and tell him that it
+must be done before night.<a name="page_072" id="page_072"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXVI" id="LESSON_XXVI"></a>LESSON XXVI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Santos hay donde menos se piensa.</i><a name="FNanchor_26_26" id="FNanchor_26_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_78" id="SECTION_78"></a>78.</b> The verb <i>to appear</i> is rendered <b>parecer</b> when the meaning is <i>to
+seem</i>; meaning <i>to put in an appearance</i> it is translated <b>aparecer</b>,
+<b>dejarse ver</b>, <b>presentarse</b>, or <b>asomar</b>, the last with the idea of <i>just
+coming into view</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He appears to be absolutely tired out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Parece estar cansado a más no poder.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The moon appears and paints blue shadows.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aparece</b> (<b>asoma</b>) <b>la luna y pinta sombras azules.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>At the same moment the face of the Catalan appeared through the
+window.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al mismo momento asomó el rostro del Catalán por la ventana.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>He tried to appear in public as little as possible.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Procuraba presentarse en pública lo menos posible.</b>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_79" id="SECTION_79"></a>79.</b> The verb <i>to succeed</i> is rendered <b>suceder</b> when the meaning is <i>to
+follow</i>; meaning <i>to be able to</i>, <i>manage to</i>, it is rendered <b>lograr</b>
+with the direct infinitive; in the sense of <i>to be successful</i> it is
+translated <b>tener éxito</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Edward VII. succeeded Queen Victoria.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Eduardo Séptimo sucedió a la reina Victoria.</b><a name="page_073" id="page_073"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>And so I'm lost if I don't succeed in escaping?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Conque estoy perdido si no logro escaparme?</b>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He'll succeed. Indeed he will!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tendrá éxito. ¡Vaya si lo tendrá!</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_80" id="SECTION_80"></a>80.</b> The word <i>even</i> used adverbially is <b>aun</b> or <b>hasta</b>. Used to emphasize
+a noun it is generally <b>hasta</b>. <i>Not even</i> is translated <b>hasta ... no</b>, or
+<b>ni</b> (<b>siquiera</b>); and the phrase <i>even if not</i> is <b>ya que no</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The landlady, the tailor, and even the night-watchman can wait.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La patrona, el sastre, y hasta el sereno pueden esperar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Not even so do I trust him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ni aun así me fío de él.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">GIL Y ZÁRATE.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>I don't want anybody, not even her, to share this sacrifice with me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo no quiero que nadie, ni siquiera ella, comparta este sacrificio
+conmigo.</b>&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Even if not rich, they are by no means poor.</i> <b>Ya que no ricos, no son
+de ningún modo pobres.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_81" id="SECTION_81"></a>81.</b> <i>Toward</i> indicating <i>direction</i> is <b>hacia</b>. Denoting <i>inclination</i> it
+is rendered <b>para con</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We saw that they were all walking toward the river.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Vimos que todos caminaban hacia el río.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Toward his own children he was always unjust.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Para con sus propios hijos fué siempre injusto.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_82" id="SECTION_82"></a>82.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Pegaron fuego hasta a las iglesias. 2. Le felicito a Vd. y aun
+más a su familia. 3. Todavía no se ha dejado ver. 4. ¿Quién sucedió al
+Presidente Lincoln? 5. Saltó al agua y<a name="page_074" id="page_074"></a> logró salvar al niño. 6. Logré
+alcanzarlos hacia la noche. 7. Era muy generoso para con sus amigos
+menos afortunados. 8. No tenían ni siquiera un duro. 9. Hasta su padre
+no sabía lo que habían hecho. 10. Parece que al momento de asomarse él a
+la puerta le dijeron que tenía que presentarse ante el juez.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. They appear to be very happy even if they are not rich. 2.
+Toward morning a light appeared in the house. 3. Even so, I don't like
+his conduct towards his family. 4. I haven't even answered the letters
+that they wrote me. 5. He even shook hands with the beggars in the
+street. 6. I think he will succeed in getting the money. 7. He went
+toward the door without looking at us. 8. I don't feel any anger toward
+him. 9. They have succeeded in opening the door, but even now they can't
+get in. 10. Even if not of as good material as mine, it is very well
+made.<a name="page_075" id="page_075"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXVII" id="LESSON_XXVII"></a>LESSON XXVII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>De la mentira sale mucha veces la verdad.</i><a name="FNanchor_27_27" id="FNanchor_27_27"></a><a href="#Footnote_27_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_83" id="SECTION_83"></a>83.</b> <b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. I have <i>known</i> him <i>only</i> a short <i>time</i>. 2. They returned last
+night at the usual <i>time</i>. 3. They will always <i>need</i> me and so I shall
+<i>keep on</i> sacrificing myself for them. 4. She is <i>very pretty</i>, isn't
+she? Yes, <i>very</i>. 5. I don't <i>feel like playing</i> with them now. 6. The
+least that it had cost him was money and <i>time</i>. 7. In one of the houses
+a lady <i>was playing</i> the organ. 8. He <i>sat down like</i> one who is not in
+a hurry. 9. They congregate there every day at the same <i>time</i>. 10.
+<i>Without</i> the money, I don't like to go to (<b>acudir a</b>) them. 11. It <i>must
+be</i> time <i>for</i> them to arrive.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. <i>Even so</i>, they <i>know</i> very <i>little</i> about that man. 2. From
+<i>time to time</i> he walked <i>toward</i> the door. 3. They have ordered him <i>to
+appear before</i> them to-morrow. 4. It <i>appears</i> that I <i>was not right</i>
+when I <i>told</i> you that. 5. Don't go <i>without me</i>. I can't go <i>without
+asking</i> permission. 6. It has <i>grown</i> very dark. It <i>must</i> be going to
+rain. 7. <i>Tell</i> them it <i>must</i> be done. They <i>must</i> know that already.
+8. We <i>must get</i> him what he <i>needs even</i> if it costs a lot of money. 9.
+We are very, <i>very</i> tired. We haven't had <i>even</i> a moment to rest all
+day. 10. You <i>need</i> not explain. I heard from your companions that you
+had been dismissed. 11. It must be dinner <i>time</i>. You <i>must</i> dine with
+us this evening.<a name="page_076" id="page_076"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. <i>Please tell</i> them that I haven't enough <i>even</i> now. 2. I <i>need
+even</i> more than that, this <i>very</i> minute. 3. <i>What's</i> the weather <i>like</i>
+just now? Oh, it rains <i>every now and then</i>. 4. You will <i>have to</i> give
+me more <i>time</i>. I have <i>only</i> two made. 5. <i>The only thing</i> I <i>need just
+now</i> is a piece of soap. 6. <i>The only thing</i> I <i>succeeded in getting</i>
+from him was advice. 7. If <i>only</i> she were not so ill! But I <i>hear</i> that
+she is <i>getting better</i>. 8. I <i>heard</i> a lady singing. She sang <i>like</i> a
+nightingale. 9. If you <i>mean</i> that you <i>like</i> the way he acts (say, <i>his
+manner of acting</i>) <i>toward</i> others, you are crazy, <i>I mean</i>, you are not
+wise. 10. You <i>are right</i>. It <i>must</i> be he. He <i>must have</i> arrived this
+morning. 11. One <i>mustn't</i> think that all things are <i>like</i> these.<a name="page_077" id="page_077"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXVIII" id="LESSON_XXVIII"></a>LESSON XXVIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Cuando me habla el deber, tan sólo escucho su voz.</i><a name="FNanchor_28_28" id="FNanchor_28_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Gil y Zárate.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_84" id="SECTION_84"></a>84.</b> The verb <i>to sit</i> (<i>down</i>) is rendered <b>sentarse</b>. <i>To be sitting</i> is
+rendered <b>estar sentado</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I'm going, I'm going, you say, and you sit down.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya voy, ya voy, dices, y te sientas.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Will you sit</i> (<i>down</i>) <i>here a moment, please?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Quiere usted sentarse aquí un momento?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Don Miguel is sitting in an armchair near the stove.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Don Miguel está sentado en un sillón inmediato al brasero.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;It is always well to paraphrase <i>sit</i> before translating.
+So, <i>I sat</i> (sat down, took a seat, seated myself) <i>where they told
+me to</i>; <i>I sat</i> (was sitting) <i>in the armchair</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_85" id="SECTION_85"></a>85.</b> <i>To stand</i> meaning <i>to be on one's feet</i> is rendered <b>estar en pie</b> or
+<b>parado</b>; meaning <i>to rise to one's feet</i> it is <b>ponerse de pie</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Pardon me, I am troubled with my heart. I can't stand.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Perdóneme usted. Padezco del corazón. No puedo estar en pie.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">PÉREZ
+GALDÓS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>When they saw the lady enter, everybody stood.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al ver entrar a la señora todo el mundo se puso de pie.</b><a name="page_078" id="page_078"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) Meaning <i>to be situated</i>, <i>stand</i> is translated <b>hallarse</b> or
+<b>estar situado</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>That church has stood there for years.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aquella iglesia se halla allí desde hace muchos años.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) Meaning <i>to endure</i>, <i>bear</i>, <i>suffer</i>, <i>stand</i> is rendered
+<b>aguantar</b>, <b>sufrir</b>, <b>soportar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He couldn't stand the pain.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No podía soportar el dolor.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I can't stand this noise any longer.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No puedo sufrir más este ruido.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_86" id="SECTION_86"></a>86.</b> English <i>corner</i> has two translations. Meaning <i>an exterior angle</i>,
+it is rendered <b>esquina</b>; as <i>an interior angle</i>, it is <b>rincón</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>At the corner of that street stands a house, and in one corner of the
+garden of that house is a beautiful tree.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En la esquina de aquella calle se halla una casa, y en un rincón del
+jardín de esa casa se halla un hermoso árbol.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_87" id="SECTION_87"></a>87.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. La casa estaba situada en medio de grandes jardines. 2. Junto a
+él nos sentábamos nosotros, es decir, el padre cura y yo. 3. Se sentaron
+en torno de una mesa junta a la ventana. 4. ¡Ponte de pie cuando yo te
+hablo! 5. Estamos muy bien en este rinconcito. 6. Ha de saber usted que
+no puedo aguantar a este hombre. 7. En la obscuridad di contra la
+esquina de la mesa y me lastimé el brazo. 8. No había asientos para
+todos y algunos tenían que quedarse parados (en pie). 9. ¿Cómo ha
+soportado el enfermo el largo viaje? 10. Aquí en el rincón hay un banco.
+Sentémonos aquí.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I am tired of sitting. Let's all stand up for a few minutes. 2.
+Who is that boy who is still sitting down? 3. How long are we going to
+have to stand this? 4. We sat down to rest<a name="page_079" id="page_079"></a> a few minutes because we
+were tired. 5. The house stands a little to the right of the church. 6.
+She has been sitting here so very, very quiet that I had almost
+forgotten her. 7. You must always stand when a lady speaks to you. 8.
+Turning the corner, he found himself in a little square that he had
+never seen before. 9. Put the table in the corner. We want to sit there.
+10. There was a lady whom I didn't know standing by the window.<a name="page_080" id="page_080"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXIX" id="LESSON_XXIX"></a>LESSON XXIX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>A quien se apresta a luchar no le abaten pesares.</i><a name="FNanchor_29_29" id="FNanchor_29_29"></a><a href="#Footnote_29_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>DUARDO</small> M<small>ARQUINA</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_88" id="SECTION_88"></a>88.</b> English <i>self</i> used reflexively is rendered by the Spanish reflexive
+pronouns <b>me</b>, <b>te</b>, <b>se</b>, <b>nos</b>, <b>os</b>, <b>se</b>. Used as an emphatic modifier <i>self</i> is
+rendered <b>mismo</b> for all persons, changing only for number and gender.
+<b>Mismo</b> may be used with a reflexive to emphasize it.</p>
+
+<p><i>I hurt myself, as you yourself can see.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me he lastimado, como usted mismo puede ver.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Give the letter to him himself.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Entregue la carta a él mismo.</b>&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I am inclined to believe that the widow loves herself above all.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Inclino a creer que la viuda ama a sí misma sobre todo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>He hurts himself in order to annoy the rest.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Es que se hace daño a sí mismo para dar un disgusto a los
+demás.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;<b>Mismo</b> may take the emphatic ending <b>-ísimo</b>. So <b>él mismísmo</b>
+..., <i>the very ... himself</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_89" id="SECTION_89"></a>89.</b> <i>Last</i>, meaning <i>the most recent of a series</i>, or <i>the final one of
+a series</i>, is translated <b>último</b>. Meaning <i>the one just past</i>, it is
+translated <b>pasado</b>.<a name="page_081" id="page_081"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>The last French invasion proves how difficult it is to attack our
+independence.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La última irrupción francesa prueba cuán difícil es atacar nuestra
+independencia.</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIO</small> C<small>ASTELAR</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>We ourselves were there last week.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nosotros mismos estábamos allí la semana pasada.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I said to myself, "This will be the last time."</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dije para mí&mdash;Esta será la última vez.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) The verb <i>to last</i> is translated <b>durar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Come! Be patient, for this will not last long.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vamos! Tenga usted paciencia, que esto no durará mucho.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>Last night</i> is rendered <b>anoche</b> or <b>ayer por la noche</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They must have stolen them from me last night.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Debieron de robármelas anoche.</b>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>At last</i> is translated <b>al fin</b> or, more emphatically, <b>al fin
+y al cabo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>At last! I was beginning to think that you were lost.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Al fin y al cabo! Yo empezaba a creer que se había perdido usted.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_90" id="SECTION_90"></a>90.</b> The verb <i>to tell</i> has three common translations. Meaning simply <i>to
+say to</i> it is rendered <b>decir</b>. Meaning <i>to relate</i> it is <b>contar</b>. Meaning
+<i>to be effective</i> it is rendered <b>producir efecto</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Tell me, grandfather, what is the name of the queen in your story?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dime, abuelito, ¿cómo se llama la reina de tu cuento?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;M<small>ARTÍNEZ</small> S<small>IERRA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I told them the terrible story of the miner.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Les conté la espantosa narración del minero.</b>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It was a telling narrative.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Fué una narración que produjo efecto.</b><a name="page_082" id="page_082"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_91" id="SECTION_91"></a>91.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Me dice que está lloviendo en este mismo momento. 2. Contaba a
+los niños las aventuras de los conquistadores. 3. María se cortó hace
+poco con ese cuchillo. 4. Lo hemos comprado para nosotros mismos, no
+para ellos. 5. Bien podía ver que sus palabras habían producido efecto.
+6. Esta es la última obra del insigne autor español Pérez Galdós. 7.
+Murió el mes pasado. 8. Al fin han venido a contarme lo ocurrido. 9. La
+mismísima madre de la niña no hubiera podido hacer más para salvarla.
+10. Respeto a la inteligencia de las hormigas se cuentan muchas
+anécdotas.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Please tell them that this is not the book that I need. 2. I
+like to hear him tell how he learned to play the piano. 3. He knows how
+to tell it in such a way that every word tells. 4. I myself had
+forgotten all my troubles. 5. I was just saying to myself that it is
+time to go. 6. The very general himself could not have done more. 7.
+This is the last story that I am going to tell you. Last night you went
+to bed too late. 8. I was just wondering (say, <i>asking myself</i>) whether
+I was dreaming or not. 9. I'm going to take her the roses. I myself like
+the lilies best. 10. At last, last week, I was able to buy the last one
+that I needed.<a name="page_083" id="page_083"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXX" id="LESSON_XXX"></a>LESSON XXX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Digan lo que quieran, la alegría es muy barata.</i><a name="FNanchor_30_30" id="FNanchor_30_30"></a><a href="#Footnote_30_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_92" id="SECTION_92"></a>92.</b> <i>To save</i> in the sense of <i>to rescue</i> is <b>salvar</b>; meaning <i>to keep</i>,
+<i>conserve</i>, it is <b>ahorrar</b>, or <b>conservar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>To save a child, I am capable of throwing myself into the fire.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por salvar a un niño soy capaz de echarme en el fuego.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>It's a pity that he didn't save more while he was earning more.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Es lástima que no haya ahorrado más mientras ganaba más.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We must save our strength.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Debemos conservar</b> (<b>ahorrar</b>) <b>nuestras fuerzas.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_93" id="SECTION_93"></a>93.</b> <i>To see</i> is usually <b>ver</b>, but used in conjunction with certain
+prepositions it calls for other translations. So <i>to see to</i> (take
+charge of) is rendered <b>cuidar de</b>, or <b>tomar a su cargo</b>; <i>to see about</i>
+(ask <i>or</i> inquire about) is translated <b>informarse de</b> or <b>pedir informes
+sobre</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I'll see to the baggage.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo cuidaré del equipaje, or yo tomaré a mi cargo el equipaje.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>What time do you want me to go and see about it?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿A qué hora quiere usted que yo vaya a informarme de ello?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To see through</i> may be rendered (<b>llegar a</b>) <b>comprender</b>. <i>To
+see a thing through</i> is rendered <b>llevar algo a cabo</b>.<a name="page_084" id="page_084"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>There's a problem that I shall never be able to see through.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vaya un problema que yo nunca llegaré a comprender</b> (or <b>que yo
+nunca comprenderé</b>)!</p>
+
+<p><i>We've begun it and we must see it through.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo hemos empezado y debemos llevarlo a cabo.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) The exclamatory <i>see here!</i> is rendered <b>¡mire Vd.!</b> and the
+imperative forms <i>let's see</i> and <i>let me see</i> are translated <b>a ver</b>
+or <b>vamos a ver</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>See here! You'll have to hurry if you want to overtake them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Mire Vd.! Tendrá que darse prisa si quiere Vd. alcanzarlos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Let's see if you with your talent can clear this up for me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>A ver si usted con su talento me aclara esto.</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Let's see! Will you tell me what use flowers are?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Vamos a ver! ¿Quiere usted decirme que utilidad tienen las
+flores?</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Let's see! What have you to declare?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡A ver! ¿Qué tiene Vd. que declarar?</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_94" id="SECTION_94"></a>94.</b> <i>Half</i> as a noun is <b>la mitad</b>. As an adjective it is <b>medio</b>, which is
+also its adverbial form. <i>Half-way there</i> is translated <b>a mitad del
+camino</b> or <b>en medio camino</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>"They offered me the half now," said the old woman.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Me ofrecieron la mitad ahora,&mdash;dijo la anciana.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>He always stopped when halfway there.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Siempre se detuvo a la mitad del camino.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Halfway there, there was an inn.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En medio del camino se hallaba una venta.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_95" id="SECTION_95"></a>95.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Si Vd. me da la mitad, yo quedaré satisfecho. 2. Estábamos
+medio tristes y medio rabiosos. 3. Queda a media milla de distancia de
+aquí. 4. A ver si Vd. puede hacerlo mejor. 5. Ahorró mucho dinero en
+poco tiempo. 6. Es muy hábil el<a name="page_085" id="page_085"></a> médico. Esperemos que salve al niño. 7.
+¡Mira! si no quieres que lleguemos con retraso, date prisa. 8. Yo tomaré
+todo eso a mí cargo. 9. A mitad del camino tuvieron que volver. 10.
+Estaba medio enojada porque no le habían dado más que la mitad.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. The firemen saved all the people in the house. 2. It is a
+strange affair. I can't see through it at all. 3. Half is for me and the
+other half for them. 4. Let's see, what's the good of this? 5. I'll see
+to the dinner. 6. To save time we sent a servant to see about the
+trains. 7. The bandits left their victims there half dead. 8. Halfway
+there they all sat down to rest. 9. Don't leave it half done. See it
+through! 10. The letter is half written. Let's see! Don't you want to
+finish it now?<a name="page_086" id="page_086"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXI" id="LESSON_XXXI"></a>LESSON XXXI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>El que presta a un amigo pierde el dinero y el amigo.</i><a name="FNanchor_31_31" id="FNanchor_31_31"></a><a href="#Footnote_31_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_96" id="SECTION_96"></a>96.</b> The word <i>as</i> as a conjunction of cause is rendered <b>ya que</b>, <b>puesto
+que</b>, or <b>como</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>As you have eaten nothing to-day, it occurred to me to get a supper for
+you to-night.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Como hoy no has comido nada, se me ocurrió prepararte una cena esta
+noche.</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>As they won't go with us, let's invite the others.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya que no quieren acompañarnos ellos, invitemos a los otros.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) As a conjunction of time or comparison it is <b>como</b>, but a temporal
+clause introduced by <i>as</i> may be rendered by <b>al</b> with the infinitive.</p>
+
+<p><i>He had a slight acquaintance with foreign literature as many have
+to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tenía un ligero tinte de literatura extranjera como muchos lo tienen
+hoy.</b>&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>As I entered the room, they all stopped talking.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al entrar yo en la sala, todos dejaron de hablar.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) The correlative <i>as ... as</i> is rendered <b>tan ... como</b>, but <i>as much
+... as</i> and <i>as many ... as</i> are rendered <b>tanto ... como</b> and <b>tantos ...
+como</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>My father was as charmed as ever with her.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Mi padre se mostró tan embelesado como siempre con ella.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I have as much time as I need, and as many books as I want to read.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo tanto tiempo como necesito y tantos libros como quiero leer.</b></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_087" id="page_087"></a>The second <i>as</i> in these phrases may be translated <b>cuanto</b>, <b>cuantos</b>, or
+these words may be used to translate both the first and the second <i>as</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I will buy you as much</i> (<i>as many</i>) <i>as you need.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Te compraré cuanto</b> (<b>cuantos</b>) <b>le hacen falta.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>As soon as</i> may be translated literally <b>tan pronto como</b>, but it
+is also very frequently rendered <b>así que</b>, <b>en cuanto</b>, or <b>luego que</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You are going to do it as soon as you know what I am going to tell
+you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Lo vas a hacer en cuanto sepas lo que yo te voy a decir.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>As soon as night had closed in, they went again to the judge's house.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Así que se cerró la noche se dirigieron otra vez a la casa del juez.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>As for</i>, <i>as far as ... is concerned</i>, <i>as regards ...</i>, all may
+be translated <b>en cuanto a</b> or <b>por lo que toca a</b>. Otherwise, <i>as far as</i>
+is translated <b>hasta</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>As for him, he said that he had had them also.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En cuanto a él, dijo que las había tenido también.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>"As for me," said old Peter, "I know it by heart."</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por lo que me toca a mí,&mdash;dijo el tío Perico,&mdash;lo sé de memoria.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) When <i>as</i> introduces a clause the action of which is represented
+as occurring simultaneously with the action of the principal clause, it
+is translated <b>a medida que</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The children drew their grandmother toward them as they spoke.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Los niños tiraron a su abuela hacia sí a medida que hablaban.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;F<small>ERNÁN</small> C<small>ABALLERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_97" id="SECTION_97"></a>97.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Sabes tan bien como yo lo que tenemos. 2. En cuanto me den el
+dinero, voy a Madrid. 3. Luego que venga la criada, pídeselo Vd. 4. A
+medida que las lanchas entraban en la ensenada, el grupo iba mermando
+poco a poco. 5. Al salir de la casa vieron al hombre que se escapaba. 6.
+Como yo le vi por última vez el año pasado, no sé si se acordará de mí.
+7. Al fin<a name="page_088" id="page_088"></a> y al cabo lo ha hecho como lo quiero yo. 8. Quieren que yo
+las acompañe hasta la iglesia. 9. Por lo que le toca a Juan, ya ha
+prometido darme el suyo. 10. Tengo cuantos necesito por lo pronto.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. As I was walking in the park this morning I met an old friend.
+2. As for you, some fine (good) day you are going to get what you
+deserve. 3. This is not so large as I wanted it. 4. Save your money as
+much as you can while you are young. 5. As for me myself, I spend as
+much as I earn. 6. Will you go as far as the corner with me? 7. They are
+studying Spanish as so many are doing now. 8. You must sign it as well
+as (<b>tan bien como</b>, or <b>tanto como</b>, <b>lo mismo que</b>) I. 9. As soon as I find
+the man who owes me all that money, I will lend you some. 10. As we
+approached the village, the sky was getting darker.<a name="page_089" id="page_089"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXII" id="LESSON_XXXII"></a>LESSON XXXII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>La libertad nunca puede ser por tiranos defendida ni propagada por esclavos.</i><a name="FNanchor_32_32" id="FNanchor_32_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32_32" class="fnanchor">[32]</a>&mdash;E<small>MILIO</small> C<small>ASTELAR</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_98" id="SECTION_98"></a>98.</b> The verb <i>to want</i> in the sense of <i>to wish</i> is translated by
+<b>querer</b>. Meaning <i>to need</i>, <i>be in want of</i>, it is rendered <b>necesitar</b>,
+<b>tener menester</b>, <b>hacer falta a</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I want you to tell me at once.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo quiero que usted me lo diga en seguida.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I want another book. Have you any more?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Necesito</b> (<b>tengo menester</b>, <b>me hace falta</b>) <b>otro libro. ¿Tiene Vd. más?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>They want three more chairs.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Necesitan otras tres sillas.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;Observe the position of <b>otras</b>. The word <b>otro</b> regularly
+precedes a numeral.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_99" id="SECTION_99"></a>99.</b> In the conjunctive phrase <i>either ... or</i>, <i>either</i> is translated <b>o</b>.
+As a pronoun it is translated <b>o el uno o el otro</b>. At the end of a
+negative sentence <i>either</i> is rendered <b>tampoco</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Either I'm much mistaken or this is going to cause talk.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>O me engaño mucho o esto va a dar que hablar.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you want this pen or the fountain pen? Either will do.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Quiere Vd. esta pluma o la plumafuente?&mdash;O la una o la otra servirá.</b><a name="page_090" id="page_090"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>And I don't think I'm a fool, either.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y creo que no soy tonto, tampoco.</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p>When <i>either</i> at the end of a negative sentence is used merely for
+emphasis, it is expressed by repeating the negative <b>no</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I didn't do it, either!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡No lo he hecho, no!</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_100" id="SECTION_100"></a>100.</b> <i>Neither</i> is <b>ni</b> as a conjunction and equal to <i>and ... either</i>. As
+a pronoun it is <b>ni el uno ni el otro</b>. Standing as the first word in a
+sentence <i>neither</i> is translated <b>tampoco</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I do not look into the mirror, neither to-day nor ever.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No miro en el espejo, ni hoy ni nunca.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He wouldn't help him, neither would he help me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No quería ayudarle a él, tampoco quería ayudarme a mí.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I showed him the drawings. Neither of them pleased him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Le mostré los dibujos. Ni el uno ni el otro le ha contentado.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_101" id="SECTION_101"></a>101.</b> The conjunction <i>because</i> is <b>porque</b>. The prepositional phrase
+<i>because of</i> is translated <b>a causa de</b>. <b>Por</b> with the infinitive is often
+used for <b>porque</b> with a clause, and may be used for <b>a causa de</b> when the
+object of the preposition is a participial phrase.</p>
+
+<p><i>I won't give you any more because you have enough already.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No te daré más porque ya tienes bastante.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Because of the rain the country was flooded.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>A causa de la lluvia estaba inundado el campo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>That tribe obeyed him and respected him because he was</i> (<i>because of
+his being</i>) <i>older.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aquella caterva le obedecía y respetaba por ser él mayor.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_091" id="page_091"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_102" id="SECTION_102"></a>102.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. No quiero que Vds. me ofrezcan dinero. 2. No le he devuelto el
+dinero que tuvo a bien prestarme.&mdash;Ni yo tampoco. 3. O se lo ha llevado
+él o el hermano de él, pero ni el uno ni el otro quiere confesarlo. 4.
+¿Qué necesita usted?&mdash;Un martillo para arrancar estos clavos. 5. O el
+uno o el otro libro la contentará. 6. Por haber caído tanta nieve no
+quiero que salgan los chicos esta mañana. 7. A causa de la huelga de los
+empleados del tranvía tuvimos que ir a pie. 8. O los nuevos o los viejos
+debe usted mandarme. 9. Yo quisiera conocer a ese señor porque me dicen
+que es de gran talento. 10. Por ser tan tarde, no querían los padres
+partir sin los niños.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Well, how many more do you want and how much do you want to pay
+for them? 2. Do you want to see the picture that they were talking
+about? 3. Either the father or the mother must be ill. 4. Neither of my
+friends can speak Spanish. 5. I have to serve as (<b>de</b>) interpreter
+because I speak the language fluently. 6. Because of the illness of my
+father, neither my mother nor I were able to go. 7. Because I have a
+cold, I want you to read this letter aloud to the others. 8. These
+plants want water. Do you want to water them now? 9. Have you seen
+either of my sons to-day? Yes. I just saw the older one with three other
+boys. 10. I want you to tell <i>me</i> what you want, either by telephone or
+by letter. 11. Neither her father nor her mother wanted her to go out,
+because it is so cold. She didn't want to go, either.<a name="page_092" id="page_092"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXIII" id="LESSON_XXXIII"></a>LESSON XXXIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Cuando hay alegría, todo se hace bien.</i><a name="FNanchor_33_33" id="FNanchor_33_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_103" id="SECTION_103"></a>103.</b> The verb <i>to wonder</i> is variously rendered. In the sense of <i>to be
+surprised</i> it is generally <b>extrañar</b> or <b>admirarse</b>. As a synonym of
+<i>should</i> or <i>would like to know</i> it may be translated <b>quisiera saber</b>, or
+<b>tener curiosidad por saber</b>. In the sense of <i>to be thinking</i> or <i>asking
+one's self</i>, the Spanish uses <b>preguntarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>No one wondered at the girl's illness.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nadie extrañó la indisposición de la niña.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I don't wonder that they say certain things.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No me admiro de que digan ciertas cosas.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I was wondering if I should have time to go before they came.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo me preguntaba si tendría el tiempo de ir antes que llegasen ellos.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder who did this.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo quisiera saber quién habrá hecho eso.</b></p>
+
+<p>The verb <i>to wonder</i> is, however, often best translated by the future of
+probability, as illustrated in the following examples:</p>
+
+<p><i>Has he come yet, I wonder?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Habrá venido ya?</b><a name="page_093" id="page_093"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder if it is time yet.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Será ya la hora?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I wonder who that man is.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Quién será ese hombre?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Cisneros</i> (<i>observing them curiously</i>). <i>I wonder what's going on?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cisneros</b> (<b>observándolos con curiosidad</b>). <b>¿Qué pasará?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;N<small>UÑEZ</small> D<small>E</small> A<small>RCE</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>This form is used when the English sentence would make complete sense
+without <i>wonder</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_104" id="SECTION_104"></a>104.</b> In English <i>the one</i> has three translations. When used in contrast
+with <i>the other</i>, it is rendered <b>el uno</b>. Before the relative <i>who</i> or
+<i>that</i> it is <b>el</b>. In adjective phrases such as <i>the new one</i>, <i>the old
+one</i>, etc., the word <i>one</i> is omitted.</p>
+
+<p><i>Both boys were busy. The one was helping his mother, the other, his
+father.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ambos muchachos estaban ocupados. El uno ayudaba a su madre, el otro a
+su padre.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>You are not going from my house. They are the ones that are going.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tú no te vas de mi casa. Los que se van son ellos.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>And the one that hurts most, is it above or below?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Y la que le duele más, ¿es de arriba o de abajo?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>You take the big ones. The little one is mine.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tome usted los grandes. El pequeño es mío.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_105" id="SECTION_105"></a>105.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. No hay peor sordo que el que no quiere oír. 2. El hombre se
+extrañó el no hallar a su hijo. 3. Yo soy la que se va de aquí. 4. Los
+relojes andan desacordes, porque cuando el de la Puerta<a name="page_094" id="page_094"></a> del Sol da las
+ocho el del Palacio suele dar las ocho y media. 5. ¿Qué hora será? 6.
+Envíeles a ellos los viejos y a mí los nuevos. 7. Se preguntaba si valía
+la pena de continuar. 8. Vió que el paisano tenía dos caballos, el uno
+muy gordo y el otro muy flaco, y se admiraba de la diferencia. 9. ¿Qué
+revista será aquél que lee con tanto interés? 10. Llaman a la puerta.
+¿Quién será a estas horas?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I was wondering if the dog was mad. 2. Take the big one. The
+little ones aren't worth anything. 3. Who opened the door, I wonder?
+Please shut it. 4. I don't wonder that you don't like that dress. The
+other one is much prettier. 5. I don't mean that man. I mean the one who
+was here before. 6. Everybody wondered what he would be like. 7. Will
+they want this before I return, I wonder? 8. I wonder at their silence.
+They must know that I am anxious to know how they stood the journey. 9.
+The one that you have in your hand is mine. The one that you dropped is
+my sister's. 10. They tell me that I must choose either this one or that
+one. I wonder why I can't have the one that I like best.<a name="page_095" id="page_095"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXIV" id="LESSON_XXXIV"></a>LESSON XXXIV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Lo que no puede hacer un gitano, no hay quien lo haga sobre la
+tierra.</i><a name="FNanchor_34_34" id="FNanchor_34_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34_34" class="fnanchor">[34]</a>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_106" id="SECTION_106"></a>106.</b> <b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. <i>I couldn't help</i> smiling when I saw him <i>stand up</i>. 2. Who is
+that woman <i>standing</i> in the doorway? 3. While it <i>lasted</i> the boy kept
+(<b>tenia</b>) his eyes fixed on the judge's face. 4. The old man <i>was sitting</i>
+behind the counter, reading aloud. 5. He <i>is not to blame</i>. Nor I
+<i>either</i>. 6. What do you <i>want</i> (<i>ask</i>) for the <i>half</i> of what you have
+brought? 7. I can't <i>stand so much</i> heat. 8. We <i>sat down</i> to wait until
+they came. 9. <i>Let's see!</i> You <i>told</i> him to come and <i>see</i> me <i>as soon
+as</i> he arrived, didn't you? 10. They <i>looked</i> very happy <i>sitting there</i>
+in the shade of the big trees.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. That is <i>the one</i> who was at the door when the accident
+occurred. 2. I have <i>half</i> of the money <i>saved</i> already. 3. <i>As</i> he has
+read many histories, he can cite many examples. 4. It will be better to
+put the larger <i>ones</i> in another place. <i>Here</i> in this <i>corner</i>. 5. I
+<i>wonder</i> if this <i>one</i> is <i>as</i> large <i>as</i> that <i>one</i>. 6. I <i>heard</i> from
+your companions that you had been dismissed. 7. Have you <i>heard</i> from
+home lately? 8. <i>As for</i> those two houses, <i>neither</i> is large enough for
+my family. 9. <i>As</i> I approached the man, I saw that he was <i>getting</i>
+uneasy. 10. <i>Because</i> the horse was older than he had said, they did not
+<i>want</i> to buy it.<a name="page_096" id="page_096"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. <i>Well</i>, as the <i>one</i> that I <i>want</i> is not here, I <i>must</i> take
+the <i>one</i> that I have. 2. <i>Will</i> you <i>see to</i> the dessert while I am
+<i>getting</i> the rest of the dinner? 3. As <i>either one</i> is large enough,
+<i>will</i> you take this <i>one</i> and <i>leave</i> me the other <i>one</i>? 4. I <i>wonder</i>
+if the postman has come yet. 5. They are erecting a large building at
+the <i>corner</i> of our street. I <i>wonder</i> what it will be. 6. He <i>wondered</i>
+that you had not arrived yet. 7. <i>Tell</i> him that he <i>must</i> do it
+himself. 8. They are tearing down the church that has <i>stood</i> at that
+<i>corner for so many</i> years. 9. I was in Naples when the <i>last</i> eruption
+of Vesuvius occurred. That was <i>last</i> year. 10. I <i>heard last night</i>
+that the governor <i>himself</i> would come <i>as soon as</i> he returned.<a name="page_097" id="page_097"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXV" id="LESSON_XXXV"></a>LESSON XXXV</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>No creer en nada es estar loco.</i><a name="FNanchor_35_35" id="FNanchor_35_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;C<small>AMPOAMOR</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_107" id="SECTION_107"></a>107.</b> The verb <i>to take</i>, in its simplest meaning of <i>to carry</i>, is
+rendered <b>llevar</b> or <b>tomar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I have to take this book to school.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tengo que llevar</b> (<b>tomar</b>) <b>este libro a la escuela.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In the sense of <i>to use</i>, <b>tomar</b> is the correct translation.</p>
+
+<p><i>The lemonade is rather sour. Take some mare sugar.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Es algo agria la limonada. Tome usted más azúcar.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To take off</i>, meaning <i>to remove</i>, is <b>quitar(se)</b>; meaning
+<i>to imitate</i>, it is translated <b>imitar</b> or <b>remedar</b>. <i>To take out</i> is
+<b>sacar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He took off his hat and from it took out a roll of banknotes.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se quitó el sombrero y de él sacó un rollo de billetes de banco.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Without taking his eyes off them, he slowly continued his way.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Sin quitarles de encima la vista, siguió lentamente el camino.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To take leave of</i> is <b>despedirse de</b>; <i>to take steps</i> is <b>dar
+pasos</b>; <i>to take for granted</i> is <b>dar por supuesto</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Before taking leave of me, she wanted to give me the letter.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Antes de despedirse de mí, quiso darme la carta.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I take it for granted that you will take the necessary steps to
+prevent it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Doy por supuesto que Vd. dará los pasos necesarios para impedirlo.</b><a name="page_098" id="page_098"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To take place</i> is rendered <b>tener lugar</b> or <b>verificarse</b>; <i>to
+take possession of</i> is translated <b>apoderarse de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The funeral took place yesterday and the heirs have now taken
+possession of the property of the deceased.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El entierro tuvo lugar</b> (<b>se verificó</b>) <b>ayer y ya se han apoderado de
+los bienes del difunto los herederos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) <i>To take up room</i> is rendered <b>ocupar lugar</b> or <b>espacio</b>; <i>to
+take care of</i>, <b>cuidar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I'm going to get rid of this table. It takes up too much room.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Voy a deshacerme de esta mesa. Ocupa demasiado lugar.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Don't worry. God will take care of you and of your family.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No te apures. Dios cuidará de ti y de los tuyos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>f</i>) <i>To take advantage of</i> is rendered <b>aprovecharse de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Take advantage of all the opportunities that come to you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aprovéchese Vd. de cuantas oportunidades se le presenten.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>g</i>) <i>To take back</i> in the sense of <i>to return</i> is translated
+<b>devolver</b>; meaning <i>to retract</i> it is rendered <b>retractar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Take this letter back to them and tell them that we want them to
+take back what they say in it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Devuélvales Vd. esta carta y dígales que queremos que retracten lo
+que en ella escriben.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_108" id="SECTION_108"></a>108.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Dios que cuida de los insectos cuidará de mí y de mi familia.
+2. Allí había muchas personas que se habían apoderado de la chimenea. 3.
+No se quite Vd. el abrigo que aquí en este cuarto hace mucho frío. 4. Me
+aproveché de la oportunidad para contarle lo ocurrido. 5. El cuento de
+la desgracia ocupó el primer plan del diario de la mañana. 6. Tenemos
+mucho gusto en mandarle lo que nos ha pedido. 7. La recepción que se
+verificó con motivo de la visita del insigne autor, atrajó una brillante
+asistencia. 8. ¡Cuidado! tengo que devolver ese jarro a la vecina y no
+quiero que me lo quiebres antes. 9. El espacio<a name="page_099" id="page_099"></a> delante de la plataforma
+fué ocupado por los bancos de los alumnos. 10. ¡Lléveselo! pero ha de
+ser ahora mismo.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Take this back and tell them that it is not the one I asked
+for. 2. I shall take advantage of your offer. 3. This will take up more
+room than that. 4. I think they are taking it for granted that we are
+going with them. 5. Don't you think that you ought to take off your
+shoes? 6. The trunk took up so much room in the car that there was no
+room for me. 7. Tell them that I will take charge (<b>cargarse</b>) of all this
+so that they may take advantage of this time to go and take leave of
+their friends. 8. It was evident that he took (<i>had</i>) great pleasure in
+telling the children stories when he took care of them. 9. I think he
+will take possession of the property next week.<a name="page_100" id="page_100"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXVI" id="LESSON_XXXVI"></a>LESSON XXXVI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Nada existe en la tierra que no sirve para algo.</i><a name="FNanchor_36_36" id="FNanchor_36_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36_36" class="fnanchor">[36]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_109" id="SECTION_109"></a>109.</b> The word <i>ever</i> is translated <b>nunca</b> in a negative sentence. Meaning
+<i>at any time</i>, it is rendered <b>una</b> or <b>alguna vez</b>. As a suffix it is
+<b>-quiera</b>, and the compound word is followed by <b>que</b> and the subjunctive.</p>
+
+<p><i>Now I deserve you less than ever.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ahora te merezco menos que nunca.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Do you think he will ever come to see us?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Cree usted que venga una vez a vernos?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I would follow her wherever she went.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La seguiría adondequiera que fuese.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_110" id="SECTION_110"></a>110.</b> The verb <i>to pass</i> meaning <i>to go by</i> (<i>through</i>, <i>past</i>) is
+rendered <b>pasar por delante de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They passed me in groups.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Pasaron en grupos por delante de mí.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In reference to time, <i>pass</i> is rendered <b>transcurrir</b> when
+used intransitively.</p>
+
+<p><i>I slept confidently that night and let the next day pass.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Confiado dormí aquella noche y dejé transcurrir el día siguiente.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_101" id="page_101"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To pass on</i> meaning <i>to continue one's way</i> is rendered
+<b>seguir el camino</b>; meaning <i>to hand to</i>, <i>give to</i> it is translated
+<b>entregar</b> or <b>dar a</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>When you have finished with it, pass it on to your friend.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Cuando Vd. haya acabado con él, entréguelo a su amigo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He stopped to speak to us, but passed on immediately.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se detuvo a hablarnos, pero siguió en seguida su camino.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To pass</i> (promote) is rendered <b>aprobar</b>; <i>to pass</i> (be
+promoted) is <b>ser aprobado</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>You will pass of course, but let's see if that professor will pass
+me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tu serás aprobado, eso sí, pero a ver si aquel profesor me aprobará
+a mí.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_111" id="SECTION_111"></a>111.</b> The verb <i>to pay</i> or <i>pay for</i> is usually <b>pagar</b>. Meaning <i>to be
+profitable</i> it is rendered <b>ser provechoso</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>There were many there that paid nothing because they had nothing.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Muchos había allí que nada pagaron porque nada tenían.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Everybody knows that his mines did not pay.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Todo el mundo sabe que sus minas no le eran provechosas.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To pay attention to</i> has two translations. Meaning <i>to
+listen to</i> it is <b>poner atención</b>, meaning <i>to heed</i>, <i>act upon</i>,
+<i>mind</i> it is <b>hacer caso de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They never paid any attention to him when he was talking to them.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nunca le ponían atención cuando les hablaba.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>She used to talk to his aunt without paying any attention to him.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Hablaba con su tía sin hacer caso de él.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_112" id="SECTION_112"></a>112.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. De todo eso no hice caso sino que siguiera adelante. 2. Ha
+pasado muchas noches entregado al trabajo. 3. No hay que afirmar que
+pasamos por la casa de Pepita. 4. ¿No querían nunca hacerlo sin que Vd.
+los ayudase? 5. Por dondequiera que vayamos tenemos que llevarlos a
+ellos. 6. ¿Cómo quieres aprender si nunca pones atención? 7. Parece que
+no tienen la<a name="page_102" id="page_102"></a> intención de pagarle. 8. No le haga Vd. caso que se está
+burlando de Vd., nada más. 9. Transcurrió la noche sin que nadie en la
+casa lograra dormirse. 10. En plena noche los oimos pasar por delante de
+la casa.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. We have never had the money to pay for the house although we
+have always wanted to buy it. 2. Do you know that man who has just
+passed the house? 3. My son has written me that he has passed all his
+examinations. 4. I don't believe that he will ever finish what he is
+doing. 5. Whoever did this knows how to do it well. 6. Don't pay any
+attention to them. 7. Whatever book you choose, pay cash for it (<b>pagar
+al contado</b>). 8. I have finished with this and now I am going to pass it
+on to my younger brother. 9. Did you ever see the portrait of my father
+that that painter painted? 10. And so a quarter of an hour passed, and
+the procession passed the house again.<a name="page_103" id="page_103"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXVII" id="LESSON_XXXVII"></a>LESSON XXXVII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>La fe en una gran idea es la vida de la inteligencia.</i><a name="FNanchor_37_37" id="FNanchor_37_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37_37" class="fnanchor">[37]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>MILIO</small> C<small>ASTELAR</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_113" id="SECTION_113"></a>113.</b> The verb <i>to turn</i> has many translations. <i>To turn</i> (<i>round</i>) is
+<b>volver</b> or <b>volverse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He turned and looked him straight in the face.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Se volvio y le miró cara a cara.</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>All heads turned towards him.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Todas las cabezas se volvieron hacia él.</i>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In the sense of <i>to grow</i>, <i>get</i>, <i>become</i>, <i>to turn</i> is
+rendered <b>ponerse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Auntie turned all the colors of the rainbow</i> (literally,
+<i>twenty-five colors</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>La tía se puso de veinticinco colores.</b>&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) In the sense of <i>to go round</i> or <i>to make go round</i>, <i>turn</i>
+is <b>dar vuelta(s)</b>. In the phrase, <i>to turn the corner</i>, the verb may
+be translated <b>doblar</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He was turning the wheel.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Daba vueltas a la rueda.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>It was two o'clock when he turned</i> (<i>the corner</i>) <i>into
+Reconquista Street.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Eran las dos cuando dobló por la calle Reconquista.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Upon turning the corner he found himself in a small plaza.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al dar vuelta a la esquina se halló en una plazuela.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) <i>To turn to</i> in the sense of <i>to address</i>, <i>appeal to</i>, <i>have
+recourse to</i> is rendered <b>dirigirse a</b>. Where the appeal is
+specifically for help, <b>recurrir a</b> may be used.<a name="page_104" id="page_104"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>"Now you have heard it," he continued, turning to the young lady.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya lo ha oido Vd.,&mdash;prosiguió dirigiéndose a la señorita.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Since my family will not help me, I turn to my friends.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya que mi familia no quiere ayudarme, me dirijo a mis amigos.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) <i>To turn over</i> (invert) is <b>invertir</b>; meaning <i>to revolve</i> it
+is <b>revolver</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>When he turned the plate over he found what had been hidden.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Al invertir el plato halló lo escondido.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>But, man alive, I can hardly turn over myself!</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¡Pero, hombre de Dios, si apenas puedo revolverme yo!</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p>(<i>e</i>) <i>To turn out</i> (prove to be) is rendered <b>resultar ser</b> or
+<b>resultar</b> alone.</p>
+
+<p><i>It turns out that you are the father of a genius.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Resulta que eres el padre de un genio.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p>Meaning <i>to put out</i>, <i>expel</i>, <i>dismiss</i>, it is rendered <b>expeler</b>,
+<b>echar</b>, <b>poner de patitas en la calle</b>, or <b>despedir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This servant is absolutely worthless. I am going to turn him out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Este criado no vale absolutamente nada. Voy a ponerle de patitas en
+la calle.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>f</i>) <i>To turn into</i> (become) is rendered <b>convertirse en</b> or
+<b>cambiar(se) en</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I told the children the story of the prince who turned into a
+dragon.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Conté a los niños el cuento del principe que se cambió en un
+dragón.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The witch turned the princess into a cat.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>La bruja cambió a la princesa en un gato.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We took the furniture out of the room and turned it into a
+gymnasium.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Sacamos los muebles del cuarto y lo convertimos en</b> (<b>un</b>) <b>gimnasio.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>g</i>) <i>To turn up</i> in the sense of <i>to appear</i> is rendered
+<b>aparecer</b>, <b>llegar</b>, <b>dejarse ver</b>; in the sense of <i>to happen</i> it may
+be rendered <b>suceder</b>, <b>ocurrir</b>, <b>acaecer</b>.<a name="page_105" id="page_105"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>That man always turns up when he is least wanted. I hope something
+will turn up to keep him from coming to-day.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Aquel hombre aparece siempre cuando menos queremos verle. ¡Ojalá
+que suceda algo que le impida el venir hoy!</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_114" id="SECTION_114"></a>114.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. La alfombra se había puesto roja donde la había manchado el
+ácido. 2. Apenas hube dado vuelta a la esquina cuando vi al que buscaba.
+3. Dirigiéndome entonces a la señora que acababa de hablar, vi que se
+había puesto muy pálida. 4. Compramos un erial y resultó que el subsuelo
+era un inmenso almacén de carbón. 5. Entonces se convirtió en una hada
+con alas blancas. 6. Al fin cuando íbamos perdiendo la paciencia se
+dejaron ver. 7. Tan pequeña era la habitación que apenas podíamos
+revolvernos en ella. 8. Me he puesto a revolver papeles. 9. Mi buen
+deseo resultó ser inútil.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I wonder how that affair will turn out. 2. He turned the glass
+upside down. 3. Turn them all out if they bother you. 4. It is not worth
+while to do that, because they will surely turn up again. 5. They have
+turned that building into a school for the blind. 6. When you turn the
+next corner you will see the building that you are looking for. 7. The
+poor woman does not know to whom to turn in her distress. 8. The leaves
+are turning yellow and red. They will fall soon. 9. He was turning the
+handle of a little organ that belonged to a blind man. 10. All eyes
+turned in the direction of the speaker.<a name="page_106" id="page_106"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXVIII" id="LESSON_XXXVIII"></a>LESSON XXXVIII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Vale más errar por generosidad que acertar por egoísmo.</i><a name="FNanchor_38_38" id="FNanchor_38_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;E<small>MILIO</small> C<small>ASTELAR</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_115" id="SECTION_115"></a>115.</b> English <i>can</i> and <i>could</i>, translated by the present and past
+tenses of <b>poder</b> when <i>possibility</i> is implied, are differently
+translated to express <i>conjecture</i>. In the latter case, Spanish uses the
+future and conditional of the verbs that in English are the complements
+of <i>can</i> and <i>could</i>. The examples should be very carefully studied and
+compared with those given under <a href="#SECTION_102">section 102</a>.</p>
+
+<p><i>What can be the matter with the poor boy?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Qué tendrá el pobrecillo?</b>&mdash;R<small>AMOS</small> C<small>ARRIÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Where could Telmo be hidden?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Dónde estaría metido Telmo?</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>The first man who made a friend&mdash;what could he have been thinking
+about?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El primer hombre que se hizo amigo&mdash;¿en qué estaría pensando?</b>&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y
+BAUS.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>"It wasn't Peter apparently." "It wasn't? Who could it have been?"</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No era Pedro a lo visto.&mdash;¿No? ¿Quién estaría?</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;<span class="smcap">TOMAYO Y BAUS.</span><br />
+</p>
+
+<p>Note that the conditional translates both <i>could be</i> and <i>could have
+been</i>.<a name="page_107" id="page_107"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_116" id="SECTION_116"></a>116.</b> <i>To ring</i> is <b>tocar</b> as a transitive and <b>sonar</b> as an intransitive
+verb.</p>
+
+<p><i>We rang twice before we heard the bell ring within the house.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tocamos dos veces antes de oír sonar la campanilla dentro de la casa.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>At that moment a shot rang out very close.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En aquel mismo instante sonó un tiro muy próximo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_117" id="SECTION_117"></a>117.</b> English <i>but</i> as a synonym of <i>however</i> is <b>pero</b>; as an adversative
+conjunction it is rendered <b>sino</b>; in the sense of <i>only</i> or <i>except</i> it
+may be rendered <b>sino</b> or <b>no ... más de</b> (<b>que</b>).</p>
+
+<p><i>He is not here at present, but I am expecting him at any moment.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No está aquí en este momento, pero le estoy esperando de un momento a
+otro.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>She is not Spanish, but Italian.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No es española sino italiana.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>No one knows it but you.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Nadie lo sabe sino tú.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>Remember that now you have no father but this gentleman.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Acuérdate de que ya no tienes más padre que este señor.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_118" id="SECTION_118"></a>118.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. ¿Quién será?&mdash;exclamó la joven que se había puesto pálida. 2.
+¿Sería mi hermano el que ha hecho eso? 3. Sonó la campanilla, pero el
+viejo no la oyó por ser él sordo. 4. ¿Serán ya las tres? ¿Sonaría la
+campanilla sin que nosotros la oyésemos? 5. Voy a mandarle todo lo que
+me ha pedido menos este libro, que no puedo pasarme sin él. 6. Me dijo
+que a las doce de la noche había sonado la campanilla del teléfono.
+¿Quién me telefonaría a esas horas? 7. Ya no le queda más dinero<a name="page_108" id="page_108"></a> que la
+pequeña suma que heredó de su padre el año pasado. 8. ¿Sería el vecino
+que me robó el caballo? 9. Es la primera vez que ha faltado a la cita.
+¿Estará mala? 10. Yo no sabía de quien sería el bolsillo que acababa de
+hallar. 11. No hay quien toque las campanas como usted.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. Ring the bell and when they open the door ask for him. 2. Who
+can that man be? There is no one here who knows him. 3. We heard the
+coins ring as they fell on the table. 4. He speaks no language but
+English, but he reads Spanish and French. 5. I have no friend but you in
+the whole city. 6. Could it have been your father who telephoned you
+last night? 7. Where can my brother be? I hope he has not lost his way.
+8. I was wondering if <i>he</i> could have taken them. <i>She</i> could not have
+lifted them. 9. We had nothing but bread and butter to eat, but it was
+enough as we were not hungry. 10. What can he be reading that seems to
+interest him so much? Generally he reads nothing but the daily paper.<a name="page_109" id="page_109"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XXXIX" id="LESSON_XXXIX"></a>LESSON XXXIX</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>No necesitamos ser serios para ser buenos.</i><a name="FNanchor_39_39" id="FNanchor_39_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;P<small>ÉREZ</small> G<small>ALDÓS</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_119" id="SECTION_119"></a>119.</b> The verb <i>to put</i> in its simplest meaning of <i>to place</i>, <i>lay</i>,
+<i>set</i>, is <b>poner</b>. It has a very large number of idiomatic uses that call
+for different translations. Many of these may be learned easily by
+paraphrasing <i>put</i>. So, <i>to put away</i>, <i>put by</i> (save), <b>guardar</b>,
+<b>ahorrar</b>; <i>to put back</i> (retard), <b>retardar</b>; (return a thing to where it
+was), <b>volver a poner una cosa en donde estaba</b>; <i>to put out</i> (extend),
+<b>extender</b>; (extinguish), <b>apagar</b>; (expel), <b>expeler</b>, <b>echar</b>; (disturb,
+trouble, annoy), <b>estorbar</b>, <b>molestar</b>; <i>to put down</i> (make a note of),
+<b>apuntar</b>, <b>poner por escrito</b>; (to suppress), <b>suprimir</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Don't scold me. Put yourself in my place.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No me reprenda usted. Póngase en mi caso.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>I picked up the money and put it in my pocket.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Recogí el dinero y lo guardé en el bolsillo.</b>&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They say that he has a lot of money put away.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dicen que tiene ahorrado muchísimo dinero.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>We will put down the names in this little book.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Apuntaremos los nombres en este librito.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I shall not be satisfied until they have put it down in writing.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No quedaré satisfecho hasta que lo hayan puesto por escrito.</b><a name="page_110" id="page_110"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>Can it be the change of teachers that has put him back so much?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Será el cambio de maestros que le ha retardado tanto?</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) <i>To put on</i> is translated by the reflexive <b>ponerse</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They are torn, I know, but I put them on fully aware of it.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Estan rotas, sí, pero me las he puesto con todo conocimiento.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;Cf. <i>to have on</i>, <b>tener puesto</b>, <b>-a</b>, <b>-os</b>, <b>-as</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>They had their hats on.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Tenían puestos los sombreros.</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) <i>To put in</i> (add) is <b>añadir</b>; <i>to put in mind of</i> is rendered
+<b>recordar</b>; <i>to put in time</i> is <b>gastar</b> or <b>pasar tiempo</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>This house puts me in mind of the house where I was born. I should
+like to put in a few weeks here.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Esta casa me recuerda la casa en donde nací yo. Quisiera pasar unas
+semanas aquí.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The lemonade is not very sweet. Put in a little more sugar.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No es muy dulce la limonada. Añada usted un poco de azúcar.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_120" id="SECTION_120"></a>120.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Apunte usted todo lo que yo le voy a decir pues ya sé que tiene
+Vd. corta memoria. 2. Vuelva Vd. a poner todas esas cosas en donde
+estaban. 3. Guarda tus libros en este cajón. 4. Ya van a apagar las
+luces. Salgamos antes de que nos echen a la calle. 5. Me olvidé de poner
+por escrito sus señas en cuanto me las dió. 6. Ponte este vestido. Te
+cae más bien que aquél. 7. La llegada inesperada de tantos amigos a la
+vez estorbó no poco a la señora. 8. Extendió la mano para recibir la
+limosna. 9. Apaga esa luz que aquí se puede ver bastante bien sin ella.
+10. Si, fuera yo usted no me estorbaría por ellos.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I must put it down before I forget it. 2. The children have
+gone to bed without putting their toys away. 3. Put a little more water
+in (<b>a</b>) the tea. 4. There is much sickness in that family. They put it
+down (<b>atribuir</b>) to the water from that<a name="page_111" id="page_111"></a> well. 5. We hoped to finish
+before night, but the rain has put us back. 6. Shall I put the lamp on
+this table? (<i>Use present tense of verb.</i>) 7. If we don't let her know
+that we are coming, we may put her out. 8. He put the knife back into
+his pocket when he saw that we didn't need to cut the string. 9. The
+wind had put out all the lights, but it had not put out the fire. 10. Do
+you think they will be able to put down the revolution that has broken
+out in the southern provinces?<a name="page_112" id="page_112"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XL" id="LESSON_XL"></a>LESSON XL</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Do (donde) el honor muerto está no hay ya de vida esperanza.</i><a name="FNanchor_40_40" id="FNanchor_40_40"></a><a href="#Footnote_40_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Gil y Zárate.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_121" id="SECTION_121"></a>121.</b> <i>To strike</i> in the sense of <i>to hit</i> is <b>pegar</b>; <i>to strike against</i>
+is <b>dar contra</b>; <i>to strike the hour</i> is <b>dar la hora</b>; <i>to strike</i> (cease
+work) is <b>declararse en huelga</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>It was I who struck him the blow with the ax.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo fuí quien le pegué el hachazo.</b>&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> M<small>ÁRMOL</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Has it struck ten yet?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿Han dado ya las diez?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>He struck his head against the door and hurt himself cruelly.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Dió con la cabeza contra la puerta y se lastimó cruelmente.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>All the employes of the railroads have struck.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Todos los empleados de las empresas ferroviarias se han declarado en
+huelga.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_122" id="SECTION_122"></a>122.</b> Spanish <b>vez</b> meaning <i>time</i> (see <a href="#SECTION_59">section 59</a>) occurs in many
+adverbial phrases which in English do not always contain the word
+<i>time</i>. So, <b>otra vez</b>, <i>again</i>; <b>a la vez</b>, <i>at once</i>, <i>at the same time</i>,
+<i>together</i>; <b>de una vez y para siempre</b>, <i>once and for all</i>; <b>tal vez</b>,
+<i>perhaps</i>; <b>en vez de</b>, <i>instead of</i>; <b>rara vez</b>, <i>rarely</i>, <i>seldom</i>; <b>cada
+vez más</b>, <i>more and more</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>That surprised me and at the same time amused me.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Eso me sorprendió y a la vez me hacía gracía.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;P<small>ALACIO</small> V<small>ALDÉS</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_113" id="page_113"></a></p>
+
+<p><i>Of thirteen or fourteen stones all thrown together, wouldn't one hit
+him?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>De trece o catorce piedras todas lanzadas a la vez, ¿no había de tocarle
+una?</b>&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>I will answer you once and for all.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Yo os responderé de una vez y para siempre.</b>&mdash;E<small>SCRICH</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>He rarely entered the Casino. He had no time to spare.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Entró rara vez en el Casino. No le sobraba tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;E<small>MILIA</small> P<small>ARDO</small> B<small>AZÁN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Instead of saying "I'm not going," I take my hat and go.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>En vez de decir&mdash;no voy&mdash;tomo el sombrero y me voy.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;J<small>UAN</small> V<small>ALERA</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>And so once here he insisted that we should stay a few days.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Con que una vez aquí, se empeñó en que quedásemos unos pocos
+días.</b>&mdash;E<small>CHEGARAY</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_123" id="SECTION_123"></a>123.</b> The verb <i>to start</i> is rendered <b>comenzar</b>, <b>empezar</b>, <b>principiar</b>,
+<b>ponerse a</b>, when the meaning is <i>to begin</i>. Meaning <i>to set in motion</i> it
+is translated <b>poner en movimiento</b>. In the sense of <i>to leave</i>, <i>depart</i>,
+it is rendered <b>ponerse en marcha</b> or <b>en camino</b>, or <b>partir</b>. <i>To start
+from</i> is rendered <b>arrancar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>"With much pleasure," I said, and I started to unload.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Con mucho gusto, dije, y me puse a descargar.</b>&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Scarcely had he started the engine when it stopped again.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No bien hubo puesto en movimiento la máquina cuando volvió a pararse.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The train starts from the north station.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El tren arranca de la estación del norte.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>The vehicle started at full speed.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>El vehículo se puso en marcha a toda velocidad.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_114" id="page_114"></a></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_124" id="SECTION_124"></a>124.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Es necesario que no salgamos a la vez. 2. En vez de marcharse
+por la noche se largó de madrugada. 3. No necesita usted hablarle otra
+vez. 4. Es algo que tal vez sea una alucinación, pero lo he notado. 5.
+Me pegó sin que yo le hubiera dicho nada. 6. En los últimos meses del
+año pasado se declararon en huelga más de siete mil obreros. 7. El tren
+estaba para ponerse en marcha. 8. Al oír lo que le dijimos nosotros se
+puso a correr hacia la aldea. 9. Antes arrancaba el tren de esta
+estación, pero ya no. 10. Al oír que daban las tres en el reloj del
+cabildo, todos se pusieron a caminar hacia el palacio.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. It is not right for them to strike now. 2. Starting from (<b>a
+partir de</b>) to-day I must start for school at eight o'clock. 3. Half an
+hour later they succeeded in starting the machine. 4. Perhaps you will
+have more time next time. 5. She became more and more tired as she
+approached the end of her journey. 6. Do you remember the last time the
+coal miners struck? 7. It strikes me (<b>se me ocurre</b>) that it would be
+better to finish it now once and for all. 8. Instead of starting at
+half-past seven they waited until after it had struck eight. 9. They all
+called me at once, but I was more and more determined not to go with
+them. 10. He struck him a blow with a whip, but the horse would not
+start.<a name="page_115" id="page_115"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XLI" id="LESSON_XLI"></a>LESSON XLI</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>Para los grandes intentos son los grandes corazones.</i><a name="FNanchor_41_41" id="FNanchor_41_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41_41" class="fnanchor">[41]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;<span class="smcap">Nuñez de Arce.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_125" id="SECTION_125"></a>125.</b> The verb <i>to do</i> is generally <b>hacer</b>. Used as an auxiliary in
+interrogative or negative sentences it is untranslated.</p>
+
+<p><i>Now that he is here let him see what he has to do.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Ya que está aquí que vea lo que tiene que hacer.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>ENAVENTE</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Didn't I tell you? Do you think she is happy?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>¿No te lo decía yo? ¿Crees que sea feliz?</b>&mdash;J<small>OSÉ</small> D<small>E</small> L<small>ARRA</small>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) In the sense of <i>to be enough</i>, <i>to do</i> is rendered <b>bastar</b>.
+Meaning <i>to serve as</i>, <i>be good for</i>, it is translated <b>servir</b> (<b>de</b>).</p>
+
+<p><i>That will do. You have taken too much time already.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Basta. Ya ha ocupado usted demasiado tiempo.</b></p>
+
+<p><i>I have no letter paper. Will this postcard do?</i></p>
+
+<p><b>No tengo papel de cartas. ¿Servirá esta tarjeta postal?</b></p>
+
+<p><i>If it rains, this newspaper will do for an umbrella.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Si llueve, este diario nos servirá de paraguas.</b></p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_126" id="SECTION_126"></a>126.</b> In addition to the adverbial expressions given in the preceding
+lessons the following are important:</p>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>by day</i>, <b>de día</b></td><td align="left"><i>in the afternoon</i>, <b>por la tarde</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>by night</i>, <b>de noche</b></td><td align="left"><i>in the evening</i> (or <i>at night</i>), <b>por la noche</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>at daybreak</i>, <b>al amanecer</b></td><td align="left"><i>day by day</i>, <i>from day to day</i>, <b>de día en día</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>at nightfall</i>, <b>al anochecer</b></td><td align="left"><i>at a little after six</i>, <b>a eso de las seis</b>, or <b>a las seis y pico</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>in the morning</i>, <b>por la mañana</b></td><td align="left"><i>about six o'clock</i>, <b>como a las seis</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>a week from to-day</i>, <b>de hoy en ocho días</b></td><td rowspan="4" align="left"><i>within a few minutes</i>, <i>in a few minutes</i>, <b>dentro de pocos minutos</b>, <b>a los pocos
+minutos</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>two weeks from to-day</i>, <b>de hoy en quince días&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; </b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>at six o'clock</i>, <b>a las seis</b></td></tr>
+<tr valign="top"><td align="left"><i>at six o'clock sharp</i>, <b>a las seis en punto</b></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>&mdash;When the hour is mentioned, the phrases <i>in the morning</i>,
+<i>in the afternoon</i>, etc., are rendered <b>de la mañana</b>, <b>de la tarde</b>.
+So <i>at six in the morning</i>, <b>a las seis de la mañana</b>.</p>
+
+<p><i>At night there were banquets on board.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Por la noche hubo banquetes abordo.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><i>Within two months after entering the army he was a sergeant.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>A los dos meses de haber entrado en el ejército era sargento.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>One afternoon at a little after five the robbers returned.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Una tarde a eso de las cinco los ladrones regresaron.</b></p>
+
+<p class="r">&mdash;A<small>LARCÓN</small>.<br />
+</p>
+
+<p><i>Day by day he feared that she would find him out.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>De día en día temía que le descubriese.</b>&mdash;B<small>LASCO</small> I<small>BÁÑEZ</small>.</p>
+
+<p><b><a name="SECTION_127" id="SECTION_127"></a>127.</b> <span style="margin-left: 30%;"><b>EXERCISES</b></span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. Todas las noches a eso de las once me dirigía hacia aquella
+calle. 2. A los pocos días supe que habían llegado. 3. ¿Qué te parece?
+¿Servirá éste? 4. Por la mañana trabajo, por la tarde y por la noche me
+divierto. 5. Le dije que tendría mucho gusto en hacer lo que me acababa
+de pedir. 6. Al amanecer llegó uno de los soldados para decirnos que la
+compañía se pondría en marcha a las ocho en punto. 7. Como son malos de
+día y de noche no tienen más que malos pensamientos. 8. Los alimentos
+que tenemos son pocos y malos, pero creo que bastarán para los que
+tienen mucha hambre. 9. ¿Lo han comprado ellos?<a name="page_117" id="page_117"></a> No quieren comprarlo?
+10. Esta roca llana nos servirá de mesa. 11. Tenemos que hacerlo antes
+de hoy en quince días.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I want him to be here about eight o'clock. 2. I shall not have
+time to do all that I wanted to do. It is a little after one now. 3. I
+have only a small knife. Will that do? 4. It has struck four. Didn't
+they say that they would be here at four exactly? 5. This newspaper will
+do for a tablecloth. 6. At what time did the accident occur? At a little
+after six in the morning. 7. Day by day they had more to do. They worked
+more by day than by night. 8. He wants to wait until a week from
+Tuesday, but that will <i>never</i> do (<i>never</i> is here only an emphatic
+<i>not</i>). 9. This ink won't do. It's green. 10. They woke me a little bit
+after eight to ask me what they should do.<a name="page_118" id="page_118"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="LESSON_XLII" id="LESSON_XLII"></a>LESSON XLII</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align="left"><i>La mentira es siempre cobarde.</i><a name="FNanchor_42_42" id="FNanchor_42_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42_42" class="fnanchor">[42]</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align="right">&mdash;L<small>OS</small> Q<small>UINTERO</small>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><b>REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. It is <i>the one</i> who <i>told</i> you a <i>little</i> while ago that you
+had dropped something. 2. I don't <i>like</i> children. They <i>turn</i>
+everything upside down. 3. What <i>can</i> he be doing that he doesn't come?
+4. "<i>Can</i> the dog be mad?" the man wondered. 5. Who <i>could</i> have spilled
+the milk? 6. <i>Take</i> this. It <i>takes up</i> too much room in this drawer. 7.
+The boy <i>took off</i> his hat when the old man spoke to him. 8. Don't you
+<i>ever pass</i> my house on the <i>way</i> to your office? 9. It is a pity that
+he will not <i>take advantage</i> of your offer. 10. Why do you never <i>pay
+attention to</i> what I say to you?</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I advised him not <i>to pay</i> for it, but he <i>paid no attention</i>
+to my advice. 2. It <i>turned out</i> that they <i>wanted</i> to <i>start</i> earlier.
+3. They were small and <i>at the same time</i> they cost too much. 4.
+<i>Perhaps</i> if you <i>turn</i> the glass <i>over</i> you will find what you are
+<i>looking for</i>. 5. At that <i>very</i> moment we saw him <i>turn</i> the corner and
+come <i>toward</i> us. 6. To whom shall I <i>turn</i>, now that my best friend has
+deserted me? 7. Has your purse <i>turned up</i> yet? 8. He arrived at
+twelve-thirty <i>sharp</i>, and told us that he had <i>taken steps</i> to prevent
+any accident. 9. It is a good rule to work <i>by day</i> and rest <i>by night</i>.
+10. Has it <i>struck</i> one yet? Well, then, we need not <i>wait for</i> them
+<i>any longer</i>.<a name="page_119" id="page_119"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. This is the old man who used <i>to ring</i> the church bell. 2. The
+workmen in that factory are not satisfied with their pay. It is feared
+that they will <i>strike</i>. 3. <i>But</i> do you think it <i>could have been</i> my
+book that was burned? 4. <i>Put</i> the things here and don't <i>put yourself
+out</i> any more <i>for</i> me. 6. It's too bad that it is so cold. This will
+<i>put</i> the crops <i>back</i>. 7. <i>Put</i> your shoes <i>on</i>. It is too cold to wear
+slippers. 8. Are you going to <i>put on</i> your white dress? I don't <i>like</i>
+the one you <i>have on</i>. 9. That will <i>do</i> for the present. But we shall
+<i>want</i> a larger one later. 10. I don't <i>like</i> to work <i>at night</i> when <i>I
+am sleepy</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b>GENERAL REVIEW EXERCISES</b></p>
+
+<p>(<i>a</i>) 1. <i>Here's</i> my card. And what is <i>your</i> name? 2. <i>Does</i> the noise
+<i>keep</i> you from sleeping? 3. He hasn't any change, nor I <i>either</i>. 4. I
+don't <i>like</i> velvet. It isn't stylish <i>any longer</i>. 5. If I <i>have made a
+mistake</i>, I <i>ask</i> you to pardon me. 6. <i>There! Now</i> everything is ready.
+7. <i>Help yourself</i> to vegetables. 8. We are taking this journey <i>just</i>
+for pleasure. 9. I <i>think</i> we shall <i>get there in time</i> if we hurry. 10.
+She <i>gets up now</i> and <i>goes out to take a walk</i> in the garden when it
+<i>is</i> not too cold. 11. <i>What is</i> her husband's mother <i>like</i>? 12. I
+can't <i>stand</i> the life in the city when it <i>is so</i> hot.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>b</i>) 1. I <i>miss all</i> that we used to have <i>before</i> we <i>left</i> our
+country home. 2. At each step that we <i>took</i> our shoes <i>got</i> dirtier. 3.
+The rain beats <i>hard</i> against the window panes. 4. Have you known them
+long? I have only known them a few months myself. 5. Listen! It's
+<i>striking</i> twelve. We must <i>go now</i>. 6. My duties have <i>kept</i> me from
+going to see him. 7. Have you a railroad guide? Yes. <i>Here</i> it is. <i>But</i>
+it is an old <i>one</i>. 8. Turn into the glass <i>all</i> that the bottle won't
+<i>hold</i>. 9. We are <i>getting near</i> the city <i>now</i>, aren't we? 10. <i>Will</i>
+you <i>please</i> come <i>this way</i>, gentlemen. The others are waiting for you.
+11. <i>Now</i> we <i>have only</i> two things <i>left to ask for</i>.<a name="page_120" id="page_120"></a></p>
+
+<p>(<i>c</i>) 1. <i>Since</i> his son went to war he has <i>to take</i> his morning walk
+alone. 2. They would never <i>make fun of</i> a <i>poor</i> young man who <i>wanted</i>
+to <i>help</i> them <i>because</i> he <i>thought</i> they were <i>poor</i>. <i>From day to
+day</i> she <i>was</i> afraid he would discover it and <i>go away</i> from her. 4.
+<i>Two days after getting</i> her letter he found out everything that had
+happened. 5. <i>Let</i> them <i>think</i> what they <i>will</i>, it doesn't matter to
+me. 6. He <i>wants</i> me now more than <i>ever</i>. I <i>will</i> spend my whole life
+<i>taking care of</i> him. 7. You <i>needn't do</i> that again. I will do it
+myself. 8. But I <i>do</i> appreciate this young man! 9. <i>But even so</i> he had
+<i>succeeded</i> in <i>getting together</i> the respectable sum of forty thousand
+francs. 10. He <i>got into</i> the automobile hastily, anxious to <i>get away</i>.
+11. The vehicle <i>started</i> at full speed <i>because</i> the driver <i>knew</i> that
+he would <i>have to hurry</i> if he <i>wanted</i> to <i>get to</i> the station <i>before</i>
+the train <i>left</i>.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>d</i>) 1. <i>Within</i> a few days he felt great esteem for the new employe.
+2. <i>Do</i> what you <i>will</i> but <i>don't</i> talk to me <i>about</i> them. 3. One day
+the oldest daughter <i>appeared</i> at the farm and said she <i>wanted</i> to see
+her mother. 4. One day when they saw him <i>alone</i> they <i>went up</i> to him
+and <i>asked</i> him where he was going. 5. It was useless to <i>have</i> teachers
+come <i>for</i> him. Nobody could <i>get</i> him to study. 6. He <i>told</i> his
+relatives of the great fortune that he <i>had just</i> inherited. 7. He
+wished to <i>appear before</i> them <i>as</i> a millionaire. 8. He couldn't
+<i>stand</i> it that his <i>only</i> daughter should <i>grow up like</i> a boy. 9. If I
+<i>only</i> had what my father gives me, I shouldn't have much. 10. And
+finally he <i>asked</i> me the same <i>question</i>, <i>wondering</i> that the idea had
+not occurred to him <i>before</i>. 11. <i>Can</i> it be that this is the <i>last</i>
+sentence that we are to write?<a name="page_121" id="page_121"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="APPENDIX" id="APPENDIX"></a>APPENDIX</h2>
+
+<p>TO BE</p>
+
+<p>to be, <b>estar</b> <i>when location or temporary state is expressed, otherwise</i>
+<b>ser</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be able to, <b>poder</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be about to, <b>estar para</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be accustomed to, <b>acostumbrarse a</b>, <b>soler</b> (<i>used only in the present
+and the imperfect, rd. ch.</i>).</p>
+
+<p>to be astonished, <b>pasmarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be at one's ease, <b>estar a sus anchas</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be back, <b>estar de vuelta</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be better to, <b>valer más</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be born, <b>nacer</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be composed of, <b>constar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be enough, <b>bastar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be for (<i>used for</i>), <b>servir para</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be glad, <b>alegrarse</b>, <b>celebrar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be ignorant of, <b>ignorar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be out (<i>not at home</i>), <b>no estar en casa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be out (<i>lights, fires</i>), <b>estar apagado</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be out of, without, <b>estar sin</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be sorry, <b>sentir</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be up (<i>in the morning</i>), <b>estar levantado</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to be up (<i>not gone to bed</i>), <b>no haberse acostado</b>, <b>velar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO DO</p>
+
+<p>to do away with, <b>abolir</b>, <b>deshacerse de</b>.<a name="page_122" id="page_122"></a></p>
+
+<p>to do for oneself (<i>earn one's living</i>), <b>ganar la vida</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to do one's best, <b>esmerarse</b>, <b>hacer lo posible</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to do well (<i>be prosperous</i>), <b>prosperar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to do without, <b>pasar sin</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO GO</p>
+
+<p>to go astray, <b>extraviarse</b>, <b>descarriarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go beyond (<i>be more than</i>), <b>pasar más allá de</b>, <b>exceder</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go crazy, <b>volverse loco</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go hard with, <b>pasarle mal a uno</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go into (<i>be contained in</i>), <b>caber en</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go off well <i>or</i> ill, <b>salir bien</b> <i>or</i> <b>mal</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go on (<i>continue</i>), <b>hacer progresos</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go one's way, <b>seguir el camino</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go over (<i>review</i>), <b>repasar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to go to ruin, <b>echarse a perder</b>.</p>
+
+<p>go on! <b>¡vaya!</b> <b>¡anda!</b> <b>¡quita!</b></p>
+
+<p>how goes it? <b>¿qué tal?</b></p>
+
+<p>TO GET</p>
+
+<p>to get a lesson, <b>aprender</b> <i>or</i> <b>estudiar una lección</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get at (<i>begin</i>), <b>ponerse a</b>, <b>meterse a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get behind (<i>lose ground</i>), <b>perder terreno</b>, <b>quedar atras.</b></p>
+
+<p>to get hold of (<i>seize</i>), <b>asir</b>, <b>agarrar</b>, <b>apoderarse de</b>.<a name="page_123" id="page_123"></a></p>
+
+<p>to get lost, <b>extraviarse</b>, <b>perderse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get off (<i>start</i>), <b>partir</b>, <b>marcharse</b>, <b>irse</b>, <b>ponerse en marcha</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get off (<i>escape</i>), <b>escaparse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get off (<i>be exonerated</i>), <b>lograr a exonerarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get on (<i>be successful</i>), <b>tener buena suerte</b>, <b>tener éxito</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get on with (<i>continue</i>), <b>seguir</b>, <b>continuar</b> (<i>see</i> to get along
+with).</p>
+
+<p>to get one's bearings, <b>orientarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get over (<i>recover from</i>), <b>recobrar de</b>, <b>restablecerse de</b> (<i>illnesses,
+losses</i>), <b>dejar</b> (<i>timidity, fear, modesty, etc.</i>).</p>
+
+<p>to get ready, <b>preparar</b>, <b>aparejarse</b> (<i>said of people getting themselves
+ready</i>).</p>
+
+<p>to get time, <b>hallar el tiempo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get tired, <b>cansarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get to be, <b>llegar a ser</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to get wind of, <b>llegar a saber de</b>, <b>recibir informes de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>get up! <b>¡arriba!</b> (<i>to people</i>), <b>¡arre!</b> (<i>to animals</i>).</p>
+
+<p>TO GIVE</p>
+
+<p>to give evidence, <b>atestiguar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to give notice <i>or</i> warning, <b>avisar</b>, <b>advertir</b>, (<i>in sense of</i> warn)
+<b>poner sobre aviso</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to give one's mind to a thing, <b>aplicarse bien a una cosa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to give the slip to, <b>escapar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to give trouble, <b>incomodar</b>, <b>hacer que hacer a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO GROW</p>
+
+<p>to grow larger, <b>dilatarse</b>, <b>ponerse más grande</b>.<a name="page_124" id="page_124"></a></p>
+
+<p>to grow longer, <b>extenderse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to grow richer, <b>enriquecer</b>, <b>hacerse rico</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to grow young again, <b>remozarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO HOLD</p>
+
+<p>to hold (<i>be of the opinion</i>), <b>juzgar</b>, <b>mantener la opinión</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold (<i>possess</i>), <b>tener</b>, <b>poseer</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold (<i>be valid</i>), <b>ser válido</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold (<i>be strong enough not to give way</i>), <b>tener fuerza</b>, <b>tener
+solidez</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold on (<i>not to let go of a thing seized</i>), <b>no dejar una cosa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold off (<i>delay an action</i>), <b>hesitar</b>, <b>diferir una acción</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold one's tongue, <b>callarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to hold up (<i>raise</i>), <b>alzar</b>, <b>levantar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO KEEP</p>
+
+<p>to keep accounts, <b>llevar cuentas</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep at, <b>persistir en</b>, <b>perseverar en</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep awake (<i>not to go to sleep</i>), <b>quedar despierto</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep somebody awake, <b>impedir el dormir a alguien</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep books (<i>commercial</i>), <b>tener libros</b>, <b>llevar libros</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep down (<i>keep in subjection</i>), <b>sujetar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep down (<i>keep in moderation</i>), <b>moderar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep house, <b>manejar la casa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep hold of, <b>no dejar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep in sight, <b>tener a la vista</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep in touch with, <b>no perder comunicación con</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep out of sight, <b>no dejarse ver</b>.<a name="page_125" id="page_125"></a></p>
+
+<p>to keep to, <b>adherir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep watch, velar, <b>vigilar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to keep up, <b>no cesar</b>, <b>continuar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO LET</p>
+
+<p>to let (<i>houses, etc.</i>), <b>arrendar</b>, <b>alquilar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to let a word fall, <b>soltar una palabra</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to let go (<i>loosen hold on</i>), <b>soltar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to let off (<i>guns, etc.</i>), <b>disparar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to let off (<i>excuse</i>), <b>excusar</b>, <b>exonerar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO MAKE</p>
+
+<p>to make a long story short, <b>para abreviar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make amends, <b>compensar</b>, <b>indemnizar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make a mistake, <b>equivocarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make angry, <b>enfadar</b>, <b>enojar</b>, <b>poner rabioso</b>, <b>dar rabia a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make a point clear, <b>sacar en limpio un punto</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make believe, <b>fingir</b>, <b>pretender</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make for (<i>contribute toward</i>), <b>contribuir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make good (<i>be successful</i>), <b>tener buena suerta</b>, <b>tener buen éxito</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make good (<i>prove</i>), <b>probar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make good a promise, <b>cumplir con una promesa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make head or tail of, <b>llegar a comprender</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make known, <b>hacer saber</b>, <b>dar a conocer</b>, <b>enterar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make light of, <b>no hacer caso de</b>, <b>menospreciar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make no difference, <b>no importar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make one's escape, <b>escaparse</b>, <b>salvarse huyendo</b>.<a name="page_126" id="page_126"></a></p>
+
+<p>to make out (<i>come to understand</i>), <b>llegar a comprender</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make out (<i>be able to read</i>), <b>descifrar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make sense of, <b>hallar sentido a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to make use of, <b>servirse de</b>, <b>emplear</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO MISS</p>
+
+<p>to miss an opportunity, <b>perder una oportunidad</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to miss the mark, <b>no dar en el blanco</b>, <b>errar el tiro</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to miss the significance of, <b>no llegar a comprender</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to miss the train, <b>perder el tren</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO PUT</p>
+
+<p>to put forward (<i>one's best foot</i>), <b>hacer todo lo posible</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put oneself forward (<i>try to attract notice</i>), <b>tratar de atraer la
+atención</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put in (<i>insert</i>), <b>insertar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put into words, <b>expresar en palabras</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put off (<i>postpone</i>), <b>posponer</b>, <b>diferir</b>, <b>dejar por otro tiempo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put a person off (<i>make him wait</i>), <b>hacerle a una persona que espere</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put out of joint, <b>dislocar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put to death, <b>matar</b>, <b>quitarle a uno la vida</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put to flight, <b>hacer huir</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put together, <b>juntar</b>, <b>acumular</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up (<i>put away temporarily</i>), <b>guardar</b>, <b>dejar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up at (<i>stop at</i>), <b>pararse en</b>, <b>alojarse en</b>.<a name="page_127" id="page_127"></a></p>
+
+<p>to put up fruits, <b>conservar frutas</b>, <b>hacer conservas</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up money, <b>avanzar dinero</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up to (<i>leave decision to</i>), <b>dejar a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up to (<i>incite to</i>), <b>incitar a</b>, <b>instigar a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to put up with (<i>bear, suffer</i>), <b>sufrir</b>, <b>aguantar</b>, <b>tolerar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO RUN</p>
+
+<p>to run, <b>correr</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run across (<i>find</i>), <b>dar con</b>, <b>tropezar con</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run a machine, <b>manejar una máquina</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run against (<i>bump into</i>), <b>dar contra</b>, <b>chocar con</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run against (<i>oppose</i>), <b>oponer a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run ahead, <b>ir</b> <i>or</i> <b>correr adelante</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run along (<i>be situated along</i>), <b>extenderse a lo largo de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run away, <b>escaparse</b>, <b>huirse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run away with a thing, <b>llevarse una cosa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run away with (<i>get the better of</i>), <b>apoderarse de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run back, <b>volver corriendo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run down (<i>clock or machine</i>), <b>parar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run down (<i>find, overtake</i>), <b>hallar</b>, <b>alcanzar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run down (<i>speak ill of</i>), <b>calumniar</b>, <b>enviliar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run in the blood, <b>estar en el sangre</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run out (<i>be all used up</i>), <b>acabarse</b>, <b>concluirse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run out of, <b>estar sin</b>, <b>acabársele a uno</b>.<a name="page_128" id="page_128"></a></p>
+
+<p>to run over a list, <b>repasar una lista</b>, <b>mirar atentamente</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run up an account, <b>incurrir una cuenta</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run up figures, <b>sumar números</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run up prices, <b>aumentar precios</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to run up and down, <b>correr por todas partes</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO STAND</p>
+
+<p>to stand the expense of, <b>pagar los gastos de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand alone, <b>estar solo</b>, <b>ser el único de su clase</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand aloof, <b>mantenerse lejos</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand by (<i>be near</i>), <b>estar cerca</b>, <b>hallarse presente</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand by (<i>help</i>), <b>ayudar</b>, <b>auxiliar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand for, (<i>represent</i>), <b>representar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand for (<i>signify, indicate</i>), <b>significar</b>, <b>indicar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand in one's light (<i>literally</i>), <b>quitarle a uno la luz</b>;
+(<i>figuratively</i>), <b>causarle a uno perjuicio</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand in need of, <b>necesitar</b>, <b>tener necesidad de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand one in good stead, <b>ser útil a uno</b>, <b>ser de buen provecho a uno</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand off (<i>be at some distance</i>), <b>mantenerse a algun distancia</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand on tip-toe, <b>ponerse de puntillas</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand to reason, <b>conformar a razón</b>, <b>ser conforme a razón</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand up for (<i>defend</i>), <b>defender</b>, <b>apoyar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to stand upon ceremony, <b>gastar ceremonias</b> <i>or</i> <b>cumplimientos</b>, <b>hacer
+ceremonias</b>.<a name="page_129" id="page_129"></a></p>
+
+<p>to stand upon one's right, <b>insistir en sus derechos</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO SET</p>
+
+<p>to set at naught, <b>tener en nada</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set a time, <b>señalar un tiempo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set back (<i>retard</i>), <b>atrasar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set forth, show, <b>manifestar</b>, <b>promulgar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set off (<i>beautify</i>), <b>embellecer</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set on (<i>incite</i>), <b>incitar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set one thinking, <b>hacerle a uno pensar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set oneself against something, <b>oponerse a algo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set on fire, <b>pegar fuego a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set store by, <b>dar importancia a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set prices, <b>fijar precios</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set right, <b>corregir</b>, <b>rectificar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set up in business, <b>establecerse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to set upon (<i>attack</i>), <b>atacar</b>, <b>acometer</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO SEE</p>
+
+<p>to see a joke, <b>caer en un chiste</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to see (<i>call upon, visit</i>), <b>visitar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to see into (<i>investigate</i>), <b>examinar</b>, <b>investigar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to see into (<i>understand</i>), <b>comprender</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to see some one home, <b>acompañar a uno a casa</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO TAKE</p>
+
+<p>to take after (<i>resemble</i>), <b>salir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take an oath, <b>jurar</b>, <b>hacer juramento</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take apart, <b>deshacer</b>, <b>separar</b>, despegar.</p>
+
+<p>to take a liking to, <b>aficionarse a</b>, <b>llegar a querer</b>.<a name="page_130" id="page_130"></a></p>
+
+<p>to take a course in, <b>cursar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take a hint, <b>darse por entendido</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take a photograph, <b>sacar una fotografía</b>, <b>retratar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take fright, <b>asustarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take a trip, <b>hacer un viaje</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take care, <b>cuidar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take care of, <b>cuidar</b>, <b>tener cuidado de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take charge of, <b>encargarse de</b>, <b>tomar a su cargo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take down (<i>make a note of</i>), <b>apuntar</b>, <b>hacer apuntes</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take for granted, <b>dar por supuesto</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take hold (<i>seize</i>), <b>agarrar</b>, <b>asir</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take hold (<i>assume responsibilities</i>), <b>cargarse de</b>, <b>tomar a su cargo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take in (<i>include</i>), <b>incluir</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take in (<i>deceive</i>), <b>engañar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take something into one's head, <b>ponérsele a uno en la cabeza</b>,
+<b>occurrírsele a uno</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take long, <b>necesitar mucho tiempo</b>, <b>tardar en</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take notice, <b>poner atención</b>, <b>hacer caso de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take offense, <b>ofenderse</b>, <b>picarse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take out, <b>sacar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take pains, <b>darse pena</b>, <b>esmerarse en</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take pleasure in, <b>tener gusto en</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to take to pieces, <b>hacer pedazos</b>, <b>deshacer</b>, <b>despegar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO STRIKE</p>
+
+<p>to strike one (<i>occur to one</i>), <b>occurrírsele a uno</b>.<a name="page_131" id="page_131"></a></p>
+
+<p>to strike a bargain, <b>hacer un convenio</b>, <b>cerrar un trato</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike a balance, <b>hacer un balance</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike at, <b>lanzar un golpe a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike back, <b>dar golpe por golpe</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike home (<i>hit a sensitive spot</i>), <b>dar en el hito</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike out (<i>cancel</i>), <b>borrar</b>, <b>cancelar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to strike up a tune, <b>tocar</b> <i>or</i> <b>tañer una melodia</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO TURN</p>
+
+<p>to turn away (<i>refuse admission to</i>), <b>no dejar entrar</b>, <b>hacer a uno que
+se vaya</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn down (<i>refuse</i>), <b>negar</b>, <b>rehusar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn down (<i>fold over</i>), <b>doblar</b>, <b>plegar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn in (<i>deliver, hand in</i>), <b>entregar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn off (<i>water, gas, etc.</i>), <b>cerrar la canilla</b> <i>or</i> <b>la llave del
+agua</b>, <b>del gas</b>, <i>etc.</i></p>
+
+<p>to turn one's head, <b>trastornarle a uno la cabeza</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn over a new leaf, <b>enmendarse</b>, <b>empezar a vivir vida nueva</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn over to, <b>traspasar a</b>, <b>transferir a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn to account <i>or</i> advantage, <b>sacar utilidad</b>, <b>ventaja</b> <i>or</i> <b>provecho
+de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn upon (<i>attack</i>), <b>atacar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to turn upon (<i>depend upon</i>), <b>depender de</b>, <b>fundarse en</b>.<a name="page_132" id="page_132"></a></p>
+
+<p>TO LOOK</p>
+
+<p>to look down upon (<i>despise</i>), <b>menospreciar</b>, <b>despreciar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look out (<i>be on one's guard</i>), <b>estar sobre aviso</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look over (<i>examine</i>), <b>examinar</b>, <b>repasar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look to (<i>for help, favors, etc.</i>), <b>esperar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look up to (<i>respect</i>), <b>respetar</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look well (<i>seem to be in good health</i>), <b>parecer estar bien de salud</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look well (<i>have a pleasing appearance</i>) (<i>clothes</i>), <b>sentar bien</b>,
+<b>caer bien</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to look well (<i>seem fitting or proper</i>), <b>ser conveniente</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO PAY</p>
+
+<p>to pay back (<i>take revenge for</i>), <b>pagar en la misma moneda</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay cash, <b>pagar al contado</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay attention to a lady, <b>cortejar</b> <i>or</i> <b>galantear a una señora</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay a call, <b>hacer una visita</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay in full, <b>pagar por completo</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay on the installment plan, <b>pagar a plazos</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pay off employees, <b>despedir</b> <i>or</i> <b>despachar empleados</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO PASS</p>
+
+<p>to pass on to (<i>hand over to</i>), <b>entregar a</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pass off (<i>disappear</i>), <b>disiparse</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pass off as (<i>treat as</i>), <b>tratar de</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to pass oneself off as, <b>darse por</b>.<a name="page_133" id="page_133"></a></p>
+
+<p>to pass sentence, <b>pronunciar sentencia</b>.</p>
+
+<p>TO PLAY</p>
+
+<p>to play a trick <i>or</i> joke, <b>hacer una mala pasada</b> <i>or</i> <b>jugada</b>.</p>
+
+<p>to play the fool, <b>hacer el tonto</b>; <i>so also</i> to play <i>or</i> act blind,
+<b>ciego</b>; deaf, <b>sordo</b>; lame, <b>cojo</b>, <i>etc.</i></p>
+
+<p>to play truant, <b>hacer novillos</b>.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_voc_001" id="page_voc_001"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="SPANISH-ENGLISH_VOCABULARY" id="SPANISH-ENGLISH_VOCABULARY"></a>SPANISH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY</h2>
+
+<p class="c"><a href="#SE_A">A</a>,
+<a href="#SE_B">B</a>,
+<a href="#SE_C">C</a>,
+<a href="#SE_D">D</a>,
+<a href="#SE_E">E</a>,
+<a href="#SE_F">F</a>,
+<a href="#SE_G">G</a>,
+<a href="#SE_H">H</a>,
+<a href="#SE_I">I</a>,
+<a href="#SE_J">J</a>,
+<a href="#SE_L">L</a>,
+<a href="#SE_M">M</a>,
+<a href="#SE_N">N</a>,
+<a href="#SE_O">O</a>,
+<a href="#SE_P">P</a>,
+<a href="#SE_Q">Q</a>,
+<a href="#SE_R">R</a>,
+<a href="#SE_S">S</a>,
+<a href="#SE_T">T</a>,
+<a href="#SE_U">U</a>,
+<a href="#SE_V">V</a>,
+<a href="#SE_Y">Y</a>,
+<a href="#SE_Z">Z</a></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_A" id="SE_A"></a>A</p>
+
+<p><b>a</b>, at, to, in, by, from.</p>
+
+<p><b>abajo</b>, under, below, down.</p>
+
+<p><b>abatir</b>, to overthrow, defeat, cast down.</p>
+
+<p><b>abecedario</b>, <i>m.</i>, alphabet.</p>
+
+<p><b>abeja</b>, <i>f.</i>, bee.</p>
+
+<p><b>abordo</b>, on board.</p>
+
+<p><b>abrigo</b>, <i>m.</i>, overcoat.</p>
+
+<p><b>abrir</b>, to open.</p>
+
+<p><b>absolutamente</b>, absolutely.</p>
+
+<p><b>absurdo</b>, <b>-a</b>, absurd.</p>
+
+<p><b>absurdos</b>, <i>m. pl.</i>, absurdities.</p>
+
+<p><b>abuela</b>, <i>f.</i>, grandmother.</p>
+
+<p><b>abuelito</b>, <i>m.</i>, granddaddy.</p>
+
+<p><b>abuelo</b>, <i>m.</i>, grandfather.</p>
+
+<p><b>acá</b>, here (<i>with verb of motion</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>acabar</b>, to finish; <b>&mdash;&mdash; de</b> (<i>followed by the infin.</i>), to have just;
+<b>&mdash;se</b>, to give out (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>), be exhausted.</p>
+
+<p><b>acaecer</b>, to happen.</p>
+
+<p><b>aceptar</b>, to accept.</p>
+
+<p><b>acercarse</b>, to approach.</p>
+
+<p><b>acertar</b>, to succeed.</p>
+
+<p><b>ácido</b>, <i>m.</i>, acid.</p>
+
+<p><b>aclarar</b>, to clear up, explain.</p>
+
+<p><b>acompañar</b>, to accompany, go with.</p>
+
+<p><b>acordarse</b>, to remember.</p>
+
+<p><b>acostarse</b>, to go to bed.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_136" id="page_136"></a><b>acuerdo</b>, <i>m.</i>, accord, harmony; <b>de&mdash;&mdash; con</b>, in accord with.</p>
+
+<p><b>adelante</b>, forward; <b>de ahí en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, from this time on; <b>en&mdash;&mdash; </b>,
+henceforth, from now on.</p>
+
+<p><b>adiós</b>, good-by.</p>
+
+<p><b>admirarse (de)</b>, to wonder at (<i><a href="#SECTION_103">section 103</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>¿adónde?</b>, where to?</p>
+
+<p><b>adondequiera</b>, wherever.</p>
+
+<p><b>adorar</b>, to adore, love.</p>
+
+<p><b>adquirir</b>, to acquire.</p>
+
+<p><b>adverso</b>, <b>-a</b>, adverse.</p>
+
+<p><b>advertir</b>, to advise, give notice of, warn.</p>
+
+<p><b>afición (a)</b>, <i>f.</i>, fondness, liking for, inclination toward.</p>
+
+<p><b>afirmar</b>, to affirm, assert.</p>
+
+<p><b>afortunado</b>, <b>-a</b>, fortunate.</p>
+
+<p><b>agradable</b>, agreeable.</p>
+
+<p><b>agradar (a)</b>, to please (<i><a href="#SECTION_67">section 67</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>agradecer</b>, to oblige.</p>
+
+<p><b>agradecido</b>, <b>-a</b>, obliged.</p>
+
+<p><b>agrio</b>, <b>-a</b>, sour.</p>
+
+<p><b>agua</b>, <i>f.</i>, water.</p>
+
+<p><b>aguantar</b>, to bear, endure, stand.</p>
+
+<p><b>ahí</b>, there.</p>
+
+<p><b>ahora</b>, now.</p>
+
+<p><b>ahorrar</b>, to save, conserve.</p>
+
+<p><b>aire</b>, <i>m.</i>, air.</p>
+
+<p><b>ajeno</b>, <b>-a</b>, strange, belonging to some one else.</p>
+
+<p><b>al</b>, <i>contraction of</i> <b>a</b> <i>and</i> <b>el</b>; <i>see</i> <b>a</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>ala</b>, <i>f.</i>, wing.</p>
+
+<p><b>alarmar</b>, to alarm.<a name="page_137" id="page_137"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>alcanzar</b>, to overtake.</p>
+
+<p><b>aldea</b>, <i>f.</i>, village.</p>
+
+<p><b>alegrarse</b>, to be glad.</p>
+
+<p><b>alegría</b>, <i>f.</i>, joy, happiness.</p>
+
+<p><b>alfrombra</b>, <i>f.</i>, carpet.</p>
+
+<p><b>algo</b>, something, anything, somewhat.</p>
+
+<p><b>alguien</b>, somebody.</p>
+
+<p><b>alguno</b>, <b>-a</b>, some, any (<b>algún</b> <i>before m. sing. nouns</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>alimento,</b> <i>m.</i>, food.</p>
+
+<p><b>allá</b>, there (<i>with verbs of motion, or to denote indefinite place
+where</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>allí</b>, there, in that place.</p>
+
+<p><b>almacén</b>, <i>m.</i>, store, storehouse.</p>
+
+<p><b>almuerzo</b>, <i>m.</i>, breakfast.</p>
+
+<p><b>alquilar</b>, to rent.</p>
+
+<p><b>altitud</b>, <i>f.</i>, height, altitude.</p>
+
+<p><b>alto</b>, <b>-a</b>, high; <b>a lo&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, at the top of.</p>
+
+<p><b>alucinación</b>, <i>f.</i>, hallucination, fancy.</p>
+
+<p><b>alumno</b>, <i>m.</i>, pupil, student.</p>
+
+<p><b>amable</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, kind.</p>
+
+<p><b>amanecer</b>, <i>m.</i>, daybreak, dawn.</p>
+
+<p><b>amar</b>, to love.</p>
+
+<p><b>ambos</b>, <b>-as</b>, both.</p>
+
+<p><b>amigo</b>, <b>-a</b>, friend.</p>
+
+<p><b>amparar</b>, to help, protect.</p>
+
+<p><b>amplio</b>, <b>-a</b>, ample, wide.</p>
+
+<p><b>anciana</b>, <i>f.</i>, old woman.</p>
+
+<p><b>ancho</b>, <b>-a</b>, wide.</p>
+
+<p><b>anchura</b>, <i>f.</i>, width.</p>
+
+<p><b>andar</b>, to walk.</p>
+
+<p><b>andén</b>, <i>m.</i>, platform (<i>station</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>anécdota</b>, <i>f.</i>, anecdote.</p>
+
+<p><b>animado</b>, <b>-a</b>, animated, lively, cheerful.</p>
+
+<p><b>anoche</b>, last night.</p>
+
+<p><b>anochecer</b>, <i>m.</i>, nightfall, twilight.<a name="page_138" id="page_138"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>ante</b>, before, in the presence of; <b>&mdash;&mdash; todo</b>, above all.</p>
+
+<p><b>antes</b>, before, formerly; <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, before (<i>conj.</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, before
+(<i>prep. of time</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>anunciar</b>, to announce.</p>
+
+<p><b>añadir</b>, to add, put in.</p>
+
+<p><b>año</b>, <i>m.</i>, year.</p>
+
+<p><b>apagar</b>, to put out, extinguish; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to go out, be extinguished
+(<i><a href="#SECTION_117">section 117</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aparecer</b>, to appear.</p>
+
+<p><b>apartar</b>, to put aside; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to stand aside, get out of the way.</p>
+
+<p><b>apenas</b>, hardly, scarcely.</p>
+
+<p><b>apoderarse (de)</b>, to take possession of.</p>
+
+<p><b>apoyo</b>, <i>m.</i>, help, support.</p>
+
+<p><b>aprender</b>, to learn.</p>
+
+<p><b>aprestar</b>, to get ready, prepare for.</p>
+
+<p><b>aprobar</b>, to approve, pass (<i>in examination</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aprovecharse (de)</b>, take advantage of.</p>
+
+<p><b>apuntar</b>, to make a note of, put down.</p>
+
+<p><b>apurarse</b>, to worry.</p>
+
+<p><b>apuro</b>, <i>m.</i>, trouble, difficulty, worry.</p>
+
+<p><b>aquel</b>, <b>aquella</b>, that (<i>demons. adj.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aquél</b>, <b>aquélla</b>, that, that one (<i>demons. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aquí</b>, here (<i><a href="#SECTION_29">section 29</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>árbol</b>, <i>m.</i>, tree.</p>
+
+<p><b>argentino</b>, <b>-a</b>, Argentine.</p>
+
+<p><b>arrancar</b>, to start (<i>from</i>), to pull out.</p>
+
+<p><b>arriba</b>, up, above.</p>
+
+<p><b>asiento</b>, <i>m.</i>, seat.</p>
+
+<p><b>asistencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, people present, guests, spectators.<a name="page_139" id="page_139"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>asistir a</b>, to be present at, attend.</p>
+
+<p><b>asomar</b>, to appear.</p>
+
+<p><b>asunto</b>, <i>m.</i>, affair, business, matter.</p>
+
+<p><b>atacar</b>, to attack.</p>
+
+<p><b>atraer</b>, to attract.</p>
+
+<p><b>atreverse</b>, to dare.</p>
+
+<p><b>atribuir</b>, to attribute, put down to.</p>
+
+<p><b>atroz</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, terrible, atrocious.</p>
+
+<p><b>aun</b>, yet, still (<i>accented when it follows the word modified</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aunque</b>, although.</p>
+
+<p><b>automóvil</b>, <i>m.</i>, automobile.</p>
+
+<p><b>autor</b>, <i>m.</i>, author.</p>
+
+<p><b>aventura</b>, adventure.</p>
+
+<p><b>avergonzarse</b>, to be ashamed.</p>
+
+<p><b>ayer</b>, yesterday.</p>
+
+<p><b>ayudar</b>, to help.</p>
+
+<p><b>ayudo</b>, <i>m.</i>, aid, help.</p>
+
+<p><b>azúcar</b>, <i>m.</i>, sugar.</p>
+
+<p><b>azul</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, blue.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_B" id="SE_B"></a>B</p>
+
+<p><b>bailar</b>, to dance.</p>
+
+<p><b>bajar</b>, to go down, get down, pull down.</p>
+
+<p><b>banco</b>, <i>m.</i>, bench, seat, bank (<i>financial institution</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>banquete</b>, <i>m.</i>, banquet.</p>
+
+<p><b>barato</b>, <b>-a</b>, cheap.</p>
+
+<p><b>barco</b>, <i>m.</i>, bark, boat.</p>
+
+<p><b>bastante</b>, enough.</p>
+
+<p><b>bastar</b>, to be enough, do (<i><a href="#SECTION_123">section 123</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>baúl</b>, <i>m.</i>, trunk.</p>
+
+<p><b>Benavente (Jacinto)</b>, Spanish author.</p>
+
+<p><b>besar</b>, to kiss.</p>
+
+<p><b>bicicleta</b>, <i>f.</i>, bicycle.</p>
+
+<p><b>bien</b>, well, all right.</p>
+
+<p><b>bienes</b>, <i>m. pl.</i>, property, possessions.<a name="page_140" id="page_140"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>billete</b>, <i>m.</i>, ticket; <b>&mdash;&mdash; de banco</b>, banknote.</p>
+
+<p><b>blanco</b>, <b>-a</b>, white.</p>
+
+<p><b>blando</b>, <b>-a</b>, soft.</p>
+
+<p><b>bolsillo</b>, <i>m.</i>, purse, pocket.</p>
+
+<p><b>bondad</b>, <i>f.</i>, goodness; <b>tenga usted la&mdash;&mdash; </b>, please (<i><a href="#SECTION_67">section 67</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>brasero</b>, <i>m.</i>, charcoal stove.</p>
+
+<p><b>brazo</b>, <i>m.</i>, arm.</p>
+
+<p><b>brillante</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, brilliant.</p>
+
+<p><b>bruja</b>, <i>f.</i>, witch.</p>
+
+<p><b>bueno</b>, <b>-a</b>, good, well, all right.</p>
+
+<p><b>burla</b>, <i>f.</i>, fun, mockery, joke.</p>
+
+<p><b>burlarse (de)</b>, to make fun of, mock at, joke about.</p>
+
+<p><b>buscar</b>, to look for; <b>mandar a&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to send for.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_C" id="SE_C"></a>C</p>
+
+<p><b>caballero</b>, <i>m.</i>, gentleman, sir.</p>
+
+<p><b>caballo</b>, <i>m.</i>, horse.</p>
+
+<p><b>caber (en)</b>, to hold, be contained in (<i><a href="#SECTION_31">section 31</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cabeza</b>, <i>f.</i>, head.</p>
+
+<p><b>cabildo</b>, <i>m.</i>, city hall.</p>
+
+<p><b>cabo</b>, <i>m.</i>, cape, headland; <b>llevar a&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to carry out, end, finish,
+conclude; <b>al fin y al&mdash;&mdash; </b>, finally, at last.</p>
+
+<p><b>cada</b>, each.</p>
+
+<p><b>caer</b>, to fall; <b>dejar&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to drop.</p>
+
+<p><b>café</b>, <i>m.</i>, coffee, café, restaurant.</p>
+
+<p><b>cajón</b>, <i>m.</i>, box, drawer.</p>
+
+<p><b>calor</b>, <i>m.</i>, heat; <b>hacer&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be hot (<i>weather</i>); <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be
+hot (<i>persons</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>callarse</b>, to be quiet, stop talking.</p>
+
+<p><b>calle</b>, <i>f.</i>, street.</p>
+
+<p><b>cambiar</b>, to change; <b>&mdash;se en</b>, to turn into (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cambio</b>, <i>m.</i>, change.<a name="page_141" id="page_141"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>caminar</b>, to walk.</p>
+
+<p><b>camino</b>, <i>m.</i>, way (<i><a href="#SECTION_48">section 48</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>campana</b>, <i>f.</i>, bell.</p>
+
+<p><b>campanilla</b>, <i>f.</i>, little bell, doorbell.</p>
+
+<p><b>campo</b>, <i>m.</i>, country (<i>as opposed to city</i>; <i>see</i> <b>país</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cansadísimo</b>, <b>-a</b>, very tired.</p>
+
+<p><b>cansadito</b>, <b>-a</b>, very tired.</p>
+
+<p><b>cansado</b>, <b>-a</b>, tired.</p>
+
+<p><b>cansar</b>, to tire.</p>
+
+<p><b>cantar</b>, to sing.</p>
+
+<p><b>cántaro</b>, <i>m.</i>, pitcher; <b>llover a&mdash;s</b>, to rain torrents.</p>
+
+<p><b>capaz</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, capable.</p>
+
+<p><b>capitán</b>, <i>m.</i>, captain.</p>
+
+<p><b>cara</b>, <i>f.</i>, face; <b>&mdash;&mdash; a&mdash;&mdash; </b>, face to face, straight in the face.</p>
+
+<p><b>carbón</b>, <i>m.</i>, coal.</p>
+
+<p><b>cargo</b>, <i>m.</i>, charge.</p>
+
+<p><b>carta</b>, <i>f.</i>, letter.</p>
+
+<p><b>casa</b>, <i>f.</i>, house; <b>en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, at home; <b>a&mdash;&mdash; </b>, home (<i>with verbs of
+motion</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>casado</b>, <b>-a</b>, married.</p>
+
+<p><b>casar</b>, to marry, give in marriage; <b>&mdash;se con</b>, to be married to, marry.</p>
+
+<p><b>caso</b>, <i>m.</i>, case, place; <b>hacer&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, to pay attention to.</p>
+
+<p><b>Catalán</b>, <i>m.</i>, Catalonian (<i>a native of Catalonia, the northeast section
+of Spain</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>caterva</b>, <i>f.</i>, tribe, band, number.</p>
+
+<p><b>causa</b>, <i>f.</i>, cause; <b>a&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, because of.</p>
+
+<p><b>causar</b>, to cause.</p>
+
+<p><b>ceder</b>, to yield, give up (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>celebrar</b>, to celebrate, to be glad.</p>
+
+<p><b>celos</b>: <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be jealous.</p>
+
+<p><b>cena</b>, <i>f.</i>, supper.</p>
+
+<p><b>cerca de</b>, near, about.</p>
+
+<p><b>cerradura</b>, <i>f.</i>, lock, keyhole.<a name="page_142" id="page_142"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>cerrar</b>, to close.</p>
+
+<p><b>cesar (de)</b>, to cease, stop.</p>
+
+<p><b>cesto</b>, <i>m.</i>, basket.</p>
+
+<p><b>ciego</b>, <b>-a</b>, blind.</p>
+
+<p><b>cielo</b>, <i>m.</i>, sky, heaven.</p>
+
+<p><b>ciento</b>, hundred.</p>
+
+<p><b>cierto</b>, <b>-a</b>, certain; <b>por&mdash;&mdash; </b>, indeed, certainly.</p>
+
+<p><b>cinco</b>, five.</p>
+
+<p><b>cinta</b>, <i>f.</i>, ribbon.</p>
+
+<p><b>cita</b>, <i>f.</i>, quotation, appointment.</p>
+
+<p><b>ciudad</b>, <i>f.</i>, city.</p>
+
+<p><b>claro</b>, <b>-a</b>, clear.</p>
+
+<p><b>clavo</b>, <i>m.</i>, nail.</p>
+
+<p><b>clima</b>, <i>m.</i>, climate.</p>
+
+<p><b>cobarde</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, cowardly.</p>
+
+<p><b>cocina</b>, <i>f.</i>, kitchen.</p>
+
+<p><b>cocinera</b>, <i>f.</i>, cook.</p>
+
+<p><b>coche</b>, <i>m.</i>, carriage.</p>
+
+<p><b>coger</b>, to take, pick up.</p>
+
+<p><b>color</b>, <i>m.</i>, color.</p>
+
+<p><b>comer</b>, to eat.</p>
+
+<p><b>comercio</b>, <i>m.</i>, business, commerce.</p>
+
+<p><b>comida</b>, <i>f.</i>, meal, dinner.</p>
+
+<p><b>como</b>, how, as (<i><a href="#SECTION_96">section 96</a></i>); <b>¿cómo?</b> how?</p>
+
+<p><b>compañero</b>, <b>-a</b>, companion.</p>
+
+<p><b>compañía</b>, <i>f.</i>, company.</p>
+
+<p><b>compartamento</b>, <i>m.</i>, compartment.</p>
+
+<p><b>compartir</b>, to share.</p>
+
+<p><b>compasión</b>, <i>f.</i>, compassion.</p>
+
+<p><b>compensar</b>, to compensate, make up for.</p>
+
+<p><b>cómplice</b>, <i>m.</i>, accomplice.</p>
+
+<p><b>comprar</b>, to buy.</p>
+
+<p><b>comprender</b>, to understand, see through.</p>
+
+<p><b>con</b>, with.</p>
+
+<p><b>concepto</b>, <i>m.</i>, conception, opinion.</p>
+
+<p><b>conciencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, conscience.</p>
+
+<p><b>concierto</b>, <i>m.</i>, concert.<a name="page_143" id="page_143"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>concluirse</b>, to come to an end, give out.</p>
+
+<p><b>conferencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, conference.</p>
+
+<p><b>confesar</b>, to confess.</p>
+
+<p><b>confiado</b>, <b>-a</b>, confident, trusting in.</p>
+
+<p><b>conformarse</b>, to agree.</p>
+
+<p><b>congeniar (con)</b>, to agree, get along well with.</p>
+
+<p><b>conmigo</b>, with me.</p>
+
+<p><b>conocer</b>, to know, be acquainted with, become acquainted with.</p>
+
+<p><b>conocimiento</b>, <i>m.</i>, knowledge, acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p><b>conque</b>, and so.</p>
+
+<p><b>conquistador</b>, <i>m.</i>, conqueror.</p>
+
+<p><b>consentir (en)</b>, to consent to, agree to.</p>
+
+<p><b>construir</b>, to build, construct.</p>
+
+<p><b>contar</b>, to tell (<i><a href="#SECTION_90">section 90</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>contener</b>, to hold, contain.</p>
+
+<p><b>contentar</b>, to please (<i><a href="#SECTION_66">section 66</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>continuar</b>, to continue, keep on (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>contra</b>, against.</p>
+
+<p><b>convertirse (en)</b>, to change into, turn into (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>convidar</b>, to invite.</p>
+
+<p><b>corazón</b>, <i>m.</i>, heart.</p>
+
+<p><b>cordero</b>, <b>-a</b>, lamb.</p>
+
+<p><b>cortar</b>, to cut.</p>
+
+<p><b>corto</b>, <b>-a</b>, short.</p>
+
+<p><b>correo</b>, <i>m.</i>, mail, post office.</p>
+
+<p><b>correr</b>, to run.</p>
+
+<p><b>cosa</b>, <i>f.</i>, thing.</p>
+
+<p><b>coser</b>, to sew.</p>
+
+<p><b>crecer</b>, to grow (<i><a href="#SECTION_23">section 23</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>creer</b>, to believe, think.</p>
+
+<p><b>criado</b>, <b>-a</b>, servant.</p>
+
+<p><b>criar(se)</b>, to grow, grow up (<i><a href="#SECTION_23">section 23</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cruelmente</b>, cruelly.<a name="page_144" id="page_144"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>cuaderno</b>, <i>m.</i>, note-book.</p>
+
+<p><b>¿cuánto</b>, <b>-a?</b> how much?</p>
+
+<p><b>¿cuántos</b>, <b>-as?</b> how many?</p>
+
+<p><b>cuarto</b>, <i>m.</i>, room.</p>
+
+<p><b>cuatro</b>, four.</p>
+
+<p><b>cuchillo</b>, <i>m.</i>, knife.</p>
+
+<p><b>cuenta</b>, <i>f.</i>, bill.</p>
+
+<p><b>cuento</b>, <i>m.</i>, story.</p>
+
+<p><b>¡cuidado!</b> take care!</p>
+
+<p><b>cuidarse</b>, to take care.</p>
+
+<p><b>cura</b>, <i>m.</i>, priest.</p>
+
+<p>CH</p>
+
+<p><b>chaqueta</b>, <i>f.</i>, jacket.</p>
+
+<p><b>charlar</b>, to chat.</p>
+
+<p><b>chico</b>, <b>-a</b>, small; <b>los&mdash;s</b>, the children.</p>
+
+<p><b>chimenea</b>, <i>f.</i>, fireplace.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_D" id="SE_D"></a>D</p>
+
+<p><b>daño</b>, <i>m.</i>, hurt, harm; <b>hacerse&mdash;</b>, to hurt oneself.</p>
+
+<p><b>dar</b>, to give; <b>&mdash;&mdash; contra</b>, to bump into, run into.</p>
+
+<p><b>de</b>, of, from, by.</p>
+
+<p><b>deber</b>, <i>m.</i>, duty.</p>
+
+<p><b>deber</b>, must, ought, should (<i><a href="#SECTION_76">section 76</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>débil</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, weak.</p>
+
+<p><b>decidirse</b>, to decide, make up one's mind (<i><a href="#SECTION_53">section 53</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>decir</b>, to say, tell (<i><a href="#SECTION_90">section 90</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>declarar</b>, to declare; <b>&mdash;se en huelga</b>, to strike (<i><a href="#SECTION_121">section 121</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>defendido</b>, <b>-a</b>, defended.</p>
+
+<p><b>dejar</b>, to leave (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>); <b>&mdash;de</b>, to cease, stop; let (<i>section
+38</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>delante</b>, forward; <b>&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, in front of; <b>de ahí en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, from now on.</p>
+
+<p><b>delgado</b>, <b>-a</b>, thin, slender.<a name="page_145" id="page_145"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>demás</b>: <b>lo&mdash;&mdash; </b>, the rest, what's left; <b>los (las)&mdash;&mdash; </b>, the others.</p>
+
+<p><b>demasiado</b>, too, too much.</p>
+
+<p><b>dentro de</b>, within.</p>
+
+<p><b>derecho</b>, <b>-a</b>, right (<i><a href="#SECTION_75">section 75</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>desacorde</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, out of harmony, not in agreement.</p>
+
+<p><b>desaparecer</b>, to disappear.</p>
+
+<p><b>descansar</b>, <b>&mdash;se</b>, to rest.</p>
+
+<p><b>descubrir</b>, to discover, find out.</p>
+
+<p><b>desde</b>, since (<i>prep.</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, since (<i>conj.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>desear</b>, to desire.</p>
+
+<p><b>deseo</b>, <i>m.</i>, desire.</p>
+
+<p><b>desgracia</b>, <i>f.</i>, misfortune.</p>
+
+<p><b>deshacerse (de)</b>, to get rid of.</p>
+
+<p><b>desierto</b>, <b>-a</b>, deserted.</p>
+
+<p><b>deslizarse</b>, to slip.</p>
+
+<p><b>despacho</b>, <i>m.</i>, office.</p>
+
+<p><b>despedirse</b>, to say farewell, take one's leave (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>después</b>, afterwards.</p>
+
+<p><b>después de</b>, after (<i>prep.</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, after (<i>conj.</i>) (<i><a href="#SECTION_26">section 26</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>detenerse</b>, to stop.</p>
+
+<p><b>determinado</b>, <b>-a</b>: <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to have made up one's mind.</p>
+
+<p><b>devolver</b>, to return, give back.</p>
+
+<p><b>día</b>, <i>m.</i>, day; <b>de&mdash;&mdash; en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, from day to day.</p>
+
+<p><b>diamante</b>, <i>m.</i>, diamond.</p>
+
+<p><b>diario</b>, <b>-a</b>, daily.</p>
+
+<p><b>diario</b>, <i>m.</i>, newspaper.</p>
+
+<p><b>dibujo</b>, <i>m.</i>, drawing.</p>
+
+<p><b>diciembre</b>, <i>m.</i>, December.</p>
+
+<p><b>diez</b>, ten.</p>
+
+<p><b>diferencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, difference.</p>
+
+<p><b>difícil</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, difficult.</p>
+
+<p><b>diligente</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, diligent.</p>
+
+<p><b>diligentemente</b>, diligently, hard (<i><a href="#SECTION_49">section 49</a></i>).<a name="page_146" id="page_146"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>dinero</b>, <i>m.</i>, money.</p>
+
+<p><b>Dios</b>, <i>m.</i>, God.</p>
+
+<p><b>dirigirse</b>, to turn (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>discípulo</b>, <b>-a</b>, pupil.</p>
+
+<p><b>disgusto</b>, <i>m.</i>, annoyance, vexation.</p>
+
+<p><b>disposición</b>, <i>f.</i>, disposition, disposal.</p>
+
+<p><b>distancia</b>, <i>f.</i>, distance.</p>
+
+<p><b>distinguido</b>, <b>-a</b>, distinguished.</p>
+
+<p><b>divertirse</b>, to amuse oneself, have a good time, enjoy oneself.</p>
+
+<p><b>doblar</b>, to double, turn (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>doce</b>, twelve.</p>
+
+<p><b>dolor</b>, <i>m.</i>, pain, grief, sorrow.</p>
+
+<p><b>dolorcillo</b>, <i>m.</i>, a little pain.</p>
+
+<p><b>dormir</b>, to sleep; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to go to sleep.</p>
+
+<p><b>dos</b>, two.</p>
+
+<p><b>dulce</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, sweet.</p>
+
+<p><b>dulces</b>, <i>m. pl.</i>, sweets, candy.</p>
+
+<p><b>duro</b>, <b>-a</b>, hard (<i><a href="#SECTION_49">section 49</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>duro</b>, <i>m.</i>, dollar.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_E" id="SE_E"></a>E</p>
+
+<p><b>¡ea!</b> come!</p>
+
+<p><b>echar</b>, to throw, to put out (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>echar de menos</b>, to miss (<i><a href="#SECTION_55">section 55</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>edad</b>, <i>f.</i>, age.</p>
+
+<p><b>efecto</b>, <i>m.</i>, effect.</p>
+
+<p><b>egoísmo</b>, <i>m.</i>, egoism, selfishness.</p>
+
+<p><b>ejercicio</b>, <i>m.</i>, exercise.</p>
+
+<p><b>ejército</b>, <i>m.</i>, army.</p>
+
+<p><b>el</b>, <i>m.</i>, the.</p>
+
+<p><b>él</b>, he.</p>
+
+<p><b>Elisa</b>, Elise, Eliza.</p>
+
+<p><b>ella</b>, she, her.</p>
+
+<p><b>embelesado</b>, <b>-a</b>, charmed, delighted.<a name="page_147" id="page_147"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>empeñarse en</b>, to insist upon.</p>
+
+<p><b>empezar</b>, to begin.</p>
+
+<p><b>empleado</b>, <b>-a</b>, employé.</p>
+
+<p><b>empresa</b>, <i>f.</i>, undertaking; company (<i>commercial or industrial</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>en</b>, in, on.</p>
+
+<p><b>encaje</b>, <i>m.</i>, lace.</p>
+
+<p><b>encantador</b>, <b>-a</b>, charming, delightful.</p>
+
+<p><b>encuentro</b>, <i>m.</i>, meeting.</p>
+
+<p><b>enfadado</b>, <b>-a</b>, angry, vexed, annoyed.</p>
+
+<p><b>enfermedad</b>, <i>f.</i>, illness, sickness.</p>
+
+<p><b>enfermo</b>, <b>-a</b>, ill; <i>as noun</i>, invalid.</p>
+
+<p><b>engañar</b>, to deceive, take in; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to be deceived, be mistaken.</p>
+
+<p><b>enojado</b>, <b>-a</b>, annoyed, vexed.</p>
+
+<p><b>ensenada</b>, <i>f.</i>, bay.</p>
+
+<p><b>entenderse</b>, to understand one another, agree.</p>
+
+<p><b>entero</b>, <b>-a</b>, entire, whole; <b>días</b> <i>or</i> <b>meses&mdash;s</b>, days <i>or</i> months at a
+time.</p>
+
+<p><b>entierro</b>, <i>m.</i>, funeral.</p>
+
+<p><b>entrar</b>, to enter.</p>
+
+<p><b>entregar</b>, to deliver, hand over to.</p>
+
+<p><b>enviar</b>, to send.</p>
+
+<p><b>equipaje</b>, <i>m.</i>, baggage.</p>
+
+<p><b>equivocarse</b>, to make a mistake, be mistaken.</p>
+
+<p><b>erial</b>, <i>m.</i>, uncultivated land.</p>
+
+<p><b>errar</b>, to err.</p>
+
+<p><b>escalera</b>, <i>f.</i>, stairs.</p>
+
+<p><b>escaparse</b>, to escape, get away (<i><a href="#SECTION_16">section 16</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>esclavitud</b>, <i>f.</i>, slavery.</p>
+
+<p><b>esclavo</b>, <b>-a</b>, slave.</p>
+
+<p><b>escondido</b>, <b>-a</b>, hidden.</p>
+
+<p><b>escribir</b>, to write.<a name="page_148" id="page_148"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>escrito</b>: <b>por&mdash;&mdash; </b>, in writing.</p>
+
+<p><b>escuchar</b>, to listen, listen to.</p>
+
+<p><b>ese</b>, <b>esa</b>, that (<i>demons. adj.</i>); <b>ése</b>, <b>ésa</b> (<i>demons, pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>eso</b>, that (<i>neut. demons. pron.</i>); <b>a&mdash;&mdash; de</b> (<i>in time expressions</i>), a
+little after.</p>
+
+<p><b>espacio</b>, <i>m.</i>, space.</p>
+
+<p><b>espantoso</b>, <b>-a</b>, frightful.</p>
+
+<p><b>español</b>, <b>-a</b>, Spanish, Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p><b>espejo</b>, <i>m.</i>, mirror.</p>
+
+<p><b>esperanza</b>, <i>f.</i>, hope.</p>
+
+<p><b>esperar</b>, to hope, wait, expect.</p>
+
+<p><b>espíritu</b>, <i>m.</i>, spirit.</p>
+
+<p><b>esposo</b>, <b>-a</b>, husband, wife.</p>
+
+<p><b>espuela</b>, <i>f.</i>, spur.</p>
+
+<p><b>esquina</b>, <i>f.</i>, corner (<i>exterior angle</i>; <i>see</i> <b>rincón</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b>estación</b>, <i>f.</i>, season, station.</p>
+
+<p><b>estado</b>, <i>m.</i>, state.</p>
+
+<p><b>estar</b>, to be (<i><a href="#SECTION_1">section 1</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>este</b>, <b>esta</b>, this (<i>demons. adj.</i>); <b>éste</b>, <b>ésta</b> (<i>demons. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>esto</b>, this (<i>neut. demons. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>estorbar</b>, to disturb, put out (<i><a href="#SECTION_118">section 118</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>estrella</b>, <i>f.</i>, star.</p>
+
+<p><b>estudiar</b>, to study.</p>
+
+<p><b>estudio</b>, <i>m.</i>, study.</p>
+
+<p><b>evitar</b>, to avoid, help (<i><a href="#SECTION_27">section 27</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>exclamar</b>, to exclaim.</p>
+
+<p><b>exclusivamente</b>, exclusively.</p>
+
+<p><b>existir</b>, to exist.</p>
+
+<p><b>éxito</b>, <i>m.</i>, outcome, success.</p>
+
+<p><b>explicar</b>, to explain.</p>
+
+<p><b>extender</b>, to extend, put out (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>extranjero</b>, <b>-a</b>, strange, stranger, foreign, foreigner.</p>
+
+<p><b>extrañar</b>, to wonder (<i><a href="#SECTION_103">section 103</a></i>).<a name="page_149" id="page_149"></a></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_F" id="SE_F"></a>F</p>
+
+<p><b>falta</b>, <i>f.</i>, lack, need; <b>hacer&mdash;&mdash; a</b>, to need, want.</p>
+
+<p><b>faltar (a)</b>, to need, want (<i><a href="#SECTION_65">section 65</a>, <a href="#SECTION_98">98</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>familia</b>, <i>f.</i>, family.</p>
+
+<p><b>fatiga</b>, <i>f.</i>, fatigue.</p>
+
+<p><b>favor</b>, <i>m.</i>, favor; please (<i><a href="#SECTION_67">section 67</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>fe</b>, <i>f.</i>, faith.</p>
+
+<p><b>felicitar</b>, to congratulate.</p>
+
+<p><b>feliz</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, happy.</p>
+
+<p><b>ferroviario</b>, <b>-a</b>, pertaining to railroads.</p>
+
+<p><b>fiar</b>, to trust.</p>
+
+<p><b>fiesta</b>, <i>f.</i>, holiday.</p>
+
+<p><b>fievre</b>, <i>f.</i>, fever.</p>
+
+<p><b>fin</b>, <i>m.</i>, end, conclusion; <b>al&mdash;&mdash; </b>, at last; <b>por&mdash;&mdash; </b>, finally.</p>
+
+<p><b>flaco</b>, <b>-a</b>, thin.</p>
+
+<p><b>flor</b>, <i>f.</i>, flower.</p>
+
+<p><b>fortuna</b>, <i>f.</i>, fortune.</p>
+
+<p><b>fósforo</b>, <i>m.</i>, match.</p>
+
+<p><b>frío</b>, <i>m.</i>, cold; <b>hacer&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be cold (<i>weather</i>); <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be
+cold (<i>persons</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>fruta</b>, <i>f.</i>, fruit.</p>
+
+<p><b>fuego</b>, <i>m.</i>, fire; <b>pegar&mdash;&mdash; a</b>, to set fire to.</p>
+
+<p><b>fuerte</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, strong.</p>
+
+<p><b>fuerza</b>, <i>f.</i>, strength.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_G" id="SE_G"></a>G</p>
+
+<p><b>gana</b>, <i>f.</i>, desire; <b>tener&mdash;s de</b> (<i>with infin.</i>), to feel like.</p>
+
+<p><b>ganar</b>, to earn.</p>
+
+<p><b>gato</b>, <i>m.</i>, cat.</p>
+
+<p><b>generoso</b>, <b>-a</b>, generous.</p>
+
+<p><b>genio</b>, <i>m.</i>, genius, talent.</p>
+
+<p><b>gente</b>, <i>f.</i>, people.<a name="page_150" id="page_150"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>gimnasio</b>, <i>m.</i>, gymnasium.</p>
+
+<p><b>gimnástico</b>, <b>-a</b>, gymnastic.</p>
+
+<p><b>gitano</b>, <b>-a</b>, gipsy.</p>
+
+<p><b>glorioso</b>, <b>-a</b>, glorious.</p>
+
+<p><b>gordo</b>, <b>-a</b>, fat.</p>
+
+<p><b>gozarse</b>, to rejoice, enjoy.</p>
+
+<p><b>gracia</b>, <i>f.</i>, favor, jest, joke.</p>
+
+<p><b>gracias</b>, <i>f. pl.</i>, thanks.</p>
+
+<p><b>gramática</b>, <i>f.</i>, grammar.</p>
+
+<p><b>grande</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, large.</p>
+
+<p><b>grupo</b>, <i>m.</i>, group.</p>
+
+<p><b>guante</b>, <i>m.</i>, glove.</p>
+
+<p><b>guapo</b>, <b>-a</b>, pretty, charming.</p>
+
+<p><b>guardar</b>, to keep, put away (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a>, <a href="#SECTION_119">119</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>guisar</b>, to cook, stew.</p>
+
+<p><b>gustar</b>, to like (<i><a href="#SECTION_60">section 60</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>gusto</b>, <i>m.</i>, pleasure.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_H" id="SE_H"></a>H</p>
+
+<p><b>haber</b>, to have (<i><a href="#SECTION_6">section 6</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, must (<i><a href="#SECTION_75">section 75</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hábil</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, clever, skillful.</p>
+
+<p><b>habitación</b>, <i>f.</i>, room.</p>
+
+<p><b>habitar</b>, to live, inhabit, occupy.</p>
+
+<p><b>hablar</b>, to speak, talk.</p>
+
+<p><b>hacer</b>, to make, do (<i><a href="#SECTION_125">section 125</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se</b>, to become, grow (<i>section
+23</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hacia</b>, toward (<i><a href="#SECTION_80">section 80</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hachazgo</b>, <i>m.</i>, blow with an ax <i>or</i> hatchet.</p>
+
+<p><b>hada</b>, <i>f.</i>, fairy.</p>
+
+<p><b>hallar</b>, to find; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to be (<i><a href="#SECTION_1">section 1</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hambre</b>, <i>f.</i>, hunger; <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be hungry.</p>
+
+<p><b>harina</b>, <i>f.</i>, flour.</p>
+
+<p><b>hasta</b>, until (<i>prep.</i>); even (<i><a href="#SECTION_80">section 80</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, until (<i>conj.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_151" id="page_151"></a><b>hay</b>, there is, there are; <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, one must, it is necessary (<i>section
+76</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hazaña</b>, <i>f.</i>, adventure, exploit.</p>
+
+<p><b>heredar</b>, to inherit.</p>
+
+<p><b>heredero</b>, <b>-a</b>, heir.</p>
+
+<p><b>hermano</b>, <i>m.</i>, brother.</p>
+
+<p><b>hierba</b>: <b>mala&mdash;&mdash; </b>, <i>f.</i>, weed.</p>
+
+<p><b>hija</b>, <i>f.</i>, daughter.</p>
+
+<p><b>hijo</b>, <i>m.</i>, son.</p>
+
+<p><b>hombre</b>, <i>m.</i>, man; <b>¡&mdash;&mdash; de Dios!</b> man alive!</p>
+
+<p><b>hombro</b>, <i>m.</i>, shoulder.</p>
+
+<p><b>honor</b>, <i>m.</i>, honor.</p>
+
+<p><b>hora</b>, <i>f.</i>, hour, time (<i><a href="#SECTION_59">section 59</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hormiga</b>, <i>f.</i>, ant.</p>
+
+<p><b>huele</b>, <i>see</i> <b>oler</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>huelga</b>, <i>f.</i>, strike; <b>declararse en&mdash;</b>, to strike (<i><a href="#SECTION_121">section 121</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>huerto</b>, <i>m.</i>, orchard.</p>
+
+<p><b>humo</b>, <i>m.</i>, smoke.</p>
+
+<p><b>húngaro</b>, <b>-a</b>, Hungarian, gipsy.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_I" id="SE_I"></a>I</p>
+
+<p><b>idea</b>, <i>f.</i>, idea.</p>
+
+<p><b>iglesia</b>, <i>f.</i>, church.</p>
+
+<p><b>impedir</b>, to hinder, prevent, keep (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>importancia</b>, <i>f.</i>, importance.</p>
+
+<p><b>importante</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, important.</p>
+
+<p><b>incendio</b>, <i>m.</i>, fire, conflagration.</p>
+
+<p><b>inclinarse</b>, to be inclined.</p>
+
+<p><b>independencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, independence.</p>
+
+<p><b>indisposición</b>, <i>f.</i>, illness.</p>
+
+<p><b>individuo</b>, <i>m.</i>, individual, person.</p>
+
+<p><b>inesperado</b>, <b>-a</b>, unexpected, unhoped for.</p>
+
+<p><b>injusto</b>, <b>-a</b>, unjust.</p>
+
+<p><b>insecto</b>, <i>m.</i>, insect.</p>
+
+<p><b>inserto</b>, <b>-a</b>, inserted, included.</p>
+
+<p><b>insigne</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, famous, celebrated.<a name="page_152" id="page_152"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>instrumento</b>, <i>m.</i>, instrument.</p>
+
+<p><b>inteligencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, intelligence.</p>
+
+<p><b>intención</b>, <i>f.</i>, intention; <b>tener la&mdash;</b>, to mean (<i><a href="#SECTION_68">section 68</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>intento</b>, <i>m.</i>, purpose, intention.</p>
+
+<p><b>interés</b>, <i>m.</i>, interest.</p>
+
+<p><b>interior</b>, <i>m.</i>, interior.</p>
+
+<p><b>inútil</b>, useless.</p>
+
+<p><b>inundado</b>, <b>-a</b>, inundated, flooded.</p>
+
+<p><b>invertir</b>, to invert, turn over (<i>section</i> 113).</p>
+
+<p><b>investigar</b>, to investigate, look into.</p>
+
+<p><b>invitación</b>, <i>f.</i>, invitation.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_J" id="SE_J"></a>J</p>
+
+<p><b>jardín</b>, <i>m.</i>, garden.</p>
+
+<p><b>jarro</b>, <i>m.</i>, pitcher, jug.</p>
+
+<p><b>joven</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, young person, young man, young woman.</p>
+
+<p><b>juez</b>, <i>m.</i>, judge.</p>
+
+<p><b>jugar</b>, to play (<i><a href="#SECTION_63">section 63</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>junto (-a) a</b>, near to, next to.</p>
+
+<p><b>justo</b>, <b>-a</b>, just, right (<i><a href="#SECTION_74">section 74</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>juzgar</b>, to judge.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_L" id="SE_L"></a>L</p>
+
+<p><b>la</b>, the, her.</p>
+
+<p><b>lado</b>, <i>m.</i>, side.</p>
+
+<p><b>ladrón</b>, <i>m.</i>, robber.</p>
+
+<p><b>lámpara</b>, <i>f.</i>, lamp.</p>
+
+<p><b>lancha</b>, <i>f.</i>, boat.</p>
+
+<p><b>lanzar</b>, to lance, throw.</p>
+
+<p><b>lápiz</b>, <i>m.</i>, pencil.</p>
+
+<p><b>largarse</b>, to run away, "skip."</p>
+
+<p><b>largo</b>, <b>-a</b>, long.</p>
+
+<p><b>lástima</b>, <i>f.</i>, pity.</p>
+
+<p><b>lastimar</b>, to hurt.</p>
+
+<p><b>lavandera</b>, <i>f.</i>, laundress.</p>
+
+<p><b>lavar</b>, to wash.<a name="page_153" id="page_153"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>le</b>, him, you, to him, to you, to her.</p>
+
+<p><b>lección</b>, <i>f.</i>, lesson.</p>
+
+<p><b>lectura</b>, <i>f.</i>, reading.</p>
+
+<p><b>leer</b>, to read.</p>
+
+<p><b>lengua</b>, <i>f.</i>, tongue.</p>
+
+<p><b>león</b>, <i>m.</i>, lion.</p>
+
+<p><b>lesión</b>, <i>f.</i>, lesion, wound.</p>
+
+<p><b>levantarse</b>, to get up (<i><a href="#SECTION_16">section 16</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>ley</b>, <i>f.</i>, law (<i>single statute</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>libertad</b>, <i>f.</i>, liberty.</p>
+
+<p><b>libra</b>, <i>f.</i>, pound.</p>
+
+<p><b>libro</b>, <i>m.</i>, book.</p>
+
+<p><b>ligero</b>, <b>-a</b>, light, quick, slight.</p>
+
+<p><b>limonada</b>, <i>f.</i>, lemonade.</p>
+
+<p><b>limosna</b>, <i>f.</i>, alms.</p>
+
+<p><b>limpio</b>, <b>-a</b>, clean.</p>
+
+<p><b>listo</b>, <b>-a</b>, ready, quick.</p>
+
+<p><b>literatura</b>, <i>f.</i>, literature.</p>
+
+<p><b>lo</b>, it, him.</p>
+
+<p><b>loco</b>, <b>-a</b>, crazy, mad.</p>
+
+<p><b>lograr</b>, to succeed, manage (<i><a href="#SECTION_79">section 79</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>Londres</b>, London.</p>
+
+<p><b>longitud</b>, <i>f.</i>, length, longitude.</p>
+
+<p><b>luego</b>, later, afterwards; <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, as soon as.</p>
+
+<p><b>lugar</b>, <i>m.</i>, place; <b>en primer&mdash;&mdash; </b>, first of all; <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to take
+place.</p>
+
+<p><b>lujo</b>, <i>m.</i>, luxury.</p>
+
+<p><b>luna</b>, <i>f.</i>, moon.</p>
+
+<p><b>luz</b>, <i>f.</i>, light.</p>
+
+<p>LL</p>
+
+<p><b>llamar</b>, to call.</p>
+
+<p><b>llano</b>, <b>-a</b>, flat, smooth.</p>
+
+<p><b>llave</b>, <i>f.</i>, key.</p>
+
+<p><b>llegada</b>, <i>f.</i>, arrival.</p>
+
+<p><b>llegar</b>, to arrive.</p>
+
+<p><b>llevar</b>, to carry, take.<a name="page_154" id="page_154"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>llorar</b>, to cry, weep.</p>
+
+<p><b>llover</b>, to rain.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_M" id="SE_M"></a>M</p>
+
+<p><b>madre</b>, <i>f.</i>, mother.</p>
+
+<p><b>madrugada</b>, <i>f.</i>, early morning; <b>de&mdash;</b>, early in the morning.</p>
+
+<p><b>maestro</b>, <i>m.</i>, teacher.</p>
+
+<p><b>mal</b>, badly; bad (<i>before mas. sing. nouns</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>malicioso</b>, <b>-a</b>, malicious, sharp.</p>
+
+<p><b>malo</b>, <b>-a</b>, bad, ill.</p>
+
+<p><b>manantial</b>, <i>m.</i>, spring (<i>of water</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>manchar</b>, to spot, blot.</p>
+
+<p><b>manecita</b>, <i>f.</i>, little hand.</p>
+
+<p><b>manera</b>, <i>f.</i>, manner, way (<i><a href="#SECTION_48">section 48</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>mano</b>, <i>f.</i>, hand.</p>
+
+<p><b>mantenerse</b>, to keep (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>manzana</b>, <i>f.</i>, apple.</p>
+
+<p><b>mañana</b>, <i>f.</i>, morning; (<i>as adv.</i>), to-morrow.</p>
+
+<p><b>máquina</b>, <i>f.</i>, machine.</p>
+
+<p><b>maquinaria</b>, <i>f.</i>, machinery.</p>
+
+<p><b>mar</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, sea.</p>
+
+<p><b>Marco</b>, <i>m.</i>, Mark (<i>proper noun</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>marcharse</b>, to go away, leave (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>marinero</b>, <i>m.</i>, sailor.</p>
+
+<p><b>martes</b>, <i>m.</i>, Tuesday.</p>
+
+<p><b>martillo</b>, <i>m.</i>, hammer.</p>
+
+<p><b>más</b>, more; <b>no&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, just (<i><a href="#SECTION_24">section 24</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>mayor</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, older, greater.</p>
+
+<p><b>me</b>, me, to me, for me.</p>
+
+<p><b>mediano</b>, <b>-a</b>, medium, mediocre, half-way.</p>
+
+<p><b>medias</b>, <b>a</b>, half-way, by halves.</p>
+
+<p><b>médico</b>, <i>m.</i>, doctor.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_155" id="page_155"></a><b>medida</b>: <b>a&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, in a measure as, as (<i><a href="#SECTION_96">section 96</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>medio</b>, <b>-a</b>, half (<i><a href="#SECTION_93">section 93</a></i>); <b>en&mdash;de</b>, in the midst of.</p>
+
+<p><b>mejor</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, better.</p>
+
+<p><b>mejorarse</b>, to get better, improve.</p>
+
+<p><b>memoria</b>, <i>f.</i>, memory; <b>de&mdash;&mdash; </b>, by heart.</p>
+
+<p><b>memorialista</b>, <i>m.</i>, public letter writer.</p>
+
+<p><b>menos</b>, less; <b>a&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, unless; <b>por lo&mdash;&mdash; </b>, at least.</p>
+
+<p><b>mentira</b>, <i>f.</i>, lie, untruth.</p>
+
+<p><b>menudo</b>, <b>-a</b>, often.</p>
+
+<p><b>merecer</b>, to merit, deserve.</p>
+
+<p><b>mermar</b>, to diminish.</p>
+
+<p><b>mes</b>, <i>m.</i>, month.</p>
+
+<p><b>mesa</b>, <i>f.</i>, table.</p>
+
+<p><b>metido</b>, <b>-a</b>, put, hidden.</p>
+
+<p><b>método</b>, <i>m.</i>, method.</p>
+
+<p><b>mi</b>, my.</p>
+
+<p><b>mí</b>, me (<i>with prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>miedo</b>, <i>m.</i>, fear; <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be afraid.</p>
+
+<p><b>miel</b>, <i>f.</i>, honey.</p>
+
+<p><b>mientras</b>, while, as long as (<i><a href="#SECTION_12">section 12</a>)</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b>milla</b>, mile.</p>
+
+<p><b>millonario</b>, <b>-a</b>, millionaire.</p>
+
+<p><b>mimar</b>, to pet, spoil.</p>
+
+<p><b>mina</b>, <i>f.</i>, mine.</p>
+
+<p><b>minero</b>, <i>m.</i>, miner.</p>
+
+<p><b>mío</b>, <b>-a</b>, mine.</p>
+
+<p><b>mirar</b>, to look (<i><a href="#SECTION_19">section 19</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>¡mira!</b> see here!</p>
+
+<p><b>mismo</b>, <b>-a</b>, same, very (<i><a href="#SECTION_62">section 62</a></i>); <b>lo&mdash;&mdash; da</b>, it's all the same; it
+doesn't matter.</p>
+
+<p><b>mitad</b>, <i>f.</i>, half (<i><a href="#SECTION_93">section 93</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>modo</b>, <i>m.</i>, mode, manner, way (<i><a href="#SECTION_43">section 43</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>mofarse (de)</b>, to mock at, make fun of (<i><a href="#SECTION_53">section 53</a></i>).<a name="page_156" id="page_156"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>mojar</b>, to wet, soak.</p>
+
+<p><b>molestar</b>, to trouble, disturb, put out (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>momento</b>, <i>m.</i>, moment.</p>
+
+<p><b>montón</b>, <i>m.</i>, heap, pile.</p>
+
+<p><b>moreno</b>, <b>-a</b>, brown.</p>
+
+<p><b>morir</b>, to die.</p>
+
+<p><b>motivo</b>: <b>con&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, on the occasion of, because of.</p>
+
+<p><b>movimiento</b>, <i>m.</i>, movement, motion.</p>
+
+<p><b>mozo</b>, <b>-a</b>, young man, young woman, waiter.</p>
+
+<p><b>muchacha</b>, <i>f.</i>, girl.</p>
+
+<p><b>muchacho</b>, <i>m.</i>, boy.</p>
+
+<p><b>mucho</b>, <b>-a</b>, much.</p>
+
+<p><b>muebles</b>, <i>m. pl.</i>, furniture.</p>
+
+<p><b>mujer</b>, <i>f.</i>, woman.</p>
+
+<p><b>muerto</b>, <b>-a</b>, dead.</p>
+
+<p><b>mundo</b>, <i>m.</i>, world; <b>todo el&mdash;&mdash; </b>, everybody.</p>
+
+<p><b>muro</b>, <i>m.</i>, wall.</p>
+
+<p><b>música</b>, <i>f.</i>, music.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_N" id="SE_N"></a>N</p>
+
+<p><b>nacer</b>, to be born.</p>
+
+<p><b>nacional</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, national.</p>
+
+<p><b>nada</b>, nothing; <b>&mdash;&mdash; más que (de)</b>, nothing but, just (<i><a href="#SECTION_24">section 24</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>narración</b>, <i>f.</i>, narrative, story.</p>
+
+<p><b>naturaleza</b>, <i>f.</i>, nature.</p>
+
+<p><b>necesario</b>, <b>-a</b>, necessary.</p>
+
+<p><b>necesitar</b>, to need, want (<i><a href="#SECTION_98">section 98</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>negro</b>, <b>-a</b>, black.</p>
+
+<p><b>nevar</b>, to snow.</p>
+
+<p><b>nieve</b>, <i>f.</i>, snow.</p>
+
+<p><b>ningún</b>, <i>see</i> <b>ninguno</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>ninguno</b>, <b>-a</b>, no, not any, not one.</p>
+
+<p><b>niñera</b>, <i>f.</i>, nurse-maid.</p>
+
+<p><b>niño</b>, <b>-a</b>, child.<a name="page_157" id="page_157"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>no</b>, no, not.</p>
+
+<p><b>noción</b>, <i>f.</i>, notion, idea.</p>
+
+<p><b>noche</b>, <i>f.</i>, night.</p>
+
+<p><b>nodriza</b>, <i>f.</i>, nurse.</p>
+
+<p><b>nombre</b>, <i>m.</i>, name.</p>
+
+<p><b>norte</b>, <i>m.</i>, north.</p>
+
+<p><b>nos</b>, us, ourselves.</p>
+
+<p><b>nosotros</b>, <b>-as</b>, we, us (<i>with prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>notar</b>, to notice, note.</p>
+
+<p><b>noticia</b>, <i>f.</i>, notice, news.</p>
+
+<p><b>nuestro</b>, <b>-a</b>, our.</p>
+
+<p><b>nuevo</b>, <b>-a</b>, new.</p>
+
+<p><b>número</b>, <i>m.</i>, number.</p>
+
+<p><b>nunca</b>, never.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_O" id="SE_O"></a>O</p>
+
+<p><b>obedecer</b>, to obey.</p>
+
+<p><b>obra</b>, <i>f.</i>, work (<i>accomplished; as, the works of an author; see</i>
+<b>trabajo</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b>obrero</b>, <i>m.</i>, workman.</p>
+
+<p><b>obscuridad</b>, <i>f.</i>, darkness.</p>
+
+<p><b>obscuro</b>, <b>-a</b>, dark.</p>
+
+<p><b>observar</b>, to observe, notice.</p>
+
+<p><b>ocultarse</b>, to hide oneself.</p>
+
+<p><b>ocupación</b>, <i>f.</i>, occupation.</p>
+
+<p><b>ocupado</b>, <b>-a</b>, occupied, busy.</p>
+
+<p><b>ocurrido</b>: <b>lo&mdash;&mdash; </b>, what has happened.</p>
+
+<p><b>ocho</b>, eight.</p>
+
+<p><b>ofender</b>, to offend, insult.</p>
+
+<p><b>ofrecer</b>, to offer.</p>
+
+<p><b>oído</b>, <i>m.</i>, hearing, ear (<i>inner</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>oír</b>, to hear.</p>
+
+<p><b>¡ojalá!</b> (<i>an interjection that expresses keen desire</i>), I hope, I wish,
+would that, <i>etc.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ojo</b>, <i>m.</i>, eye.</p>
+
+<p><b>oler</b>, to smell.</p>
+
+<p><b>olvidarse</b>, to forget.</p>
+
+<p><b>operario</b>, <i>m.</i>, workman, operative.<a name="page_158" id="page_158"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>oportunidad</b>, <i>f.</i>, opportunity.</p>
+
+<p><b>opulencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, wealth, opulence.</p>
+
+<p><b>oscurecer</b>, to grow dark.</p>
+
+<p><b>otro</b>, <b>-a</b>, other, another.</p>
+
+<p><b>ovación</b>, <i>f.</i>, ovation.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_P" id="SE_P"></a>P</p>
+
+<p><b>paciencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, patience.</p>
+
+<p><b>padre</b>, <i>m.</i>, father.</p>
+
+<p><b>padres</b>, <i>m. pl.</i>, parents.</p>
+
+<p><b>pagar</b>, to pay (<i><a href="#SECTION_111">section 111</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pago</b>, <i>m.</i>, pay, wages.</p>
+
+<p><b>país</b>, <i>m.</i>, country (<i>geographical division; see</i> <b>campo</b> <i>and</i> <b>patria</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b>paisano</b>, <i>m.</i>, countryman, villager.</p>
+
+<p><b>pájaro</b>, <i>m.</i>, bird.</p>
+
+<p><b>palabra</b>, <i>f.</i>, word.</p>
+
+<p><b>palacio</b>, <i>m.</i>, palace.</p>
+
+<p><b>pálido</b>, <b>-a</b>, pale.</p>
+
+<p><b>palomar</b>, <i>m.</i>, dovecote, pigeon house.</p>
+
+<p><b>palomita</b>, <i>f.</i>, little dove, little pigeon.</p>
+
+<p><b>palpar</b>, to feel (<i><a href="#SECTION_43">section 43</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pan</b>, <i>m.</i>, bread.</p>
+
+<p><b>panadero</b>, <i>m.</i>, baker.</p>
+
+<p><b>papel</b>, <i>m.</i>, paper; <b>hacer un&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to play a part, act a rôle.</p>
+
+<p><b>para</b>, for (<i><a href="#SECTION_4">section 4</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; con</b>, toward (<i><a href="#SECTION_81">section 81</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, in
+order that.</p>
+
+<p><b>parado</b>, <b>-a</b>, standing.</p>
+
+<p><b>paraguas</b>, <i>m.</i>, umbrella.</p>
+
+<p><b>parar</b>, to stop.</p>
+
+<p><b>parecer</b>, to appear, seem, think (<i><a href="#SECTION_52">section 52</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>parte</b>, <i>f.</i>, part.</p>
+
+<p><b>partir</b>, to depart, leave (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pasar</b>, to pass (<i><a href="#SECTION_110">section 110</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se sin</b>, to get along without, do
+without.<a name="page_159" id="page_159"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>paseo</b>, <i>m.</i>, walk, promenade; <b>dar un&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to take a walk.</p>
+
+<p><b>patitas</b>: <b>poner de&mdash;&mdash; en la calle</b>, to dismiss, discharge, turn out.</p>
+
+<p><b>patria</b>, <i>f.</i>, native country; <i>see</i> <b>campo</b> <i>and</i> <b>país</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>patrona</b>, <i>f.</i>, landlady.</p>
+
+<p><b>Patros</b>, <i>f.</i>, <i>proper noun, name of woman</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b>paz</b>, <i>f.</i>, peace.</p>
+
+<p><b>pedir</b>, to ask for, beg (<i><a href="#SECTION_3">section 3</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pegar</b>, to strike (<i><a href="#SECTION_121">section 121</a></i>); <b>&mdash;fuego a</b>, to set fire to.</p>
+
+<p><b>pena</b>, trouble; <b>valer la&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be worth while.</p>
+
+<p><b>pensamiento</b>, <i>m.</i>, thought.</p>
+
+<p><b>pensar</b>, to think (<i><a href="#SECTION_52">section 52</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>peña</b>, <i>f.</i>, cliff.</p>
+
+<p><b>Pepita</b>, <i>proper noun</i>, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pequeño</b>, <b>-a</b>, small, little (<i><a href="#SECTION_20">section 20</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>perder</b>, to lose.</p>
+
+<p><b>perdido</b>, <i>m.</i>, loss.</p>
+
+<p><b>perdonar</b>, to pardon, excuse.</p>
+
+<p><b>perezoso</b>, <b>-a</b>, lazy.</p>
+
+<p><b>perjudicial</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, prejudicial, harmful.</p>
+
+<p><b>permiso</b>, <i>m.</i>, permission.</p>
+
+<p><b>pero</b>, but (<i><a href="#SECTION_117">section 117</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>perro</b>, <i>m.</i>, dog.</p>
+
+<p><b>persona</b>, <i>f.</i>, person.</p>
+
+<p><b>persuadir</b>, to persuade, get (<i><a href="#SECTION_16">section 16</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pesar</b>: <b>a&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, in spite of.</p>
+
+<p><b>piano</b>, <i>m.</i>, piano.</p>
+
+<p><b>pie</b>, foot; <b>a&mdash;&mdash; </b>, on foot; <b>de&mdash;&mdash; </b>, standing.</p>
+
+<p><b>piedad</b>, <i>f.</i>, pity, piety.</p>
+
+<p><b>piedra</b>, <i>f.</i>, stone.</p>
+
+<p><b>pintar</b>, to paint.</p>
+
+<p><b>placer</b>, <i>m.</i>, pleasure.<a name="page_160" id="page_160"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>plan</b>, <i>m.</i>, plan, page (<i>of newspaper</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>planchar</b>, to iron, press.</p>
+
+<p><b>plataforma</b>, <i>f.</i>, platform.</p>
+
+<p><b>playa</b>, <i>f.</i>, beach, shore.</p>
+
+<p><b>plaza</b>, <i>f.</i>, square.</p>
+
+<p><b>plazuela</b>, <i>f.</i>, small square.</p>
+
+<p><b>pluma</b>, <i>f.</i>, pen.</p>
+
+<p><b>plumafuente</b>, <i>f.</i>, fountain pen (<i>also</i>; <b>plumatintero</b>, <i>m.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pobre</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, poor.</p>
+
+<p><b>poco</b>, <b>-a</b>, little (<i>quantity; see <a href="#SECTION_20">section 20</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pocos</b>, <b>-as</b>, few.</p>
+
+<p><b>poder</b>, to be able; <b>a más no&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to the utmost of one's ability, as
+hard as one can.</p>
+
+<p><b>poner</b>, to put (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se</b>, to grow, put on (<i>sections 23 and
+119</i>); <b>&mdash;se de pie</b>, to stand up (<i><a href="#SECTION_84">section 84</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>por</b>, by, through, in, for (<i><a href="#SECTION_4">section 4</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>porque</b>, because.</p>
+
+<p><b>¿por qué?</b> why?</p>
+
+<p><b>posibilidad</b>, <i>f.</i>, possibility.</p>
+
+<p><b>posible</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, possible; <b>lo&mdash;&mdash; </b>, what is possible.</p>
+
+<p><b>precio</b>, <i>m.</i>, price.</p>
+
+<p><b>preguntar</b>, to ask (<i><a href="#SECTION_3">section 3</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se</b>, to wonder (<i><a href="#SECTION_103">section 103</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>prendas de vestir</b>, <i>f. pl.</i>, clothes.</p>
+
+<p><b>presentarse</b>, to appear (<i><a href="#SECTION_77">section 77</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>presente</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, present.</p>
+
+<p><b>presidente</b>, <i>m.</i>, president.</p>
+
+<p><b>prestar</b>, to lend.</p>
+
+<p><b>primero</b>, <b>-a</b>, first.</p>
+
+<p><b>primo</b>, <b>-a</b>, cousin.</p>
+
+<p><b>principiar</b>, to begin.</p>
+
+<p><b>prisa</b>, <i>f.</i>, haste; <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, <b>estar de&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be in a hurry.</p>
+
+<p><b>problema</b>, <i>m.</i>, problem.<a name="page_161" id="page_161"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>proclamar</b>, to proclaim, publish.</p>
+
+<p><b>procurar</b>, to try.</p>
+
+<p><b>producir</b>, to produce.</p>
+
+<p><b>profesor</b>, <i>m.</i>, teacher, professor.</p>
+
+<p><b>profundizar</b>, to go deeply into a thing <i>or</i> a matter, dig deeper.</p>
+
+<p><b>prometer</b>, to promise.</p>
+
+<p><b>promovido</b>, <b>-a</b>: <b>ser&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to pass, be promoted (<i><a href="#SECTION_110">section 110</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pronto</b>, soon, quickly.</p>
+
+<p><b>pronto</b>, <b>-a</b>, ready, quick.</p>
+
+<p><b>propagado</b>, <b>-a</b>, propagated.</p>
+
+<p><b>propio</b>, <b>-a</b>, own.</p>
+
+<p><b>proseguir</b>, to continue.</p>
+
+<p><b>prospero</b>, <b>-a</b>, prosperous, fortunate.</p>
+
+<p><b>protegido</b>, <b>-a</b>, protégé.</p>
+
+<p><b>próximo</b>, <b>-a</b>, next.</p>
+
+<p><b>prudencia</b>, <i>f.</i>, prudence.</p>
+
+<p><b>publicar</b>, to publish, give out (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>público</b>, <b>-a</b>, public.</p>
+
+<p><b>pueblo</b>, <i>m.</i>, town, village.</p>
+
+<p><b>puerta</b>, <i>f.</i>, door.</p>
+
+<p><b>pues</b>, well (<i><a href="#SECTION_30">section 30</a></i>), then, for (<i>conj.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>puesto</b>, <b>-a</b>, on (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, since (<i><a href="#SECTION_9">section 9</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pulgada</b>, <i>f.</i>, inch.</p>
+
+<p><b>punto</b>, <i>m.</i>, point; <b>en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, exactly (<i>with time expressions</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>puro</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, pure.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_Q" id="SE_Q"></a>Q</p>
+
+<p><b>que</b>, what, that, who, which, whom.</p>
+
+<p><b>¿qué?</b> what?</p>
+
+<p><b>quebrar</b>, to break.</p>
+
+<p><b>quedar</b>, to remain, be left (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se con</b>, to keep (<i>section
+34</i>).<a name="page_162" id="page_162"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>quedo</b>, <b>-a</b>, quiet, quietly; <b>-ito</b>, <b>-a</b>, very quietly.</p>
+
+<p><b>querer</b>, to love, wish, want (<i><a href="#SECTION_98">section 98</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>quien</b>, who.</p>
+
+<p><b>¿quién?</b> who?</p>
+
+<p><b>quieto</b>, <b>-a</b>, quiet.</p>
+
+<p><b>quince</b>, fifteen; <b>&mdash;&mdash; días</b>, two weeks, a fortnight.</p>
+
+<p><b>quitar</b>, to take away; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to take off (<i><a href="#SECTION_106">section 106</a></i>); <b>&mdash;se de en
+medio</b>, to get out of the way.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_R" id="SE_R"></a>R</p>
+
+<p><b>rabioso</b>, <b>-a</b>, rabid, mad.</p>
+
+<p><b>raro</b>, <b>-a</b>, rare.</p>
+
+<p><b>rato</b>, <i>m.</i>, while.</p>
+
+<p><b>razón</b>, <i>f.</i>, reason, right (<i><a href="#SECTION_75">section 75</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>rebelde</b>, <i>m.</i>, rebel.</p>
+
+<p><b>recepción</b>, <i>f.</i>, reception.</p>
+
+<p><b>recibir</b>, to receive, get.</p>
+
+<p><b>recién</b>, recently (<i>form used only to modify past participle</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>recoger</b>, to pick up, gather together.</p>
+
+<p><b>recompensar</b>, to recompense, make up for (<i><a href="#SECTION_53">section 53</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>recordar</b>, to remember, remind of.</p>
+
+<p><b>recuperar</b>, to recuperate.</p>
+
+<p><b>región</b>, <i>f.</i>, region.</p>
+
+<p><b>regla</b>, <i>f.</i>, rule.</p>
+
+<p><b>regresar</b>, to return, come back.</p>
+
+<p><b>reina</b>, <i>f.</i>, queen.</p>
+
+<p><b>reír</b>, to laugh.</p>
+
+<p><b>reloj</b>, <i>m.</i>, watch, clock.</p>
+
+<p><b>remedar</b>, to imitate, take off (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>remedio</b>, <i>m.</i>, remedy; <b>no hay&mdash;&mdash; </b>, it can't be helped.</p>
+
+<p><b>remendar</b>, to mend.</p>
+
+<p><b>remoto</b>, <b>-a</b>, remote.<a name="page_163" id="page_163"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>rendir</b>, to give up (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>renunciar</b>, to renounce, give up (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>reñir</b>, to quarrel.</p>
+
+<p><b>repente</b>: <b>de&mdash;&mdash; </b>, suddenly, all at once.</p>
+
+<p><b>reposo</b>, <i>m.</i>, repose, rest.</p>
+
+<p><b>reprender</b>, to censure, scold.</p>
+
+<p><b>representación</b>, <i>f.</i>, performance.</p>
+
+<p><b>república</b>, <i>f.</i>, republic.</p>
+
+<p><b>resolver</b>, to resolve, make up one's mind.</p>
+
+<p><b>respeto a</b>, with regard to.</p>
+
+<p><b>retardar</b>, to retard, keep back (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>retener</b>, to keep (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>retirar</b>, to retire, take back (<i><a href="#SECTION_106">section 106</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>retractar</b>, to retract, take back (<i><a href="#SECTION_106">section 106</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>retraso</b>: <b>con&mdash;&mdash; </b>, late.</p>
+
+<p><b>reunión</b>, <i>f.</i>, meeting.</p>
+
+<p><b>revista</b>, <i>f.</i>, magazine.</p>
+
+<p><b>revolver</b>, to turn (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>rey</b>, <i>m.</i>, king.</p>
+
+<p><b>rezar</b>, to pray.</p>
+
+<p><b>rico</b>, <b>-a</b>, rich.</p>
+
+<p><b>rincón</b>, <i>m.</i>, corner (<i>inside angle; see</i> <b>esquina</b>).</p>
+
+<p><b>río</b>, <i>m.</i>, river.</p>
+
+<p><b>risa</b>, <i>f.</i>, laughter.</p>
+
+<p><b>robar</b>, to steal.</p>
+
+<p><b>roca</b>, <i>f.</i>, rock.</p>
+
+<p><b>rogar</b>, to ask (<i><a href="#SECTION_3">section 3</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>rojo</b>, <b>-a</b>, red.</p>
+
+<p><b>rollo</b>, <i>m.</i>, roll.</p>
+
+<p><b>ropa</b>, <i>f.</i>, clothes.</p>
+
+<p><b>rostro</b>, <i>m.</i>, face.</p>
+
+<p><b>roto</b>, <b>-a</b>, broken, torn.</p>
+
+<p><b>rueda</b>, <i>f.</i>, wheel.</p>
+
+<p><b>ruido</b>, <i>m.</i>, noise.<a name="page_164" id="page_164"></a></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_S" id="SE_S"></a>S</p>
+
+<p><b>saber</b>, to know (<i><a href="#SECTION_14">section 14</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sabio</b>, <b>-a</b>, wise.</p>
+
+<p><b>sacar</b>, to take out (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>saco</b>, <i>m.</i>, sack, bag.</p>
+
+<p><b>sacrificar</b>, to sacrifice.</p>
+
+<p><b>sacrificio</b>, <i>m.</i>, sacrifice.</p>
+
+<p><b>sala</b>, <i>f.</i>, room, living-room.</p>
+
+<p><b>salir</b>, to go out, leave (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>saltar</b>, to leap, spring.</p>
+
+<p><b>salud</b>, <i>f.</i>, health.</p>
+
+<p><b>salvar</b>, to save (<i><a href="#SECTION_92">section 92</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>salvo y sano</b>, safe and sound.</p>
+
+<p><b>santo</b>, <b>-a</b>, saint.</p>
+
+<p><b>sargento</b>, <i>m.</i>, sergeant.</p>
+
+<p><b>satisfacer</b>, to satisfy.</p>
+
+<p><b>satisfecho</b>, <b>-a</b>, satisfied.</p>
+
+<p><b>sastre</b>, <i>m.</i>, tailor.</p>
+
+<p><b>se</b>, self (<i>reflexive pronoun of the third person, also of the second
+person formal</i>); <i>also used as pers. pron., 2nd and 3rd pers., ind.
+obj., before</i> <b>lo</b>, <b>la</b>, <b>los</b>, <b>las</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>sed</b>, <i>f.</i>, thirst.</p>
+
+<p><b>seguida</b>: <b>en&mdash;&mdash; </b>, immediately, at once.</p>
+
+<p><b>según</b>, according to.</p>
+
+<p><b>seguro</b>, <b>-a</b>, sure, certain.</p>
+
+<p><b>semana</b>, <i>f.</i>, week.</p>
+
+<p><b>sembrar</b>, to sow.</p>
+
+<p><b>sencillez</b>, <i>f.</i>, simplicity.</p>
+
+<p><b>sencillo</b>, <b>-a</b>, simple.</p>
+
+<p><b>sentar mal a</b>, to disagree with (<i>physically</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sentarse</b>, to sit down (<i><a href="#SECTION_84">section 84</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sentir</b>, to be sorry, feel (<i><a href="#SECTION_43">section 43</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>señas</b>, <i>f. pl.</i>, directions, address.</p>
+
+<p><b>señor</b>, <i>m.</i>, gentleman, sir, Mr.</p>
+
+<p><b>señora</b>, lady, madam, Mrs.</p>
+
+<p><b>señorita</b>, <i>f.</i>, young lady, Miss.<a name="page_165" id="page_165"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>séptimo</b>, <b>-a</b>, seventh.</p>
+
+<p><b>ser</b>, to be (<i><a href="#SECTION_1">section 1</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>serio</b>, <b>-a</b>, serious.</p>
+
+<p><b>servir</b>, to serve; <b>&mdash;&mdash; de</b>, to serve as; <b>&mdash;&mdash; para</b>, to do for, be good
+for (<i><a href="#SECTION_125">section 125</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>si</b>, if.</p>
+
+<p><b>sí</b>, yes, self (<i>used for</i> <b>se</b> <i>with a prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>siempre</b>, always, ever; <b>para&mdash;jamás</b>, for ever and ever.</p>
+
+<p><b>silla</b>, <i>f.</i>, chair.</p>
+
+<p><b>sillón</b>, <i>m.</i>, armchair.</p>
+
+<p><b>sin</b>, without (<i>prep.</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, without (<i>conj.; <a href="#SECTION_69">section 69</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sino</b>, except, but (<i><a href="#SECTION_117">section 117</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>siquiera</b>, even (<i><a href="#SECTION_80">section 80</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sírvase</b>, please (<i><a href="#SECTION_67">section 67</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>situado</b>, <b>-a</b>, situated.</p>
+
+<p><b>sobrar</b>, to be left over, be superfluous, be too much.</p>
+
+<p><b>sobre</b>, <i>m.</i>, envelope.</p>
+
+<p><b>sobre</b>, over, above, on (<i>prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sobriedad</b>, <i>f.</i>, sobriety.</p>
+
+<p><b>sobrino</b>, <i>m.</i>, nephew.</p>
+
+<p><b>social</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, social.</p>
+
+<p><b>sociedad</b>, <i>f.</i>, society.</p>
+
+<p><b>sofocante</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, suffocating.</p>
+
+<p><b>sol</b>, <i>m.</i>, sun.</p>
+
+<p><b>solamente</b>, only (<i><a href="#SECTION_71">section 71</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>solas</b>: <b>a&mdash;&mdash; con</b>, alone with (<i><a href="#SECTION_72">section 72</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>soldado</b>, <i>m.</i>, soldier.</p>
+
+<p><b>soler</b>, to be wont, be accustomed.</p>
+
+<p><b>solito</b>, <b>-a</b>, all alone, entirely alone.</p>
+
+<p><b>solo</b>, <b>-a</b>, alone (<i><a href="#SECTION_72">section 72</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sólo</b>, only (<i><a href="#SECTION_71">section 71</a></i>), just (<i><a href="#SECTION_24">section 24</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sombra</b>, <i>f.</i>, shade, shadow.</p>
+
+<p><b>sombrero</b>, <i>m.</i>, hat.<a name="page_166" id="page_166"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>sonar</b>, to ring (<i><a href="#SECTION_116">section 116</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sonrisa</b>, <i>f.</i>, smile.</p>
+
+<p><b>soplar</b>, to blow.</p>
+
+<p><b>soportar</b>, to bear, endure, stand (<i><a href="#SECTION_85">section 85</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sordo</b>, <b>-a</b>, deaf.</p>
+
+<p><b>sorprender</b>, to surprise.</p>
+
+<p><b>sospechar</b>, to suspect.</p>
+
+<p><b>su</b>, his, her, your, their.</p>
+
+<p><b>subir</b>, to go up (<i><a href="#SECTION_10">section 10</a></i>), take up (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>subsuelo</b>, <i>m.</i>, subsoil.</p>
+
+<p><b>suceder</b>, to happen, succeed (<i><a href="#SECTION_79">section 79</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>suelen</b>, <i>see</i> <b>soler</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>sueño</b>, <i>m.</i>, sleep; <b>tener&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be sleepy.</p>
+
+<p><b>sufrir</b>, to bear, suffer, stand (<i><a href="#SECTION_85">section 85</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>suma</b>, <i>f.</i>, sum.</p>
+
+<p><b>supuesto</b>: <b>por&mdash;&mdash; </b>, of course.</p>
+
+<p><b>suyo</b>, <b>-a</b>, his, hers, yours, theirs.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_T" id="SE_T"></a>T</p>
+
+<p><b>tabaco</b>, <i>m.</i>, tobacco.</p>
+
+<p><b>tacto</b>, <i>m.</i>, touch.</p>
+
+<p><b>tal</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, such; <b>&mdash;&mdash; vez</b>, perhaps; <b>¿qué&mdash;?</b> what's ... like?
+(<i><a href="#SECTION_61">section 61</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>talento</b>, <i>m.</i>, talent.</p>
+
+<p><b>también</b>, too, also.</p>
+
+<p><b>tampoco</b>, either, neither (<i><a href="#SECTION_99">section 99</a> and <a href="#SECTION_100">100</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tan</b>, so (<i><a href="#SECTION_33">section 33</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tantito</b>, slightly, rather, a little bit (<i><a href="#SECTION_20">section 20</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tanto</b>, <b>-a</b>, as much, so much (<i><a href="#SECTION_33">section 33</a> and <a href="#SECTION_96">96</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tardar</b>, to be long in (<i><a href="#SECTION_12">section 12</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tarde</b>, <i>f.</i>, afternoon.</p>
+
+<p><b>tarde</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, late.<a name="page_167" id="page_167"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>tarjeta</b>, <i>f.</i>, card; <b>&mdash;&mdash; postal</b>, post card.</p>
+
+<p><b>té</b>, <i>m.</i>, tea.</p>
+
+<p><b>te</b>, (<i>pron.</i>) thyself, thee, you.</p>
+
+<p><b>teatro</b>, <i>m.</i>, theater.</p>
+
+<p><b>tela</b>, <i>f.</i>, cloth.</p>
+
+<p><b>telefonar</b>, to telephone.</p>
+
+<p><b>teléfono</b>, <i>m.</i>, telephone.</p>
+
+<p><b>temer</b>, to fear, be afraid.</p>
+
+<p><b>temperatura</b>, <i>f.</i>, temperature.</p>
+
+<p><b>tempestad</b>, <i>f.</i>, tempest, storm.</p>
+
+<p><b>temprano</b>, early.</p>
+
+<p><b>terminar</b>, to end.</p>
+
+<p><b>tía</b>, <i>f.</i>, aunt.</p>
+
+<p><b>tiempo</b>, <i>m.</i>, time (<i><a href="#SECTION_59">section 59</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tierra</b>, <i>f.</i>, earth, land.</p>
+
+<p><b>tinta</b>, <i>f.</i>, ink.</p>
+
+<p><b>tirano</b>, <b>-a</b>, tyrant.</p>
+
+<p><b>tiro</b>, <i>m.</i>, shot.</p>
+
+<p><b>tocar</b>, to touch, play (<i><a href="#SECTION_64">section 64</a></i>); concern.</p>
+
+<p><b>tocino</b>, <i>m.</i>, bacon.</p>
+
+<p><b>todavía</b>, yet, still.</p>
+
+<p><b>todo</b>, <b>-a</b>, all (<i><a href="#SECTION_46">section 46</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tomar</b>, to take (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tonto</b>, <b>-a</b>, foolish, silly.</p>
+
+<p><b>topo</b>, <i>m.</i>, mole.</p>
+
+<p><b>trabajar</b>, to work.</p>
+
+<p><b>trabajo</b>, <i>m.</i>, work.</p>
+
+<p><b>traducción</b>, <i>f.</i>, translation.</p>
+
+<p><b>traer</b>, to bring, get (<i><a href="#SECTION_16">section 16</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>traje</b>, <i>m.</i>, suit, clothes.</p>
+
+<p><b>transcurrir</b>, to pass (<i><a href="#SECTION_110">section 110</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tranvía</b>, <i>m.</i>, street car.</p>
+
+<p><b>tras</b>, behind, after (<i><a href="#SECTION_26">section 26</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>trasnochar</b>, to sit up all night, spend a sleepless night.</p>
+
+<p><b>tratar</b>, to treat.</p>
+
+<p><b>tremendo</b>, <b>-a</b>, tremendous.</p>
+
+<p><b>tren</b>, <i>m.</i>, train.</p>
+
+<p><b>tres</b>, three.<a name="page_168" id="page_168"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>trigo</b>, <i>m.</i>, wheat.</p>
+
+<p><b>triste</b>, <i>m. and f.</i>, sad.</p>
+
+<p><b>trocar</b>, to exchange.</p>
+
+<p><b>tu</b>, thy.</p>
+
+<p><b>tú</b>, thou.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_U" id="SE_U"></a>U</p>
+
+<p><b>último</b>, <b>-a</b>, last (<i>of a series</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>un</b>, <i>see</i> <b>uno</b>.</p>
+
+<p><b>único</b>, <b>-a</b>, only (<i><a href="#SECTION_71">section 71</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>un(o)</b>, <b>-a</b>, one (<i><a href="#SECTION_103">section 103</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>usted</b>, you.</p>
+
+<p><b>utilidad</b>, <i>f.</i>, use, usefulness.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_V" id="SE_V"></a>V</p>
+
+<p><b>vacio</b>, <b>-a</b>, empty.</p>
+
+<p><b>valer</b>, to be worth.</p>
+
+<p><b>valor</b>, <i>m.</i>, valor.</p>
+
+<p><b>vanidad</b>, <i>f.</i>, vanity.</p>
+
+<p><b>¡vamos!</b> come!</p>
+
+<p><b>vano</b>, <b>-a</b>, vain.</p>
+
+<p><b>¡vaya!</b> come! well! why! there! (<i><a href="#SECTION_56">section 56</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>vecino</b>, <b>-a</b>, neighbor.</p>
+
+<p><b>vehículo</b>, <i>m.</i>, vehicle.</p>
+
+<p><b>veinte</b>, twenty.</p>
+
+<p><b>veinticinco</b>, twenty-five.</p>
+
+<p><b>velo</b>, <i>m.</i>, veil.</p>
+
+<p><b>velocidad</b>, <i>f.</i>, speed; <b>a toda&mdash;&mdash; </b>, at full speed.</p>
+
+<p><b>vencer</b>, to conquer, overthrow.</p>
+
+<p><b>venda</b>, <i>f.</i>, bandage.</p>
+
+<p><b>vender</b>, to sell.</p>
+
+<p><b>venir</b>, to come.</p>
+
+<p><b>venta</b>, <i>f.</i>, inn, tavern.</p>
+
+<p><b>ventana</b>, <i>f.</i>, window.</p>
+
+<p><b>ventanilla</b>, <i>f.</i>, small window.</p>
+
+<p><b>ver</b>, to see (<i><a href="#SECTION_93">section 93</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>verdad</b>, <i>f.</i>, truth.</p>
+
+<p><b>verificarse</b>, to take place (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>vestido</b>, <i>m.</i>, dress.<a name="page_169" id="page_169"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>vestir</b>, to dress, wear; <b>&mdash;se</b>, to get dressed.</p>
+
+<p><b>vez</b>, <i>f.</i>, time (<i><a href="#SECTION_122">section 122</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>viaje</b>, <i>m.</i>, journey.</p>
+
+<p><b>victoria</b>, <i>f.</i>, victory, Victoria (<i>proper noun</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>vida</b>, <i>f.</i>, life.</p>
+
+<p><b>viejo</b>, <b>-a</b>, old, old man, old woman.</p>
+
+<p><b>viento</b>, <i>m.</i>, wind.</p>
+
+<p><b>villano</b>, <b>-a</b>, evil, wicked.</p>
+
+<p><b>violín</b>, <i>m.</i>, violin.</p>
+
+<p><b>visita</b>, <i>f.</i>, visit, visitor.</p>
+
+<p><b>visitar</b>, to visit, call upon.</p>
+
+<p><b>visto</b>: <b>por lo&mdash;&mdash; </b>, apparently.</p>
+
+<p><b>viuda</b>, <i>f.</i>, widow.</p>
+
+<p><b>vivir</b>, to live.</p>
+
+<p><b>voluntad</b>, <i>f.</i>, will, way (<i><a href="#SECTION_48">section 48</a></i>).<a name="page_170" id="page_170"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>volver</b>, to turn (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>); <b>&mdash;a</b> (<i>followed by the infin.</i>), to do
+something again.</p>
+
+<p><b>voz</b>, voice.</p>
+
+<p><b>vuelta</b>, <i>f.</i>: <b>dar una&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to take a walk; <b>estar de&mdash;&mdash; </b>, to be back;
+<b>dar&mdash;s a</b>, to turn (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_Y" id="SE_Y"></a>Y</p>
+
+<p><b>y</b>, and.</p>
+
+<p><b>ya</b>, already; <b>&mdash;&mdash; que</b>, since (<i><a href="#SECTION_9">section 9</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; no</b>, no longer (<i>section
+12</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; que no</b>, even, if not (<i><a href="#SECTION_79">section 79</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>yo</b>, I.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="SE_Z" id="SE_Z"></a>Z</p>
+
+<p><b>zoológico</b>, <b>-a</b>, zoölogical.<a name="page_voc_019" id="page_voc_019"></a></p>
+
+<h2><a name="ENGLISH-SPANISH_VOCABULARY" id="ENGLISH-SPANISH_VOCABULARY"></a>ENGLISH-SPANISH VOCABULARY</h2>
+
+<p class="c"><a href="#ES_A">A</a>,
+<a href="#ES_B">B</a>,
+<a href="#ES_C">C</a>,
+<a href="#ES_D">D</a>,
+<a href="#ES_E">E</a>,
+<a href="#ES_F">F</a>,
+<a href="#ES_G">G</a>,
+<a href="#ES_H">H</a>,
+<a href="#ES_I">I</a>,
+<a href="#ES_J">J</a>,
+<a href="#ES_K">K</a>,
+<a href="#ES_L">L</a>,
+<a href="#ES_M">M</a>,
+<a href="#ES_N">N</a>,
+<a href="#ES_O">O</a>,
+<a href="#ES_P">P</a>,
+<a href="#ES_Q">Q</a>,
+<a href="#ES_R">R</a>,
+<a href="#ES_S">S</a>,
+<a href="#ES_T">T</a>,
+<a href="#ES_U">U</a>,
+<a href="#ES_V">V</a>,
+<a href="#ES_W">W</a>,
+<a href="#ES_Y">Y</a></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_A" id="ES_A"></a>A</p>
+
+<p><b>able, to be</b>, poder.</p>
+
+<p><b>about</b>, de, acerca de (<i>concerning</i>); cerca de, más o menos (<i>nearly,
+approximately</i>) (<i><a href="#SECTION_41">section 41</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>above</b>, arriba, sobre; <b>&mdash;&mdash; all</b>, sobre todo, ante todo.</p>
+
+<p><b>abroad</b>, al extranjero, en el extranjero.</p>
+
+<p><b>absence</b>, ausencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>absolutely</b>, absolutamente.</p>
+
+<p><b>absurdity</b>, absurdo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>accident</b>, accidente, <i>m.</i>; desgracia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>accord</b>: <b>in&mdash;&mdash; with</b>, de acuerdo con.</p>
+
+<p><b>according to</b>, según.</p>
+
+<p><b>account</b>: <b>on&mdash;&mdash; of</b>, a causa de, por (<i><a href="#SECTION_101">section 101</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>acquaintance</b>: <b>to make the&mdash;&mdash; of</b>, conocer.</p>
+
+<p><b>acquainted with, to be</b>, conocer.</p>
+
+<p><b>across</b>, al otro lado de.</p>
+
+<p><b>act</b>, obrar, portarse (<i>to behave</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>admire, to</b>, admirar.</p>
+
+<p><b>advantage of, to take</b>, aprovecharse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>advice</b>, consejo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>advise, to</b>, aconsejar.</p>
+
+<p><b>affair</b>, asunto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>afraid, to be</b>, tener miedo.</p>
+
+<p><b>after</b>, tras, después de (<i><a href="#SECTION_26">section 26</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>afternoon</b>, tarde, <i>f.</i><a name="page_172" id="page_172"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>afterwards</b>, después.</p>
+
+<p><b>again</b>, otra vez, de nuevo, volver a, <i>with infinitive</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b>against</b>, contra.</p>
+
+<p><b>age</b>, edad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ago</b>, hace, ha (<i>the first precedes, the second follows, the expression
+of time</i>; hace <i>is used when definite time is expressed</i>, ha <i>when the
+time is indefinite</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>agree with, to</b>, sentar bien.</p>
+
+<p><b>air</b>, aire, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>alarm, to</b>, alarmar.</p>
+
+<p><b>alive</b>, vivo,-a; <b>man&mdash;!</b> ¡hombre!</p>
+
+<p><b>all</b>, todo,-a; <b>&mdash;&mdash; of a sudden</b>, de repente (<i><a href="#SECTION_46">section 46</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>almost</b>, casí.</p>
+
+<p><b>alone</b>, solo,-a (<i><a href="#SECTION_72">section 72</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>aloud</b>, en alta voz.</p>
+
+<p><b>already</b>, ya.</p>
+
+<p><b>also</b>, también.</p>
+
+<p><b>although</b>, aunque.</p>
+
+<p><b>among</b>, entre.</p>
+
+<p><b>amused, to be</b>, divertirse.</p>
+
+<p><b>an</b>, un, una.</p>
+
+<p><b>and</b>, y.</p>
+
+<p><b>angel</b>, ángel, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>anger</b>, ira, cólera, <i>f.</i>; enojo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>animal</b>, animal, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>another</b>, otro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>answer, to</b>, contestar, responder.</p>
+
+<p><b>answer</b>, contestación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_173" id="page_173"></a><b>anxious</b>, ansioso,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>any</b>, algún, alguno,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>apparently</b>, a lo visto, según parece, según parecía.</p>
+
+<p><b>appear, to</b>, aparecer, parecer, dejarse ver (<i><a href="#SECTION_78">section 78</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>appearance, to put in</b>, dejarse ver.</p>
+
+<p><b>appreciate, to</b>, estimar, apreciar.</p>
+
+<p><b>approach, to</b>, acercarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>Argentine</b>, argentino,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>arm</b>, brazo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>armchair</b>, sillón, <i>m.</i>; butaca, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>army</b>, ejército, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>arrive, to</b>, llegar.</p>
+
+<p><b>as</b>, como (<i><a href="#SECTION_96">section 96</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>ashamed, to be</b>, tener vergüenza.</p>
+
+<p><b>ask, to</b>, preguntar, pedir, rogar (<i><a href="#SECTION_3">section 3</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>asleep, to be</b>, estar dormido,-a; <b>to be sleepy</b>, tener sueño.</p>
+
+<p><b>at</b>, a, en; <b>&mdash;&mdash; once</b>, en seguida; <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b> (<i>to attend</i>), asistir a.</p>
+
+<p><b>attention</b>, atención, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>aunt</b>, tía, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>author</b>, autor,-ra.</p>
+
+<p><b>automobile</b>, automóvil, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>avoid, to</b>, evitar, prevenir.</p>
+
+<p><b>aware</b>, a sabiendas; <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b>, saber.</p>
+
+<p><b>away, to be</b>, estar ausente. (<i>This word should generally be looked for
+in connection with the verb with which it is used, as it is in Spanish
+usually included in the verb; as</i>, marcharse, <b>to go&mdash;&mdash; </b>; llevarse, <b>to
+take&mdash;&mdash; </b>, <i>etc.</i>)</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_B" id="ES_B"></a>B</p>
+
+<p><b>bad</b>, malo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>back, to be</b>, estar de vuelta. (<i>Ordinarily it is best to look for this
+<a name="page_174" id="page_174"></a>word under the verb with which it is used; as</i>, <b>to give&mdash;</b>, devolver;
+<b>to go&mdash;&mdash; </b>, volver, <i>etc.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>bag</b>, saco, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>baggage</b>, equipaje, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>baker</b>, panadero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ball</b> (<i>dance</i>), baile, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bandit</b>, bandito, <i>m.</i>; bandolero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bank</b>, banco, <i>m.</i>; <b>&mdash;note</b>, billete de banco.</p>
+
+<p><b>banquet</b>, banquete, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>basket</b>, cesto, <i>m.</i>; cesta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>be, to</b>, estar, ser (<i><a href="#SECTION_1">section 1</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>beautiful</b>, hermoso,-a; bello,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>because</b>, porque, a causa de, por (<i><a href="#SECTION_101">section 101</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>become, to</b>, ponerse (<i>to grow</i>); sentar bien (<i>to suit</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>bed</b>, cama, <i>f.</i>; <b>to go to&mdash;&mdash; </b>, acostarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>bee-hive</b>, colmena, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>before</b>, antes, ante, delante de, antes que (<i><a href="#SECTION_13">section 13</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>beg, to</b>, pedir, rogar.</p>
+
+<p><b>beggar</b>, pordiosero,-a; mendigo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>behind</b>, atrás, atrasado,-a; detrás de.</p>
+
+<p><b>believe, to</b>, creer.</p>
+
+<p><b>bell</b>, campana, <i>f.</i>; campanilla, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>belong, to</b>, pertenecer.</p>
+
+<p><b>below</b>, abajo.</p>
+
+<p><b>best</b>, el <i>or</i> la mejor; más (<i>as adverb</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>better</b>, mejor, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bicycle</b>, bicicleta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>big</b>, grande, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bill</b>, cuenta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bird</b>, pájaro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>birthday</b>, (día de) cumpleaños, <i>m.</i><a name="page_175" id="page_175"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>bit</b>, poquito (<i>a small quantity</i>); tanto, tantito (<i>to a slight
+degree</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>bite</b>, to, morder.</p>
+
+<p><b>blame</b>, culpa, <i>f.</i>; <b>to be to&mdash;&mdash; </b>, tener la culpa.</p>
+
+<p><b>blind</b>, ciego,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>blow, to</b>, soplar.</p>
+
+<p><b>blow with hatchet</b>, hachazo, <i>m.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; with whip</b>, latigazo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>blue</b>, azul, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>boat</b>, bote, <i>m.</i>; lancha, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>book</b>, libro, <i>m</i>.</p>
+
+<p><b>bookcase</b>, estante, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>born, to be</b>, nacer.</p>
+
+<p><b>both</b>, ambos,-as; el uno (la una) y el otro (la otra); los <i>or</i> las dos.</p>
+
+<p><b>bother, to</b>, molestar.</p>
+
+<p><b>bottle</b>, botella, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>box</b>, cajón, <i>m.</i>; caja, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>boy</b>, muchacho, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bread</b>, pan, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>break, to</b>, romper, quebrar.</p>
+
+<p><b>breakfast</b>, desayuno, <i>m.</i>; almuerzo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>bring, to</b>, traer.</p>
+
+<p><b>brother</b>, hermano, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>brown</b>, moreno,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>building</b>, edificio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>burn, to</b>, quemar.</p>
+
+<p><b>business</b>, comercio, <i>m.</i>; negocio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>busy</b>, ocupado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>but</b>, pero, sino (<i><a href="#SECTION_116">section 116</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>butter</b>, mantequilla, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>buy, to</b>, comprar.</p>
+
+<p><b>by</b>, por, de.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_C" id="ES_C"></a>C</p>
+
+<p><b>call, to</b>, llamar.</p>
+
+<p><b>can</b>, <i>present tense of</i> poder (<i><a href="#SECTION_115">section 115</a></i>).<a name="page_176" id="page_176"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>candy</b>, dulces, <i>m. pl.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>capable</b>, capaz, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cape</b> (<i>geographical</i>), cabo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>captain</b>, capitán, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>car</b> (<i>auto</i>), automóvil, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>card</b>, tarjeta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>care of, to take</b>, cuidar; <b>take&mdash;!</b> ¡cuidado!</p>
+
+<p><b>careful</b>, cuidadoso,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>carelessness</b>, descuido, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cash</b>, dinero, <i>m.</i>; <b>to pay&mdash;&mdash; </b>, pagar al contado.</p>
+
+<p><b>casino</b>, casino, <i>m.</i> (<i>a social club</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cast down</b>, to, abatir.</p>
+
+<p><b>catch, to</b>, coger.</p>
+
+<p><b>cause, to</b>, causar.</p>
+
+<p><b>cause</b>, causa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cat</b>, gato, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Catalonian</b>, Catalán,-a (<i>native of Catalonia, Spanish Cataluña</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cease, to</b>, cesar, dejar de.</p>
+
+<p><b>certainly</b>, ciertamente, por cierto, por supuesto (<i><a href="#SECTION_56">section 56</a> b</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>chain</b>, cadena, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>chair</b>, silla, <i>f.</i>; <b>arm&mdash;</b>, sillón, <i>m.</i>; butaca, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>change</b>, cambio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>change, to</b>, cambiar.</p>
+
+<p><b>charge of, to take</b>, cuidar, tomar a su cargo.</p>
+
+<p><b>charmed</b>, embelesado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>charming</b>, encantador,-a; simpático,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>cheap</b>, barato,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>child</b>, niño,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>choose, to</b>, escoger.</p>
+
+<p><b>church</b>, iglesia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cite, to</b>, citar.</p>
+
+<p><b>city</b>, ciudad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>class</b>, clase, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>clean, to</b>, limpiar.<a name="page_177" id="page_177"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>clean</b>, limpio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>clear up, to</b>, aclarar.</p>
+
+<p><b>close, to</b>, cerrar.</p>
+
+<p><b>close to</b>, cerca de, junto (-a) a.</p>
+
+<p><b>clothes</b>, ropa, <i>f.</i>; prendas de vestir.</p>
+
+<p><b>coal</b>, carbón, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>coat</b>, chaqueta, <i>f.</i>; <b>rain&mdash;</b>, impermeable, <i>m.</i>; <b>over&mdash;</b>, abrigo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>coffee</b>, café, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>coin</b>, moneda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cold</b>, frío,-a; <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b>, tener frío (<i>persons</i>); <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b>, hacer
+frío (<i>weather</i>); <b>to take&mdash;&mdash; </b>, resfriarse, coger un resfriado.</p>
+
+<p><b>color</b>, color, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>come, to</b>, venir.</p>
+
+<p><b>committee</b>, comisión, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>companion</b>, compañero,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>company</b>, compañía, <i>f.</i>; <b>to keep one&mdash;&mdash; </b>, hacer compañía a uno.</p>
+
+<p><b>compartment</b>, compartamento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>compel, to</b>, compeler.</p>
+
+<p><b>conduct</b>, conducto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>confess, to</b>, confesar.</p>
+
+<p><b>confident</b>, confiado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>congenial</b>, simpático,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>congregate, to</b>, congregar.</p>
+
+<p><b>conqueror</b>, conquistador, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>conscience</b>, conciencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>consent, to</b>, consentir (en).</p>
+
+<p><b>contain, to</b>, contener.</p>
+
+<p><b>continue, to</b>, continuar, seguir.</p>
+
+<p><b>cook, to</b>, cocinar, guisar.</p>
+
+<p><b>cook</b>, cocinero,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>cool</b>, fresco,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>corner</b>, esquina, rincón (<i><a href="#SECTION_85">section 85</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>corridor</b>, corredor, <i>m.</i>; pasillo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cost, to</b>, costar.</p>
+
+<p><b>could</b>, <i>past tenses and subjunctive of</i> poder (<i><a href="#SECTION_115">section 115</a></i>).<a name="page_178" id="page_178"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>counter</b>, contador, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>country</b>, país, <i>m.</i> (<i>geographical division</i>); campo, <i>m.</i> (<i>opposed to
+city</i>); <b>native&mdash;&mdash; </b>, patria.</p>
+
+<p><b>course, of</b>, por supuesto, ¡cómo no! ya lo creo (<i><a href="#SECTION_56">section 56</a> (b)</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>cowardly</b>, cobarde, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>crazy</b>, loco,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>creditor</b>, acreedor,-ra.</p>
+
+<p><b>crops</b>, mieses, <i>f. pl.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>cruelly</b>, cruelmente.</p>
+
+<p><b>cry, to</b>, llorar (<i>to weep</i>); gritar (<i>to call out</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>curious</b>, curioso,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>cut, to</b>, cortar.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_D" id="ES_D"></a>D</p>
+
+<p><b>daily</b>, diario,-a; (<i>adv.</i>), diariamente.</p>
+
+<p><b>daily</b> (<i>newspaper</i>), diario, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>damage</b>, daño, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dark</b>, obscuro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>darkness</b>, obscuridad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>daughter</b>, hija, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dawn</b>, amanecer, <i>m.</i>; alba, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>day</b>, día, <i>m.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; after to-morrow</b>, pasado mañana.</p>
+
+<p><b>daybreak</b>, amanecer, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dead</b>, muerto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>dear</b>, querido,-a (<i>term of affection</i>); caro,-a (<i>expensive</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>deceive, to</b>, engañar.</p>
+
+<p><b>declare, to</b>, declarar.</p>
+
+<p><b>deep</b>, hondo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>deer</b>, ciervo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>defend, to</b>, defender.</p>
+
+<p><b>depart, to</b>, partir.</p>
+
+<p><b>depths</b>, profundidad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>describe, to</b>, describir.</p>
+
+<p><b>desert, to</b>, abandonar.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_179" id="page_179"></a><b>deserted</b>, desierto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>deserve, to</b>, merecer.</p>
+
+<p><b>desirous, to be</b>, tener ganas.</p>
+
+<p><b>dessert</b>, postre, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>determine, to</b>, determinar.</p>
+
+<p><b>devoted to, to be</b>, estar dedicado (-a) a.</p>
+
+<p><b>diamond</b>, diamante, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dictionary</b>, diccionario, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>die, to</b>, morir.</p>
+
+<p><b>difficult</b>, difícil, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>difficulty</b>, dificultad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dine, to</b>, comer.</p>
+
+<p><b>dining-room</b>, comedor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dinner</b>, comida, <i>f.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; time</b>, la hora de comer.</p>
+
+<p><b>direction</b>, dirección, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dirty</b>, sucio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>disagree, to</b>, sentar mal a (<i>physical</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>disappear, to</b>, desaparecer.</p>
+
+<p><b>disappointment</b>, chasco, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>discover, to</b>, descubrir.</p>
+
+<p><b>dismiss, to</b>, despedir.</p>
+
+<p><b>disposal</b>, disposición, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>distance</b>, distancia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>distress</b>, desgracia, <i>f.</i>; aflicción, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>do, to</b>, hacer, servir (<i><a href="#SECTION_125">section 125</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>doctor</b>, doctor, <i>m.</i>; médico, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dog</b>, perro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dollar</b>, dólar, <i>m.</i>; duro, <i>m.</i>; peso, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>door</b>, puerta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>doorway</b>, puerta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>doubt</b>, duda, <i>f.</i>; <b>there is no&mdash;&mdash; </b>, no cabe duda.</p>
+
+<p><b>down</b>, abajo. (<i>Also often included in the meaning of the verb with which
+it is used; as</i>, <b>to take&mdash;&mdash; </b>, <b>to pull&mdash;&mdash; </b>, bajar; <b>to run&mdash;&mdash; </b>, bajar
+corriendo; <b>to put&mdash;&mdash; </b>, <b>to jot&mdash;&mdash; </b>, apuntar, <i>etc.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>dozen</b>, docena, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dragon</b>, dragón, <i>m.</i><a name="page_180" id="page_180"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>draw, to</b>, tirar (<i>to pull</i>); dibujar (<i>to outline, sketch</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>drawing</b>, dibujo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dream, to</b>, soñar.</p>
+
+<p><b>dress</b>, vestido, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>dress, to</b>, vestir.</p>
+
+<p><b>driver</b>, cochero, <i>m.</i>; chauffeur, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>drop, to</b>, dejar caer (<i>let fall</i>); caer (<i>to fall</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>dust</b>, polvo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>duty</b>, deber, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_E" id="ES_E"></a>E</p>
+
+<p><b>each</b>, cada uno, (-a).</p>
+
+<p><b>ear</b>, oído, <i>m.</i> (<i>inner ear</i>); oreja, <i>f.</i> (<i>outer ear</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>early</b>, temprano,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>earn, to</b>, ganar.</p>
+
+<p><b>earth</b>, tierra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>earthquake</b>, terremoto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>eat, to</b>, comer.</p>
+
+<p><b>egg</b>, huevo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>eight</b>, ocho.</p>
+
+<p><b>either</b>, o; o el (la) uno (-a) o el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (<i>section
+99</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>electric</b>, eléctrico,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>else</b>, más; <b>or&mdash;&mdash; </b>, si no.</p>
+
+<p><b>employé</b>, empleado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>encircle, to</b>, rodear.</p>
+
+<p><b>engine</b>, locomotora, <i>f.</i>; máquina, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>English</b>, inglés,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>enjoy, to</b>, gozarse en, gozar (en).</p>
+
+<p><b>enough</b>, bastante.</p>
+
+<p><b>enter, to</b>, entrar.</p>
+
+<p><b>erect, to</b>, erigir, edificar.</p>
+
+<p><b>eruption</b>, erupción, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>escape, to</b>, escaparse.</p>
+
+<p><b>esteem</b>, estimación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>even</b>, aun, hasta, siquiera (<i><a href="#SECTION_80">section 80</a></i>).<a name="page_181" id="page_181"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>evening</b>, tarde, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ever</b>, jamás, nunca (<i><a href="#SECTION_109">section 109</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>everybody</b>, todo el mundo.</p>
+
+<p><b>everything</b>, todo.</p>
+
+<p><b>evident</b>, evidente, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>evil</b>, malo,-a; villano,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>exactly</b>, justo, exacto, exactamente, en punto (<i>when naming the hour</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>examination</b>, examen, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>example</b>, ejemplo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>exercise</b>, ejercicio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>excited, to get</b>, animarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>exclusively</b>, exclusivamente.</p>
+
+<p><b>expect, to</b>, esperar.</p>
+
+<p><b>experience</b>, experiencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>expert</b>, experto,-a; experimentado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>explain, to</b>, explicar.</p>
+
+<p><b>eye</b>, ojo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_F" id="ES_F"></a>F</p>
+
+<p><b>face</b>, cara, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fact</b>, hecho, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>factory</b>, fábrica, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fail, to</b>, faltar, dejar de.</p>
+
+<p><b>faith</b>, fe, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fall, to</b>, caer.</p>
+
+<p><b>fault</b>, culpa, <i>f.</i>; <b>to be one's&mdash;&mdash; </b>, tener la culpa.</p>
+
+<p><b>family</b>, familia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>famous</b>, famoso,-a; insigne, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>farm</b>, hacienda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>father</b>, padre, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fatigue</b>, fatiga, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fear, to</b>, temer.</p>
+
+<p><b>fear</b>, temor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fearful</b>, terrible, <i>m. and f.</i>; atroz, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>feel, to</b>, sentir, palpar, tocar (<i><a href="#SECTION_43">section 43</a></i>).<a name="page_182" id="page_182"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>feeling</b>, sentimiento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fever</b>, fiebre, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>few</b>, pocos,-as.</p>
+
+<p><b>finally</b>, al fin, por fin.</p>
+
+<p><b>fine</b>: <b>some&mdash;&mdash; day</b>, un buen día.</p>
+
+<p><b>find, to</b>, hallar, encontrar; <b>to&mdash;out</b>, saber, llegar a saber.</p>
+
+<p><b>fire</b>, fuego, <i>m.</i>; <b>to set&mdash;&mdash; to</b>, pegar fuego a.</p>
+
+<p><b>fireman</b>, bombero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>first</b>, primero,-a; <b>&mdash;&mdash; of all</b>, en primer lugar, antes.</p>
+
+<p><b>five</b>, cinco.</p>
+
+<p><b>fixed</b>, fijado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>flame</b>, llama, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>flooded</b>, inundado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>floor</b>, suelo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>flower</b>, flor, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>fluently</b>, corrientemente.</p>
+
+<p><b>folks, little</b>, los chicos, la gente menuda.</p>
+
+<p><b>follow, to</b>, seguir.</p>
+
+<p><b>fond of, to be</b>, tener afición a, querer.</p>
+
+<p><b>fool</b>, tonto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>foolish</b>, tonto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>foot</b>, pie, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>for</b>, por, para (<i><a href="#SECTION_40">section 40</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>foreign</b>, extranjero,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>forget, to</b>, olvidar, olvidarse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>forgive, to</b>, perdonar.</p>
+
+<p><b>fork</b>, tenedor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>forty</b>, cuarenta.</p>
+
+<p><b>fountain pen</b>, plumafuente, <i>f.</i>; plumatintero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>four</b>, cuatro.</p>
+
+<p><b>franc</b>, franco, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>French</b>, francés,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>friend</b>, amigo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>fruit</b>, fruta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_183" id="page_183"></a><b>full</b>, lleno,-a; <b>at&mdash;&mdash; speed</b>, a todo escape, a todo correr.</p>
+
+<p><b>fully</b>, del todo.</p>
+
+<p><b>fun</b>, diversión, <i>f.</i>; burla, <i>f.</i>; <b>to make&mdash;&mdash; of</b>, burlarse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>funeral</b>, entierro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_G" id="ES_G"></a>G</p>
+
+<p><b>garden</b>, jardín, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>general</b>, general, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>general</b>, general, <i>m. and f.</i> (<i>adj.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>generally</b>, generalmente; por lo general.</p>
+
+<p><b>genius</b>, genio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>gentleman</b>, señor, <i>m.</i>; caballero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>get, to</b>, obtener (<i><a href="#SECTION_16">section 16</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>gipsy</b>, gitano,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>girl</b>, muchacha, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>give, to</b>, dar, entregar (<i><a href="#SECTION_50">section 50</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>glad, to be</b>, alegrarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>glass</b>, vaso, <i>m.</i> (<i>for drinking</i>); vidriero, <i>m.</i> (<i>of window</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>glove</b>, guante, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>go, to</b>, ir (<i><a href="#SECTION_10">section 10</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>God</b>, Dios, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>good</b>, bueno,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>good-by</b>, adiós.</p>
+
+<p><b>good-for-nothing</b>, que no vale nada.</p>
+
+<p><b>governor</b>, gobernador, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>grandfather</b>, abuelo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>grandmother</b>, abuela, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>great</b>, grande, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>green</b>, verde, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>groan</b>, gemido, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>groan, to</b>, gemir.</p>
+
+<p><b>group</b>, grupo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>grow, to</b>, crecer, aumentar, criarse (<i><a href="#SECTION_23">section 23</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>guide</b>, guia, <i>m.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; book</b>, guia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>gymnasium</b>, gimnasio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_184" id="page_184"></a><b>gymnastic</b>, gimnástico,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_H" id="ES_H"></a>H</p>
+
+<p><b>half</b>, medio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>half</b>, mitad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>half-way</b>, a medias; <b>&mdash;&mdash; there</b>, en medio (a la mitad) del camino.</p>
+
+<p><b>hand</b>, mano, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>handle</b>, manija, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>happen, to</b>, acaecer, acontecer, ocurrir; <b>to&mdash;&mdash; to be</b>, hallarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>happiness</b>, alegría, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>happy</b>, alegre, <i>m. and f.</i>; contento,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>hard</b>, duro,-a; difícil, <i>m. and f.</i> (<i>section</i> 49).</p>
+
+<p><b>hardly</b>, apenas.</p>
+
+<p><b>haste, to make</b>, darse prisa.</p>
+
+<p><b>hastily</b>, aceleradamente.</p>
+
+<p><b>hat</b>, sombrero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>have, to</b>, tener, haber, hacer (<i><a href="#SECTION_2">section 2</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>he</b>, él.</p>
+
+<p><b>head</b>, cabeza, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>hear, to</b>, oír, entender, sentir (<i><a href="#SECTION_73">section 73</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hearer</b>, oyente, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>heart</b>, corazón, <i>m.</i>; <b>to know by&mdash;</b>, saber de memoria.</p>
+
+<p><b>heat</b>, calor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>help</b>, ayuda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>help, to</b>, ayudar, asistir, amparar (<i><a href="#SECTION_27">section 27</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>heir</b>, heredero,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>her</b>, su (<i>poss. adj.</i>); la, le (<i>pers. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>here</b>, aquí, acá (<i>section</i> 29).</p>
+
+<p><b>hide, to</b>, esconder, ocultar.</p>
+
+<p><b>high</b>, alto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>him</b>, le (<i>or</i> lo).</p>
+
+<p><b>himself</b>, se, él mismo.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_185" id="page_185"></a><b>his</b>, su, suyo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>history</b>, historia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>hit, to</b>, pegar; <b>&mdash;&mdash; against</b>, dar contra.</p>
+
+<p><b>hold, to</b>, contener, detener, caber en (<i><a href="#SECTION_21">section 21</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>holiday</b>, día de fiesta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>home</b>, a casa (<i>with verb of motion</i>); <b>at&mdash;&mdash; </b>, en casa.</p>
+
+<p><b>honor</b>, honor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>hope, to</b>, esperar.</p>
+
+<p><b>horse</b>, caballo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>hot</b>, caliente, <i>m. and f.</i>; <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b>, tener calor (<i>persons</i>); hacer
+calor (<i>weather</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hour</b>, hora, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>house</b>, casa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>how</b> (<i>interr.</i>), ¿cómo? <b>to know&mdash;&mdash; </b>, saber.</p>
+
+<p><b>how</b> (<i>excl.</i>), ¡cómo! ¡cuán! ¡qué!</p>
+
+<p><b>hundred</b>, ciento; cien (<i>before nouns</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>hungry, to be</b>, tener hambre.</p>
+
+<p><b>hurry, to</b>, darse prisa.</p>
+
+<p><b>hurry, to be in a</b>, tener prisa, estar de prisa.</p>
+
+<p><b>hurt, to</b>, lastimar, hacer daño a.</p>
+
+<p><b>husband</b>, marido, <i>m.</i>; esposo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_I" id="ES_I"></a>I</p>
+
+<p><b>I</b>, yo.</p>
+
+<p><b>idea</b>, idea, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>if</b>, si.</p>
+
+<p><b>ill</b>, malo,-a; enfermo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>illness</b>, enfermedad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>illustrated</b>, ilustrado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>imitate, to</b>, imitar, remedar.</p>
+
+<p><b>immediately</b>, inmediatamente, en seguida, al momento.</p>
+
+<p><b>importance</b>, importancia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>important</b>, importante, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>impossible</b>, imposible, <i>m. and f.</i><a name="page_186" id="page_186"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>in</b>, en, dentro de.</p>
+
+<p><b>inch</b>, pulgada, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>inclined, to be</b>, inclinar.</p>
+
+<p><b>increase, to</b>, aumentar.</p>
+
+<p><b>indeed</b>, ¿de veras? <b>yes&mdash;&mdash; </b>, ¡ya lo creo! ¡si por cierto! (<i><a href="#SECTION_54">section 54</a>
+(b)</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>independence</b>, independencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>inform, to</b>, hacer saber, enterar.</p>
+
+<p><b>inherit, to</b>, heradar.</p>
+
+<p><b>initiate, to</b>, iniciar, empezar.</p>
+
+<p><b>injury</b>, lesión, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ink</b>, tinta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>inn</b>, venta, <i>f.</i>; posada, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>insist, to</b>, empeñarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>instead of</b>, en lugar de.</p>
+
+<p><b>instrument</b>, instrumento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>insult, to</b>, ofender.</p>
+
+<p><b>intelligence</b>, inteligencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>interest, to</b>, interesar.</p>
+
+<p><b>interesting</b>, interesante, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>internal</b>, interior, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>interpreter</b>, intérprete, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>invasion</b>, invasión, <i>f.</i>; irrupción, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>invitation</b>, invitación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>invite, to</b>, invitar.</p>
+
+<p><b>it</b>, lo, la, ello. (<i>Omitted when used as subject.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>Italian</b>, italiano,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_J" id="ES_J"></a>J</p>
+
+<p><b>job</b>, tarea, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>journey</b>, viaje, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>joy</b>, gozo, <i>m.</i>; alegría, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>judge</b>, juez, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>just</b>, justo,-a; nada más de <i>or</i> que, exactamente (<i><a href="#SECTION_24">section 24</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_K" id="ES_K"></a>K</p>
+
+<p><b>keep, to</b>, guardar, quedarse con, seguir (<i><a href="#SECTION_34">section 34</a></i>).<a name="page_187" id="page_187"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>key</b>, llave, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>kind</b>, amable, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>king</b>, rey, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>kiss, to</b>, besar.</p>
+
+<p><b>kitchen</b>, cocina, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>knife</b>, cuchillo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>know, to</b>, saber, conocer (<i><a href="#SECTION_14">section 14</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_L" id="ES_L"></a>L</p>
+
+<p><b>lace</b>, encaje, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lady</b>, señora, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lamp</b>, lámpara, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>landlady</b>, patrona, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>language</b>, idioma, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>large</b>, grande, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>late</b>, tarde.</p>
+
+<p><b>lately</b>, recientemente.</p>
+
+<p><b>latter, the</b>, éste, ésta.</p>
+
+<p><b>last</b>, último,-a; pasado,-a (<i><a href="#SECTION_89">section 89</a></i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; night</b>, anoche.</p>
+
+<p><b>last, to</b>, durar.</p>
+
+<p><b>laugh, to</b>, reír; <b>to&mdash;&mdash; at</b>, reírse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>laughter</b>, risa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lay, to</b>, poner.</p>
+
+<p><b>lazy</b>, perezoso,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>learn, to</b>, aprender.</p>
+
+<p><b>learned</b>, sabio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>least</b>, menor, <i>m. and f.</i>; <b>at&mdash;&mdash; </b>, a lo menos, por lo menos.</p>
+
+<p><b>leather</b>, cuero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>leave, to</b>, dejar, partir, salir (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>left</b>, izquierdo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>left, to be</b>, quedar, sobrar (<i><a href="#SECTION_37">section 37</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>lemonade</b>, limonada, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lend, to</b>, prestar.</p>
+
+<p><b>less</b>, menos.</p>
+
+<p><b>lesson</b>, lección, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>let, to</b>, dejar (<i><a href="#SECTION_38">section 38</a></i>).<a name="page_188" id="page_188"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>letter</b>, carta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>liberty</b>, libertad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>library</b>, biblioteca, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>life</b>, vida, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lift, to</b>, alzar, levantar.</p>
+
+<p><b>light</b>, luz, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>like, to</b>, querer, gustar a (<i><a href="#SECTION_61">section 61</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>like</b>, como, cual (<i><a href="#SECTION_60">section 60</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>lily</b>, lirio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lion</b>, león, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>listen, to</b>, escuchar.</p>
+
+<p><b>literature</b>, literatura, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>little</b>, pequeño,-a; chico,-a; poco,-a, (<i><a href="#SECTION_20">section 20</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>live, to</b>, vivir.</p>
+
+<p><b>living</b>, vida, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>living-room</b>, sala, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lock</b>, cerradura, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>London</b>, Londres.</p>
+
+<p><b>long</b>, largo,-a; <b>&mdash;&mdash; time</b>, mucho tiempo (<i><a href="#SECTION_12">section 12</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>look, to</b>, mirar, aparecer; <b>&mdash;&mdash; for</b>, buscar (<i><a href="#SECTION_19">section 19</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>lose, to</b>, perder.</p>
+
+<p><b>loss</b>, perdido, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>lot of, a</b>, mucho,-a,-os,-as.</p>
+
+<p><b>love, to</b>, amar, querer.</p>
+
+<p><b>luxury</b>, lujo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_M" id="ES_M"></a>M</p>
+
+<p><b>machine</b>, máquina, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>machinery</b>, maquinaria, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>mad</b>, rabioso,-a; loco,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>maid</b>, criada, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>make, to</b>, hacer (<i><a href="#SECTION_53">section 53</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>man</b>, hombre, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>manage, to</b>, lograr, manejar.</p>
+
+<p><b>many</b>, muchos,-as (<i>section</i> 20).</p>
+
+<p><b>masked</b> (<i>ball</i>), de máscaras.</p>
+
+<p><b>master</b>, amo, <i>m.</i>; dueño, <i>m.</i><a name="page_189" id="page_189"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>material</b>, materia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>matter</b>, asunto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>matter, to</b>, importar.</p>
+
+<p><b>me</b>, me, mí (<i>with preposition</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>mean, to</b>, querer decir, tener la intención de (<i><a href="#SECTION_68">section 68</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>means of, by</b>, por medio de.</p>
+
+<p><b>mediocre</b>, mediano,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>meet, to</b>, encontrar, dar con.</p>
+
+<p><b>meeting</b>, reunión, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>member</b>, miembro, <i>m.</i>; individuo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>memory</b>, memoria, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>method</b>, método, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>milk</b>, leche, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>millionaire</b>, millonario,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>mind of, to put in</b>, recordar a, hacer pensar en.</p>
+
+<p><b>mine</b>, mío,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>mine</b>, mina, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>miner</b>, minero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>minute</b>, minuto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>mirror</b>, espejo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>miss, to</b>, echar de menos, faltar, notar la falta de (<i><a href="#SECTION_55">section 55</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>mistake</b>, equivocación, <i>f.</i>; error, <i>m.</i>; falta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>mistake, to make a</b>, equivocarse, hacer un error.</p>
+
+<p><b>mistaken, to be</b>, equivocarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>mole</b>, topo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>moment</b>, momento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>money</b>, dinero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>month</b>, mes, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>moon</b>, luna, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>more</b>, más; <b>&mdash;&mdash; and&mdash;&mdash; </b>, cada vez más; <b>no&mdash;&mdash; </b> (<i>longer</i>), ya no; <b>once
+---- </b>, otra vez.</p>
+
+<p><b>morning</b>, mañana, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>mother</b>, madre, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_190" id="page_190"></a><b>much</b>, mucho,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>music</b>, música, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>must</b>, haber de, deber, tener que (<i><a href="#SECTION_75">section 75</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>my</b>, mi; ¡vaya! (<i>with exclamatory force</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>myself</b>, me, mismo,-a (<i><a href="#SECTION_88">section 88</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_N" id="ES_N"></a>N</p>
+
+<p><b>name</b>, nombre, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>narrative</b>, narración, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>narrow</b>, estrecho,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>national</b>, nacional, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>natural</b>, natural, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>nature</b>, naturaleza, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>near</b>, cerca de, junto (-a) a.</p>
+
+<p><b>necessary</b>, necesario,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>need, to</b>, necesitar.</p>
+
+<p><b>neighbor</b>, vecino,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>neither</b>, ni; ni el (la) uno (-a) ni el (la) otro (-a); tampoco (<i>section
+9</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>nephew</b>, sobrino, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>never</b>, nunca, jamás.</p>
+
+<p><b>nevertheless</b>, sin embargo.</p>
+
+<p><b>new</b>, nuevo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>newly</b>, recientemente, recién (<i>before past participles</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>news</b>, noticias, <i>f. pl.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>newspaper</b>, periódico, <i>m.</i>; diario, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>next</b>, próximo,-a; que viene.</p>
+
+<p><b>night</b>, noche, <i>f.</i>; <b>at&mdash;&mdash; </b>, de noche, por la noche; <b>last&mdash;&mdash; </b>, anoche.</p>
+
+<p><b>nightfall</b>, anochecer, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>nightingale</b>, ruiseñor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>night-watchman</b>, sereno, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>no</b>, no.</p>
+
+<p><b>nobody</b>, nadie.</p>
+
+<p><b>noise</b>, ruido, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>noon</b>, medio día, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>north</b>, norte, <i>m.</i><a name="page_191" id="page_191"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>not</b>, no; <b>&mdash;&mdash; at all</b>, de ningún modo, no hay de que (<i><a href="#SECTION_46">section 46</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>note, to</b>, notar, fijarse en.</p>
+
+<p><b>nothing</b>, nada.</p>
+
+<p><b>notice</b>, noticia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>now</b>, ahora, ya (<i><a href="#SECTION_40">section 40</a></i>); <b>every&mdash;&mdash; and then</b>, de vez en cuando.</p>
+
+<p><b>number</b>, número, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>nurse-maid</b>, niñera, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_O" id="ES_O"></a>O</p>
+
+<p><b>obey, to</b>, obeir.</p>
+
+<p><b>oblige, to</b>, obligar a.</p>
+
+<p><b>obliged to, to be</b>, agradecer a.</p>
+
+<p><b>observe, to</b>, observar.</p>
+
+<p><b>obtain, to</b>, obtener.</p>
+
+<p><b>occupy, to</b>, ocupar.</p>
+
+<p><b>occur, to</b>, ocurrir, acaecer.</p>
+
+<p><b>o'clock</b>: <b>it is one&mdash;&mdash; </b>, es la una; <b>it is two, three, four&mdash;&mdash; </b>, son las
+dos, las tres, las cuatro.</p>
+
+<p><b>of</b>, de.</p>
+
+<p><b>offer</b>, oferto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>offer, to</b>, ofrecer.</p>
+
+<p><b>office</b>, despacho, <i>m.</i> (<i>place of business</i>); oficio, <i>m.</i>
+(<i>occupation</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>often</b>, a menudo, muchas veces.</p>
+
+<p><b>old</b>, viejo,-a; antiguo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>oldest</b>, mayor, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>on</b>, en, sobre.</p>
+
+<p><b>once</b>, una vez; <b>&mdash;&mdash; and for all</b>, una vez y para siempre; <b>at&mdash;</b>,
+inmediatamente, en seguida; <b>all at&mdash;&mdash; </b>, de repente (<i>suddenly</i>); a la
+vez (<i>all together</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>one</b>, un, uno,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>only</b>, sólo, solamente, nada más que (<i><a href="#SECTION_71">section 71</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>open, to</b>, abrir.</p>
+
+<p><b>open</b>, abierto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>opinion</b>, opinión, <i>f.</i>; concepto, <i>m.</i><a name="page_192" id="page_192"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>opportunity</b>, oportunidad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>or</b>, o.</p>
+
+<p><b>orchard</b>, huerta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>order, to</b>, mandar.</p>
+
+<p><b>order to, in</b>, para, para que, a fin de que.</p>
+
+<p><b>organ</b>, órgano, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>other</b>, otro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>ought</b>, deber.</p>
+
+<p><b>our</b>, nuestro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>ourselves</b>, nos, nosotros (<i>-as</i>) mismos (<i>-as</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>out</b>, fuera. (<i>It is best usually to look for this word in connection
+with the verb with which it is used, in which it is very often included;
+as</i>, sacar, <b>to take&mdash;&mdash; </b>; salir, <b>to go&mdash;&mdash; </b>; apagar, <b>to put&mdash;</b>, <i>etc.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>owe, to</b>, deber.</p>
+
+<p><b>own</b>, propio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>owner</b>, dueño,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>ovation</b>, ovación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>over</b>, sobre; <b>all&mdash;&mdash; </b>, acabado,-a (<i>finished</i>); por todas partes
+(<i>everywhere, in all directions</i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_P" id="ES_P"></a>P</p>
+
+<p><b>pain</b>, dolor, <i>m.</i>; <b>little&mdash;&mdash; </b>, dolorcillo.</p>
+
+<p><b>paint, to</b>, pintar.</p>
+
+<p><b>painter</b>, pintor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pair</b>, par, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pane</b>, vidriero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>paper</b>, papel, <i>m.</i>; <b>news&mdash;</b>, periódico, <i>m.</i>; diario, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pardon, to</b>, perdonar.</p>
+
+<p><b>parents</b>, padres, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>park</b>, parque, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>party</b>, partido, <i>m.</i>; compañía, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pass, to</b>, pasar (<i><a href="#SECTION_110">section 110</a></i>).<a name="page_193" id="page_193"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>past</b>, pasado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>patient</b>, paciente, <i>m. and f.</i> (<i>adj.</i>); enfermo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>patience</b>, paciencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Patros</b>, <i>proper name</i>, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pay, to</b>, pagar, ser provechoso,-a (<i><a href="#SECTION_111">section 111</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pay</b>, pago, <i>m.</i>; sueldo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>peace</b>, paz, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pen</b>, pluma, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pencil</b>, lápiz, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>penknife</b>, cortaplumas, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>perhaps</b>, tal vez, acaso.</p>
+
+<p><b>people</b>, gente, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>perceive, to</b>, percibir, ver.</p>
+
+<p><b>permission</b>, permiso, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>person</b>, persona, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>piano</b>, piano, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pick up, to</b>, coger, recoger.</p>
+
+<p><b>picture</b>, cuadro, <i>m.</i>; pintura, <i>f.</i> (<i>painting</i>); retrato, <i>m.</i>;
+fotografía, <i>f.</i> (<i>photograph</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>piece</b>, pedazo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pitcher</b>, jarra, <i>f.</i> (<i>wide-mouthed</i>); jarro, <i>m.</i> (<i>narrow-mouthed</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pity</b>, lástima, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>place</b>, lugar, <i>m.</i>; sitio, <i>m.</i>; <b>to take&mdash;</b>, tener lugar, verificarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>plant</b>, planta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>plate</b>, plato, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>platform</b>, andén, <i>m.</i> (<i>railway station</i>); plataforma, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>play, to</b>, jugar (<i>games</i>); tocar (<i>musical instruments</i>); representar
+(<i>dramas</i>); <b>to&mdash;&mdash; a part</b>, hacer <i>or</i> desempeñar un papel.</p>
+
+<p><b>play</b>, drama, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>please, to</b>, agradar, contentar, querer (<i><a href="#SECTION_67">section 67</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>pleasure</b>, gusto, <i>m.</i>; placer, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pocket</b>, bolsillo, <i>m.</i><a name="page_194" id="page_194"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>poor</b>, pobre, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>portrait</b>, retrato, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>possess, to</b>, poseer.</p>
+
+<p><b>possession</b>, posesión, <i>f.</i>; <b>to take&mdash;&mdash; of</b>, apoderarse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>possible</b>, posible, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>postcard</b>, tarjeta postal, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>postman</b>, cartero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>post office</b>, correo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pound</b>, libra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>power</b>, poder, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>practice</b>, práctica, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>practice, to</b>, practicar.</p>
+
+<p><b>preparation</b>, preparación, <i>f.</i>; preparativo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>prepare, to</b>, preparar.</p>
+
+<p><b>presence</b>, presencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>present</b>, presente, <i>m. and f.</i>; <b>for the&mdash;&mdash; </b>, a presente, al momento,
+por lo pronto.</p>
+
+<p><b>present at, to be</b>, asistir a.</p>
+
+<p><b>president</b>, presidente, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>pretty</b>, bonito,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>prevent, to</b>, evitar.</p>
+
+<p><b>price</b>, precio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>prince</b>, príncipe, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>princess</b>, princesa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>problem</b>, problema, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>procession</b>, procesión, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>profession</b>, profesión, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>professor</b>, profesor,-ra.</p>
+
+<p><b>promise, to</b>, prometer.</p>
+
+<p><b>propagate, to</b>, propagar.</p>
+
+<p><b>property</b>, bienes, <i>m. pl.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>prove, to</b>, probar; <b>to&mdash;&mdash; to be</b>, resultar ser.</p>
+
+<p><b>provided that</b>, con tal que.</p>
+
+<p><b>province</b>, provincia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>prudence</b>, prudencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><a name="page_195" id="page_195"></a><b>public</b>, público,-a; <b>&mdash;&mdash; letter writer</b>, memorialista, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>publish, to</b>, publicar, dar a luz.</p>
+
+<p><b>pupil</b>, discípulo,-a; alumno,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>pure</b>, puro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>purse</b>, bolsa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>put, to</b>, poner (<i><a href="#SECTION_119">section 119</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_Q" id="ES_Q"></a>Q</p>
+
+<p><b>quarrel, to</b>, reñir.</p>
+
+<p><b>quart</b>, cuarta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>quarter</b>, cuarto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>queen</b>, reina, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>question</b>, pregunta, <i>f.</i> (<i>to be answered</i>); cuestión, <i>f.</i> (<i>to be
+discussed</i>); <b>to ask&mdash;&mdash; </b>, hacer preguntas.</p>
+
+<p><b>quick</b>, pronto,-a; rápido,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>quickly</b>, prontamente, rápidamente.</p>
+
+<p><b>quiet</b>, quieto,-a; quedo,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_R" id="ES_R"></a>R</p>
+
+<p><b>railroad</b>, ferrocarril, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rain, to</b>, llover.</p>
+
+<p><b>rain</b>, lluvia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rainbow</b>, arco iris, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>raincoat</b>, impermeable, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rarely</b>, raramente, raras veces.</p>
+
+<p><b>rate, at any</b>, de todos modos.</p>
+
+<p><b>rather</b>, algo, un tanto, un poco; <b>&mdash;&mdash; than</b>, más bien que.</p>
+
+<p><b>read, to</b>, leer.</p>
+
+<p><b>ready</b>, listo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>rebel</b>, rebelde, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>receive, to</b>, recibir.</p>
+
+<p><b>reckless</b>, descuidado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>red</b>, rojo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>regard to, in</b>, respeto a.</p>
+
+<p><b>relative</b>, pariente, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>remain, to</b>, quedar.</p>
+
+<p><b>remember, to</b>, acordarse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>remove, to</b>, quitar, apartar.<a name="page_196" id="page_196"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>rent, to</b>, alquilar.</p>
+
+<p><b>repeat, to</b>, repetir.</p>
+
+<p><b>republic</b>, república, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rest, to</b>, descansar.</p>
+
+<p><b>respectable</b>, respetable, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rest</b>, descanso, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>return, to</b>, volver (<i>to come back</i>); devolver (<i>to give back</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>revolution</b>, revolución, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rich</b>, rico,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>rid of, to get</b>, deshacerse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>right</b>, derecho,-a; justo,-a; <b>to be&mdash;&mdash; </b>, tener razón, ser justo
+(<i><a href="#SECTION_74">section 74</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>ring, to</b>, tocar, sonar (<i><a href="#SECTION_116">section 116</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>ripe</b>, maduro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>river</b>, río, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>road</b>, camino, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>robber</b>, ladrón, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>roll</b>, rollo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>room</b>, cuarto, <i>m.</i>; sala, <i>f.</i>; habitación, <i>f.</i>; <b>to take up&mdash;&mdash; </b>,
+ocupar lugar <i>or</i> espacio; <b>there is&mdash;&mdash; </b>, hay lugar.</p>
+
+<p><b>rose</b>, rosa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>rule, to</b>, gobernar.</p>
+
+<p><b>rule</b>, regla, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>run, to</b>, correr.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_S" id="ES_S"></a>S</p>
+
+<p><b>sack</b>, saco, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sacrifice, to</b>, sacrificar.</p>
+
+<p><b>sacrifice</b>, sacrificio, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>safe</b>, seguro,-a; <b>&mdash;&mdash; and sound</b>, sano y salvo.</p>
+
+<p><b>sailor</b>, marinero, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>saint</b>, santo,-a; san (<i>before masculine nouns</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sake of, for the</b>, por.</p>
+
+<p><b>same</b>, mismo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_197" id="page_197"></a><b>satisfied</b>, satisfecho,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>satisfy, to</b>, satisfacer.</p>
+
+<p><b>save, to</b>, ahorrar, salvar (<i><a href="#SECTION_92">section 92</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>say, to</b>, decir.</p>
+
+<p><b>scarcely</b>, apenas.</p>
+
+<p><b>scarf</b>, velo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>school</b>, escuela, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>scold, to</b>, reprender, reñir.</p>
+
+<p><b>see, to</b>, ver, comprender (<i><a href="#SECTION_93">section 93</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>self</b>, se, mismo,-a (<i><a href="#SECTION_88">section 88</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>selfishness</b>, egoismo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sell, to</b>, vender.</p>
+
+<p><b>send, to</b>, mandar, enviar.</p>
+
+<p><b>sense</b>, sentido, <i>m.</i>; inteligencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sentence</b>, sentencia, <i>f.</i>; oración, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sergeant</b>, sargento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>serious</b>, serio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>servant</b>, criado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>serve, to</b>, servir.</p>
+
+<p><b>set, to</b>, poner.</p>
+
+<p><b>sew, to</b>, coser.</p>
+
+<p><b>shade</b>, sombra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>shadow</b>, sombra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>shake hands, to</b>, dar la mano a.</p>
+
+<p><b>shall</b>, <i>expressed by the endings of the future tense</i> (<i><a href="#SECTION_46">section 46</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>share, to</b>, compartir.</p>
+
+<p><b>shine, to</b>, brillar.</p>
+
+<p><b>shock</b> (<i>earthquake</i>), sacudida, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>shoe</b>, zapato, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>shop</b> (<i>work</i>), taller, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>short</b>, corto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>shot</b>, tiro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>shoulder</b>, espalda, <i>f.</i>; hombro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>show, to</b>, mostrar, enseñar, dejar ver.</p>
+
+<p><b>shut, to</b>, cerrar.</p>
+
+<p><b>sickness</b>, enfermedad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sign</b>, señal, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>silver</b>, plata, <i>f.</i><a name="page_198" id="page_198"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>simple</b>, sencillo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>simplicity</b>, sencillez, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sin</b>, pecado, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>since</b>, desde, desde que, ya que, puesto que (<i><a href="#SECTION_9">section 9</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>sing, to</b>, cantar.</p>
+
+<p><b>single</b>, solo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>sir</b>, señor.</p>
+
+<p><b>sit, to</b>, sentarse (<i><a href="#SECTION_84">section 84</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>situated</b>, situado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>situation</b>, situación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>six</b>, seis.</p>
+
+<p><b>sky</b>, cielo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>slave</b>, esclavo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>slavery</b>, esclavitud, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sleep, to</b>, dormir; <b>to go to&mdash;&mdash; </b>, dormirse.</p>
+
+<p><b>sleepy, to be</b>, tener sueño.</p>
+
+<p><b>slipper</b>, chinela, <i>f.</i>; babucha, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>small</b>, pequeño,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>smell, to</b>, oler; <b>&mdash;&mdash; of</b>, oler a.</p>
+
+<p><b>smile, to</b>, sonreír.</p>
+
+<p><b>smile</b>, sonrisa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>snow, to</b>, nevar.</p>
+
+<p><b>snow</b>, nieve, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>so</b>, así, tan, conque (<i><a href="#SECTION_33">section 33</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>soap</b>, jabón, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sobriety</b>, sobriedad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>social</b>, social, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>soldier</b>, soldado, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>some</b>, unos,-as. (<i>Often omitted in Spanish when used in the partitive
+sense; so</i>, <b>I have&mdash;&mdash; money</b>, yo tengo dinero.)</p>
+
+<p><b>something</b>, algo.</p>
+
+<p><b>son</b>, hijo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>song</b>, canción, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>soon</b>, pronto.</p>
+
+<p><b>sorry, to be</b>, sentir.</p>
+
+<p><b>sour</b>, agrio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>south</b>, sur, <i>m.</i><a name="page_199" id="page_199"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>southern</b>, sud, <i>m. and f.</i>, del sur.</p>
+
+<p><b>Spain</b>, España, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>Spanish</b>, español,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>spare, to</b>, tener de sobra, sobrar, dar.</p>
+
+<p><b>speak, to</b>, hablar.</p>
+
+<p><b>speaker</b>, el (la) que habla.</p>
+
+<p><b>speed, at full</b>, a todo escape, a todo correr.</p>
+
+<p><b>spend, to</b>, gastar.</p>
+
+<p><b>spill, to</b>, derramar.</p>
+
+<p><b>spiritual</b>, espiritual, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>spoil, to</b>, mimar (<i>children</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>spoon</b>, cuchara, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>spur</b>, espuela, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>square</b>, plaza, <i>f.</i>, <b>little&mdash;&mdash; </b>, plazuela, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>stairs</b>, escalera, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>stand, to</b>, estar en pie, ponerse de pie, estar parado,-a (<i>section
+85</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>start, to</b>, ponerse en marcha, marcharse, poner en movimiento (<i>section
+123</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>station</b>, estación, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>stay, to</b>, quedar.</p>
+
+<p><b>stop, to</b>, parar, cesar, dejar de.</p>
+
+<p><b>story</b>, cuento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>strength</b>, fuerza, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>strike, to</b>, pegar, declarse en huelga (<i><a href="#SECTION_121">section 121</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>string</b>, cuerda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>succeed, to</b>, suceder, tener éxito, lograr a (<i><a href="#SECTION_79">section 79</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>suffer</b>, sufrir.</p>
+
+<p><b>sum</b>, suma, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>sun</b>, sol, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>suspicion</b>, sospecho, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_T" id="ES_T"></a>T</p>
+
+<p><b>table</b>, mesa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>tablecloth</b>, mantel, <i>m.</i><a name="page_200" id="page_200"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>tailor</b>, sastre, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>take, to</b>, tomar, llevar, coger (<i><a href="#SECTION_107">section 107</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tale</b>, cuento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>talent</b>, talento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>talk, to</b>, hablar.</p>
+
+<p><b>tea</b>, té, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>teacher</b>, maestro,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>tear down, to</b>, derribar.</p>
+
+<p><b>telephone, to</b>, telefonar.</p>
+
+<p><b>telephone</b>, teléfono, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>tell, to</b>, decir, contar, producir efecto (<i><a href="#SECTION_90">section 90</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>Telmo</b>, <i>proper name</i>, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>ten</b>, diez.</p>
+
+<p><b>tennis</b>, tenis, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>terrible</b>, terrible, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>that</b>, que (<i>rel. pron. and conj.</i>), aquel, aquella; ese, esa (<i>demons.
+adj.</i>); aquél, aquélla; eso (<i>demons. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>the</b>, el, la, los, las.</p>
+
+<p><b>theater</b>, teatro, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>their</b>, su, sus (<i>adj.</i>); suyo,-a (<i>pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>them</b>, los, las, les; ellos,-as (<i>with prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>then</b>, entonces.</p>
+
+<p><b>there</b>, allí, allá, ahí, ¡vaya! (<i><a href="#SECTION_21">section 21</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>these</b>, estos,-as (<i>demons. adj.</i>); éstos,-as (<i>demons. pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>thin</b>, delgado,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>thing</b>, cosa, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>think, to</b>, pensar, creer, parecer (<i><a href="#SECTION_52">section 52</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>thirsty, to be</b>, tener sed.</p>
+
+<p><b>thirteen</b>, trece.</p>
+
+<p><b>this</b>, este, esta (<i>adj.</i>); éste, ésta (<i>pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_201" id="page_201"></a><b>those</b>, aquellos,-as; esos,-as (<i>adj.</i>); aquéllos,-as; ésos,-as
+(<i>pron.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>though</b>, aunque.</p>
+
+<p><b>thought</b>, pensamiento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>thousand</b>, mil, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>three</b>, tres.</p>
+
+<p><b>through</b>, por.</p>
+
+<p><b>throw, to</b>, echar, tirar.</p>
+
+<p><b>ticket</b>, billete, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>time</b>, tiempo, <i>m.</i>; vez, <i>f.</i>; hora, <i>f.</i> (<i><a href="#SECTION_59">section 59</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>tire, to</b>, cansar.</p>
+
+<p><b>tired-out</b>, cansado (-a) a más no poder.</p>
+
+<p><b>to</b>, a.</p>
+
+<p><b>to-day</b>, hoy.</p>
+
+<p><b>together</b>, juntos,-as.</p>
+
+<p><b>to-morrow</b>, mañana.</p>
+
+<p><b>tongue</b>, lengua, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>to-night</b>, esta noche.</p>
+
+<p><b>too</b>, demasiado, también.</p>
+
+<p><b>torn</b>, roto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>torrents, to rain</b>, llover a cántaros.</p>
+
+<p><b>touch, to</b>, tocar.</p>
+
+<p><b>touch</b>, tacto, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>toward</b>, hacia, para con (<i><a href="#SECTION_81">section 81</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>town</b>, pueblo, <i>m.</i>; ciudad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>toy</b>, juguete, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>train</b>, tren, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>tree</b>, árbol, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>tremendous</b>, tremendo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>tribe</b>, caterva, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>trouble, to</b>, molestar, afligir.</p>
+
+<p><b>trouble</b>, pesar, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>trunk</b>, baúl, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>trust, to</b>, confiar, fiar.</p>
+
+<p><b>truth</b>, verdad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>try, to</b>, tratar de, procurar.</p>
+
+<p><b>Tuesday</b>, martes, <i>m.</i><a name="page_202" id="page_202"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>turn, to</b>, volver, ponerse, dar vuelta a (<i><a href="#SECTION_113">section 113</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>twelve</b>, doce.</p>
+
+<p><b>twenty</b>, veinte.</p>
+
+<p><b>twenty-five</b>, veinticinco.</p>
+
+<p><b>twice</b>, dos veces.</p>
+
+<p><b>two</b>, dos.</p>
+
+<p><b>type</b>, tipo, <i>m.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; writer</b>, máquina de escribir, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>tyrant</b>, tirano,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_U" id="ES_U"></a>U</p>
+
+<p><b>umbrella</b>, paraguas, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>unable, to be</b>, no poder.</p>
+
+<p><b>uncle</b>, tío, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>understand, to</b>, comprender, entender.</p>
+
+<p><b>uneasy</b>, inquieto,-a; intranquilo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>unjust</b>, injusto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>unload, to</b>, descargar.</p>
+
+<p><b>until</b>, hasta (<i>prep.</i>); hasta que (<i>conjunction</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>untruth</b>, mentira, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>up</b>, arriba. (<i>This word is in Spanish very often untranslatable, being
+included in the meaning of the verb with which it is used; as</i>, <b>to pick
+---- </b>, recoger; <b>to look&mdash;&mdash; </b>, buscar; <b>to get&mdash;&mdash; </b>, levantarse, <i>etc.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><b>upside-down</b>, de arriba abajo.</p>
+
+<p><b>us</b>, nos, nosotros,-as (<i>with prep.</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>use, to</b>, usar, emplear, servirse de.</p>
+
+<p><b>use</b>, utilidad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>used to, to be</b>, soler, acostumbrarse.</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_203" id="page_203"></a><b>usual</b>, usual, <i>m. and f.</i>; acostumbrado,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_V" id="ES_V"></a>V</p>
+
+<p><b>vain</b>, vanidoso,-a; <b>in&mdash;&mdash; </b>, en vano.</p>
+
+<p><b>valise</b>, maleta, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>valor</b>, valor, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>vanity</b>, vanidad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>vegetable</b>, legumbre, <i>f.</i>; verdura, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>vehicle</b>, vehículo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>velvet</b>, terciopelo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>very</b>, muy (<i><a href="#SECTION_63">section 63</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>victim</b>, víctima, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>village</b>, aldea, <i>f.</i>; pueblo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>violin</b>, violín, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>visit</b>, visita, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>visit, to</b>, visitar.</p>
+
+<p><b>voice</b>, voz, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_W" id="ES_W"></a>W</p>
+
+<p><b>wait, to</b>, esperar.</p>
+
+<p><b>wake, to</b>, despertar; <b>to&mdash;&mdash; up</b>, despertarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>walk</b>, paseo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>walk, to</b>, andar, caminar.</p>
+
+<p><b>want, to</b>, querer, necesitar (<i><a href="#SECTION_98">section 98</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>war</b>, guerra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>warm, to be</b>, tener calor (<i>persons</i>); hacer calor (<i>weather</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>wash, to</b>, lavar.</p>
+
+<p><b>water</b>, agua, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>water, to</b>, regar.</p>
+
+<p><b>way</b>, camino, <i>m.</i>; modo, <i>m.</i> (<i><a href="#SECTION_48">section 48</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>we</b>, nosotros,-as.</p>
+
+<p><b>weak</b>, débil, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>wealth</b>, riqueza, <i>f.</i>; opulencia, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>wear, to</b>, llevar, vestir, tener puesto,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>weather</b>, tiempo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>week</b>, semana, <i>f.</i><a name="page_204" id="page_204"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>well</b>, bien, pues (<i><a href="#SECTION_30">section 30</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>well</b>, pozo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>what</b>, ¿qué? lo que (<i>conj.</i>); <b>&mdash;&mdash; a!</b> ¡qué! <b>&mdash;&mdash; a lot of!</b> ¡qué de!
+¡cuántos,-as!</p>
+
+<p><b>wheat</b>, trigo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>wheel</b>, rueda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>where</b>, donde; <b>&mdash;?</b> ¿dónde?</p>
+
+<p><b>whether</b>, si.</p>
+
+<p><b>while, to be worth</b>, valer la pena.</p>
+
+<p><b>whip</b>, látigo, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>white</b>, blanco,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>who</b>, ¿quién? el (la) cual; el (la) que; que.</p>
+
+<p><b>whole</b>, entero,-a; toda,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>whose</b>, cuyo,-a; de quien.</p>
+
+<p><b>whose?</b> cúyo,-a; de quién.</p>
+
+<p><b>why?</b> ¿por qué?</p>
+
+<p><b>why!</b> ¡vaya! ¡toma! (<i><a href="#SECTION_56">section 56</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>wide</b>, ancho,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>widow</b>, viuda, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>will</b>, <i>expressed in the future tense endings or by</i> querer (<i>section
+45</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>will</b>, voluntad, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>win, to</b>, ganar.</p>
+
+<p><b>wind</b>, viento, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>window</b>, ventana, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>wise</b>, sabio,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>wish, to</b>, querer; <b>I&mdash;&mdash; </b> ¡ojalá! (<i>when the wish is unrealizable at the
+moment</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>witch</b>, bruja, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>with</b>, con.</p>
+
+<p><b>without</b>, sin, sin que (<i><a href="#SECTION_69">section 69</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>woman</b>, mujer, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>wonder, to</b>, extrañarse, admirarse, preguntarse (<i><a href="#SECTION_103">section 103</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>wont to, to be</b>, soler, acostumbrarse.<a name="page_205" id="page_205"></a></p>
+
+<p><b>word</b>, palabra, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>work, to</b>, trabajar.</p>
+
+<p><b>work</b>, trabajo, <i>m.</i> (<i>labor</i>); obra, <i>f.</i> (<i>accomplishment</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>workman</b>, operario, <i>m.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>worry, to</b>, apurarse.</p>
+
+<p><b>worst</b>, peor, <i>m. and f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>worth, to be</b>, valer.</p>
+
+<p><b>worthless</b>, sin valor, que no vale nada.</p>
+
+<p><b>would</b>, <i>expressed in conditional endings or by past tenses of</i> querer
+(<i><a href="#SECTION_45">section 45</a></i>).</p>
+
+<p><a name="page_206" id="page_206"></a><b>written</b>, escrito,-a.</p>
+
+<p class="ind"><a name="ES_Y" id="ES_Y"></a>Y</p>
+
+<p><b>yellow</b>, amarillo,-a.</p>
+
+<p><b>yesterday</b>, ayer.</p>
+
+<p><b>yet</b>, todavía (<i>temporal</i>); aun (<i>concessive</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>yield, to</b>, ceder.</p>
+
+<p><b>you</b>, usted, ustedes (<i>abbreviated</i>, Vd., Vds., Ud., Uds.); le, les,
+(<i>obj. case</i>).</p>
+
+<p><b>young</b>, joven, <i>m, and f.</i>; <b>&mdash;&mdash; lady</b>, señorita, <i>f.</i></p>
+
+<p><b>your</b>, su.</p>
+
+<p><b>yours</b>, suyo,-a.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes"><p class="cb">FOOTNOTES:</p>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> <i>Work is a good companion for hope.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> <i>The day is for work, that is why (for that) there is
+light.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> <i>Each one is as God has created him.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> <i>Since everything passes away, let us enjoy everything
+while it lasts.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> <i>While one is young there is always hope of bettering one's
+fortune.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> <i>Now you see that one mustn't trust in dreams.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> <i>One good thing is worth more than many mediocre ones.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> <i>Look at the stars! They tell sweet tales, the stars, and
+keep one company.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> <i>Fruits are eaten. One just smells the flowers.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> <i>He who loves truth, trusts in God.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_11_11" id="Footnote_11_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11_11"><span class="label">[11]</span></a> <i>When one is unwilling, two don't quarrel.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_12_12" id="Footnote_12_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12_12"><span class="label">[12]</span></a> <i>God doesn't do things by halves.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_13_13" id="Footnote_13_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13_13"><span class="label">[13]</span></a> <i>My wealth is simplicity; my luxury, sobriety; my rest,
+work.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_14_14" id="Footnote_14_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14_14"><span class="label">[14]</span></a> <i>The man who is ashamed of being happy ought to walk on
+four feet.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_15_15" id="Footnote_15_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15_15"><span class="label">[15]</span></a> <i>Law is God&mdash;or ought to be.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_16_16" id="Footnote_16_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16_16"><span class="label">[16]</span></a> <i>To do good to the evil is to cast water into the sea.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_17_17" id="Footnote_17_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17_17"><span class="label">[17]</span></a> <i>It is hard to save some one who does not want to be saved
+at all.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_18_18" id="Footnote_18_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18_18"><span class="label">[18]</span></a> <i>I'm never afraid when I am doing my duty</i> (<i>what I ought
+to do</i>).</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_19_19" id="Footnote_19_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19_19"><span class="label">[19]</span></a> <i>The learned in their vanity are wont to forget God.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_20_20" id="Footnote_20_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20_20"><span class="label">[20]</span></a> <i>The mole doesn't see into what depths he's going, but a
+man does.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_21_21" id="Footnote_21_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21_21"><span class="label">[21]</span></a> <i>Good music is like a spur to lazy ideas.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_22_22" id="Footnote_22_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22_22"><span class="label">[22]</span></a> <i>In matters of faith in order to see clearly one must be
+blind.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_23_23" id="Footnote_23_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23_23"><span class="label">[23]</span></a> <i>Valor must be in accord with prudence.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_24_24" id="Footnote_24_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24_24"><span class="label">[24]</span></a> <i>When hands begin, tongues usually cease.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_25_25" id="Footnote_25_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25_25"><span class="label">[25]</span></a> <i>Fear makes slaves, slavery makes rebels.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_26_26" id="Footnote_26_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26_26"><span class="label">[26]</span></a> <i>Saints are found where least expected.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_27_27" id="Footnote_27_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27_27"><span class="label">[27]</span></a> <i>Truth often comes out of falsehood.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_28_28" id="Footnote_28_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28_28"><span class="label">[28]</span></a> <i>When duty speaks, I listen only to its voice.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_29_29" id="Footnote_29_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29_29"><span class="label">[29]</span></a> <i>He who is preparing for a struggle, is not cast down by
+troubles.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_30_30" id="Footnote_30_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30_30"><span class="label">[30]</span></a> <i>Let them say what they will, happiness is very cheap.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_31_31" id="Footnote_31_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31_31"><span class="label">[31]</span></a> <i>He who lends to a friend loses money and friend.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_32_32" id="Footnote_32_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32_32"><span class="label">[32]</span></a> <i>Liberty can never be defended by tyrants, nor propagated
+by slaves.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_33_33" id="Footnote_33_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33_33"><span class="label">[33]</span></a> <i>When there is happiness everything is well done.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_34_34" id="Footnote_34_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34_34"><span class="label">[34]</span></a> <i>What a gipsy can't do nobody on earth can do.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_35_35" id="Footnote_35_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35_35"><span class="label">[35]</span></a> <i>Not to believe in anything is to be crazy.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_36_36" id="Footnote_36_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36_36"><span class="label">[36]</span></a> <i>There is nothing in the world that is not good for
+something.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_37_37" id="Footnote_37_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37_37"><span class="label">[37]</span></a> <i>Faith in a great idea is the life of the intelligence.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_38_38" id="Footnote_38_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38_38"><span class="label">[38]</span></a> <i>It is better to fail through generosity than to succeed
+through selfishness.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_39_39" id="Footnote_39_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39_39"><span class="label">[39]</span></a> <i>We don't need to be serious to be good.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_40_40" id="Footnote_40_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40_40"><span class="label">[40]</span></a> <i>Where honor is dead there is no longer hope of life.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_41_41" id="Footnote_41_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41_41"><span class="label">[41]</span></a> <i>Great hearts are for great undertakings.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_42_42" id="Footnote_42_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42_42"><span class="label">[42]</span></a> <i>Untruth is always cowardly.</i></p></div>
+
+</div>
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Spanish Composition, by Edith J. Broomhall
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SPANISH COMPOSITION ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38124-h.htm or 38124-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/1/2/38124/
+
+Produced by Chuck Greif and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This book was
+produced from scanned images of public domain material
+from the Google Print project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/38124-h/images/cover.jpg b/38124-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d91409c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38124-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b1ab24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #38124 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38124)
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2026-03-09 19:43:31 +0000